D,JrapTape 342-03

/_ Time: 342:01:51 to 342:01:57 GMT

12/08/73
Page i of I

342 01 53 12 SPT SPT at 01:53. Haudheld photo on

mag CXh7. Frame number 120. f/ll;
100-millimeter; 1/250. Taken at
01:40. Subject was the - a region
south - west of Chungking. And the
reason it was taken was a - really Just
the beauty of the scene. There was a
rugged mountain with a snow cap, but
some angle was still not yet too high,
probably around 30 degrees - 20 degrees.
The - All the geology of the mountain
I think stood out very well because of
the - because of the contrast produced by
the foot pedal and the Sun angle. There
was a valley on either side, and I think
it was Just characteristic of that area
which we've seen so much of 'cause it
always shows up at this time of the
evening when we're by the window, but as
it goes on for earlier out [?] finals
we never really thought it was worthwhile
takinga picturejust becauseit was so
common. But, it's a sure beauty and that's
what make me take the photo.

342 01 54 56 SPT SPT _ut.

342 Ol 56 4] SPT gPT _'+ '_']

:'_7on second photo of this
soqu, rlce. Mag CX47, taken at 01:57, frame
number 121. f/ll; lO0-millimeter; 1/250
of a _econd.

3_20l '_f 2 ° 'C _:_ylao, Houston; Honeysuckle for 7 m4nutes ...

( _,<_! slows down)

END OF TAPE

F
 Dump Taep 342-02
Time:342:02:30 to 3a2:04:OL C_
±2/08/73
Page ! cf 4

342 02 31 34 P_T °LT _ebriefing the ATM run. JOP 6, step i,

buiiding block i, performe_ nimiaally, i
think everythfng went according to the
scehdule there. I did ... get video down/
lings of the_XUV MON; the nu_ was performed
on time. The JOP I Bravo, s_ep five, building
block 33 Alfa, was performed niminally, I
think. The bul - first b_lJet to the JOP
s_mm_ry here says roll - 0000 or 10800.
And I had to use the numbers that were recorded
on a previous run. Am_ rather than try
to rely uponthe instr_ts to resolve
UP/DOWN, LE_/RIGHT af_rolling, I used
minus 7116; UP/DOWN, m@_ 0052; minus
0744 LEFT/RIGHT to get t_ _ point. And
then I went up 85 ARC SECO_DS from there
without cnna_ing roll, aud at that point
executed the_building b_0ek 33 Alfa. I
assimed thatl both are w_de - field - of
view ... instruments anywhere was nothing
critical about the ROL_i_at , and I'd get
a lot better_pointin@i_ Y went ahead
aud used theROLL, le_ - UP/DOWN LEFT/RIGHT
FINE SUN SEN_OR readout that Jet had on
hispreviousirun.
,L

7 34202 33 17 PLT So 56 ,_u

-'_55 was the only ones run, and •
they were donw properly. I did no_ save
_
f
s _me time to get an OPTICALREFERENCE
_- here. However, I d_.&'a_lvaaoe to MECHANICAL
REFL_NECE, 102, an_%_k_wa the panel
with it on 1O20 I Sa_ mo evidence on the
H-ALPHA of _ particular _otivity, and the
XUV MON even_ looked pretty quiet. For
the film count: H-Alpha 1 - excuse me -
H-ALPHA, 12203; 56, 04_42, 82 Alfa, 143 ;
Bravo, 1290; 52 was 6064, 64 was 4055.

_42 09 3)__ ?±_T PLT out.

TIME SKIP

342 03 56 24 _DR This is the CDR at 03:56 Zuiu. I am back

to debrief the 02 - correction - 22:35
ATM pass that I had. _is was the pass in
 -i,'_z_ ,,D
Dump Tape _,_-C_
Page 2 of 4

which we aid a JOP IB on network cell, and i

picked a network cell a'; a ROLL
of minus 7116, with an UP/DOWN of minus
0052, and a LEFT/RIGHT of minus 0744. i
picked that particular roll becasue it
was on the quite band that we had been
working on o_ the pass before. And I
z_ugured if any place was going to
be a rather quiet spot :for a - a cell,
that was the place - the network cell.
So I moved in, and approximately, Oh,
1-i/2 minutes or so in :from the limb
found a fairly well defined network
cell, and I picked the center side_
Sun-center side of the cell, and set
up for building block I. Br - or JCP
i Bravo, building block ii. Both of
those building block Ll's in step
i and in step 2, and also - let's see,
that's a total of 3 building blocks
-_ il's that I did. Nothingspecialto
report on those; they were pretty
routine. I _ust set them up and turned
the crand and did the work.

342 03 58 i! CDH i d[_ notice - was impressed by the

_a__* _hat the cell shur - certainly
ioes_:t - isn't very long lasting. I
had nc trouble seeing the sa_,e cell on
H-ALPHA 2, 200 Med IN, so I was able -
in JOP 1D, s_ep 3, I was able to - to
step up the - to the A-ALPHA 2 pointing
and put that on the same place where I
had H-ALPHA l. That was no great probJem
at all. However, I was - as I said before,
I was impressed by the fact that the cell,
in the small period of time that I was
working on it, was waxing and waning. And
it got a little stronger after I started
working on it, and _hen those dark and busy
clumps began, to disaapear. And it was a
,/cry faint outline by the time I finished.
#_,i i_'I were to have had _o come back
at : _c next pass and find the,
_ s_,e cell, T
s_s_,ect I would've been hard-ere _sed to
--m ftn_] it, although I had. ske_,c_e,:,
- _ke_c}_i
the ::ell, the shape of it and ,=v_rything
 Dump Tap342-02

oli bm_ corona paque in f±'onL o_ me,

so that I would remember what it looked
like.

342 03 59 2g CDR The building blocks ii and 33B went

very quickly, and I got finished wi_h
about 17 minutes to spE_e. Correction,
13 minutes to spare. _md so I -
rather than taking my observing time,
i did my penace to the 8056 people
for screwing up the J0P 24, building
block 28 at 33 go _t the pass before.
So I cranked in a ROLL of minus 3600
and stepped 6 ARC SEC0_©S off the left
limb, and did another S056 SINGLE FRAME,
FILTER 4 for 8-minute exposure and did i_
right this time. So I've done some
r,e_anc_, I think to the S056 people for
what I did them out of on the pass before.
I took a few peaks where possible with the
XUV; saw nothing of any great insignificance
[sic'] - I used the XUV in order to verify
that I was in a quiet - quiet region and
that I was indeed still in that quite band.
And I found that just _ith the naked
eye and integration, without the use of
th persistence image scope, I was able
m) _e_, the - the active and the quiet
bends very, very elear]j_, and with no
trouble at all, making sure that I had
chosen the network cell that was with
in the quiet band.

342 04 01 17 CDR Other than that - courage without S052,

which I guess we will have tomorrow now -
_ithout _052 that kind of limits the
different things you can look at for
ovservation time. ._nd I'm looking
forward to getting 52 back and being
able to use it to look at the corona
one.o in a while. I had. a difficult time
on %=rector i trying to find sa_y kind
of uaximizing around the - the boundary
of _nat network cell tLa_. • cnuse. I
tried detector 3 and it really wasn't a
_-- whole lot - whole lot better. I guess
the Sun is so quiet that it's difficult
to find - ini thim particular area, difficult
 DumpTape3h2-02 .........
Page 4 of 4

to find much of a difference,-even _- -

though it was a rather dark and busy ¢.l_mp.
That'sabout all I ea_ say about this,

342 04 02 ll CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE

_
LI,
7::

1
t

• :i _

I IIII I [I _ _ ,, • ,
Dump Tape 342-03/D-228
Time: 342:12:21 to 342:12:21 GMT
121o8173
Page 1 of 1

342 12 23 52 SPT SPT at 12:20. PRD readings:

42296, 23157, 38199. Out.

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 342-04
Time: 342:12:h3 to 342:13:17 GMT
_ Page i of i

342 12 hh 13 SPT SPT at 12:45, coming over Brazil. The

note is for the weather people and
handheld photos. I noticed that over
Brazil again we've got cloud streaks
pretty much running east - west, the
same ones we were taking pictures -
pictures of before. _ey don't extend
quite as far into the - the depth of
Brazil, but they certainly are well-
defined again and as we've always seen
them before. SPT out.

342 13 15 15 SPT SPT at 13:15. The handheld photo. The

mag ID - mag CXh7. Frame number 122,
f/8, 100-millimeters ]./250 taken at 13:12.
Subject was the trailing edge of a front
down here in the ocean right below Africa.
We can see the front, or the center of the
low off in the distance. And the front which
we were inm_dlatelyul_n went spiraling
in clockwise toward the front - toward
the low. What was unique is that we were
-_ looking at the trailing edge of the front;
it was obvious by the curvature of the
front as well as knowing where we were
and the clockwise rotation of - yeah,
clockwise rotation of it. The trailing
edge itself was very sharply defined,
that is, as we looked at it, up to the
right. It was very clear weather - roughly
clear, that - the scattered clouds
made me attempt to ta_e coverage of ...
And then abruptly we came upon the front
itself which had a hi_ cirrus layer and
it looked to be other clouds underneath
it. I did not see any - I did not see
any CBs coming up through it, but again
what was surprising was the sharp abrupt-
ness of the front. It was a relatively
low sun angle wehn we took it, so I
think with good definition, we ought to
be able to s_e the feature which I
Just described.

342 13 17 14 SPT SPT out.

__ ENDOFTAPE
 D%mlp Tape 342-05
Time: 342:13:54 to 342:15:31 GMT
12/08/73
Page 1 of 8

342 13 54 15 CDR This is the CDR at 13:54 responding

to message 23:61 Bravo. S183 questions.
I did not save the broken glass frag -
fragment of the S183. I threw that away.
However, I do remember that there was
a strip along the side of the glass
which was straight. Now let me again
describe the shape of the piece of glass
that I found. It was s.bout 3/16 of an
inch across the bottom and that was a
straight edge. It was an isosceles
triangle. The two long legs of the
isosceles triangle were not straight.
They were obviously not from the edge
but from the inner - irmer part of it.
The - the length of the two sides of
the isosceles triangle I would estimate
at about 5/8 of an inch long. As I remember,
there was a strip about 3/16 of an inch
wide along the straight edge - the short,
straightedge. Then comingup from there
onto the point of the isosceles triangle,
it was covered with emiLlsion. The emulsion
was a yellowish cream color. I don't know
that I would call it a thin gelatin because
at that time it did not look like a gelatin.
It was more like a sheet. But it was
yellowish cream in color. The time the piece
was discovered, it was not - I don't know
if it was holding the slide door open or
not, because it was floating free. The
problem was the slide door was being held
open by this - the entire - Stand by.

342 13 56 07 CDR The slide door was being held open by the
mechanism that holds the slide. And I
pushed the slide back in and the slide
door closed. I did not fool around, as I
mentioned when I reported it, I did not
fool around and look 8_md play with it to
see what was holding the slide door open.
Because I was more concerned about the
other plates that were inside. So as -
if you review the other tape you will see
that I said that I quickly put - stuffed
_- the slideback in the slot so that the
Dump Tape 342-05
Page 2 oF 8

door would close. And - if you will

review the tape you will also see that
I said that the slide door was closed
when I put it into the stowage container.

342 13 56 52 CDR CDR out.

342 14 51 55 PLT PLT recording for SO19. First star field

will be 620. ROTATION 039.5. Tilt 20.8.
90 second widened exposure. And no nu Z
correction is required.

342 lh 53 05 PLT Okay, coming up in one minute. Approximately.

Okay, Stand by on my mark.

342 14 54 00 PLT MARK. Okay. 14:54 and this is on field 620.

ROTATION 039.5. TILT ;!0.8. And this will
be slide 33. And 90-second widened. Stand
by on my mark, termination of exposure.
Stand by.

342 14 55 13 PLT MARK. Termination of exposure. Okay next

we want 013.6 on ROTATION. Okay, 13 point -
... And we want 24.3. And ... Okay
rotation 13.6. Okay I"ll take the first
one be 90 - 270 seconds. 14:50 - Okay,
time is 14:56. I'm gonna start this one
Just a bit early. No, I better not do that.
Okay 13.6 ROTATION. 21_.3 TILT. Star field
854 270 widened. No, I've already gotten
one exposure out of the way. Not on the
checklist. Stand by on my mark.

342 14 57 04 PLT MARK. Okay. 14:57. This will be 270

widened. Field 854, rotation 13.6, 24.3.

PLT I'm gonna add that in here, Jer, because

I think that's probably easy to forget.

SPT Bill, can I ... tape recorder?

PLT Actually, I'm Just about to terminate

an exposure.

PLT Go ahead and take it for a minute Ed.

342 14 58 48 SPT _PT at 14:58, ATM. Pass beginning at 14:01.

This is obviously a very straightforward
 Dump Tape 342-05
Page 3 of 8

pass. Building block 32 and building

block i0 and 18. JOP 6 and Ii, respectively,
were carried out. I hope we got some
good time histories on the MIRROR LINE SCAN.
I guess you're looking at some relatively
low-lying lines, carbon continuum and
carbon III, Oxygen VI. There you got
magnesi_ IX and then the hydrogen alignment
continuum. So maybe with that you Just
find some oscillation, although I know
your previous diseussicns you - you have
not found what you were really looking for
initially. If you do find anything, I'd
appreciate hearing about it. During those
operations I also had 56 taking some long -
very long exposures. I gave them single
frame i, 8 minutes; single frame 2 -
filter 1 was 8 minutes _ filter 2 was
7 minutes; filter 4 was 9 minutes; filter 5
was 8 minutes and 20 seconds. - -

342 15 00 32 PLT Okay Ed, may I break in Just a moment here.

SPT - - ... I can leave it go longer if I

only knew what the delta was ....

PLT Stand by.

342 05 00 41 PLT MABK. Discontinuation of a 270-second

expo sure.

SPT - - with Bill Lenoir this morning if some

of these estimates other than the WLC
could go appreciably below the ESS as
specified and he useful, then we could
probably get a little more data in for
them. It certainly is true with - -

PLT Stand by.

SPT - - 8.6 and 54 I understand of course

the XUV, 82B--

342 15 01 07 PLT MARK.

_" SPT - - and 55 certainly - -

PLT Start a 90-second unwidened, or correction,

widened.
 _-" _.=_p Tape
Page _- of

342 15 O1 25
342-05
8

PLT

SPT

PLT

SPT
I_
C
_
n
0_e
1
_b
__u
and 84.3.

SPT out.
"-/'HI5 PJ/¢E P_//l_b_
"t_ls$1,Z,_.

Field 854.
dopIE'_

the XUV - -

And this will

,
,,tEel#IT
F/e_/_ Bhlz_J,_r_

be plate number
"

035, 013.6

SPT at 13:01 with a message to the camera

people. We've had a failure of the
Polaroid camera. The type of failure is that
the mechanism which pushes the film out
seems to malfunction. When I put in a new
pack, I get the click noise, I °.. a thtnnp
over on the right-hand side, but I do not
get the cardboard top ejected out. I've
tried it with two different magazines,
or three different film packs. One film
pack I actually took the cardboard off
myself, and then inserted it and tried to
take it ... - -

FLT Stand by for termination of 90-second

exposure.

SPT - - when I look at the back of the

cardboard - -

3h2 15 02 20 PLT MARK. Termination of 90-second on 85_

okay, I want 293.9.

SPT - over on the back side of the Sun when

you got the Stun up aw:_ from you. You
notice little claw mKcks where the eject
mechanism has tried to pick up the cardboard,
but has failed.

PLT ... 930.2.

342 15 02 41 SPT I took a flashlight and looked in there.

Saw the little mechanism hanging down there
which you - apparently it's got a little
hand on it that'll pick up the cardboard
... forward.

PLT Okay,field 803, 70-second-

_L
Dump Tape 342-05
Page 5 of 8

SPT From all purposes, I be].ieve that that

little mechanism is moving, but it's not
for some reason mechanically getting a
hold of the cardboard.

PLT - widened on my mark.

342 15 03 03 PLT MARK. Start 270-second,, widened on

field 803.

SPT So that mechanism is not extending down

far enough ...

PLT ROTATION, 293.9; TILT, !30.2; Field 803;

PLATE 036.

SPT - cardboard or the film magazine, the

new film slide. It happened this morning
right after I changed film packs. One
was working great up to now.

342 15 03 28 SPT Never had any false - s_ly false carries

on it. It all worked mQoothly. So my
question is, how do we fix it? It's the
only one we got on board, and it's most
useful for ATM. Exceptionally useful. I
looked at the mechanism itself, and it
looks like it's made out of a relatively
thin spring steel. Not eas - not too
easily bent and before I start wrestling
with it and - and breaking it, I feel
it's best to find out from you folks
what you'd reconnnend for the most expedient
fix.

342 15 04 ll SPT SPT out.

342 15 06 28 PLT PLT, stand by to terminate 270-second

exposure, field 803.

342 15 06 39 PLT MARK. Okay, time is 15:06. I'm gonna

do a 90-SECOND next. Stand by.

342 15 06 52 PLT MARK. Okay and that was 15:50, starting

90-second on 803. This'll be PLATE 37,
293.9 and 30.2 on the TILT.

PLT Stand by on my mark.

lhnnpTape 342-05
Page 6 of 8

3h2 15 08 06 PLT MARK. Termination of 90-second_ setting

up for 30.

PLT Stand by.

342 15 08 16 PLT MARK. 30-seeond exposure starting on field

803. It will be PLATE 038, 293.9 and 30.2.

PLT Stand by on my mark for termination of

30-seeond widened.

PLT Stand by.

342 15 08 44 PLT MARK. Termination of _0-second, widened

on field 803. Now setting up for field 281.
330, and 03.2. 03.2, 281 is the field. I
want 270, widened.

PLT Yeah. Avoid thrashing yourself and

throwing yourself into the side of the
spacecraftfor the next few minutes.

PLT Stand by on my mark.

342 15 l0 03 PLT MARK. 15:10. Starting the 270-second,

widened on field 281. The ROTATION is
2330_ TILT is 3.2.

PLT Okay.

342 15 13 47 PLT MARK. Termination of 270-second, widened

on field 281. Now I'm going for a 90.
Stand by.

322 15 13 59 PLT MARK. PLATE number 2023 - Can't ever

read these things. 2330 end 003.2,
90-second, widened, field 281.

PLT Stand by.

342 15 15 12 PLT MARK. Termination of _L90-second on

field 281. Now setting up for field 820.
172.5 ... 172.5 and 10.5. 10.5 I want a
270, ... 270, Standing by for 16. Standby.

342 15 16 04 PLT MARK. Start of 270-second EXPOSURE on

field 820. ROTATION, ].72.5; TILT, 10.5;
field is 820; the PLATE number is 21.
 Dump Tape 342-05
Page 7 of 8

PLT Time is 15:19 on my mark.

342 15 19 03 PLT MARK. Okay, we're standing by for

termination of 270-second, widened EXPOSURE
on field 820.

PLT Stand by.

342 15 19 42 PLT MARK. Termination 270. Setting up for

90, widened. Stand by.

342 15 19 52 PLT MARK. Starting 90-second, widened that's

on field 820; 172.5 is the ROTATION. 10.5
is TILT; PLATE number is 042.

PLT Stand by mark for termination on 90-second,

widened on 820. Stand by.

342 15 21 05 PLT MARK. Okay, now setting up for 818.

818 is 1770. 1770 and ll.8. Okay, I want
_ a 270. Startingat 20 seconds. 15:22.
Stand by.

342 15 22 01 PLT MARK. 15:22, starting 2, oh, gosh, that's

a 90-second. Okay, I'll go ahead and do
a 90-second and then I'll get a 270 and a
30. Forget to change the lever on the
widening knob, Okay, this will be a 90,
followed by a 270. This 90-second is
PLATE 043. ROTATION, ]770; TILT is i1.8.
Okay, stand by.

PLT This'll be termination of the 90-second

EXPOSURE on field 818. Stand by.

3_2 15 23 18 PLT MARK. Okay, setting for 270. Stand by.

342 15 23 25 PLT MARK. Starting 270-second EXPOSURE on

field 818. ROTATION is 1770; TILT is ll.8;
frame number - tilt - slide number 0hh.

PLT Stand by for 270, widened on field 818.

Stand by.

342 15 27 57 PLT MARK. Termination of 270. Now going for

a 30. Stand
by.
_ Dump Tape 342-05
Page 8 of 8

342 15 27 07 PLT MARK. 30-second EXPOSURE; field 818;

ROTATION is 1770; TILT is 11.8; and
• slide number is 0h5. Stand by for my mark,
on termination of 30-second EXPOSURE.
Stand by.

3h2 15 27 35 PLT MARK. And going to CArrIAGE, RETRACTED,

dum-dum. That's good. Okay. Jer? You're
clear to resume.

PLT PLT, the only deviation was of the order

on the last sequence on field 818. The
90-second was taken first, then the 270,
and then the 30. Ever_%hing else was done
within a second on the time and looks llke
a pretty good ran.

342 15 28 03 PLT PLT out.

342 15 28 04 PLT Okay, now PLT debriefing from first ATM

-_ run. Groundtook the recorder;didn't
have a chance to do it then.

342 15 28 ll PLT Let's see, I'd better go ahead and stow

it - stay - give it later.

_D OF TAPE
 )<

_-_ Dump Tape 342-06

Time: 342:16:07 to 342:16:43 GMT
.,_ 1218173
Page l of 3

342 16 07 53 SPT --- 55, taken at 15:50 ... ll,

55-millimeters 14/50. These were taken
of B@nard cells there was closed ones.
They were the same size as open, that is,
very large sad - ... However, the ones
closest to us were - were closed they
were filled in. The ones further aw_v,
toward the horizon, were open. They were
all roughly of the same dimension, however,
not much transition from am open to a
closed. All of them seemed the same type
of a - the same size, same scale for the
B@nard cells as a ... The transition
between the two was relatively sharp. The
second one w_s taken - which is frame
number 64 - was taken of the Rio de la Plata
river in South Amerlca and where it empties
into the ocean. The large amount of filth
which the river carries downstream was
evident and the flow of this filth along
the opening - Either side of the openings
of the mouth and a little ways up the coast
line was quite clear. It's not Just
emptied straight into the - the open mouth
of the river, but rather along the ... to
fork move its way along either side of the
fairly white mouth.

342 16 09 i0 SPT I think the filth - defined the flow patterns

exceptionally well. Again that was the
Rio de la Plata South America, right where
Monteuideo is located. _ out.

B42 16 27 42 CDR This is the CDR at 16:27 debriefing the

ATM pass that started at 15:51. There really
wasn't much at all to be said about this
one. It was pretty much a big nothing
procedurally. We did building block 18 in
J0P 11. Took step number 3. Did not
activate 56, 54, or 52. 55A was in a MIRROR
LINE SCAN ad nauseum and 82A was in a
30 minute exposure rather than one exposure
evez_ so many seconds, so procedurally it
was a big nothing. During the process of
the run I took a few looks at XUV NON. I
Dump Tape 342-06
Page 2 of 3

didn't see anything spectacular there.

On H-ALPHA 2 1 was kind of watching the
filament out about 240.9 which is filament 49.
It looked to me like it broke in two. When
we started the pass it was one long filament,
but it was a little thin in the middle and
by the end of the pass that thin area had
completely disappeared and filament 49 is
now two pieces with a gap between them.
I - kept an eye out to see if I would see any
sort of surging material moving out form the
limb near the filament, and I did not see
anything. And I looked in XUV at the
channel, the area where the filament lies,
and the filament channel didn't appear to
me to do any changing either. It is
essentially yery quite area. The new active
region coming over the limb, which is,
what? I guess number 96, is showing bright
and clear in XUV - still not bright enough
to come through handy. It has to be
intergrated to be seen. Couple of other
bright areas in the XUV. One near the center
of the sun slightly to the west and the
third area is at about 060 degrees, about
70 percent of the way out. Fairly small
bright area, but nothing spectacular, not
too bright, Just brighter than the background.
CDR out.

342 16 40 12 SPT 8PT at 16:40. Message for the flight planner.

Well, with scheduling and constraints on
the operation of the bike during experiments,
it's been ... again. The CDR got his exercise
in this morning and the SPT, I was not able
to get on the bike. PLT got on the bike and
too, the CDR, my problem being that - we
got two constraints. One is we can't operate
while the - we have anything in the airlock,
taking exposures, that's true during SO19,
and also we've got therm 21 constraints on
the bike - we Just can't hop on it and
pedal that thing one right after the other.
So what you're going to have to do is
schedule the PT, spread throughout the day
and try to avoid those times when we are
supposed to be quiet, that is J0P 1B, SO19,
F

Dump Tape 3h2-06

Page 3 of 3

183 and any other thing that comes up.

There's Just no way to do it. So through
the scheduling, I've missed out on some
good PT today. SPT out.

E_D OF TAPE
Dump Tape 342-07
Time: 342:17:55 to 342:19:12 GMT
1218173
Page 1 of 8

342 17 54 54 SPT SPT at 17:55, ATM pass which began

at 17:07 continued to go straight-
forward for the 4 build/ng block 27,
give it a 32 building block at the
very beginning.

SPT The 82B was carried out using the

left scan to get 6 arc seconds off
and then go into LIMB POINTING for
the exposures. 55 got sll the
MIRROR, AUTO RASTERs. 56 got their
two LONG EXPOSURES of each location.

SPT The first exposure, which was

carried out at LB-1 was a ROLL
of 1080. And at the right limb of
the equator was a - a kind of
prominence using H-Alpha 1. And
it was south of the active region
which is visible now on the limb,
whichI believeis - what,97?
That could be seen in the XUV MONITOR
quite well. I have questions here,
if we are in a prominence like we
were, ... looking for a quiet chroma-
spheric structure. I would think
that in minilines, you would not be
seeing what you were after because
of the prominence. That being the
case, would you rather that we
change the pointing a little bit
to get away from the prominence or
would you rather I held ... to the
attitude given. The 82B SLIT would
•.. into the limb as seen in the
white light display• That gave me
an UP/DOWN of plus 16 and a LEFT/RIGHT
of plus 976. The second pointing,
LB-2, ... roll left limb. Everything
carried out the same way as the first.
The UP/DOWN was minue 0035 and LEFT/
RIGHT was minus 1005 .... think is
correct is that the 32 arc minutes and
D,,,-p Tape 342-07
Page 2 of 8

47 arc seconds for a h9 arc seconds

1969 arc seconds diameter, I guess.
The - helium band for the third one
was not too visible. As a matter of
fact, I could not distinguish them
at all. The UP/DOWN was minus 0032
and LE_T/RIGHT of minus 1004.

3L2 17 58 5L SPT And the fourth one was - that LB-4,

was carried out. Again I could not
distinguish helium bands looking at
the XUV MONITOR integrate or photo
which I had taken this morning. I
finished up with shopping list 5. I
really didn't have time to maximize.
The grating was not at zero as I moved
the grating back; so they got a grating
AUTO SCAN ... the grating of - position
of 766 as I gave 50 - 82B EXPOSURE,
NORMAL; SHORT WAVELENGTH. The SLIT
prettymuch filledor was coveredby
cell boundry. There was actually two
cells on one site and one and something
else which was not very well defined
on the other site. But I thought the
SLIT pretty well filled it. Although
as I way, they're not compared with
... either slit position or ... At
LOOK, I cut off the 82B mud ... got
back to GRATING, REF. So I gave them
a MIRROR, AUTO RASTER at that point.
Even though they were looking ... it
might help to define a little better
where we actually pointed. Looking
at the up/down, and what I see in
the limb between coalignment, between
82B and 55, I suspect that the bias
somehow is not the - the correct bias.
So whenever I get a free moment here,
I'm gonna try and slip in a L-limb
coalignment stud Just see how it all
works out again.

342 18 O1 00 SPT SPT out.

 Dump Tape 342-07
Page 3 of 8

TIME SKIP

3h2 18 26 57 PLT Okay, Jer, I'm hot-mike recording,

channel A.

PLT ...

PLT Well, there's something inside ...

PLT Looks good and steady in the

viewfinder, too. Keep coming.

SPT ...

PLT Yes. I said the rates looks good

and steady on the viewfinder, too.

SIx2 Okay.

3h2 18 29 05 PLT You can kill the lights up here,

too; if you want to, Ed.

PLT Okay, first exposure coming up at

29:h5. Stand by -

3h2 18 29 h5 PLT MARK. We're into a r-minute and

30-second exposure.

PLT ... Mirror Jumped out of the way

there, that's why.

PLT Do you see anything down there, Ed?

SPT ...

PLT Stand by, on _ mark - 34:15 coming up.

3h2 18 34 16 PLT MARK .... film. Okay next exposure

starts at 3h:25. Stand by-

3h2 18 3h 26 PLT MARK. Okay this is the 30-second

exposure. Terminate at 55 - Stand by -

3h2 18 3h 55 PLR MARK. Film advance. Next will be

5-second exposure starting at 35:10,
t-_ standby on m_ mark - Standby -
Dump Tape 342-07
Page 4 of 8

342 18 35 ii PLT MARK. Stand by 35:15 -

342 18 35 16 PLT MARK. I'm through, Jer.

CDR Good show.

SPT ...

PLT Man, that's a gorgeous view,

isn't it? Just incomparable
panorama there. I tell you,
looking out there at night is
something to behold, isn't it?
All those thunderbumpers flashing
around, like giant fireflies.

342 18 35 59 PLT PLT out.

342 18 39 07 PLT PLT at 18:40, reporting ... water

injection tank 9. I injected
75 units. The - I usedboth water
samplers with their own reagents,
respectively. Got a check or
test of ... that is perhaps 1 but
less than - it looks like less than
1 ... so I assume that needed a
full 9 parts per million equivalent
injection. On a chart that peaks
out at 75 or is at 75 units, I
assumed that a linear extrapolation
probably be all right, but I didn't
do it. I went ahead and injected
75 units. If you want me to
inject the other 15, why you Just
give me a message tomorrow and I'll
do that.

342 18 39 57 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

342 18 47 03 SPT SPT at 18:50. Subject is weather

and Benard Cells. I see a whole
 Dump Tape 3_2-07
Page 5 of 8

host of Benard Cells about half

way to the horizon over the
water. And they really are a
checker board; that is, as we
swept by them, we could see them
all lined up or one right after
the other in rows, if you will.
You can see right down the network
between them as we move by them.
I guess there was, oh maybe 40 or
50 cells or so in all. They were
all lined up. I didn't have time
to get a photo. It was kind of
surprising. There are ;lots of
other linear cloud ridges in the
area which all run in the same
direction, roughly linear. There's
slight bows and kinks in them;
but in general, they are linear,
running in the same direction as the
_- networkof cellswhich I saw lined
up.

342 18 h8 l0 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

342 18 52 XX PLT This is PLT, recording my re-

collections of the EREP checks
done several days ago on S190. I
voice recorded, apparently some
of it was lost. Step 1 was rotate
camera to intermediate position.
Remove rear shield and stow on
M124. No sweat. Step 2, panel 106
camera control, local; shutter
control, off. Cycle nine circuit
breakers from closed to open to
closed. I did that and they
stayed closed. Step 3, panel ll0,
open C & D cover. EREP l, ON; BUS2,
ON; panel power display on. I did that.
Dump Tape 342-07
Page 6 of 8

Step 4, panel 202. Cycle circuit

breakers i, 2, and 3 from closed
to open to closed. I did that.
5, panel 106, look through platten
and note any capping shutter opera-
tion while doing the following.
Shutter control, open, shutter
control, off. Yes. As "best as I
can remember, that worked all right.
And I checked - because I remembered
checking six times on that. Panel 106,
FMC circuit breaker open. Reach
into the FMC drive area and locate
FMC drive gears. Rotate FMC screw
one-half turn by rotating gear -
by rotating gear. FMC circuit breaker,
closed. FMC screw should turn. It
did not. 7, panel 106, shutter control,
slow, medium, and fast. If rotating
shutters operate at any speed, perform
S190 camera check EREP checkout,
page 1-5 and then do step 8. Okay,
at that time, when I turned the I0 -
panel 106 shutter control, slow,
meditnn, and fast I started - I noticed
that the - when I turned the shutter
control on or either - had done
step 6, or after the first step,
step 7, I noticed the FMC circuit
breakers had popped. And I'm not quite
sure if it popped right after I
pushed it in. I don't think it
did. I think it _as after I turned
the shutter control on and got ready
to operate the camera.

341 18 55 2h PLT Okay. The rotary shutters did

operate on slow, medium, and fast.
And then right along in there is
when I noticed that the FMC breaker
was out. Perform S190 camera check,
EREP checkout page 1-5, and then
do step 8. Okay. I did the
EI_P checkout. I don't have the
checklist in front of me.
Dump Tape 342-07
Page 7 of 8

Apparently you all wanted this

information on it for the next
data dump. So I really can give
you my best memory. I _Ld the
_amera check as per the EREP
checkout page 1-5, except I did
not use the FMC because the
breaker was out. And then I did
step 8, which is a shutter control,
off; camera control, remote;
install front and rear shield, et
cetera. So the only point I'm vague
on is the exact place at which
the FMC circuit breaker popped.
It was either after I turned
the shutter control to first speed
or when I did one of the first
steps on that EREP checkout on
1-5. And apparently that - I
don't know exactly wat that thing
did. I was goingthroughthat
saying everything on tape and
it's a shame it got lost because
that - those were all the
c omment s.

342 18 56 37 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

342 19 04 17 PLT This is the PLT reporting on

handheld 83-1, frame nu_)er 124
in Hasselhlad Charlie X-ray 47.
That peninsula was fairly cloud
covered and I almost didn't take
a picture and I finally decided,
well, what the heck; it's only
one frame. So I went ahead and
took a picture, but I think it's
probably of marginal usefulness.
Some of the surrounding area in
the frame, however, and m_ybe
Dump Tape 342-07
Page 8 of 8

that'll give you some geologic

data on the surrounding region.
Also, I think it probably would
be of value to map makers since
the outline I had of that little
bay was incorrect.

3h2 19 05 02 PLT It looks like it's had an awful

lot of cultural-type work or
man-made work done around the inside
the interior or periphery or the
border of the ba_.

END OF TAPE
r m_

Dump Tape 342-08

Time: 342:21:10 to 342.'22.35"
12/8/73
page 1 of 4

342 21 i0 19 PLT PLT; the time is 21:10, defriefing

some ATM passes starting at 20:15 - 20:15.
The J0P 5, building block 13 was
executed nominally with the exception -
I think I let - I think the timer
screwed me up. I wasn't really sure
on XUV slit. I set it a]] up in
AUTO S'I'EFand started it and I looked
back a few seconds later and it was in
STANDBY - or, excuse me, in READY. So
I started it again and it worked Just
fine and - however I did notice the
timer; it timed down through 99 to what-
ever it is, and it's possible - possibility
that I got part 82B sequence termlnated
early there and - -

3_2 21 ii 15 CC PLT, Houston, another thing as we go

over the hill - -

342 21 13 27 PLT PLT continuing to debrief. Okay, so

with the exception of that one little
corrections out of 82E AUTO SEQU]_CE
MODE, everything was executed nominally.
I got the two curve mirror B rasters in.
I was using mechanical ref the whole
time, and the one mirror auto raster.
I received the teleprinter paper and
you may have gotten a couple of - one
part of an 82B exposure near the end
there, down below h00 K. 56 was
terminated well ahead of time so there
is no porblemthere. Now, ground
took the recorder away from me this
morning and I was never able to debrief
the first run.

342 21 14 08 PLT The ifrst run was J0P 6, building

block IA and B. There - everything
was nominal there. And - I did look
at the white light coronagraph. I did
get some downlink. It was in two
parts. One [ think when I was rolled
at minus 5400. During the middle part
was when I got part of the white light
_-_ Dump Tape 342-08
Page 2 of 4

coronagraph and XUV mon. Then when

I completed the JOP, I rolled at the
52 to give some more downlink,
a very short period of time. I don't
think the total was more than 3 to 4 minutes,
but anyway it was separated partly there.
Looks like - at least at one side of
the corona is a little more interesting
now than it was. And :Let me see, that
was at - I think it's on the - the east
limb. I'm sure you've seen that if you've
looked at the video downlink. Now this
last pass - that - the XUV mon there
and XUV mon in this pass here, the Sun
appears to be extreme]_ quiet. There
didn't seem to be any activity at all
and - except for a little activity just
along the - the equator more or less.
And there you can see on the XUV mon.
But I couldn't - I'm really not -
you could see the holes at the poles,
the black spots.

342 21 15 42 PLT And that's about it; it's pretty quiet.

PLT out.

TIME SKIP

342 21 28 37 PLT PLT; the time is 21:30, and we can a

handheld Nikron exposure at 20:53, hand-
held target number i18, southern Chile
and Argentina. This was the area with
more clouds covered on this pass than
it was on the previous; I did not use
the Hasselblad frame, however I struck
the 300-milllmeters on the Nikon and
took a picture of a glacier area on
the southern - southwestern coast of
Chile. And thought I Just might try
to get a close-up. This was the area
I described yesterday, having a lake -
what appeared to be above the glacier
P.

D_.p Tape 3_2-08

Page 3 of 4

and I thought about that, and maybe

I had a release inversion or something,
the way my eye interpreted the
release. It may have been that the
glacier was actually melting and
feeding the lake. In any event, this
is the picture of that area described
yesterday.

TIME SKIP

342 21 49 05 CDR This is the CDR at - at 21:49 Zulu with

the subject M09 -92 reporting. The subject
was the SPT. The calve girths were
13-7/8 on the left calf, 13-5/8 on the
right calf. The legbands were Alfa
November and Alfa Quebec. And the facial
photoswere takenat the beginningof
the run, but we goofed and forgot to
take them at the end of the run. On
the M093: the - the work that was
accomplished was 0304..

342 21 49 59 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

342 22 08 55 SPT SPT at 22:07. M092. Okay, no problem

easiest run I've ever had other
than the ones on the ground. One of
the things I did for preparation is
I had a lot of fluids at lunch time,
about 2 hours previous; about 32 ounces
or so with - with the meal. And I 're
been working ... doing lots of sprints
and toe rises. I don"t think the leg
voltnne changed as much today as I've
seen it previously and ms,be I don't
that ... has helped some. With the
fluid at lunch I had a second tea which
I usually don't have during the day
/-

Dump Tape 342-08

Page 4 of h

and that probably is a slight too.

So that may have had some effect too,
probably a very smal i one. I think
the major factor probably is the ...
device, which we have uphere. Appears
to be a very good one. I think ...
came up with a very good idea.

3h2 22 lO 01 SPT SPT out.

3h2 22 33 i0 PLT PLT at 22:33 Zulu reporting on four frames

taken over handheld ]18. First fr_m_
was frame number 130 Cnarlie X-ray 47
of southern Chile and Argentina.
The next one was at 22:29. I took
another 300-milllmeter of a different
glacier area, and that's frame number 62
on Charlie X-ray 36. Then I took two
more Hasselblads, Chsrlie X-ray h7,
frames 131 and 132, obliques of Chile -
- southernChile and Argentinato support
HHI18.

342 22 34 02 PLT Also in passing over the east coast the

channel that was ... reported is still
very plainly; that's Zhe turquoise
or aquamarine colored 78 on a ... scale
that we've been talking about quite
extensively, so I'm not going to co--,_nt
other than to say that it continues to
be highly visible.

END OF TAPE
Dtmp Tape 342-09
Time: 342:22:53 to 3h2:00:05

Page 1 of 3

3h2 22 53 07 PLT Okay, it's the PLT with a message

on EREP data to date. It's the
pick of the S190. On page 1-7 on
the EREP checkout, panel 106, the
filters were not installed during the
checkout. All of the photographs
taken with 190 to date have been without
the filters. There is no explanation
other than the fact that I had to do
the 190 checkout piecemeal because
of the insertion of film threading in
the EREP checkout procedures.
I had to stop my normal flow because
of the film problem with that -
the fact that it would not - it had
a part set in the curvature and would
not steal past the brass ruler and that's
already been recorded on tape. And I
tried to pick up - to check out the
rest of the 190 and I flat missed a
step on page i-7. I'll say it again.
All photographs 190A taken to date have
been takenwithoutfilters.

342 22 55 37 PLT Okay, this is the PLT %_ith a footnote

to the previous comment on the EREP
problem. We previously ccm_nented on
the extensive work load during the early
days in activation. I can't emphasize
too strongly how I regret the fact that
those filters were missed. And I accept
100 percent of the responsibility.
However, we were working till l0 and
ll o'clock at night in order to finish
what was supposed to be a normal day's
task of duties. And this went on for
about a week. And although I regret
it, I apologize for it, I feel like
that very poor flight planning was also
involved with the factor.

342 23 03 28 CDR This is the CDR at 21:04 Zulu with so_e

h87-5 data that I should have given
you two days ago. CDR, in the morning,
 Dump Tape 342-09
Page 2 of 3

69 3/I_, in the afternoon - the evening

that is - 69 7/8. SPT, 70 in the
morning, 70 at night. PLT, 70 3/8 in
the morning and 70 1/2 in the evening.
This is - I repeat M487-5 data that
should have gotten down to you two
days ago. CDR out.

342 23 l0 15 PLT This is the PLT with oz_ additional footnote

to the S190 a filter screw-up. And that
is that during the, I think, the first
day of activation when I was supposed
to install these we had a malfunction
on page 17 when I couldn't get the READY
light on 190. And I did interrupt the
sequence and go into a HOLD mode waiting
for procedures from the ground. And
looking back over, trying to figure out
how I could've been so dumb as to
overlook it, I apparently Just stopped
the procedures in and I did not look
i_ ahead and I never went back to the check-
list. And that's why I did not get the
filters on. PLT out.

342 23 50 57 CDR Okay, this is the CDR at 23:51 Zulu.

At T-2, which was - I'm trying to
remember - Standby. Okay at T-2 which
was at 23:45 I took a reading of D6.
It was reading i00 percent. Now a
few minutes later it's now down to
46 percent.

CDR This is the CDR again. My last call

for T-2 1 had looked 5 minutes too soon.
And it was reading 100 percent at the
proper T-2. It's now reading 57 percent.

CDR Okay. We are about 18 minutes from start.

CDR Come on burn, where are you? A coup.

PLT I get - when I go up into the night

skies, here I get that 9mny looking
stuff and the objects that you named.

343 00 Ol 58 CDR What do you suppose that is? Let's see.

Dump Tape 342-09
Page 3 of 3

PLT I think it's ... of reflection of

some kind.

CDR ...

PLT Get it in?

CDR We might make it. We ]have 14 minutes

to get there.

CDR Well, I had it on m_ checklist. I

should have hollered at you.

CDR Okay. This is the TV operator with

the monitor readings.

CDR Bravo 2 is 59; Bravo 3 is 86; Bravo 4

is 70; Bravo 5 is 67; Bravo 6 is zero.
Bravo 2 is 56; Bravo 3 is 76; Bravo 4
is 71; Bravo 5 is 76; Bravo 6 is 49;
Bravo7 is 32;Bravo8 is i; Bravo9
is 58; Charlie 2 is 44; Charlie 3, 88;
Charlie 4 is 71; Charlie 5, 83; Charlie 6
is 47; Charlie 7 is 51. Delta 2 is 86;
Delta 3 is 85_ Delta 4 is 72; Delta 5
is 14; Delta 6 is 57_ Delta 7 is 10.

CC Hello, Houston. We're AOS Vanguard

for 9 minutes.

CREW Roger, Dick.

 D_ap Tape 3h3-01
_-_ Time: 3h3:00:37 to 3h3:02:51 GMT
12/8/73
Page 1 of 15

343 00 38 14 PLT Okay; Charlie, Charlie's in and Papa

Papa is going back. There's the moon.

CDR Yep. Okay, Station two will be Delta

Delta.

CC Skylab, Houston; we're about 1 minute from

LOS. G_,A_ comes up at 01:05. And SPT,
we copied your co_nents on active region 96
and if you don't get to the pointing,
we can take care of it from the ground.

SPT Thank you.

CC You did say ..., did you not?

CDR Yeah.

CC Okay.

__ CDR I think your pocket must be open, Bill.

There's cloth floating sll over the Joint.
Delta Delta on station two. Station 3
is Echo Echo.

PLT And that should be confirmed. It is?

Okay.

CDR All right; station _ is Foxtrot Foxtrot.

PLT Correct.

CDR All right; 5 is Alfa Alfa.

PLT Okay, ... Foxtrot Foxtrot - no -

CDR Alfa Alfa

PLT Alfa Alfa. Okay.

CDR There you go. Got it.

PLT Okay.
Dt_np Tape 343-01
Page 2 of 15

CDR And station six is Bravo Bravo. And

we're coming up on one minute from EREP start.

PLT Okay.

CDR Okay.

PLT Get it? [?]

CDR Yeah. I'ii stop my - _mbil -

CDR Okay, that one's in O.

PLT Okay.

CDE ... pad.

CDR ...

PLT ...

CDR Made it by the skin of our teeth 5 seconds;

stand by for a h0:50.

3_3 O0 40 50 CDR MARK. 40:50, EREP STA_tT.

PLT They're fat, dumb and happy.

CDR 190 MODE to AUTO. StslLd by -

343 00 hl 00 CDR MARK at 41:00. Watching for a 190 READY

light, out.

343 00 41 16 CDR MARK. The READY light's out at 15_

MODE to STANDBY: SHUTTER SPEED to
meditnn. MY next mark'll be hl:40.
Stand by -

343 00 hi 40 CDR MARK S190 to AUTO. Looking for an SDO

READY out at 41:55.

Bh3 O0 hi 55 CDR MARK. Out at 41:55; MODE to STANDBY a stand

SHUTTER SPEED, FAST. Next mark will be
42:20. Stand by.

343 O0 _2 20 CDR MARK S190 MODE to AUTO. Looking for a

READY out at 42:4-35. MODE is STANDBY.
Dump Tape 343-01
Page 3 of 15

EREP, STOP at 42:42. Coming up on

43:00 for an SI maneuw_r, Ed. 5 seconds,
Ed. 43 :00.

343 00 43 00 CDR MARK. 43:00• There's nothing in my

pad about ETC, either. Wonder why they
took it out. Are you sure we have it for
the CAL?

PLT ...

343 00 45 05 PLT Okay, then we - treat this like a back-

to-back. Right?

CDR Right. Okay, Bravo mnnber 7 is reading 32.

32 percent. $92's door's going closed right
now •

PLT Okay, VTS ... operating DAC camera for

l0 seconds. DAC, OFF. Okay, angle 00.
Okay, it goes on to to 00. VTS POWER, OFF.
Film transfer is not required. Okay I
record the frame counter reading. I
tell you what: why don't we go on the hot
mike rightnow. We're gonnago eat now,
anyway, I think -

CDR Yeah.

PLT Is what the schedule cs/is for.

CDR I gotta get that 190 I_90R to LOCK.

343 01 23 12 SPT SPT debriefing the pass which began

at 33:20 on ATM. Okay, the first one -
they all went all right except for
55 which, unfortunately - when I got to
the panel, was in MECHANICAL REF rather
than OPTICAL. I did not know it and so
we got a GRATING position rather than
[? ] 18" 76 that was off by 102 from that.
We got the VTR in; some at suncenter
some at the link. 12 E went off without
any problems. And V no problem in the
pad formatting. I found myself having
to make a new ... at the end rather than
• i

Dump Tape 3h3-01

Page h of 15

finishing up with the observing time.

I guess the message for the ATM pad
writers and I hope the -- ... hopes that
the EREP people can get together so that'
when a maneuver's required, we can either
put in the ATM pad or the ATM pad can
terminate at the right point. Okay, after
the EEEP maneuver, we came back and -
because we had gone into that maneuver
rather hastily, we did not get the suncenter -
the proper power down for the unattended
ops. So I think, go back to suncenter and
gave us a building (?) block one - shopping
list item one with a little over 1 minute
on the continuous mode, I think we got into
a second sequence there. And 56 got a
PARTOL SHORT. Okay, SPT out.

343 01 25 50 SPT Okay, SPT at 13 - excuse me - 01:26.

And the subject is the tropical storm which
we went over at 23:hl. I'd like to Just
try to describethis stormto you briefly.
First of all, it was Just, in general, a
relatively small but compact, well-farmed
storm. The pre-storm squall lines were
light and not very expensive activity
along them (sic). However, they certainly
did define the vortex slope. Cirrus
streets were present; they were also light
and they also define the spiral slope. I
could only notice one over-shooting cloud
top, except for a - ... poking through some
of the cirrus which was around - except
for a whole band of turbulence, which
I'll talk about in a molaent .... Circular ...
clouds. The eye, howew._r, appeared well-
defined. The sides were sloping gradually
in and the eye was very circular. HOwever,
we had an oblique view to it and it could
not see all the way dora to the water. I
observed no feeder band; none whatsoever.
There was a wide band of turbulant clouds
above the cirrus spiral3ing inward toward
the eye and very close •to the eye with a
bery wide band. What really caught me eye was
Dump Tape 343-01
Page 5 of 15

that the turbulence properties of this

area were very uniform. That is, the
same size convection; roughly the same
color; the same - okay, well, the same
uniform degree of gray in the cloud, the
same size cells - well, they were packed
very much together. Just looked like
a turbulant - a turbulant wall of clouds
spiralling into it. It was very wide.
•.. the storm was well-formed except for
no feeder bands and looked rather mean.
The second storm, which we did see was -
which was rot called up, but was - really
caught our eye also was 6 miles down the
road. That is, we passed over at 23:47.
There was a lot of thick clouds (sic) fairly
wide band of them, many cells, quite a few
overshooting cloud top._:. But it was not
well-formed into a vortex slope, (?), there
was no eye apparent and no feeder bands.
It was larger than the other tropical storm
we had Just passed over, but it was not
well-formed and maybe not even called a
tropical storm. It looked like Just a
crescent - shaped area of severe thunder
storms, although it was very extensive.
The photos which were taken were taken on
the Hasselblad lO0-millimeters, F/ll, 1/250th.
And I'll be back in a few minutes and give
you the frame numbers. SPT out.

3h3 01 36 41 SPT SPT at 01:36 reporting the frames which

were taken at the Hasselblad of the storm
which I had described. Those are mag CXh7.
AMP was 2341 for the tropical storm and
2346 for the thunder - storm area. Frames
number 133 to 141. MI6, i00 millimeters ...
SPT out.

343 02 02 31 SPT SPT at 02:02. M092 on the run we've Just

made this pass day, that's day 342.

SPT ... for the LBNP was at ... that is one

further out than we noz_ally ... I looked
at the next one earlier in my debriefing.
 Dump Tape 343-01
Page 6 of 15

3h3 02 18 52 CDR This is the CDR at 02:12. At 02:12 which

was T-2 Delta-6 was reading 57 percent.

3h3 02 2h 18 CDR Okay, the monitor switches are: Alfa 2,60;

3, 86; earlier in my description, h, 75, 67,
6 is zero. Bravo 2 is 57; 3 is 75; h is
72; 5 is 75; 6 is 5h; 7 is 32; 8 is i;
9 is 57. Charlie 2 is hS; Charlle 3 is 87;
Charlie h is 71; Charlie 5 is 82; Charlie 6
is 47; Charlie 7 is 60. Delta 2 is 86;
Delta 3 is 85; Delta 4 is 72; Delta 5 is lh;
Delta 6 is 57; Delta 7 is I0. Preperation
Configuration: TAPE I_:CORDER, ON; READY light,
ON; 92 POWER is ON; RF_d)Y light is out;
DOOR is opening. The S190 HEA'I'_:Hswitch OFF
light is not shining; Delta TEMP and OVER-TEMP
are okay; I'll press on and come back to -
okay - 91 is ON; READY, ON; COOLER, ON;
90 is ON; READY, out; stand by, DOOR is
OPEN. 9B, STANDBY, READY, out; SCATT_0M_'I'".'I_'s
OFF ; READY, out ; LATIM_T_L_ 's OFF, READY,
out. 9h is ON; EREP is started at 26:1h.

3h3 02 26 15 CDR VTS, AUTO CAL, Bill.

PLT When? Now?

343 02 26 18 CDR Sl9h going to MODE, MANUAL.

CDR Go. I've got - I got us behind.

PLT Okay, that was at 21.

CDR 21. Okay. VTS, AUTO CAL at 21. Man,

really got behind there all of a sudden.

PLT Yeah.

CDR I don't like working ft._omthis checklist

on a backup. I wish we. had a cue card for
the back - back to back too.

CDR 92 DOOR made it open.

PLT Yeah, he's right.

i ....
Dump Tape 3h3-01
Page 7 of 15

CDR Too easy to lose your ]?lace. MODE should

be in CHECK; that's where it is.

PLT *** Right over the Himalayas.

PLT ...

CDR Okay, that S191, READY_ CAL didn't -

didn't hurt us at all.

PLT ... at 30:07.

CDR Alright looking at *** Add ll minutes,

ll seconds. It'd be 28 - no add 9. It'd
be 28:55 I expect S191 READY light come on.

PLT Still over the Himalayas. *** we

break down into the flatlands I should
pick up Kathmandu, or whatever it is.

CDR Okay.

PLT Man, picking up a lot of cloud cover.

CD_ Yeah, they said it was borken.

PLT I thought we were gonna luck out there.

343 02 29 00 CDR MARK. The READY light came on at 29 even.

PLT ...

CDR Going to REF 6.

PLT No DACS for this site. Okay.

PLT Man, that's rugged looking country. Whoo!

CDR Yeah, I'll tell you.

PLT Man, I'd hate to bail cut over that country.

CDR *** ...

CDR Ooh!
Dump Tape 343-01
Page 8 of 15

PLT How'd you like to walk out of there?

PLT/CDR (Laugh)

CDR That's Jagged looking. Ooh:

CDR Okay, my next mark is going to be at 30:03.

PLT 30:07 is when I go IMC,

CDR Okay. Stand by.

3h3 02 30 03 CDR MARK. AT 30:03, $190, MODE went to AUTO.

CDR Ed, at 30:15 the _TC goes to AUTO. That's

5 seconds.

CDR Shazan.

CDR 19 , 20.

PLT Okay, I've got what I think is Kathmandu

and I'm painting a clear through it.

343 02 30 28 PLT *** ay, start data tapes.

343 02 30 32 PLT Now. And l'm coming there so I - I

am painting _ point which looks like it'd
be about 15 miles east of Kathmandu.

PLT *** kay. NOw I'm gonna go - but I'll

give you, Just to see any tracking on
there, some 21 degrees *** go to minus i0.
I'm gonna go over and paint the town directly,
so you'll have comparative data. And
I'm in a real good spot here.

CDR Oh, why did I do that?

CDR Okay, this is the CDR. I terminated S190

too soon, about a minute too soon.

PLT Looks like that the target I picked out is

actually a small agric'sltural area and
I'd say maybe i0 - no, excuse me, on the
Dump Tape 343-01
Page 9 of 15

order of 5 miles to the east of Kathmandu.

Okay, I'm minus i0 degrees. Now I'm gonna
go over - directly over the city.

PLT *** get a little painting on that. Okay,

I'm tracking what I think is the city.

343 02 31 37 CDR Okay, I reselected S19C and got it going

again. We need another 30 seconds of it
before I shut it down smd reselect it. Sorry
about that.

CDR Okay, going to STANDby on S190. Fram of 29.

S193 Alfa going to STANDBY.

PLT Thunderstorms - I use the DAC. Here we've

coming out here. Right at the month of
the Ganges River is where we are now, fellows.
Calcutta, Dacca. Calcutta is under cloud cover
coming.

3h3 02 33 44 CDR Okay, then this is the C+D operator.

Essentially you had about a 35 second dropout of
Slg0 data. I reselected the sequence
mid - stream, put it back in standby and
cycled the power to make sure that we
start a new sequence next time out.

FLT Lots of rice paddies, down there, man.

Golly should be coming up on Rangoon pretty
soon. Passed it I

CDR Yes, Rangoon's a real delta area, isn't it?

PLT Yes.

CDR I looked at that last night with the bimoculars.

Okay Ed. We're coming up on 35:35 for an
h_fC auto. i0 seconds. STAND by. 35 :35.

343 02 35 35 CDR Mark.

CDR 35:53. Coming up on 35, 53. Standby.

343 02 35 53 CDR MARK. S190 to AUTO.

o

Dump Tape 343-01

Page i0 of 15

CDR You over Rangoon yet?

PLT Yes. I've passed it. Looks like we're

coming up on BAnkook here.

CDR ... hitting the thailand plain there; coastal

plains of Thailand.

PLT Yes, there's the mekong delta.

CDR Okay at 36:40 I'ii give a MARK: it says 93

RADIOMETER OFF.

343 02 36 39 CDR STANDby. Mark. RADIOMETER OFF. I question

that one; that one's very pecullar. At 36:52
standby.

3h3 02 36 53 CDR Mark. The ALTIMETER is ON. I don't why we

took their radiometer and turned it off,
it was only in STANDby. Now we are going
to have to go back to STANDby again at
38:54. I have a hunch that was a misprint;
that should have been RADIOM_'I'_R ON.

PLT Sometimes they only turn it on to put

the power on, Jet.

CDR Well, they Just had me turn it off.

PLT ...

CDR ... if they want it back to STANDBY shortly?

PLT Oh, I don't know .... here.

CDR Okay we're coming up on 38:06. Stand by.

343 02 38 07 CDR Mark at 38:06. The S190 interval going

up to 20. ETC to standby, Ed.

PLT It's so bright .... when I zoom in -

CDR What are you looking at?

PLT Thunderstorms.
Dump TApe 343-01
Page Ii of 15

CDR My next Mark will be at 38:48. Coming

up on 38:h8. Stand by.

343 02 38 47 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDby. At :54 standby.

343 02 38 54 CDR MARK. Altimeter - correction, Radiometer

going to STANDBY. 39:00 even mark we are
going S190 interval to i0. ETC to AUTO.
39:12. Stand by.

343 02 39 12 (DR MARK. RADIOM_'2ER ON. 192 MODE to READY.

PLT Oh here's a beauty.

(DR 39:24 coming up. Stand by.

343 02 39 23 CDR Mark. ALTIMETER to MODE ONe. Range is 83.

Stand by. Next one is 71 with an ETC
standby.

PLT ... this one .... two twins overshooting

cloudtaps.... two beauties ...Okay,
stopping and going to clear area.

(DR 1 more minute to ETC - ECG standby, Ed.

PLT I didn't have a chance to get it all in..

Okay looks like we're erowling Indoneia.

(DR Yes.

PLT Yes, 13 orned. Yes, we're over Borned.

(DR On my mark it will be 41:00 and ETC to

STANDBY. Stand by.

343 02 41 00 (DR MARK. ETC to STANDBY. 41:10 is coming

next. STand by.

343 02 41 i0 CDR MARK. 192 to CHECK. S190 READY light is

out. MODE going to STANDBY. FRAMES are
going to i0, i0. 41:34 is the next one.
Stand by.

343 02 41 34 (DR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY.

Dump Tape 343-01
Page 12 of 15

PLT Dsng. That's a shame. I had some

beautiful animols Just out of the field of
vi ew.

CDR Next mark will be at 42 :40. It 's about

35 seconds.

PLT Oh, blast. I've got some beautiful thunder -

bumpers here, but they're Just out of the
field of view, out of our limit of travel.

CDR Clear off the track and call up the site.

PLT Yes. I've been wanting - waiting to get a

good anvil at a fairly low sunangle - I mean
a low angle of view.

CDR On my mark it'll be 42:40. Stand by.

343 02 h2 h0 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER OFF. Next mark at h2:5h.

PLT I'm now paintingwhat we would call a

towering view. I'll Just let you get it,
I ...

CDR Stand by.

343 02 h2 5h CDR MARK. S192 MODE to READY. Stand by.

PLT ...

343 02 43 00 CDR MARK. AT 43 the ALTIM_','_R went ON.

PLT That ought to - -

CDR Stand by.

343 02 h3 06 CDR MARK. AT 06 the S190 MODE went to AUTO

and ETC should be in AUTO.

PLT Clear area.

CDR Next mark is at 44 even.

343 02 43 18 CC Skylab, Houston; AOS CArnarvon and Honeysuckle

13 minutes. STanding by.
 Dump Tape 343-01
Page 13 of 15

CDR Roger, Dick.

CDR Okay, Ed, on my next mark it'll be 4h with

ETC to STANDBY. Coming up on 4h:00. Stand by.

343 02 44 00 CDR MARK. 192 STANDBY. ETC STANDBY. 44:06,

Stand by.

3h3 02 4h 06 CDR MARK. INTERVAL going up to 20.

CDR We over Australia now?

PLT Yep. Sure are. It's coming up. Wish we

had a place to hold these maps. Losing
the doggone things. There it is. Derby ....

CDR Okay, looking for an S190 READY light to go

out.

343 02 45 14 CDR MARK. 190 READY light out at 13, MODE

to STANDBY.

PLT Okay. I'm painting up the - -

CDR h5:30 coming up. Stand by.

343 02 h5 B0 CDR MARK. Sl9h MODE to MANUAL. Go ahead, Ed -

Dill.

PLT This is on the west side of the bay leading

up to Derby. I'm getting a few seconds
there. Then I shall go up and paint to
the west.

PLT Of the city. 0ops, I don't want that on.

PLT That better be it. It is it. It looked

as if there were some red spots ...

CDR At my mark it's going to be h6:30.

PLT ... it looks like.

CDR Stand by.

3h3 02 h6 30 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER to STANDBY. RANGE going

/'-_ to 87.
/_ Dump Tape 334-01
Page 14 of 15

PLT Another clear area.

CDR On my mark it'll be 46:45. Stand by.

343 02 46 45 CDR MARK. ALTIMETER is ON.

PLT Okay. I'm looking straight down through

some haze now. STill painting about 3 or
4 miles to the west of the city .... We
don't have any DACs to document it ....
west of the river. Okay. Let's see if we
can wind this thing up.

CDR On my mark it'll be 47:40.

PLT Okay. I;m going to go up to the south of

the city, to the west of the river.

CDR Stand by.

343 02 47 40 CDR MARK. 191 REFERENCE to 2.

PLT ... travelnow. Red. Here's something

light here. I'll Just get some data on
it. Looks like a dried lake bed. At 48:10
an angle of 30 degrees left ... Get some
good data on that lake.

CDR - Bill, in 20 seconds I'm going to need

a VTS AUTO CAL.

PLT Okay. Give me a call.

CDR Okay.

CDR i0 seconds.

PLT Standing by.

CDR Okay on my call it'll be 48:40. Stand by.

343 02 48 40 CDR MARK.

PLT MARK.

CDR VTS AUTO CAL.

 Dump Tape 343-01
Page 15 of 15

PLT Okay.

CDR Okay. I've got an ALTIMETER UNLOCK light.

READY light is out.

PLT Turn it off for 15 seconds?

CDR Yeah.

PLT Okay. I'm coming up on a lake. I've got

5h degrees, 3 degrees left; time is going
to be mark, mark when it comes into view.
54 degrees up and 3 degrees left.

CDR Okay. I got a READY light on ALTIM_'I'_.'I_

and
it 's cooking again.

3h3 02 h9 23 PLT MARK. h9:23. *** starting to track. Now

for comparative purposes I'm going to go
into a large, what appears to be a large dried
lake. Actually it looks like there's a
_-_ littlebit of water in it. An awful lot of
crosion streaks here. It might be eaten
from blowing dust down there on the surface.

CDR Okay. I got the AITIMET_s UNLOCK light;

still got a READY light.

PLT Okay. Data right now is at 47 degrees

*** Time is 50:10. I'll give a mark.

3h3 02 50 10 PLT 50:10. *** degrees, 16 left. I'm tracking

la - dried lake bed, has an awful lot of
erosion.

CDR Okay. Still got a READY light and

ALTIMETER UNLOCK light. AT 50:20 ALTIMETER
going to STANDBY and - -

PLT North east to South west *** okay.

343 02 50 46 CDR Okay, your looking for an S191 READY

light at 51:20.

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 343-02/D-236
Time: 3h3:00:ii to 3h3:03:03 GMT
/-_ 12/8/73
Page 1 of ii

343 00 ii 28 PLT I think we're gonna be right in the

ball park. Okay, it looks right -
it looks like they - they calculated
it right on the money. 6 to l0 degrees,
it looks like it's gonnabe 8, UP;
and in ..., it looks like we maybe
dead on LEI_2/RIGHT .... Now it's 7.
How much further, you got to go.

SPT 1.5.

CDR Okay, got a 192 READY, MODE going to

CHECK. Let's see, S190 HEATER
SWITCH light if OFF. We'll PRESS TO
TEST; Delta TEMP and OVER TEMP are okay.
Here comes the pre operate configuration.
TAPE RECORDER ON, READY light on.
S192 ON; READY light out; MODE CHECK;
DOOR OPEN. 191: ready; POWER ON;
READY on; COOLER is ON; the door is
open. S190: POWER ON, READY out,
MODE STANDBY, door is open verified.
93: RADIOM_'I'_R STANDBY, READY out;
SCA_'EEOM_"I'E_ is OFF, READY out;
ALTIM_'fmR is OFF, READY out. 94 is
ON, READY on. Okay about 3-mlnutes
to go.

343 00 13 ll CC It looks like you're all set, Jerry.

We're about 2 minutes to LOS; Canary
Islands comes up at 00:25. I'll give
you a call there.

CDR Okay, Dick. And the maneuver looks

like it's going to work out okay.

CC Okay.

PLT Okay, we're - ...

PLT Okay. At .2 degrees to go, we got

7 up and 00 LEgT/RIGHT. And the 00 Just
switched from LEFT to the right side.
We're in the box, so we're in good shape.
Press 000.
Dump Tape 343-02
Page 2 of ii

343 O0 13 53 CDR Okay. EREP start the come at - comes

at 16 minutes.

PLT Okay, I'll do my stuff at 24.

CDR Two minutes to go.

CC I forgot to tell you all that the

weather for this was clear to the ...

PLT Yeah, that 's great.

3h3 00 lh 16 CDR That is D-Day, Dick.

PLT Don't see a single cloud. Son of a gun.

I wonder how they arranged that.

CDR Flight planning

PLT I see. (Laughter)

CDR I've been meaning to talk to you

about flight planning, Dick.

CC Why don't you use the EREP Pass.

CDR (Laught er )

343 00 14 59 CDR One minute to go.

CDR On my mark it will be 00:16:00. Stand

by.

3_3 O0 15 59 CDR MARK. EREP start. On my mark it will

be 16:10.

343 00 16 l0 CDR MARK. S194 went to MANUAL. Next mark

will be at 17:00.

PLT That thing's steady as a rock.

CDR Okay. No cal manuever required.

CDR On my mark it will be 17:00. Stand by.

 Dump Tape 343-02
Page 3 of ii

3h3 O0 16 59 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER ON. Next mark is

: at19:06.

PLT I do anything until 2h.

CDR Yes, you - you really float. Don't

even have a V - yes there' an AUTO
CAL for you at 20:12.

PLT Look at the moon.

PLT You're going to manuever again in

2 minutes?

SPT Yes.

PLT Well, I wonder why they got this -

what are you going to manuever to?

CDR Oh, that's right. You got to do the

_ sweep.

PLT Yes.

CDR Just what are you doing? i0, a I0 degree

SCAN.

CDE Okay, it's i minute to the second

rf_9_llleve r.

343 00 18 30 CDR 30 seconds.

CDR 15 seconds.

CDE Ccming up on 19:00, 5, h, 3, 2, 1 -

343 00 18 59 CDR MARK. 19:00. Start the second

Cal manuever.

3h3 00 19 06 CDR MARK. At 06. S192 MODE to READY.

CDR On my mark it will be 19:30. Stand by.

3h3 00 19 28 CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO. On my mark

the S190 READY light will be out.
Dump Tape 343-02
Page 4 of ii

3h3 00 19 h5 CDR MARK. The S190 READY light's out

at 45; MODE going to STANDBY;
SHL_I'T_.'H
SP_:_u MEDIUM. Next mark is
at 20, Stand by.

343 00 19 59 CDE MARK. 20:00. POLARIZATION going to

1 on S193 Romeo, SCATT_0M_'f_ going
to STANDBY. Next mark is at 20:21.
It will be VTS CAL, Bill.

343 00 20 ll CDR MARK. VTS CAL.

PLT I was 1 second late.

CDR Okay. Next m_k is at 20:30.

CDR Coming up on 23 - 20:30, stand by.

343 00 20 27 CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO. READY light

will go out on my mark.

3h3 00 20 45 CDR MARK. READY light out on 45. MODE

to STANDBY, S_'i"I'_.'R
SP_:_:I)
SLOW. Next
mark will be at 21:06. Stand by.

343 00 21 05 CDR MARK. S192 to STANDBY.

PLT How much longer does this manuever take,

Ed, or does it continue?

PLT Okay, don't let me distract you, I Just -

the thing is I haven't even started
my work yet, and I was wondering if I
w_s going to have to do this on the fly.

343 00 21 31 CDR MARK. S190 MODE to AUTO at 31. Standing

by for S190 READY light out.

SC Okay, I see what happening now.

3h3 00 21 46 CDR MARK. It's out at h6 MODE on S190 going

to STAND BY. 1 minute to S191 READY
light on.

343 00 22 41 CDR Okay, we're approaching 22:52 watching

for the 191 READY light.
Dump Tape 343-01
Page 5 of ii

343 00 22 51 CDR MARK. The READY light on at 52.

191 REF_HENCE going to 9.

PLT Okay, we're dead on center.

CDR At 23:04 will be my next mark.

Stand by.

343 00 23 03 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER to STANDBY. Next

mark is at 23:30. Coming up on 2300.
Stand by.

3_3 00 23 20 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMET,:H ON, RADIOMs"I'_H ON.

PLT There we go steady. Now on i, I want

to go up 4. Standing by for 24 for
VTS.

CDR Okay, three seconds to go.

343 O0 23 59 CDR/PLT MARK.

PLT DAC's on, going up to h degrees for

a minus i.

PLT Okay. 1, 2 - 5, 5 seconds. That 's

4 degrees. Back down. Comes again.
The limb csl, and there's a sharp limb
there. That 's a radius.

PLT Okay .... Stop and continue tracking,

CDR One minute to my next mark.

PLT Coming back on the limb.

343 00 25 08 CC Skylab, Houston, AOS Canary - Madrid

l0 minutes, standing by.

CDR Roger Dick.

PLT Trying another one ...

CDR Next mark in 30 seconds.

SPT Okay. ST - ... there we go. Okay.

And now the ...
Dump Tape 343-02
Page 6 of ii

CDR On my mark it will be 26:00.

SC Okay, now the -

CDR Stand by.

343 O0 26 00 CDR MARK. 193 POLARIZATION going to h.

PLT ...

CC Roger, Jer. I concur with that time hack.

PLT And the ocean is looking very ...

343 00 27 06 PLT Okay, 6 degrees down. Got to push button

for 5 seconds .... camera off.

CDR Next mark in 1 minute.

CDR Okay, on my mark it will be 28:30.

Stand by.

343 00 28 29 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER OFF, RADIOMETER

OFF.

CC Roger. And, SPT, Houston. When you

get a chance, we'd llke S055 to
MIRROR LINE SCAN, pleas .

SPT Okay.

CC Also, anytime from here on in you give

us ATM frame count. Probably not during
this pass though, since we're listening
to the EREP.

CDR On my mark it will be 29:00. Stand by.

343 00 29 00 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETEH is ON. 29:06.

343 00 29 06 CDR MARK. S191 going to REFERENCE 2.

CDR Okay, Bill, we 're going to nother -

want another AUTO CAL here in about
50 seconds.
Dump Tape 343-02
Page 7 of ii

PLT Okay.

CDR Give you much time the first time.

PLT Okay. I am Just getting two more

checks on the -

CDR 30 seconds to go.

PLT UP 5 degrees and minus 5 degrees.

PLT Okay, I'ii be standing by.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay. Those last two those last two

were up 4 from minus 1 and down -

CDR i0 seconds.

PLT Okay, up 4 and minus ...

CDR 5, 4, B, 2, i -

343 00 30 05 CDR MARK.

343 00 30 06 PLT MARK.

CDR Got off the count there. Sorry, about

that.

CDR Next mark is 30:30. 15 seconds. Coming

up on 30 :B0. Stand by.

343 00 30 29 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER to STANDBY; 193 MODE

MODE to XTNCL/R. POLARIZATION is 5.

CDR Next mark is at 48. Stand by.

343 00 30 47 CDR MARK it. SCATTEROMETEH ON, RADIOM_'f_R

ON.

CDR Next mark will be an S191 READY light on,

about l0 seconds.

343 00 32 46 CDR MARK. READY light is on at 46, B2:h6.

343 00 32 CDR MARK. At 50, MODE to MANUAL on 94.

Dump Tape 343-02
Page 8 of ii

PLT Okay. Getting some more tracking on

the ... (Tranquility). A data button
pushed, l'm not taking DAC film. Holding
steady as a rock; I'ii Just (click)
off a couple of frames. Okay, l'm
releasing the push buttons.

CDR Next mark will be 33:48.

343 00 33 Bh PLT This will be for the Sea of Serenity.

l'm pushing the data push-button now.

CDR Coming up on 48. Stand by.

343 00 33 47 CDR MARK. SCATTEROMETER OFF.

343 O0 33 49 CDR MARK. RADIOMETER OFF. Correction,

the SCATTEROMETER and RADIOM/_"±'_Hto
STANDBY. Now the SOAT'I'EHO_L_T_Ris going
to OFF.

PLT Okay,I got a few frameson the

Sea of Serenity.

343 00 34 00 CDR EREP stop. Stop at 34:00.

PLT Ckay.

CDR 6 minutes to the next mark.

PLT Okay, that finishes my sequence there.

CC And, PLT, Houston. Just a reminder,

we need to get those S190 filters changed
prior to a time of h0:50 which is the
next EREP start time.

PLT Roger. PLT copy.

CC Okay.

CC And while we got a minute here we'd

just like to pass up to Ed Gibson a
real "Attaboy" on catching that mistake
in the manuever times. Its a wonder
that he wasn't 5 or - you weren't
Dump Tape 343-02
Page 9 of ii

5 or 6 minutes late instead of only 2.

It was strictly a problem in not catching
a mistake between disciplines down here.
And we'll try to do better.

343 00 34 22 SPT No problem, Dick. Most of the planning

for this has been real good. It's worked
out real smooth. I had a nagging feeling,
and my left eyeball was looking at the
manuever pad and the right eyeball at
the ATM pads.

CC We appreciated that; it was due to a

late flight plan change, but we
certainly should have caught it, and
we thank you for catching it.

343 00 35 45 SPT When we get a break, I'ii tell you

about that tropical storm little bit
later.

CC Okay.

CC Go ahead now, Ed, there's nothing cooking

for 5 minutes.

SPT ...

CC Oh, okay.

SPT Dick, it looks like we are all set up

for unattended Ops, except for pointing
to Sun center, we were still off of
active region 96 when I went into the
handhold mode.

PLT Hey - I changed it, I'm going to go

ahead and - we're not doing anything -
and I 'm going to go ahead and change
the filters now. Excuse me.

CDR Okay, I'ii open that while you get

your gloves on.

PLT Okay.
Dump Tape 343-02
Page i0 of ii

343 00 36 37 CDR Hello, Moon.

PLT Okay, I think - -

PLT All right, what's the news there?

CDR Let's see it's 00:29, right? Okay.

Station 1 should get Charlie Charlie.

343 00 37 I0 SPT Charlie Charlie, okay.

SC ...

343 03 Ol 23 CDR This is the CDR at 0 - 03:01 Zulu.

Reporting on hand_held photography.
The target was the south end of South
Island, New Zealand. It was an
exceptionally clear day; out
trajectory Just took us right over the
very southernmost end of of
New Zealand. I got two good obliques
fromthe west sideof the southend
of South Island looking to the northeast.
I took the first one looking to the
northeast, and then I delayed about a
minute, and took the second one
looking about the same direction and I
picked up the - the eastern side of
the island.

343 03 02 i0 CDR I got the very distinct hint that maybe

the fault zone cross-fault there -that's
shown in the - in our map as a dotted
line and heading off to the - to the
east looked to me like maybe it was along
that river, because there is a river
that 's extremely straight and then
there's a lake up in the mountains up
above it that's kind of aligned along
with the river. And the river Jogs
off to the north a little bit but the
lake Up higher looks like it's - it's
long and slender and lined up with the
river. Looks like a rather straight
line, so I was thinking that maybe that
is where there's acrossfault.
Dump Tape 343-02
Page iI of ii

343 03 02 47 CDR The frames are 142 and 143 on

magazines Charlie X-rsy 47. The
pictures were taken at 02:59 and 03:00.
The f-stop was ii; i00 millimeter lens
at 1/25o.

343 03 03 07 CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE
_-_ Dump Tape 3h3-03/D-237
Time: 343:12:16 to 343:12:17 GMT
Page 1 of i

343 12 16 00 SPT SPT at 12:16. PRD readings:

42309; 2316_; 38209. SPT out.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 343-04
Time: 3h3:13:53 to 343:13:55 GMT
Page i of i

B4B iS 54 28 CDR This is the CDR at IB:55. Terminated VTR

recording 5 minutes. Began at 17 to go and
terminate - correction, began at 22 to go
mud terminated at 17 to go.

B_B IB 5_ 43 CDE CDR out.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 343-05
Time: 343:16:38 to 3h3:17:35 GMT
12/9/73
Page 1 of 9

343 16 38 36 CDR This is the CDR at 16:39 Zulu. In-

itiated battery 7 from M509. Initiated
a charge at this time. CDR out.

343 17 02 07 SPT Okay, the first one, handheld 35-4, we're

unable to observe because of weather. We
have a fair amount of cloud cover in the
area (music) and we could not see the sea
mount. Handheld nl_mher 32, however, off
the Chile coast, we were able to observe
(music) First the camera data. The
photographs, three of them, were taken at
16:50, 16:51, and 16:51 on mag CX47; frames
144, 145, and 146. There were some clouds
in the picture, but yet we had fairly dark
water not reflecting back up so I went and
used f/ll plus a half stop, and i00 millim-
eters, 1/250 of a second, for all three.
(Music)

SC Okay, the upwelling which I did see, was

fairly light-colored water, lighter than
the dark blue water around it. The - the
dark blue being on a Forel scale maybe a
1 or a 2. And the lighter water, which
I took to be the upwelling in the plankton
bloom, something on the order of a 7 or an 8.
Some of it was quite green. The upwelling
plumes themselves - there was one major one
which I captured in the first one - showed
the light-colored features to be laying right
next to the coast line, maybe a small amount
off. By that I mean a couple of degrees in
my field of view. The - then there was a
couple of eddies of this protuding outward
sort of with random spirals, no one orienta-
tion of the spirals or - or rotation direc-
tion.

343 17 04 39 SPT Fairly thin tenuous arms of this material,

but it looked as though it had originated
from the coastline and eddies occurring a
little bit further out. The distance off
the coastline, to which the two eddies which
I was traveled, was about i0 to 15 degrees
Dump Tape 343-05
Page 2 of 9

in my field of view. The first picture

encompassed that. The second picture
moved a little bit further down the
coastline. (Music)

343 17 09 31 SPT SPT at 17:09 reporting on the handheld

photos (music). Okay, haudheld photo
is the sea mount. We could not verify
before because of clouds. However, handheld
photo 32 we did get. And our three photos
associated with that - let me give you
those numbers first. It was on CXhT, frame
144, 145, and 146, taken at 16:50, 16:51,
and 16:51. The F-stop were ii plus a half.
100-millimeter lens and shutter speed of
1/250 on all three photos. (Music)

343 17 i0 43 SPT We were able to see the plankton blooms

resulting from the upwelling off the coast
of Chile, was quite prominent. A good part
of the coast north of the site that we were
looking at was covered with clouds, so we
could not see how far up it extended in
that direction. What we saw was the plank-
ton blooms associated with the upwelling.
The blooms themselves were the lighter color.
I would estimate a 7 or an 8 on a Forel scale,
in contrast with the dark ocean water of 1
or 2 around it.

343 17 ll 21 SPT The color of the plankton blooms was light

and contained a fair amount of green in
contrast with the dark blue. The bloom itself
extended along the coastline and had some
long tenuous arms reaching out to sea, reaching
out to the ocean maybe out l0 degrees or
so in our field of view. Now they appeared
to be material which was swept out by eddies.
Material welled up and - and the edges of the
eddies where the velocity was the highest -
it carried the out to sea. The first picture
showed that quite well. There was a few
eddies in that. The second picture showed
a quite tenuous pattern a little further
south along the coastline which extended out
a littlefurther,maybe 15 degrees.

343 17 12 26 SPT The arms or lines of planktons which were

pushed around in a random direction, fairly
 Dump Tape 3h3-05
Page 3 of 9

well-defined but fairly weak in color con-

trast between the dark blue ocean. It was
still a light green but the contrast was
not as great. It looked as though it had
become diluted somewhat.

343 17 13 03 SPT ... estimate that the region close to the

coastline was - oh, a couple of degrees or
so in width of our field of view. We did
take the two photographs of the material
itself. A third one was taken off the
coastline with - or of the water right next
to the coastline once we had passed it.
And the Sun glint allowed us to pick up the
wave pattern quite nicely, the wave being
in general paraS1el to the coastline and of
a much longer wavelength than I would expect
that we would observe from up here. So I
think what we were seeing was probably the
z results of a gravitywave, or internalwave
if you will. I think that stands - stood
out quite nicely in the third photograph.

343 17 14 03 SPT We could not observe any darkened water which

might represent the upwelling itself, relative
to the ocean water, to the - There was quite
a bit of clouds further into an area which
was open when we took pictures. So the
dark blue which we saw - we could not con-
trast that to the ocean water further out.
And between patches we could not notice
anything. It was kind of an impressive sight,
though. The fishing ought to be good down
there.

343 17 lh 35 SPT SPT out.

(Music)

343 17 15 32 SPT SPT at 17:15 discussing the ATM pointing

stability and accuracy tests. Now I'll Just
follow right on through the procedures as
they were called out. And I'll give you
a discussion of the ones that warrant them.
(Music) Okay, there was a misinterpretation
aboutthe pad whichhas me - Carr omit the
bias momentum in step 16. And in the late
evening hours when this thing was gone over
 Dump Tape 343-05
Page 4 of 9

last night, after working the EREP - CAL

maneuverings in EREP, it was - step 16 was
omitted entirely as opposed to Just the bias
momentum.

343 17 16 35 SPT And I didn't realize that we are missing

something until I realized we we had not set
our maneuver time to zero. In which case
that alerted us to the fact that we had a
problem and we went back and picked that up
Just about the same time the ground did.
Okay, startracker information: On step 21
we locked up on star number 1 at plus the
outer gamble about plus 1653 and the inner
gimbal of plus 0658. Gimbal positions on
star two which we locked up on: on outer
gimbal minus llS; inner glmbal plus 2125.
These, our gimbal angles, remained the same
up to 1_:53. We got locked up on those quite
f earlyas soon as we got the attitude. (music)
Mercury did show up a1_out 2 to B minutes
early. We were expecting her at 14:46, and
it showed up at around 14:_B, or so. It was
quite visible. I was pleasantly surprised.
I'm wondering how visible - or what the in-
tensity of Mercury is relative to the Kohoutek.
We were able to see - well, I'll discuss this
in a moment later if we go through it. One
thing that concerned me as we went through
this test was that because of the degradation
of the 55 - I'm sorry, 52 white light corona-
graph image, I have noticed that I've had to
turn the display up almost a full brightness
to get the normal intensity in the corona
background, whereas we used to be able to
do it with the six or so. That's with ma_
contrast. Now we have to go up to 9.

3_3 17 18 58 SPT So I was a little bit concerned about being

able to see the planet Mercury, but it did
show up quite well. We're able to turn the
intensity down to 06 or 05, somewhere in that
region and still observe it.

B43 17 19 18 SPT Okay, on to step 26. And I'll give you the -
the informationas we go througheach step.
Number A, which was a double axis maneuver.

CC Skylab, Houston ....

Dump Tape 3h3-05
Page 5 of 9

SPT We made that, a double axis muna - m_neuver.

The -

CDR Hey Bill?

PLT Yeah.

SPT (Music) Okay, I had to go turn a few speakers

down because Houston was calling on the - on
A. Presence position X, plus 000; Y was
minus 120. The desired position we picked
was X, minus 100; and Y a plus 100. A man-
euver which we put in with the 52021 was a
50100 and a 512200 and 50000. The position
we attained was the X, minus 070; and the Y,
a plus ll3. We watched the display and it
seemed to be holding fairly stable. We could
not observe a ... at all. We used the XUV
MONITOR overlay which essentially divides
our grid up on the white light corongraph
overlay into one quarter finer section so that
we were able to estimate right on down to .O1
degrees. I think we were able to do that
quite accurately. We'll discuss that a little
bit more at the conclusion of step 26.

CC ...

343 17 21 48 SPT Okay, in B, we made a single axis maneuver.

The maneuver was made at 15:06. The presence
attitude was the same as quoted before for
our final, that is minus 070 and plus ll3.
The disired we wanted was zero in X; and in
Y was plus ll3. The maneuvers we put in was
- with the 52021 - was a 51070 and a 50000
and another 5000 [sic]. The position attained
was plus 006 in the X and plus ll0 in Y.
That held stable over the next 6 - 6-1/2 min-
utes are so. Made auother single axis man-
euver at 15:12 and hO seconds. Again our
presence position for that maneuver was
plus 006 in - in X and plus 3-10 in Y. The
desired was plus 000 in X and minus 120 in
Y. That wasn;t quite a single we did try to
get back to our original position. The m,n-
euver which we put in with the 52021 was a
50006, 50230 and 50000. The position obtained
was minus 017 in X and Y was minus 12h.
Dump Tape 343-05
Page 6 of 9

Okay, we looked at the Z to observe

stability. And again it looked good there.
We did not see a moved to even 0.i. There
was some settling time allowed though. In all
of these maneuvers, we did not go straight to
the point, but we actually went to the - the
one axis, usually X _neuvering the fastest
of course. And then we usually ended up with
a - by making some sort of an arc shaped
maneuver and uslla_ly overshot the position
and then came back and it took about a
minute and a half or 2 to settle down com-
pletely.

343 17 24 h0 SPT We had some time left so we went ahead

and made two more maneuvers ; call this D
maneuver. The present position in X was
minus 017 and the present position in Y
was minus 124, and the desired- the time
to go to the upper left-hand side, which
was an X desired of plus i00 and Y desired
of plus i00. The maneuver which we put
in were 52021, 51117, 5122_, 50000. We
made the maneuver at 15:25 even, we ob-
tained plus i14 in X and plus 106 in Y.
3h3 17 25 33 SPT At this point we're going to try to fly out
the display back to our original position.
Thought it was best to try to put it at X,
the test on the maneuvering system itself,
than try to maneuver back exactly along the
direction we came, or directly to the point
we came from and that was done by Just re-
versing our previous co_m_ad. That is with
our - when we go back to it - to a position
of X of minus 017 and Y of minus 12_ from
our previous position which was plus ll_ in
X and plus 106 - correction, let's go back
and explain that. We ended up with plus 114
and plus 106. Rather than use those numbers
to calculate a new maneuver, we Just reversed
the previous one. It should have gotten us
right back to minus 017 and minus 12h. That
is the commands we entered, were 52021, 50117,
5022h, and 50000. We did that maneuver at
15:29:45. During the nmmeuver, Mercury was
moved directly to center of the occulting
disk, or pretty close to the center, and at
Dump Tape 343-05
Page 7 of 9

about 010 on the coronagraph scale, that's

in octal, equivalent to 0.08 degrees, at
that distance outside of the larger dark
circle on the overlay, Mercury came into
view. Fairly faint at the beginning but
rapidly cam_ in to where we could pick
it up. And I think that about 0.08 degrees
outside of that larger darker line on the
overlay we can - we'll be able to pick up -
were able to pick up Mercury. Now the
values actually obtained were minus 020 X
and minus Y, so we did not end up where we
started out in X. We did in Y. We were off
3 units - that's 0.03 degrees in X.

343 17 28 15 SPT Now at this point we decided we'd look at

crew motion a little bit. And I like to
give you some deltas that we saw in the
various crew motions. First Jerry took a
normal pushoff from the airlock, moving on
down in the OWS and ended up on - at the
trash airlock and with that, the X had
experienced no change and the position of
Mercury in Y changed from 123 to 124 and
back again. Jerry then did some TOIS push-
offs quite vigorously and in X we went from
014 to 024 and oscillated back and forth
there, and in Y there was no change. During
the Mark I exercise, there is a Jitter of
about plus or minus 001, both in X and Y.
The bike - and in riding the bike there was
a Jitter of plus or minus 0.005 in X and
no change in Y. Now the hard pushoff from
the airlock to the bottom of the OWS, in X
there was no change and in Y there was move-
ment around 124 of plus or minus 0.002.

PLT Whole God damn ...

343 17 29 53 SPT Now on the things which we looked for, as a

possible crew procedural item which we ought
to be aware of and we're afraid to a]]
parallax - and we would estimate that the
most problems we would have with parallax
w_s 0.001 and probablymost likely less than
that. That w_s probably several maximum.
Dump Tape 343-05
Page 8 of 9

What we did was to put our head parallel -

perpendicular to the - so that line of
sight was perpendicular to the point of
two - on the tube you are looking, that
is, you do do not hold your head at the
center of the tube in making all the
estimates, but rather moved our head so
that our line of sight was perpendicular
to the face of the tube where we were
looking. The screen is at considerable dis-
tance in from the top surface where we had
the overlay and para] ]ax would have been
a problem, had we not done that.

334 17 30 56 SPT The crosshairs, we set at the very beginning

at what appeared to be the center of the
white light coronagraph display that was
done at - on day side, I think we had that
fairly accurately done. We used both the
overlays to do that and by eyeball on the
image of the occulting disk and they both
came out to be about the same. By using
the display we even went further, the dis-
play outer ring around the occulting disk
so that was uni - assured was centered. You
can look at the very annulus - first of
all annulus of light to get that quite
accurately centered. And then put the
electronic crosshairs at the center of L
that display. That also turned out to be
the point of where we would center it on
the occulting disk by eye without the
overlay. And then taped the monitor con-
trol to verify that we had not moved the
electronic crosshairs in the taping. And
also during the observation we verified
that they had not moved off center. We
taped the overlay to the tube and was held
down quite firmly and it did not change
its relative position with the crosshairs
throughout the observation. The white
light coronagraph display does look slightly
elliptical, the long axis running left/
right along the direction of the occulting
disksupport.
Dump Tape 3h3-05
Page 9 of 9

343 i7 32 hB SPT I personally was not very happy with the

numbers. We're going to have a tough
time pointing some of the fine pointing
instruments where we'd like to see them,
which lost kind of accuracy. I was hoping
what we could - what the folks on the
ground might be able to do - was to look
at these numbers and determine what scale
factor would have to be applied to our
measurements off of the overlay in order
to actually get to where we want to be on
that overlay. Now we have an HP-35 on-
board so we could certainly ma_e some
fairly straightforward calculations which
involve quite a few digits very easily.
The scale f_ctor, of course, involving -
is gonna change as you move across the dis-
play and I'm hoping that there's some easy
way to take that into account. I'm not
sure you've got all the information you
really need to work that out, however. We
tried to give you some fairly long maneuvers
so that we could look at the largest pos-
sible errors we would encounter and give
you the highest possible accuracy.

343 17 33 59 SPT The maneuver back, no problem, and the

rem-_nder of the steps, no problem at all.
That's what it - surprised by what we were
able to see in the white light corona-
graph, but not too happy with the numbers.

343 17 34 13 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE
 J
Dump Tape 343-06
Time: 3h3:18:h3 to 343:18:5h
12/09173
Page 1 of 2

343 18 63 29 CDR This is the CDR at 18:_3 Zulu, " Ter_Ynated

the M092 at about 18:38 and we're be_nn_ng
the M093 at this time. Ccmnents for the
mdical people on the M092. We completed
the run with no problems. My pulse pres-
sure remained about - I guess the minimum
%,_s about 30. I saw diastolic or systolic
blood pressure drop to - lets see - 89 on
a couple of occasions; the diastolic stayed
down around 68 to 70 all the time. The
heart rate got up to about 80, I think. I
think it helped quite a bit to move the
saddle back out to number 6 position instead
of number 7. I didn't feel quite as
uncofortable although - when that thing does
start sucking you at fifty, it really pulls
you down hard on that saddle and it's very
uncomfortable. One co-,-ent concerning facial
photos. I forgot to take facial photos
yesterda_ on Ed, and we doggone near forgot
/-_ to do it again today. And I have a question,
I wonder how - how critical are these facial
photos at 50-millimeters of mercury? Because
this is a time when we're really very, very
interested in what's go_nS on with the ESS
and we're both watching blood pressure, heart
rate and all that. And we really shouldn't
be distracted unless these facial photos are
really quite necessary. We Just doggone near
- again - forgot them again today and Ed
had to really hustle to get them in time.
And I would rather not have anybody fooling
with photos and - and looking away from the
ESS unless - unless it's really necessary.

3_3 18 45 25 CDR CDR out.

3_3 18 45 30 CDR This is the CDR with a postscript to the

LBNP comments I Just made. I guess I should
probably tell you a little bit of how I pre-
pared myself. I did no exercise this morn-
ing. I took a water intake of about 28 ounces
and I did it all between 7 in the morning and
9, and then had no water between 9 and ii when
we were scheduled to start. I had a fairly
good night's sleep last hight. I felt
Dump Tape 343-06
Page 2 of 2

reasonable well-reated this morning and

went into the test in a good frame of mind.
I think frame of mind may have something to
do with this too. If you're reA11y worried
and anxious about the test, I think maybe that
might even help to m-_e you perform a little
bit less - a little worse on the LBNP. This
is the CDR out.

343 18 51 18 PLT This is thel PLT briefing for the third time
on my dual pass as I think I had trouble
with the recorder before. The pass that
started at - 16:24, JOP 6, step 2, building
block 32 was as printed. The corona showing
fine structure from about 8 o'clock to about
9:30 on east limb. J0P i, Delta 71 - threw
me backward a little bit. " _lost a little
time in there because of bullete I went
around the thing about three times there.
I saw that I need Ed to have the thing - I
set up 166 to start with and thought I
was going to be ahead of the game and
then I got to the third bullet, and I
saw I needed the zero order and so I went
back to 00, and then I saw the parenthetical
addition, etc. And so I came back to 766
and then I looked and I saw that we had
a MIRROR call out, also a MIRROR AUTO RAS'I'_
was specified , and" mused over that for 2
while and lost some time before I got started.
Once I got started everything went nomiDally.
I completed Ithe entire pass with the exception
of one 82B exposure. Okay, the second time
around on - starting at 17:58 and JOB 6,
step 2, building block 32 was completed
on schedule. The corona@Taph looked the
s_,e - the corona looked the same. 1 Delta,
step 1 building block 27 ... was completed
okay this time. iii 1 Delta, step I,
building block 48, I completed all published.
I Eot 35 of these minirasters or whatever
they are. And I got - one - two eXtra 8233
exposures, and one extra 56 exposure, single
frame 5 and also, I did the single frame
5 down to the atmosphere. PLT out.

E_u OF TAPE .
 Dump Tape 343-07
Time: 3_3:18:14 to 343:18:55
f
12/9/73
Page 1 of 4

343 18 15 03 SPT SPT at 18:15, M092. Leg blood

pressure on the CDR, 120 over
75. Left leg girth, 13.0; right
leg, 13-1/8; left legband, Alfa
November; right legband, Alfa
Quebec. And for Ml51, the start
time on this run was 17:20.

343 18 15 36 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

343 18 33 13 PLT 053, handheld photographs, tar-

get number 118 -

343 18 43 32 CDR This is the CDR at 18:43 Zulu.

Terminated the MO92 at about
18 :38. And we' re beginning the
/_ M093 at this time. Comments for
the medical people on the M092.
We plete - completed the run with
no problem. My pulse pressure
remained about - I guess the mini-
mum was about 30. I saw diastolic
or systolic blood pressure drop
to - Let's see, 89 and on a couple
of occasions, the diastolic stayed
down around 68 to 70 all the time.
The heart rate got up to about to
80, I think. I think it helped
quite a bit to move the saddle
back out to number 6 position
instead of number 7- I didn't
feel quite as uncomfortable,
although when that thing does
start bucking you at 50, it
really pulls you down hard on
that saddle and it's very uncom-
fortable. One comment concerning
facial photos. I forgot to take
facial photos yesterday on Ed and
we doggone near forgot to do it
again today. And I have a question.
 Z .....

Dump Tape 343-07

Page 2 of 4

I wonder how - how critical are

these facial photos at 50 milli-
meters of mercury? Because this
is a time when we're really very,
interested in what going on with
the ESS. And we're both watching
blood pressure, heart rate and
all that. And we really shouldn't
be distracted unless these facial
photos are really quite necessary.
We Just doggone near forgot -
again forgot them again today and
Ed had to really hustle to get
them in time. And I would rather
not have anybody fooling with
photos and - and looking away
from the ESS imless - unless it's
really necessary. CDR out.

_ 343 18 45 24 CDR This is CDR with the a postscript

to the LBNP comments I just made.
I guess I should probably tell
you a little bit hor I pre - pre-
pared myself. I did no exercise
this morning. I took a water
intake of about 28 ounces and I
did it all between 7:00 in the
morning and 9:00 and then had no
water between 9:00 and ll:00,
when we were scheduled to start.
I had a fairly good night's
sleep last night. I felt reason-
ably well rested this morning and
went into the test with - in a
good frame of mind. I think frame
of mind may have something to do
with this, too. If you're really
worried and anxious about the test,
I think maybe that might even help
to make you perform a little bit
less - a little worse on the LBNP.

343 18 46 23 CDR This is CDR out.

l>,mp Tape 343-07
Page 3 of 4

343 18 51 18 PLT This is PLT briefing for the third

time on m_ dual passes. I think
I had trouble with the recorder be-
fore. The pass that started at
16:24, J0P 6, step 2, building
block 32 is completed ... The
corona is showing fine structure
from about 8 o'clock to about
9:30 on the east limb. J0P l,
Delta step i was - threw me back-
ward a little bit. I lost a
little time in there because of
bullet B. I went around the thing
about three times there. I saw
that I need to have the thing - I
setup 766 to start with; thought
I'd be ahead of the game. Then I
got to the third bullet. I see I
saw an end to zero order; so I went
back to zero zero and then I saw
the parenthetical addition, et
cetera. And so I came back to 766.
Then I looked and I saw that we
had a mirror callout; also a MIRROR,
AUTO RAS'I'_Hwas specified. And
then I mused over that for a while
and lost the time before I got
started. Once I got started, every-
thing went nominally. I - I completed
the entire pass with the exception
of one 82B exposure. Okay the
second time around on - starting
at 17:58 and J0P 6, step 2, building
block 32 was completed on schedule.
The coronagraph looked the same -
the corona looked the same; 1 Delta
step l, building block 27 was com-
pleted okay this time. Still had
1 Delta, step l, building block 28.
I completed all published. I got
35 of these minirasters or whatever
they are. And I got one - two extra
Dump Tape 343-07
Page I_ of 4

82B exposures and one extra

56 exposure, single frame 5.
And also I did the single
frame 5 down to the atmosphere.

343 18 53 21 PLT PLT out.

END OF TAPE
t
i _ _ _ _i:
_ _ -_ i _ _;
_ _ . i _ i i¸¸ il _k _iiJl ; i, i ] •i i I I I 'if _h

Dump Tape 3_3-08

\ Time: 3_3:i8:1h to 343:18:18 GMT
121o9173
Page 1 Of 1

3h3 18 15 05 SPT SPT at 18:15, M092. Leg blood pressure

on the CDR, 120 over 75; left leg girth,
13.0; right leg, 13 and 1/8. Left legband,
Alfa November; right legband Alfa _uebec.
For MISI the start time on this run
was 17 :20.

343 18 15 _0 SPT SPT out.

_u OF TAPE
=2

Time: 343:20:14 to 343:22:20 GMT

12/9/73
Dump Tape 31_3-09 _/
Page 1 of 7

343 20 15 08 CDR This is CDR at 20:15 Zulu.

The subject is DAC malfunctions.
I Just completed a - a check
run o_ transporter 7 and trans-
porter number 3 in film threading
DAC that's mounted on t_e film
vault and found them toVbe
working perfectly. I then took
transporter nnm_er 6, which is
in the film vault with about 7
or 8 percent of film left on it.
Put that on DAC number 4 and
ran it successfully at all speeds
with no problems. So I put all
equipment back into operation
and I think that we will Just
have to keep a close eye on
DAC 4 and these two transporters
in the future and see if we
can't find some failure made
that's lasting. But as it stands
right now, all three pieces of
equipment seem to be working
no_.l ly •

343 20 16 05 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

3h3 20 25 13 SPT SPT at 25, ATM pass which began

at 19:32. Okay, it all went out
when it was called for, except
for 1.56 SINGLE FRAME 2 ... a
SINGLE FRAME, LONG EXPOSURE with
another one on top of that, up
around h minutes. Other than that,
the exposure went as cal Ied for.
The FRAME - SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 5
got around ll minutes.
Dump Tape 343-09
Fage 2 of 7

SPT The last two lines as written

on the schedule seem to be a
little bit - continue 55 to 400 K.
Terminate 56. I assume what was
wanted was to terminate both 55
and 56 at bOO K. 55 did go a
little bit beyond 400 K. So it
was really not too clear to me
and I think it would be easier
Just to say what you want to
terminate at a given time or what
you want it to continue to. I
Just terminated 56 without being
told. I didn't know when to
terminate it. I did it at hO0 K.
I also thought m_ybe the line
above it should have been continue
55 to 40 K, but 400 K was written.
I did put it on an air to ground
that I was able to see a marked
change up there by the north pole
in that a bright spot had appeared
. .. bright spot up around 020
at 0.9, quite sizeable and I got
some observing time next door,
but nothing. I'll go on up and
take a look at it.

3_3 20 27 50 SPT SPT out.

TIME S_P

343 20 43 07 PLT Okay, PLT starting recording for

S063, comet observation. Time is
20:43 and I want to get a time
hack.

343 20 45 36 PLT Okay, time call hack coming

up on _6 .... minutes away
from first exposure.

PLT Looks like some clouds going by.

CREW .Q,
 Dump Tape 343-09
Page 3 of 7

PLT Okay.

PLT Sto; ; see a lot of clouds ....

343 20 48 45 PLT Mountains - snow-covered mountains

there.

PLT Atlantic City.

PLT Looks llke a ... inland somewhere.

343 20 51 09 PLT Okay, it's 51 and i0 seconds.

Okay, I think we turned the
tape recorder way too early.

CREW ...

PLT Okay.

CREW ...

PLT Yeah, Jer. I am.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay, if there's a comet out

there, you couldn't prove it by
me.

PLT It must not have clouds I saw,

because I still see whatever it
is in the field of view. So I
will punch on to photograph per
pad. I sure can't see a thing
in there. 54 :50, coming up on
54 now. There 1 minute to go;
take one last look. Hey! There's
the terminator. Now that may
be it. I think it's coming up.

CREW ...

343 20 54 14 PLT Okay, standing by - 20:54:50.

TILT, 217.8' ROTATION 24.9;
that's correct. 15 - l0 seconds.
_--_ 20:04:50 on my mark.
 Dump Tape 3h3-09
Page 4 of 7

343 20 54 50 PLT MARK. Okay, starting a 4-1/2 minute

exposure. ShoJld not be able to
see through there now. And I can't,
okay .... while taken place.

TIME SKIP

3h3 20 59 12 PLT ... stand by on my mark.

343 20 59 19 PLT MARK. Stand by on my mark.

343 20 59 29 PLT MARK .... this for 30 seconds.

Okay, on my mark, it will be
on rhw houe, wcwn. Stand by -

343 20 59 59 PLT MARK ....

s 343 21 00 i0 PLT MARK. Standingby -

343 21 00 15 MARK.
CREW ...

PLT Okay, Jer.

343 21 00 27 CDR Sunrise.

PLT Press on. I got them, if - if

the camera worked right.

CDR ... Sun coming up.

PLT Okay. And this is PLT. It

did not sound right. I don't
know; maybe it was a good
sign. Maybe I - I couldn't
hear because I had this
headset on. But I could not
hear - The shutter didn't sound
normaS to me. I'll check the
FILM ADVANCE here.
f_
Dump Tape 343-09
Page 5 of 7

343 21 00 56 PLT ... looking at here. Well, I've

taken something. I guess it Just -
I'm not hearing it right. I
checked though. The mirror was
up because I - I checked to see
if I could see through there.
Okay, I - barring the fact that
there was some kind of m_lfunction
with the ca_ra, we got everything
on schedule and it should have
been a nominal run.

343 21 O1 21 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

343 21 56 21 SPT SPT at 22:56 [sic] on the ATM.

_. Okay at the conclusion of the
maneuver for comet observations,
we picked up on a building block
32; of course went real quick.
And then I had some observing time,
which I appreciate. And ... active
region 96, I chose to look at
a bright point up near the north
pole which showed on our XUV MONITOR
picture. And Just to m_e sure
it was still there, I took a second
XUV MONITOR picture, about 3 hours
being the difference between the
two. And it was there, although
not as bright as it was previously.
It's at about 020.9 radii out.
I compare it to one from about
24 hours ago. There was nothing
there at a11. So far ... this
comet is on its way out. So I
went up to that regiln, tried to
locate it in XUV MONITOR usint
integration.

5h3 21 58 33 SPT I tried searching around for it,

using oxygen VI and unfortunately,
Dump Tape 343-09
Page 6 of 7

the only maximum I was able

to find was up around 200, 250
or so and I knew I really had
not found a bright spot, if -
if any at all. I kept seatching
around trying to use the XUV
MONITOR integrate, and for some
reasons the darn thing Just didn't
show up in the integrate. All
kinds of other miscellaneous mottling
showed up, but no the bright
feature which I saw and had Just
taken a picture of in the integrate
make in the XUV MONITOR. It took
a little while to readjust the
CROSSHAIRS until you've Just used
up - at a different position in
the pointing and the building test
this morning. So rather than waste
much longerlookingfor it, I found
the best maclomb [?] I could and
did a MIRROR AUTO RASTER followed
by a GRATING AUTO SCAN 55.56 got
a single frame filter 2, exposure
of about 6 minutes and 82B's got
a exposure normal sequence mainly
short. When I get some time again
I think I'll try to figure out
Just why we're not able to see
that particular bright point in
the integrate mode and also to
bring truly very conspicuously
in the SUB MONITOR picture.

343 22 00 39 SPT SPT out.

343 22 19 25 SPT SPT at 22:19 with the rate gyro

crystal thermometer te_erature.

Okay in 5. X is 96, Y is 94, Z

is 94. At 6. X is 93, Y is 92,
2 is 95. I began to wonder whether
this is an attempt of the SPT to
• .. his - ... re ... the same
valve time and time again or whether
we're actually expecting changes in
temperatures.
_p Tape 343-10
Time: 343-23:42 to 343-23:58
121o8173

343 23 42 32 SPT SPT at 23:43. Results of the ATM

fore limb coalignment, day 343,
time 22:40. The upper limb, H-ella i,
plus 1025; 82B, plus 1025; 55
plus 1030. The lower limb, 82B,
minus 924; 55, minus 923. At the
left - at the left limb H-alpha l,
minus 1015; 82B, minus 1015, mad
the limb offset recorded after coming
out of the White light mirror position
on that was zero, limb offset of zero.
55 was minus i017. At the right
limb, 82B - at the right limb, 82B
was plus 953. 55 was plus 956. And
for the 82_B, the llmb offset - the
limb offset for 82_B was zero. And
55 mirror position was 1032.

3_3 23 45 25 SPT Okay, as per the request on 82B

align, we used a low contrast and
relatively low brightness. Okay,
I've already given you the offsets
which were zero.

343 23 46 33 SPT Okay, the brightness, the contrast

of brightness which were used on
both monitors turned out to be a
contrast of 3, a brightness of 7.
If I decrease the brightness, then
the .limb will recede. I have to
get down to around 2 or so before
it starts to recede, It still is
locked in good and firm at 3. If
I increase of brightness, then the
picture tends to bleach out, and
... when you eliminate the contrast -
you eliminate the contrast and it's
very hard to read the - to see
the display in order to determine
where the - even the slit is the
... mark in the slit itself. Okay,
if I in - decrease the contrast
from a setting of 3, and then it
becomes too dark. And it's - can
Dump Tape 343-i0
Page 2 of 4

no longer distinguish the limb.

There's still a little bit of margin
there.

343 23 47 46 SPT Okay, before I give you the number of -

I decreased the brightness below 7
before ... below 3; it really is below
7, and at around 6 or so and it's
one under or so, the nominal setting
where it .... Okay, it the contrast
is increased, then it becomes much
too green. So that in s_m"Bary, decrease
the contrast it becomes too dark, in-
crease the contrast it becomes too
green. Decrease the brightness, the
limb will recede, increase the bright-
ness and it tends to bleach out. The
numbers of 3 for contrast and 7 for
brightness are good and there - there
is a margin of at least one on either
side of those before the ... come in.

3h3 23 48 47 SPT In working with a - in practicing

with this - during all of the work
we've done at the limb I found that
initially I would tend to put the
slit about i arc second inside the
limb because I would use the top
of the - the top of - and bottom of
the slit is and where the TV line
scan Judges the center of the slit
to be. So I plan to move the
slit out Just a little bit from
that position and that ... out to
give me a good zero. The 55 grating
offset went real well. The only
thing I had to do there there was
H-Alpha 2 reticle. I had to tweak
down Just a very small amount.

3h3 23 50 29 SPT Okay, one additional thing I - I

did. Just to check out whether these
numbers are very good. Well, first
of all let's go down and I took
a look at the numbers that we had
for ... readouts with the bias in
and bias out and I find that it
Dump Tape 3h3-i0
Page 3 of h

hopped down; we changed from a

minus 5h to a minus 51, which is
okay. 3 arc seconds change is
larger than I'd like, but I guess
it's within its normal bounds. The
left/right however, had gone from
a plus 18 to a plus 30, and that
has certainly surprised me. That -
somehow we ran into a real problem
on that one and I'm not sure where
that left right change of h8 arc sec-
onds ever came in - whether it was
in the electronics. I doubt it if
was in the - the actual misalignment
change between the fine Sun sensor
and 82B.

3_3 23 53 35 SPT SPT again picking up on the fore

limb eoalignment. One additional
thing I idid at the very conclusion
was to go to the upper lower left
and right limb and to try to posi-
tion myself ... came to the limb
and at the center of the limb if
you will. So I was Just grazing
the limb with the slit in the H-Alpha 1
RETICLE, and then to re-out the
values on the FINE SUN SENSOR with
the BIAS IN. And I'll give you
those results. The upper limb: the
UP/DOWN was 97h for both the white
light slit and H-Alpha . .. coaligned,
and the LEFT/RIGHT for positioning
the ... LEFT/RIGHT at the very center
of the limb and center of the
fiducual mark tangent to the limb
was a minus 17. Corresponding number
for H-Alpha 1 it was plus 3. At
the lower limb : the UP/DOWN was
minus 97h and the same for - that
was the same for both 823 and H-Alpha 1.
So those numbers agreed very well on
the UP/D0WN coalignment, of course,
and the upper and lower limbs were
both 974. The LEFT/RIGHT positioning
for 82B slit, perpendicular to the
 Dump Tape 343-10
Page 4 of h

limb and the fiducual marks Just

tangent, and the slit right at the
very center of the limb was a
plus 13. And it was minus 2 for
the corresponding maneuver with
H-Alpha 1. At the left limb the
UP/DOWN for positioning of slit
Just tangent to the limb was minus 22.
For H-Alpha 1 it was minus 21.

343 23 56 08 SPT For the LE_T/RIGHT the UP/DOWN -

I'm sorry for the LEg"I'/RIGHT values
were - the left limb was minus 95
for both 82B and H-Alpha i. And
again here something looks funny
because we've got a Sun which is
wider in L_'I'/RIGHT and it is in
UP/DOWN. It might m_e ... happy,
but I believe it's all the estimate
f somewhere.Over on the right limb
the UP/DOWN was plus 2 for both 82B
slit and H-alfa 1 tangent to the
limb. And the LEFT/RIGhT was plus
95 for both. So the two things that
concern me there are, first that
the left limb, the - to put the slit
tangent to the limb as I see in
WHITE LIGHT DISPLAY, I ended up with
an UP/DOWN of minus 22 and that
puts - and minus 21 for H-Alpha 1
both ...... one another. And this
is right after we've Just gotten
done doing a four limb coalignment.
And again BIAS switch was IN. Also,
we've got a larger Sun in I_T/RIGHT
than we do in UP/DOWN. And right
now I can't explain it to myself,
and if you're aware of the situation
which is causing this, I would appre-
ciate understanding it.

343 23 58 l0 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE
 la .-

DI,_ Tape 343-09 (_

/--_ Time: 343:20:ih to 343:22:20 (_4T
12/9/73
Page 1 of 7

343 20 15 08 CDR This is CDR at 20:15 Zulu.

The subject is DAC malfunctions.
I Just completed a - a check
run on transporter 7 and trans-
porter number 3 in film threading
DAC that's mounted on the film
vault and found them to be
working perfectly. I then took
transporter number 6, which is
in the film vault with about 7
or 8 percent of film left on it.
Put that on DAD number 4 and
ran it successf_31]y at all speeds
with no problems. So I put all
equipment back into operation
and I think that we will Just
have to keep a close eye on
DAC 4 and these two transporters
in the future and see if we
can't find some failure made
that's lasting. But as it stands
right now, all three pieces of
equipment seem to be working
nol_nAl ly.

343 20 16 05 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

343 20 25 13 SPT SPT at 25, ATM pass which began

at 19:32. Okay, it all went out
when it w_s called for, except
for 1.56 SINGLE FRAME 2 ... a
SINGLE FRAME, LONG EXPOSURE with
another one on top of that, up
around 4 minutes. Other than that,
the exposure went as cat Ied for.
The FRAME - SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 5
got around ll minutes.
 Dump Tape 343-09
Page 2 of 7

SPT The last two lines as written

on the schedule seem to be a
little bit - continue 55 to 400 K.
Terminate 56. I assume what was
wanted was to terminate both 55
and 56 at 400 K. 55 did go a
little bit beyond 400 K. So it
was really not too clear to me
and I think it would be easier
Just to say what you want to
terminate at a given time or what
you want it to continue to. I
Just terminated 56 without being
told. I didn't know when to
terminate it. I did it at 400 K.
I also thought maybe the llne
above it should have been continue
55 to 40 K, but bOO K was written.
I did put it on an air to ground
_- that I was ableto see a mmrked
change up there by the north pole
in that a bright spot had appeared
•.. bright spot up around 020
at 0.9, quite sizeable and I got
some observing time next door,
but nothing. I'll go on up and
take a look at it.

343 20 27 50 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

343 20 43 07 PLT Okay, PLT starting recording for

S063, comet observation. Time is
20:43 and I want to get a time
hack.

343 20 45 36 PLT Okay, time call hack coming

up on 46 .... minutes away
from first exposure.

PLT Looks like some clouds going by.

 Dump Tape 343-09
Page 3 of 7

PLT Okay.

PLT Sto; ; see a lot of clouds ....

343 20 h8 h5 PLT Mountains - snow-covered mountains

there.

PLT Atlantic City.

PLT Looks like a ... inland somewhere.

343 20 51 09 PLT Okay, it's 51 and l0 seconds.

Okay, I think we turned the
tape recorder way too early.

CREW ...

PLT Okay.

f- CREW ...

PLT Yeah, Jet. I am.

CDR Okay.

PLT Okay, if there's a comet out

there, you couldn't prove it by
me.

PLT It must not have clouds I saw,

because I still see whatever it
is in the field of view. So I
will punch on to photograph per
pad. I sure can't see a thing
in there. 5h:50, coming up on
54 new. There 1 minute to go;
take one last look. Hey! There's
the terminator. Now that may
be it. I think it's coming up.

CREW ...

343 20 54 14 PLT Okay, standing by - 20:54:50.

TILT, 217.8' ROTATION 24.9;
that's correct. 15 - l0 seconds.
20:04:50 on my mark.
 Dump Tape 343-09
Page 4 of 7

343 20 54 50 PLT MARK. Okay, starting a _-i/2 minute

exposure. ShoJld not be able to
see through there now. And I can't,
okay .... while taken place.

TIME SKIP

343 20 59 12 PLT ... stand by on my mark.

343 20 59 19 PLT MARK. Stand by on my mark.

343 20 59 29 PLT MARK .... this for 30 seconds.

Okay, on my mark, it will be
on rhw houe, wc_n. Stand by -

343 20 59 59 PLT MARK ....

i-- 3_3 21 00 i0 PLT MARK. Standing by -

343 21 00 15 MARK.
CREW °..

PLT Okay, Jer.

343 21 00 27 CDR Sunrise.

PLT Press on. I got them, if - if

the camera worked right.

CDR ... Sun coming up.

PLT Okay. And this is PLT. It

did not sound right. I don't
know; maybe it was a good
sign. Maybe I - I couldn't
hear because I had this
headset on. But I could not
hear - The shutter didn't sound
normal to me. I'll check the
FILM ADVANCE here.
 Dump Tape 343-09
Page 5 of 7

343 21 00 56 PLT ... looking at here. Well, I've

taken something. I guess it Just -
I'm not hearing it right. I
checked though. The mirror was
up because I - I checked to see
if I could see through there.
Okay, I - barring the fact that
there was some kind of malfunction
with the camera, we got everything
on schedule and it should have
been a nominal run.

343 21 01 21 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

3h3 21 56 21 SPT SPT at 22:56 [sic] on the ATM.

_-- Okay at the conclusion of the
maneuver for comet observations,
we picked up on a building block
32; of course went real quick.
And then I had some observing time,
which I appreciate. And ... active
region 96, I chose to look at
a bright point up near the north
pole which showed on our XUV MONITOR
picture. And Just to make sure
it was still there, I took a second
XUV MONITOR picture, about 3 hours
being the difference between the
two. And it was there, although
not as bright as it was previously.
It's at about 020.9 radii out.
I compare it to one from about
24 hours ago. There was nothing
there at all. So far ... this
comet is on its way out. So I
went up to that regiln, tried to
locate it in XUV MONITOR usint
integration.

3_3 21 58 33 SPT I tried searching around for it,

using oxygen VI and unfortunately,
 f i

Dump Tape 343-09

Page 6 of 7

the only mA_mum I was able

to find was up around 200, 250
or so and I knew I really had
not found a bright spot, if -
if any at all. I kept seatching
around trying to use the XUV
MONITOR integrate, and for some
reasons the darn thing Just didn't
show up in the integrate. All
kinds of other miscellaneous mottling
showed up, but no the bright
feature which I saw and had Just
taken a picture of in the integrate
make in the XUV MONITOR. It took
a little while to readjust the
CROSSHAIRS until you've Just used
up - at a different position in
the pointing and the building test
this morning. So rather than waste
much longerlookingfor it, I found
the best maclomb [?] I could and
did a MIRROR AUTO RASTER followed
by a GRATING AUTO SCAN 55.56 got
a single frame filter 2, exposure
of about 6 minutes and 82B's got
a exposure normal sequence ma_uly
short. When I get some time again
I think I'll try to figure out
Just why we're not able to see
that particular bright point in
the integrate mode and also to
bring truly very conspicuously
in the SUB MONITOR picture.

343 22 00 39 SPT SPT out.

343 22 19 25 SPT SPT at 22:19 with the rate gyro

crystal thermometer temperature.

Okay in 5. X is 96, Y is 94, Z

is 94. At 6. X is 93, Y is 92,
2 is 95- I began to wonder whether
this is an attempt of the SPT to
•.. his - ... re ... the same
valve time and time again or whether
"_ we're actuallyexpectingchangesin
temperatures.
 $2./a._
Dmnp Tape 3_4-01
Time: 3_4:00:55 to 344:01:48 G_
_Iio173
Page i of 7

3_4 00 56 07 PLT Okay for the PLT. Time is 00:56.

Coming up on 15 seconds on m_, mark.

3h4 O0 56 16 PLT MARK.

PLT And let's see my ... my watch is on

too good. I better check that. Say,
Jer, could you give me a quick time
hack by looking over there? It's
coming up on 56.

CDR ...

PLT Thank you. 7-5-6 ; okay. Got a good

time hack now. Frame D_,her one is
indicating 48, on the count down;
48, 47, 46 et cetera. Magazine,
Bravo Victor 44; infinity 1.2. Everything
is set. Time-okay, first exposure will be
l0 seconds. Tilt to magnum limit for
frames five through nine. 2-3 seconds ...
(sigh) Hey, Ed woul_ you look out the
window there Just a second? About
2 minutes of exposure and I got the
uncomfortable feeling we're still in
daylight. Ah, it's Just dusk, I guess.
Okay well that's the whole idea of
this experiment I guess. Thank you.

PLT 01:01. Stand by; on my _k it'll

be 01:00.

344 O1 O0 00 PLT MARK.

PLT Okay, at 01:01. I don't know who wrote

that pad, but he did us a great, big
favor the way he got this thing set up.
Not very many people put things down
on the even minute like this. It
sure mekes it a heck a lot easier
to avoid making mistakes. And you
appreciate it. 30 seconds - l0 seconds.
First exposure will be l0 seconds.
Stand by on my mark. for SHlrl'i',:_,
OPEN.

3_4 O1 01 00 PLT MARK. Didn't work! ... cocked okay.

Now I'll do it on 5.
 Dtm_ TApe 34h-01
Page 2 of 7

344 01 01 05 PLT MARK. Still didn't work. Ah, come on.

Okay, stand by on 15 seconds.

PLT Nope. What's wrong? It's on my time.

•.. Okay.

344 Ol Ol 25 PLT MARK. Stand by.

3_4 01 01 30 PLT MARK. It's not working. Ah, come on.

Okay, there's a wasted exposure. I
don't know what happened but it Just
won't - screw it back in again here.
Electric Nikons, I don't like them.
There, that did it. I Just clipped off
a frame trying to screw it in. That's
two frames wasted.

CREW 6,.

PLT Ah, I 'm fooling with this cr,,,,,,,_#

equipment here. Okay, let's see if I
can get one now. Okay, here it goes.
Three, four,

344 01 02 14 PLT MARK. Okay; advance. We've done this

repeatedly, wasted about two ro three
frames, you know, getting set up. Okay,
at 01:02 and I'm about 30 seconds
behind. I'll catch up on this one.

3_4 01 02 30 PLT MARK. Okay, now this is on frame 02, for

your purposes, a 2 minute exposure. And
we lost two frames there because of Mickey
Mouse camera operation.

344 01 03 26 PLT Okay, new that first frame - I gave

you a 5-second exposure instead of a
10-second. I'll see if I can give you
a i0 second when we get thro1_b here.
I don't feel badly [sic] about that
at all. We've had an awful lot of
trouble with the Nikon with its remote
cable. That's an expensive camera.
That thing really is rinky-dinky in
some respects. Coming up on h minutes.
_" Okay 30 seconds to go on this 2-minute
exposure. Stand by.
 Dt_p Tape 3hh-O1
Page 3 of 7

344 01 04 39 PLT MARK. Five, four, three, two, one.

3_4 01 04 49 PLT MARK. Okay. Now we stand by for

4 1 0 6 for a 6-minute exposure.

PLT Okay, on m_ mark, it'll he 01:06.

Start a 6-mlnute exposure. Stand by.

3_ 01 06 00 PLT MARK. Shutter is open for a 6-minute

exposure. 8 0 1 12. I don't see
the need to use all this time. l'm
going to turn this recorder off
temporarily.

TIME SKIP

3h4 01 i0 43 PLT Okay, coming up on 01:ii.

z--
3_4 01 ll O1 PLT MARK. oi:ii; 1 minute to go on this
6-minute exposure. And they;re okay;
•.. 3 5 7 0. Tilt, zero, zero, zero,
zero. This is on all four of these
exposures, three and one extra 5-second
exposure there - by mistake. 30 seconds.
It's a 176. Okay, stand by on m_
mark. It'll be 01:12. Stand by.

34h 01 12 O0 PLT MARK. Okay, now I want 176. Okay,

176.0 zero, zero. And you want 6 min-
utes. Okay, we're all set to go. Hey,
there's one on this angle here a 176.0
and tilt, zero zero. Stand by for
m_ ma_k.

3_4 01 13 01 PLTMARK. Didn't work. It'd advanced it

that's why it didn't work. (Laughter)
Okay, I'll do it in lO seconds after.
Stand by.

3h_ 01 13 20 PLT MARK. 20 seconds after. Okay, that'll

be complete at 19:20.

3hh 01 18 31 PLT Okay, c_ug up on 19 minutes. Since I

started exposure at 13:20, I'll termi-
nate at 19:20. Stand by. Stand by.
 Dump TApe 344-01
Page 4 of 7

344 Ol 19 19 PLT MARK. Stand still; okay. I want 184.6 -

184.6 cut. And maximum tilt, is it?
Okay, there you got it, maximum tilt.
Now coming up on 01:20, 184.6. (back-
ground t-]king) And I've got to 32.6
on that. Okay, coming up on 01:20 on
m_ mark.

344 01 20 00 PLT MARK. Okay, we've gotten a 6-minute

exposure, 24.6 on the rotation s.nd
32.6. Tilt to maximtm_ for frames five
through nine. (background tAl_ng)

SC ... debriefing a month ago ... ATM

... status after that. Okay, first is
the 82A door. Before I go through this
mission, I'll be able to tell you
that we're ... the door. We believe
that we are going have a procedure
- availablepriorto the firstops in
the morning, that will allow us to
operate the door. However, at this
moment the analysis is not complete
and we're not sure what the cause is
...... we did today to arrive at where
we are. We did a little troubleshooting
that was interrupted - that was
_msuccessful - that was interrupted
by the stability that you did. We
took the time out and then this
afternoon, here's what we did. First
we inhibited and then we enabled both
door motors. We attempted 82A door
open with no Joy. Then we inhibited
and, reenabled both motors and attempted
a closure and no Joy. WE inhibited
and reenabled again and - and got -
attempted the door opened. And the
door opened in about - approT_mately
2 seconds.

343 01 21 35 CC This series indicates that we were

stuck in a position that was very close
to full open when this last command
___ was issued. What we then did was
inhibit the power on one motor, which
was the secondary, so that the subsequent
Dump Tape 33h-01
Page 5 of 7

•.. of the motor - excuse me, the

subsequent ... of the door in case it
got caught up would be soft, so to
speak .... one motor• And sure
enough, as you saw and reported awhile
ago, it did get hung up. We're
presently troubleshooting. We - we
are considering pinning the door open
on the next EVA. There are a couple
of theories as to what's hanging it
up, and I guess that debate is ...
•.. So, we can't really give you an
idea as to the cause. However, we do
think we will have a procedure in
the morning that ... to operate up
to the EVA, then we may very well pin
it open. Over.

B_ Ol 22 38 SPT Okay. Thank you, Dick ....... very

closely to the open position ... closed
postitlon ... operation.

3hh 01 23 00 CC Well it's - one of the theories is

that - that there was a ... during
testing, prior to launch, there w_s
a - a configuration, that - where a
piece of GeE was installed behind the
door, as I understand it, at approxi-
mately the position that would allow
the closure of the - excuse me would
811ow a f_]1 opening to be about
2 seconds away. And the sequence of
events during testing may have caused
something to happen to the hardware.

344 01 25 28 PLT He ought to be pretty busy about

right now. Okay, coming up on
01:26 in about 25 seconds. Terminate
the exposure on 184.6 and 31 degrees -
actually 32.6. Stand by.

3hh O1 26 00 PLT MARK. Advance film 186.1. Okay.

186.1 we have. We leave the TILT the
way it is.

CC SaM again, Ed.

Dump Tape 34h-01
Page 6 of 7

SPT Did INCO get his call through?

CC I guess I ... Ed. We're chasing

down this little problem now and
get hack to you - -

PLT Stand by for 01:27. 186.1 on a

ROTATION and 31 - 32.6 on the
TILT. This will be for 9 mlnutes.

PLT 5 seconds. Stand by.

344 01 27 O0 PLT MARK. okay, I'm going to turn

the recorder off.

3_h 01 35 05 PLT This is PLT. Time is 01:35.

Coming up on 36 for termination of
9 minute exposure 186.1 and 31.0.
Stand by.

34h O1 36 O0 PLT MARK. Okay, that's the ... film.

Now you want 187.6. 187.6, Roger.
You've got it. 32. maximum TILT
you say. And this is for 2 minutes
starting at 01:37.

PLT Stand by.

34_ 01 36 59 PLT MARK. 01:37. Start your 2-minute

exposure. ROTATION is 187.6, and
TILT is 31.0.

PLT Coming up on 01:39, in 20 seconds.

Stand by.

34h 01 39 O0 PLT MARK. Advance film. Okay, waiting

for 01:40. Another 2-minute exposure.

PLT Stand by.

344 01 40 00 PLT MARK. 01:40 for 2 minutes. 187.6 and

32.6, and 32.4.

PLT Okay, I'm going to cut this one short

about3 secondsto giveme time to
advance film, and then I'ii give you
a 2-second one accurately starting
at 01:42.
Dt_p Tape 344-01
Page 7 of 7

PLT Okay, it's coming up i0 seconds. 5,

h, 3, - Okay, I'm releasing, advancing

3hh Ol 42 00 PLT MARK. I started in i0 seconds. And

I got that right on the even minute.

SC ...

PLT Stand by.

SC ATM schedule - -

344 01 42 i0 SPT MARK. Okay, that's the completion of

i0 second exposure. Okay. All
exposures are complete, and getting
ready to retract. Okay, tilt - -

CDR Well, I've got a pass starting at

any minute now.

PLT TILT, O. ROTATION, O. Nice and

smooth. That's the way I like
it. Mirror is retracted; door
going to close, There we go. Okay.

344 Ol 43 ii PLT Recorders going off.

_ID OF TAPE
_ Dump Tape to
3hh:02:42 34h-02
344:02:47 6_f2
12/10/73
Page 1 of 2

34h 02 43 00 CDR This is the CDR debriefing the

last ATM pass for the day. That
was the 01:S1 ATM pass. Let's
see, we started out with good ole
J0P 6, step mnmher 1. Got
kind of a late start with that
one because it took a little while
to set the the grating at 55. I
found that - can't remember what
the large number was, but it was
at a number larger than what I needed
so I had to run it clear through,
and that kind of put me down about
2 minutes. We then - I got the
nu z up date in okay, and then - took
care of the TV downlind in
part D of J0P 6, building
block i. And - everything went
normally _11 through J0P 6. TV
downlind was no big problem. I
did 12C. I think I gave you about
4-1/2 minutes instead of five
beeasue I wanted to go up and take
a peek at the new Sun spot in
Active Region 96 before I ran out
of observing time. So I gave you
about h-l/2 minutes of - the 82B
slew calibration and building
block 12 Charlie. And went up and
took a look at the Sun spot. It's
not a very big one but it's the
only one in town right now. And,
let's see, during the - oh, yeah,
when I - during my observation time
I tried to do a shopping list
number 2 at the Sun spot. I figured
as long as I was there I'd try to
get it, but after I got a PATROL
short going and a MIRROR AUTO RAST_
going, I realized that I really
didnt' have enough time. I was
already headed for ESS. And so
I terminated the - the - PATROL
short and at about the second
fr,m_, and the MIRROR AUTO RAS'I'EH,
Dmnp Tape 3hh-02
Page 2 of 2

I think we got down to line 12 or

13. So I think the Sun spot was at
least in the - in the - MIRROR AUTO
RASTER anyway we got that - that
part of it into it anyway. And I've
powered down not at precise coordi-
nates minus 54 on a roll, plus
i0 UP/DOWN, and plus 200 RIGHT/
LE_'I_, and the GRATING is looking
at 1042. The frame count, I'ii
go ahead and put it on tape, the
next time we get air-to-ground,
I'ii give it to them anyway. A-alfa
11548, 138 1209, 5784, and 3863.
That's going right down the line.
I took a couple of looks at XUV
during this period and its bright
spot around the north pole is gone
and the only thing left is the
bright area that's associated
with Active Region 96. You can
see the polar coronal holes as -
that's about it. It wasn't too
terribly interesting.

334 02 46 32 CDR CDR out.

_D OF TAPE
 .... _. __,1__ ; , + i _ _[T_ _,_ll_r.. _"+ ..... _._ _ _] .... _ +_ i him I _.: T

_ Tape 344-03
Time: 34h:14:h0 to 344"lh:h3. _T
i_OIT3 ........ !................
-Pa_e i of i .........

,:
!j ....
CDR I - ... To tell you the truth+ at 15:43; you
could have a confer_mee sche_&tlea. That ...

SPT No ,. no. nO.

MS ..
•

344 14 40 ii SPT SPT at 14:40 M133. Day 343. _t of

sleep i0.0. _Q_,=1_ty
i
good. One sleep ./":
_ •
code, thatOsl4. That seem s to be the + . + ...
standar_ mod_ for me. And also ,I was one

aws_ened durlng the night and I iwent -. _

right back tb sleep. A geo_ night's _ _
s!eQp+ I wis_ I had mere like them. I _
had no prob_,_". with the equipment.
Didn't use v_r 7 much elctrolyte?and been
using this c_p. However, ]_ did put a
new cable c_ Iwhich leads f/_n the sleep
monitoring box over to the. _ap. Last _
night when s_tting up for it, I got sc_e
eratic readings. You noted that by ...
the cable upi close to the connection that
that would d_ it, so I could Just take the
cable out re,her than chance losing sume
d_ta durin_ _e m_dd_le of the nigh%. I'll "
go ahead and_ _se this oue from now on. +!
This one is _ serial number 008. Whenever J.

I get a - whenever you get a chance, I'd

be intereste_ in knowing Just generally :."
what's cez._u_ out of this conferment. In
other wourld_, how _"y. - what percentage
of the t_m_ --_° I spend in various stages of
sleep relatl_e to the normal.
I

j 334 14 hi 36 SPT SPT out.

i
!I+ OF TAP

/+!i
i

!3 .................

:i I
 Dump Tape 344-04
_ Time: 344:16:26 to B44:17:14 GMT
12/10/73
Page 1 of 2

PLT - - PLT at - 16:26 - for the past 6 - -

344 16 26 38 PLT PLT ..... at 16:26. For the past - 6 to

7 minutes, I've been observing icebergs, what
I think is icebergs in the area. I haven't
had time to even check the slider map. I
have about four Nikon 300-millimeter shots
that I - which I hope will turn out fairly
reasonable. I've taken one hassel bled of
an area containing probably up to twenty
icebergs, which appear as small white dots
on the surface of the water. One of them
in particular in mu last Nikon frame. I
had a picture - hopefully had the picture of
an iceberg with some kind of wake-appearing
trail behind it, or in front of it, or what.
It could be mnall pieces that are broken off
from it or - at first when I first saw it,
it looked like clouds - e clowd trailing
the iceberg as opposed to a wake in the
_- water. Since there was no wake form present
and - when I looked at it through binoculars,
it appeared to be small ch1,-_s of ice forming
a sort of tail from the iceberg. I'm going
to take a look at the slider map now, and
try to get a location to give you. PLT out.
By the way this observation was taken over
a period of about h minutes so there's a very
widespread area here with icebergs, wherever
I am.

34h 16 BI 17 PLT PLT here. Taking a look at the slider map,

and these icebergs appear to be in the South
Atlantic, of course close to the maximum
elevation and that was about h - at 16:20,
21, along in there, and that's putting it
near a point, oh, about 400 miles southwest
of Capetown, South Africa, out in the South
Atlantic.

344 16 40 29 PLT Okay, it's the PLT again at 16:40, reporting

on the frame number. Charlie Xray B6, h9, h8,
47, and 46 were on the iceberg. Charlie Xray h7
in the hassel bled, frsme number 159 at 16:22
was of the icebergs in the South Atlantic.
Dt_p Tape 3_4-04
Page 2 of 2

3hh 17 05 00 PLT Okay, time is 17:05. First exposure will

be 17:55. Rotation is 222; I think that's
2, and this gage is hard to read, Karl. Get
the flashlight out to read the thing. Yes,
222.6, 25.2. Okay, got everthing set here,
Okay, 17:06:55, so we got about a little over
a minute to go. Okay. Okay, maneuver is
right up and down. And I don't see a O-_
thing in those op - through the viewfinder.
Nothing. So we'll go on faith. Okay, rates
are good, ... is 17:06:55 will be on my _=_k.
We start a 5 - i/2-minute exposure. Stand
by.
3_4 16 06 54 PLT Mark. Sounds like it worked. The - something
happened. I think it's set on v and I've
been using x all the time, I didn't get
the same click sound, but I think that it's
all right. Set B it said. I think I Just
screwed up the exposure by following the
checklist eve card. Focus, infinity; filter,
per pad; shutter speed knob per pad F stop i,
okay. Set shutter speed knob B then cock
shutter. The shutter was already cocked.
Okay, I'm going per eher_list. Sure
don't like this Nikon. Okay. The cord is
going off.

344 17 l0 30 PLT Okay, time is lO - 17:10:B0, at 11:25 terminate

this expsore. Okay, there's 4 minutes. StandBy,
on my mark it will be 11:25.

344 17 ll 24 PLT Mark. Advance film, standing by to start

30-second exposure on my mark at 35.

344 17 ii 35 PLT Mark. Start a 30-second exposure. Stand by

on my mark it'll be the end of the 30-second
exposure at 12:05. Stand by.

344 17 12 05 PLT Mark. 30 seconds, advance film; and we want

a 5-second one starting at 15. Stand by.

344 17 12 15 PLT Mark. One, two, three, four, five.

344 17 12 20 PLT Mark. 20, advance film, and we're all ready
to go. Okay, that completes -

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 3h4-05
Time: 34h:17:54 to 34h:18:00
12/10/73
Page i of 2

344 17 54 49 CDR 17:55. 1755 hand_held photos on mag CXh7,

taken at 17:49. Frame 455 thr_,gb 157.
And second period at 17:52, one frame
number 157 through 159. They're all /Ii.
100-millimeter, 1/250 of a second.

34h 17 55 19 CDR The first three were taken off the coast
of Chile. Looking at the fiords and in
particular the Humboldt current where it
comes into Chile. We're able to see the
motion of the water; we've been able to see
large waves and a particularly large fiord.
The waves were ... grneral perpendicular to
the ... coast line, but general - but
genera]]y pulled in towards the center of
the fiord. From up here they look llke
fairly long wave-like waves, and was surprised
I was able to see them. I got 300-millimeters
of those. Jer will be able to report pretty
soon on some 800-millimeter photos. And
we also had a data acquisition camera going
when we came over the coast at - a 2 frames
per second. I did not have very much time
for observing but the - those waves certainly
stood out in a very prominent fashion. I
was not able to observe water motion as such
but maybe on the next pass by we'll take
another look.

344 17 56 23 SPT The next three photos were taken on the

east side of the coast. And there I was able
to see what reminded me of plankton ... the
coloring, that is a very light green contrasted
to the dark ocean ... waters. And it was
running parallel to the coast, avery sinuous
ligament, quite far up the coast, towards
the north. And I got a fairly oblique view
of that. You better believe that it's a -
esentially was a faultless current - whether
it's the edge of it - l'm not sure. It very
well could be - the - the edge of the shear
layer, causing so_e up swelling in that area.
That's what _mediately comes to mind when
I look at it. But that may not, however,
be the explanation. It was very striking
___ in that the sinuous element Just ran all
the way up the coastline and it was - relatively
Dump Tape 3hh-05
Page 2 of 2

thin, maybe i degree or so across in one

field of view. There was no turbulence or
eddies associated with it, but relatively
minor. SPT out.

END OF TAPE

/
/

Dum_Tape 34_-06
Time: 344:21:_32 to 344:23:02
Page i Of36

344 21 32 08 SPT SPT at 23:32. SPT at 23:32.

ATM operation - amd we're picking
up with the _rbit - that began at

20:24 for the 55 CALROC. Okay,

we did not get a nu z upaate in the
orbit predvious so when one was done
we got a roll change of 1O arc min-
utes from minus 5400 to minus 5390 which,
if I'm right,s about .h4 arc sec-
onds change _pointing. And I'll
continue to operate at this roll for
consistencyh. The 82A door turned out
to be a problem. We had the white
pont talkback at mm_ise. When I -
when I got up to the panel here
correction, upton trying to open the
82A door, we got the white talk back.
I decided to - to hold on that until I
got the other experiments in operation,
in particular, 55 and I got the MIRROR
AUTO RASTER going there and the 56 going.
And I came over to ... the procedure of

the accompanying both door motors and

enabling and then trying it again. And
I did that once and no avail. Went through
the procedure twice and on the sedeond time
through, I noticed that n_, 55 had turned
off. And, of course, when you inhibit
both of their door motors which you
do at the same ccum_nd, - you - no
longer have the conditions for ex-
periment operation in a . .. Once I
enabled one of the door again it picked
up. So I finished _ that procedure
once - that secon_ time through on 82A
to no avail. The doors did not open
and I decided I better Just hold on,
get 55 done to m-_e sure I got in all
the MIRROR AUTO RAS'A'AI_S,which we did.
Along toward the end of the fourth
MIRROR AUTO RASTER I tried it once
again. At the end of fourth AUTO
RAS'_'_,t% I tried it age.ln and there was
no success. And, we finished up with
 Dump Tape 3h4-06
Page 2 of 36 " -

the door in t-lkback white which

endures (?) right now at night.
And we got all the exposures in for
56 and MIR AUTO RAST_S for 55
and also 82B got their exposures
wave length short exposure time ...
and wave length short exposure time
four. The way the message was sent
... on the operation of this - 82A
door was the note that if the door
talkback fai_to go gray ... steps two -
repeat steps one and two, up to
three times, than complete steps three
and four. Well, step 3 is to
inhibit both - or to bit the secondary
door motor, which you sure want to do,
and step four is to operate 82A per
pad. And I didn't thine that was right
with the white staring at us so I
held up and was glad I did. Apparently, you
also thought it was not best to
chance wasting the film not knowing
what the situation was on the doors.
So, I'ii try and get that clarified
once more on the air-to-ground and
,,_.'kesure that we don't ever
Jhave that happen to us and end of
ctaking data from a closed door or
/partially closed. Also, at the
conclusiong there, 56 got a - bit -
a frame - ... frame five exposure
of Just about 7 minutes. And again,
I cut that off at - to ESS. I know
8 is roughly the minimum useful but
I figured we were close enought to go
ahead and see what we can find anyway.

SPT SPT out.

34_ 21 39 23 PLT Okay, this is the PLT recording at

i - 21:40 Zulu. Subject is M473 Alfa.
It is subjective evaluation guide i.
OWB fire_n's pole adequate to very
good. It vibrates quite a lot when you
use it and one fairly important point is
I-- that it has rolled in along its little -
 Tape 3h_-06
Page 3 of 36

little, tiny pins, that are used

to hold the - I think, the attaching
bracketry into [?] position and those
roll pins vigrate out and if you sn_
your ... and cut your hands on those
roll pins and that 's the fir_ 's
pole. But as far as the utility of it's
concerned, it's - the - adequate
to very good. OWS done and wall
handrails: we don't worm much up
in that are_ but they're good when

we use them. STS handrails: well,

the STS and the MDA probably are
between poor and unacceptable or
unacceptable to poor as far as all
restraints. They don't - they don't
seem very well-positioned for much
of anything. I know - it seems to
me that probably for - if you're Just
thinking about hands, they're not
too bad; but in the STS and MDA when
you're using handrails, you toss
yourself around. And we are continuously
bumping our feet into sophisticated
equipment, namely, the rate gyros. It
puts the ground into a full-scale panic
to even touch those things. So, I
guess l'd say that poor to adequate
would be the rating that I would give
the handrail. And as far as the MDA
and STS as a working area as far as
restraints are concerned, l'd say it's
unexceptable. Real short-cemings all
over the place and the MDA is Just a
lousy place to work. Tr_anm_lar shoe
cleats/grid: I would say very good to
excellent. Conical shoe cleats/grid:
l've not used yet. I want to get
around to using those; l'm going try to
fit up my second pair of shoes with
Conical cleats and try them out. Water
tank foot platform is excellent for
working dome lockers. Is no - not _mch
good for working water tanks, l'd say
i
I

i i _,

Dum]_ Tape 344-06

Page 4 of 36

it's poor for working water tanks

because of the crouching action that
has to takeplace. By theway,a
crouching action is vet7 difficult in
zero g; so if you design a foot re-
straint where there's a posture requires
a crouching action then you're not helping
us at all. In fact, it's a great
hindrance to have to go into a crouch
because you have to hold your abdomen
very stiff and your legs - _mAscles very
stiff and you're at a constraint strain
even putting on shoes. When you bend
down to put on your shoes - if you bend
down it's difficult, if you pull one
leg up at a time it's not too bad to
lace shoes. Portable M512/_79 foot
platform not applicable except for a
i EREP purposes. So - and that's very
good exceptit's very ]_m_ted;it's
only good for the C_D panel and that's
about it. The rest of the thrashing
about for the C_,D and the VTS operator
is done without foot restraints and is
difficult. The ATM foot platform is good.
Portable PGA foot restraints for the
EVA - foot restraints for the SlgB
statement. Portable handholds : not used.
• Portableequipmentrestraints)tethers,
bungees,universalmounts,etc): tethers
and bungees in general are - are very
i nice to use. However,the oneswith the
little fine wire hooks on them are
really bad. They - the wire comes out
from under the rivets and you've Just
lost it and not only that, but when that
happens you've got a nice wire fish hook
there thrashing about that could really
, snag you. That's a really bad design. I'd
considerthat worse than unacceptable,
_ downrightdangerous.Also, all of our
snaps,everyplace that we have snaps,
there ought to be stiffeners where the
_ snap is located - I 'm talking about
-- where it'slocatedon the strapand a
b ungee falls into that category -

4
 Page _ of 36

there ought to he a stiffeners and

ought to be an inch anda half or 2-inch
pull tab on those. The pull tabs we have
are not long enough; they're about a
quarter-inch to a half-inch long in
many places and - I don't know what
it is but if it's stiff enough there
to pinch you, it's not enough to help.
It needs to be stiff so you can get some
levering action with them. If the
little, tiny_ quarter-inch ... extension
on A is not good enough it, it will
not serve the purpose of pulling that
snap off. And if you have - have a
stiff portion of the fabric on which
the snap is located, it also helps you
when you put the snap on. You - by the
way, when it attaching snaps to a position,
it's a very difficult operation in
zero g unlessyou have an opposition
pull point to off-set the pushing force
required to put a snap into position.
That holds true with snaps regardless
whether they're on bn-=ees or equipment
bags, these clipboards we have, if there
is a major effort to put one of these
8/1_,_num clipboards on to a position
because of those two snaps. If you like
your foot in 75 pounds of push boards
Just to put the doggone thing into
position, you got to anchor yourself
one arm and two feet to get that clipboard
attached to a surface where you have the
snap arrangement that's accepted. Universal
mount, I don't think is very good.
Generally speaking, I'd say poor to
adequate on a universal mount. I don't
like the non-privacy blocking the
mirror ... mirror that the bloack locks.
, If - if the place where you're hooking
the universale restraint on the handhold
I'm t-1_ing about in the grand platform
it works fine except for iscillation
dyDAmlcs of the handhold in using for
cameras and so forth. And DAC will -
 T_e34_-06_

will stimulate a vibration in

the universale hand, however. It
sets (sic) there and shakes back and
forth in resonance with the shutter
motion of the DAC. But when you're trying
to use the clamp mode of the universal
restraint" :would say that there is
not enough flexibility in there to allow
for fine power or - to allow for - .
for a general manufacturing power to the
handholds. _he hand that holds the lock
is not very good. When you push down to
lock, it may or may not. Sometimes
you get a nice, over-centered ...
About - that's about one out of 100 times,
when you catch it through a - one of
these oblong handholds. The bungee is
better, generally speak4ng, are very,
very nice pieces of equipment to have
aroundif we Justhad betterways of
sticking them on things - attaching.
ATM seat/backrest restraint we have not
used. Fecal collection equipment:
as far as the collection equipment
functionally, it is, I would say,
very good. Urine collection equipment:
I would say poor to adequate maybe
because of the difficulty in inserting
the urine drawer and in ... it. One
of the things I don't like about the
urine collection equipment is the hole
that was cut in through the pressure
place with a greenthing with a spring
leaf arran_ment on - a four-leaf
arrangement. The hole is inthe wrong
position for reaching in there and
pulling the little tab. We have to do
this every morning and every morning
I have to fiddle around and reach in there
and -Imost cut m_ finger trying to pull
that tab out. The spare hole was positioned
incorrectly. Also have - every morning
I have great difficulty pushing the
collection - the thing that holds the
:! urine bag - pushing that back into
 Tape 3b-_-06
_l.ge 7 of 36 -

position and getting the teflon

thing over the separator inlet
fitting and _hen pushing the thing on.
And then when you try to push the
little nipple on to the separator
outlet nozzle, that is never a part
of the operation. It's already -
always fit and twist and fiddle and fort
around there trying to get that thing
on. I do not like the design of the
urine collec_tion equipment insofar as
the way these thing fit together. When
you push the urine drawer back in there
you - every morning - O've done it now
-1_ost 30 times - every morning I feel
like l'm not doing it right. It's
because of .... Okay, the hand washer:
it's ... I think we got a long way to go.
I think that there ought to be snme
prevision for some kimd of little autoclave
type thing; you stick you hands in there
and give them a nice squirt without fear
of water flying all over the head and
out into the exper_nt compartment
and everything. I think we need -
either we put our - both of our hands
through some ... slots or could hold
the ... slot if you waut to and use it
like that. And then something that could
be removed easily if you wish. But I think
there's a lot of work that could be
done in that hand washer although I
think it's really a item. I would
consider that very good to excellent
the way it is, but I think it - there
are some improvements. I don't - I
wouldn't want you to think it isn't
adequate, because I like it. But I
think that with modification it could
be even better. Okay, fecal/urine
collection - collector lapstrap and
handhold: well, I don't know how
that was designed but that sure was -
no one took a crop and noticed their
posture when they designed that thing
_ because - when I sit down to go to the
 i r i ,,

D_mp Tape 3h4-06

Page 8 of 36

toilet, l like to have a crook in my

knees and you have to straighten your
legs -1_ost straight out to use that
and in order to get your bottom seated
on the fecal collector properly. And
that is a very awkward posture. It'd
sure be nice of you could - if you had
one that was more or less conventional
in shape so that you could have a little
bit of a crooked knee when you use it.
The lap strap and the handholds are -
not - they're essential. In fact, I
would say that they are very good. But
I think that the whole thing is de-
signed for an improper posture. _ MC
hand washer handrail: I find that very
useful. WMC foot restraints: I
don't know where they are. They're -
as far as I'm concerned there aren't
any WMC foot restraints. Those two
straps in there are not very useful
for anything. In fac_, we're always
ricocheting all over the place in
the head. In fact, I would say that
the foot restraints in the _ are
unacceptable and even _orse than that.
They look like very l_le thought
was given to that problem. You do an
awful lot of work in the head that
requires thrashing about, dumping urine
bags, putting urine bags in and doing
,11 the measuring and - of the urine and
you have no foot restraints for this.
The head is very, very bad as far as
foot restraints are concerned. In fact,
I think that they really - somebody
really deserves a thmmbs down on the
efforts in there as far as foot restraints
are concerned. WMC ceiling handrail, I
never use unless I'm out of control.
WMC light-duty foot restraint: well, I
would guess that's - again, they sort of
flattered themselves to ca]] them foot
restraints because they're highly unuseable.
There was not enough Velcro on there to
open them up to use the loops as large as they
ought to be and you run out of your
D_ Tape 344-06
Page 9 of 36

velcro match points. I Just think

that there was very little thought
given to those WC foot restraints,
if you want to call them that.
Drying stations: I don't no what
that is, ... the electric towel
holders and they're excellent.
Shower, I should say, is very good
to excellent. Personal hygiene kit:
_ll, the loop - the elastic loops
in there have little pads in th_n
but they are not long enough. I
find that I end up Just sticking
stuff in from the side in the loop.
It'd be nice if the little pull
tab on the elastic loop was a little
longer because - and also there
was Just a little bit more limit to
the extent to which you could pull
the elasticto put thingsback in.
And I - I find that those loops
are very difficult to use in the
hygiene kit. Towels wash cloths :
Well, I prefer cotton of course.
These are oka_ the w_y they are.
I would say they are adequate.
And - there's a - sort of llke
drying off with padded steel wool -
not quite that bad but they are
not as absorbent as cotton. And
also, they - there's a slight un-
comfortable feel to them. I'm
used to them now and they are
adequate. General utility wipes,
wet wipes : _ would say both these
are great. Man, we use a lot of
them and any other effort - well,
you've got to have a lot wipes around.
One of the th_ngs that's concerned
me since day I is if we ever ran
out of wipes we'd really be in
trouble. We'd probably have to work
some deal with wash cotton and towels.
Biocide wipes_: well, they are un
pleasant to use because of the co_or,
but for the purposethey serveI'd
say they were_ adequate. Trash and
 _ _ _J_ __ _J_1
"_

Dump Tap .S -p6

Pa_e i0 of 36

plenum bags: we ran out of - it

looked like we're very low on the
regular urine disposal bags which
are very convenitable to have around
because of that spring top on them,
that flap. We ran - we don't have
a regular disposal bags. I guess
they we all used in - you use a
lot of bags. Great consideration
should be given for a long-term
space station_n that you've got
to have eith_ _i some other way
of disposing the trash llke a trash
masher or something like that or
you do have to have plenty of bags.
And there ought to be a little bit
easier way of sealing them up for
low-bleed leak. It - it's not bad.
I'd say they're certainly acceptable.
But it is sort of a pain to wrap it
around and snap it and snap around
the corners and all that because we're
worried about ... in the wast thing.
Okay, the utential wipes - the utensil
wipes are als_ very, very useful. Went
back up there and I Sould say that
they're ... urine/fecal bags: Okay,
of course the the urine hag ... are
unpleasant to_ use. We minimize that,
of course, by trying to drain prop-
erly. Fecal gags are unpleasant to
use - I'm talking about eontinously
fecal bags. The fecal collection
bags that we Use in the head are -
are sort of d/fficult to use. I
wondered if there isn't a little
bit easier way of fixing the seal
on these - if there were sGme kind
of very simple roll-down. You
could put a little tiny, thin sheet
of metal across that or have one
that you could attach to it and you
roll it down like you're rolling
a window shade over a roller. Because
all that sticking and pasting to pull
_-. the little things - pieces and every-
thing - seems to me to be AlI devoted
 gape
Page ll of 36

to _a_ing sure you got a good

field up there and I'm Just not
sure that you need all that origami -
let's see WC origami to -_e sure
you got a good field at the top of
the fecal collection and that's
time-consuming. That takes about
5 minutes after you go to the
toilet. Just board and paste and
fooling with the green paper and
pasting the Stics together and
I think a si_pie, old-fashioned -
what-do-you-cell-it win_w shade
type affair it it was properly
designed would give you the same
affect.

344 21 54 54 PLT The PLT continuing with Mh73

Alf_ on psge three - four, Food
Management E_/ipment. Wardroom
table (eating-station) : I would
classify it _ adequate, We need
better ways of restraining our
utensils. I don't like to put
them up every time. There's no
reason to put them up in a
drawer. It's a pain to put them
in that little holder. The holder
is unacceptable, as a as I'm con-
cer_ed, the holder for the table
ware. I could put the utensils up
in our private lockers; you put
the stuff in there - they're hard
to get in then they Just float out.
l've put rubber bands around my
trey and I hold my stuff down with -
with rubber bands. The magnets
ate - let's see - I would give
them a poor. The magnets Just
aren't strong enough. I'd say -
I'd like to be able to throw a knife
at this thing and have it hold
on to the thing. But we've kicked -
by looking out - while looking out
the wardroom window, we've kicked
.... the utensilsoff and I've got a spoon
stuck on the collector right now
 D_ Ta_ 3h4-06
Pa_e 12 o_ 36

upstairs, the diffuser collector.

And the wardroom table as an
eating station is not bad. It's -
I would say that it's adequate.
Okay, the ... restraings I don't
use. I use the foot restraints and
I use them out to the side, not on
the pedestal because you got to
re-clock your triangle cleat every
time you do that. We talked about
that before, i Wardroom light-duty
foot restraints are Just llke the
head, except that the - yeab, un-
acceptable. They don't even serve
the utility function for which
they were designed. Food reeonstitu-
tion dispenser: they're a little
bit stiff - getting a little bit
stiff to work at times, but I
_ really can't complain too much about
that, other than the fact that in
the future - see, we have to re-
constitute many, many items. In
fact, most of them require more
than I think the 6-ounce m_Y l_mlt
of these things. I think that a
food reconstitution dispenser should
fill to a volt,me equivalent to the "
may required to the reeonstitution
of an individual food item. Now if
you're trying to fill a eontinously
water bag, okay; no ar_ent there.
I'm not sa_-ingthat if you don't
have a quart of water in to be able
to put a quart of water in there,
because that could be undesirable.
But I think we should be able to
charge that thing with enough water
to fill the food items which re-
quire the 8 ounces of water. Water
gun is good. I would say that's -
•.. The food tray: I mentioned a
good bit - a little bit earlier•
I don't like -magnets aren't
strong enough. The tray lid, of course,
hasbeenbad-mouthed quiteJusti-
fiably. That 's a pretty lousy design,
Dump Tape 344-06
Page 13 of 36

that little latch on there. Let

me see if I can think of anything
else on the food tray because
there were some comments I want to
make on it. The timer, we don't
use. We Just turn the thing on.
It doesn't put out that much heat.
You can turn the heater on and it's
never going to burn anything, for
crying out loud_ it - it doesn't
put out thaJm_uch heat. Food cans :
they've already been - let's see ...
foot tray is adequate. Make it
through that. Water gun's excellent.
Food cans _ adequate though - they -
some of them have collapsed. We
were ablt to forget about the ...
cams with no problem. That wasn't
a concern to me. Because of the -
apparently they got sc_e - higher
than 5 psi there. Beverage dis-
penser - the beverage dispensers
are, let's see, poor. YOu get
an awful lot of air in them which
is not to say - maybe not the
blame - not the fault of the
dispenser, but the valve is not
reliably easy to use. And we
sometimes ... but let's give it
an adequate. Seasoning dispensers
are adequate but certainly can
be imporved. I think we - the
idea - the salt dispenser is the
best dispenser in the right
direction. It's highly directional,
that is, you can direct it with a
great deal of accurately, lay the
salt in there and also define spray.
And it has anongh veolicy that it
shoots in there and sticks on the
item. The pepper and the hot sauce,
both of those, we're certainly hot
happy to have them. I don't want to
bad mouth them. But I couldn't give
it better than an adequate because
I think that there is a better way
of getting the stuff on the food.
 i'

Ik_n9 Tape 344-06

P_ge 14 of 36

Eating utensils - no, they're

certainly no - I'd give her a
very good. Sleep restraint, I -
think that the sleep restraint is -
let me give it an excellent with
the qualification that I think
that individuals may want to modify
that slightly that. But I had no
trouble sleeping due to the sleep
restraint itself. Trash airlock;
I had some ixvoblemswith that but
we - it function and I think that
the - the action that pulls the
lid down on the trash alrlock is
not working properly and we have
to stand on it of course to get
trash airlock closed again. Vacuum
cleaner, they serve the purpose for
the low vacuum requirement here
andI thinkthe - the circuit breaker
location on the vacuum cleaner, -
I - find _self turning that thing
upside down, sideways and every other
direction every time I never can
remember where it is.... is ex-
cellent. It keeps me from bumping
the breaker of course but it Just
seems to me I don't no why it is,
I person_11y find m_self searching
for that circuit breaker every time
I get ready to use the vacuum cleaner.
It ought to be located in the same
general area as the switch I'm not
saying it ought to be next to it,
but that's the only thing that is
bothering me about the vacuum cleaner
other than that and its wierd shape
which is no particular problem.
And the - but the one thing about
the vacuum cleaner I think was really -
is unacceptable is the way that
thing stows stores and some of the
- the mounts that were designed.
All of them are blind pin locations.
You have to - it takes you longer to
J'_ put the doggone thing into stowage,
if you bother to put it into stowage,
than to use the v_euum cleaner.
f_

D_np Tape 344-06

Page 15 of 36--

3_h 22 01 18 PLT Wardroom table, non-eating uses,

well we find ourselves not putting
the top on the food trays a lot ;
it certainly would - it makes a
nice working surface. I would
say it was adequate. Tool caddy,
oh, that's -that is unacceptable,
the tool caddy is. Used it one
time, lost two or three tools
and I don't know what all else.
And I threw i_ away; I threw it
back where I got it and vowed I'd
never use it egain.

344 22 01 42 PLT It does not hold the it_m_ and it's

got all the little picayne pockets
in it and everything. I think I
could - I - I - I don't want to be
unduly critical on it because l'm
.4 sure that someone had our best
interest in m_nd when he designed
it, but that thing is unacceptable
for ...; it doesn't serve the
purpose for which it is designed.
Portable fan, we have - there's -
there's certainly - let me give it
a very good. They certainly move
air. And they seem to be a lot
bigger than they would really need
to be, but from that standpoint.
And then from the functional stand-
point, they're ex-ex-lets see I gave
them a very good. Okay. 0DA kit,
I don't no what that is. OUr gar-
ments. Garments should not be made
of the synthetic material, if you
plan to wear garments for mere than
Just a little while. Cotton is very
nice next to the skin. The -
whatever this, PBI, or whatever it is
we wear, it's very ordorous - odiferous.
It stinks, is what it does, after a
couple of day's use. And if you
looked at our consemables you can -
you know that we do not have a change
of clothes every day.
 P_e }.6of 36 o ..

3_4 22 07 56 PLT So'that this - whatever this

brown - dirty brown stuff is that
we wear, it certainly is not good
for repeated Wear. Other than that,
I think we were high on the ...
and I Just cannot criticize people
for selecting this fabric, we
Just didn't know. But Just to
make - make it clear, so that there
won't be any failure in cc_unnication,
I would say _hat the clothing is
poor to unacceptable because of the
fabric and its odor and its poor
persperation absorbing qualities.

3_ 22 03 31 PLT Also, again, I don't know, I don't

want to be mean about this, but the
little pockets that we have on here,
the scissors keep cc_ing out of mi eee.
They weren't quite large enough for
the scissors _... The little flaps
were Just not long enough on a lot
of them. If the flaps had been about
an inch and _ half longer, we could
have used the little - tiny little
pockets, and I'm t-l_ing about the
one in the front, l've used - I
use it for pencils now. It would
sure be nice for a penlight, but
it's Just no good because the
little flap isn't long enough. The
snaps on the clothes, that one in
the center - these clothes were
inci - apparently were no designed
by a clothes designer because put
a snap on the back of it, it rests
right on your spine - of course in
one g it's very bad. In zero g it's
no problem. But we use it a lot in
training, in one g that thing'was
really bad.

3_4 22 04 2_ PLT So overall, let's see, overall, I

give garments an - an adequate rating,
with the qualification - the cn-_ents
_-', that I've made. Again, understanding
that those were - those are made in
 , J • l =,

Dtmp Tape 344-06

Page 17 of-3-6

the - on the basis of experience

that we have gained ... the natural
use and not because there was -
there was any failure on the part
of people to auticipate, cause we
Just didn't know. Light Light
baffles. Oh, I don't know, at least
that's in the sleep compartment.
I have no question about the light
baffle. I have no problem with that.

3hh 22 0_ 54 PLT Privacy curtain, I have no problem

with that. That 's certainly - say
give it very - adequate to very
good on the light baffle and privacy
curtain. I say that Air diffusers,
they're - I would say there's -
they' re completely adequate. And
I - I know we have not gone around
screwing them in or out or anything
like that because apparently we're
getting enough flow that it - it
doesn't bother us that much. Air vents
in the sleeping compartment. I've
adjusted mine several times and
they're excellent. I have no question
about these. And that ends the de-
briefing on 3 Alfa for In the Briefing
up the pot 3-3 and 3-4 in the the PLT,
pages 3-3 and 3-_ in the m_1 [sic]
checklist.

3h4 22 05 39 PLT PLT out.

3_4 22 15 21 CDR This is the CDR at 22:15 Zulu with

a 487-3 Alfa. A subJeetive evaluation
guide number i. And we'll Just get
right - right off with the' top one
here. 0_ flreman's pole. I rate
that very good. _[e found that it
was a very, very convenient and bander
thing to have in the heglnnlng,
after we got here and we kept it up for
about 2 weeks. And finally, after
about 2 weeks, we felt that we could
_. make it quitecomfortably from one
part of the spacecraft to the other
Dump Tape B_4-06
Page 18 of 36

without the need of the fireman's

pole. So we've taken it down. And
we have nothing installed now, not
even the strap. We find that that
particular piece of equil_nent,
though, was quite useful, during
the, you might say, get-acquainted
phase, when we were getting use
to the - to the work shop and how
to get around. To get _self
positioned,_V so that I don't get
that feedback.

B44 22 16 41 CDR Okay, OWS dome and wall handrails.

I would rate them very good. I think
rhar particularly in the area of the
dome the handrails are quite - quite
good. There's really not much action
going on up on the dome, so there's
not a wholelot of requlrement for a
great many handrails up there.

3_ 22 17 08 CDR Those m_ndrails that are up there

are quite adequate snd I don't see
that's there's any - any need for
any great - great amount of change
there.
 Dump Tape 3h4-06
Page 19 of 36

3h_ 22 1T 19 CDR Down in the lower part in the wa]]

around the dome lockers and every-
thing, I'm going to class the water
ring structure as dome and wall
handrails, and I found that they were
very, very convenient. It was a very
good idea; I would call those excellent
because you got a place to lock your
feet in while your working with each
of the dome lockers, and I think that's
very handy. As you get down further
into the dome compartment, the hand-
holds become a little bit more far
between, however you got a lot of
other things to grab because theres
lot's things down in this area that
you work around. I think it would
have been a great i_provpmnt if we
had had some handrails on the side
of the film vault. 'Cause you get
over there and start working those
doors and things and it would be
good to have a handrail on the side
of each film vault.

3_ 22 18 26 CDR STS handrails are adequate, and that's

about where it hits. MDA handholds
and handrails are poor to unacceptable,
and I won't discuss that e4_ain because
I talked about that in my last debrief-
ing, about what I thought was necessary.
Triangular shoe cleats grid: those are
excellant. I think the big thing %_
need to do is not to clutter up the
grid too much. The grid itself and the
shoe cleats are find and dandy, but we
unfortunatly have a lot of things _amped
down on the grid and makes it - it greatly
limits theplaces _ can go and place
our feet. The conical shoe cleats
relative to the grid, I'll have to say
no comment on that, because I haven't
had time to try out the conical shoe
cleats. _ ater tank foot platform: I
_ called that excellent_ I lumped that
in with the - the handrails.
 Dum9 Tape 344-06
Page 20 of 36

344 22 19 35 CDR Portable M512/M479 foot platform:

those are very handy for suited work
but I think they could - could
possibly be dispensed with. I
would say that they're - they are
excellent_ they are goc4. You know,
but I don't know that they're all that
necessary. We find that getting in and
out of the suit is more of a get out in
the middle of the dome area and kind of
rassle-around sort of a situation.
Although I must admit the guy who is
helping you get into yo%_r suit is
certainly well-anchored in those foot
platforms. That foot platform also was
extremely valuable out on EVA, and I think
the modification that was done to it in
order to take it outside and use it for
the M1 - S - or 8193 antenna repair was
__ a very good. I think the rating I would
have to give the platform is excellent,
but it's not used as often as it - as it
as I - one would expect I think.

344 22 20 49 CDR ATM foot platform: both of the ATM

platforms are exellent. Again because
of the grid and because you can lock in
and you have a various - various differen
ways that you can position yourself;
they're very good. Portable handholds:
we haven't used the portable handholds
very much. WE have a couple in here on
the grid floor and in the forward compart-
ment, and they're Just really not used
that much. We have none in the MDA,
these are portable handholds, and really
have lot's of places we can use handholds,
as I mentioned last time in my 487-2
I believe it was, but no place these
particular handholds could be fastened.
Portable equilmment restraints : tethers,
bungees, universal mounts, etcetera.
Universal mounts I think are - are very
good. We found them to be extremely
useful and versital. The bungees also,
P very useful, very versital.
Dump Tape 344-06
Page 2Z 0f 36

344 22 22 01 CDR It's - it's a good idea that they put

the snaps as well as the hooks on them.
I think the later ones with the metal
white or flat hooks are much better then
the ones with the little round wire
hooks, the earlier models. And the main
reasons is because they're less dangerous.
There's no - little or no chance of
Jabbing one of those flat hooks into
your skin, but certainly the little sharp
ones are very'dangerous. Tethers, wrist
tethers and waist tethers have been
extr_nely valuable on_ TA and I've
always been a very strong proponenet
of them, I would rate them as excellent.
The long/short and short/long straps
and short straps, I don't see them listed
anywheres so I'll hit them here. I
think they're very handy. The only
trouble is that they're very heavy and
bulky. Seems to me there must be s
lighter way of going about that. I
can't think of it off hand. I think one
thing that wasn't very handy up here,
would have been more rope. More of the
PPI [? ] rope, I think that would have
been very handy equipment to have. Re -
on a few pieces of equipment we found
some straps that were _Imost completely
Velcro. And we found it very hand for
lashing small cables llke TV power cables,
DAC power cables, and things like that.
No snaps on the EV, Just wrap them around
three or four times and then velero them
to themselves, and they're quite adequate
And" _thlnk probably more of those and
less of the short straps would have been
probably Just as well. The ATM seat/
backrest restraint. We haven't even used
it yet. I think probably we'll give it a
whirl one of these days but as it stands
right now, the SL-3 crew had taken it out
and gotten it out of the area. And we've
been plenty comfortable the way we wee
without with and Just haven't any real
requirement to go get it, put it in and
J

Dump Tape _4_-06

Page 22 of 36

use it. Waist management/hygiene

equipment. Frcal collection equipment.
I would say adequte on the fecal
collection equil_nent. I must say I
think on that comment - this is my
last one, too, I was very pleasantly
surprised about that. I found that
it worked quite well. The process of
collecting fecal matter and every-
thing was not qute as - as messy and
bad as I had imagined it could be.
The equipment I think works very well.
I don't know Just exactly how to tell
you to improve it.

B_ 22 25 i0 CDR I Just can't think of any other thing

to say there. They - The -' _ve already
mentioned foot restrains in the ward-
room and I see it's coming up again
so I'll get to that later. Urine
collection equipment. I would say very
good. I think that a little better
system of sampling would be - would
be in order here. A little bit easier
system of sampleing. The one we have
takes Just too much time and sampling
urine should be - should not be a 15-
or 20-minute effort, it should ba a
5-minute effort. _ @ should try to
find an easier way to do that. The
hand washer I found to be adequate.
I think the only possible improvement -
another way to go on a hand washer
would be also again - again, I believe,
I mentioned this before. The - The
idea of a see-through container or
something that you could put items in
to wash them like your razor or some-
thing like that. Also your hands migh
possibly - somewhat like, oh, in _Any
garages you have a little sandblasting
rig where you put your hands in - in
gloves and you put your - the item
that you want to sandblast or clean
inside, then you close it up and your
.... hands hold it inside the box, and you -
 H i

_ Tap e
Page 23 of 36

you spray it with the sandblasing

equipment. Some - some - something
on that order might be quite valuable
for the hand washer. Fecal/urine
collector lap strap and handholds. I
find very good. I use them. And I
find them to be very handy. WMC hand
washer handrail. That's also quite
handy.

34_ 22 27 03 CDR Foot restraiDts, I've already discussed

that. They're lousy. Absolutely
lousy. That's probably the most - the
biggest single disappointment in the
waste m_nagement compartment is the
foot restraints. And I don't see any
sense in going into that again. I
think I waxed philosophical about that
pretty much in the l_st one. _ M ceiling
handrail. Very seldom used it. I would
call it very good, but I don't really
see that that was too terribly necessary.
With proper foot restraints I don't
think you need a handrail. The light -
duty foot restraints. Really, they're
no good. In other words, unacceptable.
Drying stations I'm not sure I know
what a drying station is. It's - They're
taling about the - the little cups that
we stuff our towels and washcloths in
to bold them. I would say those are
excellent. Those are extremely handy
and those are - are very simple and u
unique. I think that probably they
should be spread out more in future
spacecraft instead of being so close
together.

3h4 22 28 28 CDR The shower. I find the shower to be

very, very satisfying very nice. I
think for a first - a first try of a
shower in space I think that I would
certainly rate this as - as adequate,
• The spray no_zel is very good. I
_ think the so_p - the soap dispenser
idea is very_ g0od, altho_h I think the

i
 i

Page 2_ of 36

soap is lousy. There's got to be a

better way to give soap than to give
us that sutff that smells like dog
shampoo. It's very umplesant stuff
to use and' ]think that in future
soap tJat we use should have some
sort of pleasant odor to it. And I
think I mentioned that at the last
one, too, and I'll go ahead and say
it anyway. The hand soap is not as
bad as the sl_bwer soap. And I Just
don't understand why it had to be
that because m_ wife also uses
nutragenia [_] at home and her nutra-
genia smells quite pleasant. The
nutragenia that was got for us Just
smells like dog shampoo and I Just
don't think that was really necessary.
Somebody could have put themselves out
a little mere and made it a little
more pleasant, I think. The only
shortcoming of the shower, I would say,
is the - is the suction head. It's
Just not flexibly enough and it doesn't
flow over the body wall enough to
remove the water. There's a reason I -
necessary there and I don't think
that's too difficult a thing. I
think it could be very easily redesigned
into something quite - quite nice and
useful.

34_ 22 30 17 CDR I suspect that what we'll need is a

selection of heads Just like we have
for the vacuum cleaner. Because I
think when you start cleaning up the
shower and - and scooping up water
around the shower that you probably
need a wide head. But for the body
you certainly need a soft head that'll
follow the contours of the body a
little better and p,,11 the water off
of you. The presonal hygiene kit. I
think is - is very good. I think you
could make some minor improvements, but
_ they'renot all that necessary. They're
 6_
Page 25 of 36

large enough to put quite a few items

in them. There's quite a few items in
them. The towels and washcloths were
unfortunately saddled with a fl_-_-
billty problem. Though we could go
for something nice and simple, like
cotton or the terrycloth - cotton
terrycloth that we' re used to and we
find that the towels are really not
quite as absorbant as we would like
them to be. ,I think the towels they
should also be bigger.

34h 22 31 19 CDR They're long enough but they're not

wide enough. And I think especially
when you're taking a shower, we find
that it takes a minimum of two towels
and two washcloths to take a shower.
So for the towels and the washcloths
I would have to - I would have to say
four. They need - they need to be
bigger. They need to be more absorbant.
And we've got to come to grips with
this flammability problem somewhere
along the line. General - general
utility wipes. Wipes would be quite
handy. We are out of tissues so
we're having too use the utility wipe
in the same manner as tissues and
they're about twice as large as they
should be for the tissue type used.
so we've gotten into sort of a conserv-
ative mode around here. We - Cust_A_ily
when we need to use a wipe like a
tissue we tear it in half and put half
of it back. And that helps a lot.
Wet wipes, and then down below it
mentions utensil wipes and I'm not
sure that I know the difference
between the two. All we have as far
as I know is wet wipes, and all they
are is, I think, def - different
eloride. They're quite - quite handy.
They do a good Job on our utensils.
What I do for the most part is wipe m_
_. utensilswith one side and usually
Page 26 of 36

you can fold it over and on the

outside I use up the rest of the
moisture on it cleaning the walls
and things liek that. And it helps
us keep the w,Sl s fairly clean.
Biocide wipes. I think are an absolute
necessity up here. It would be nice if
it didn't smell quite as bad and didn't
stain quite as badly, but on the other
hand maybe that color is there for a
purpose and thet is to make sure that
ater we wipe the bioeide that's been
on for a while that you remember to
wipe it off later.

3_4 22 33 16 CDR Or then again mayber you don't need to

wipe it off later. At any rate it's
kind of a messy business using a biocide
wipe and you're always quite relieved
when you can go back and - and clean
it up with a wet - wet towel or some-
thing. The idea of following a biocide
wipe with a wet wipe, I think, is rather
rediculous because a wet wipe Just
really doesn't do it. It takes about
two wet wipes to follow one biocide wipe.
Trash and plenum bags. Trash bags we
thought to be quite handy. Ther are no
disposal bags left up here except urine
disposal bags, and they're in short
supply so we find ourselves using trash
bags for everything. The trash bags
are qite handy. I'm not giving any
grades for these things, am I? Let's
stop and go back and based on my dis-
cussion I'll give you some of your -
some of your word grades, your evalua-
tions. Personal hygene kit what I
said was very good. Towels and whash-
cloths I said was poor. General
utility wipes, very good. Wet wipes
very good. Biocide wipes, adequate.
Utensil wipes, I called them the same
as wet wipes, and they're very good.
Trash bags, very good.
 !: _ _ _ _ __ i':__: i _--_,_

Dum_ TaPe 3hh-06

Ps4_ 27 of 36

344 22 34 38 CDR One of the beauties of the trash

bag is that when you have a small
piece of paper or any _=I1 item
in your hand you want to get rid of,
it's easy to _pop through the membrane
in a trash bag and get rid of it, and
it doesn't very often oo_e out again.
Plenum bags. S @ are finding the plenum
bags to be extremely valuable. A lot
of the large dry trash like the empty
washcloths, 5_ containers, the wipe
containers, the - the hurried [?] boat
[?] out of our food cans, the towel
contain ers, andy large dry thing that
is too bulky to put in a bag and
stuffed out of the trash airlock quite
handily goes into the plenum bags. So
I will have to rate the plenum bags
as excellent. Let's Just hope we don't
run out of plenum to put them in.
Urine and fecal ba4_s. The urine bags
I think are very good. I've had one
failure since I've been here. That's
been recorded so I don't think I need
to go into t_at again. The fecal
bags. A lot of sticky folic [?] and
everything. I don't know how you can
avoid that. If you want to contain
that stuff and get it into an over and
get it baked out, looks like we're
stuck with this method. I think the
method of putting it into the fecal
collection equipment is - is good.

34_ 22 36 06 CDR It is not too terribly difficult to

do to - take a whole lot of time and
that's probably a pretty good system.
Food m-nagement equipment. Wardroom
table. I pretty well hit the ward-
room table on the last one. I would
give it a rating of very good. The
foot restraint problem down there,
let's see, if there's a foot restraint -
yeah, there is a foot restraint. I'll
get to that later. Okay, the thigh
restraints. I find them to be very
 ! !"
•

3 ,06
Pa_e 28 of 36

good. I found them to be quite

helpful and useful, and I use them
every meal. The light-duty foot
restraints, I guess that means the
straps. Those are not too good
because you can't really keep your
feet in them. We can use them - the
•.. on them but that still doesn't
do it. The other foot restraints,
the triangel foot restraints in the
wardroom tahoe _area I've already
discussed. They're unacceptable. And
we have not yet got around to taking
one of those platforms up in order to
get acess to more of the grip restraints
but we will and we' ii give you a report
on that whenever we do. The water
gun is handy and easy to use. It's
ridiculously large and it takes up
- a lot of weight. I thinkfrom weight
failing standpoint they should be
redesigned in that to change it. The
rating on that would be very good.
Okay, the - (background talking but
inaudible) Okay, getting on with my
report here.

3_4 22 38 38 CDR The food trays I would say are excel-

lent. They do a very good Job. I
think the little time steady thing
is quite handy. Th food cans are
very good. I prefer, well, let's say
adequate on the ratings of the food
cans. Those things are dangerous
really. Sooner or later somebody is
gonna cut themselves with that and
I think we need to find a different
way to put our food up. But those
food cans do do the Job. They are
adequate• It's Just that I'm afraid
they're dangerous. The beverage
dispensers are good. The only problem
with the food cans and the beverage
dispensers or whatever the food comes
/- in is essentially in the food itself
the food altogether. It causes bubbles.
DUI_p Ta_e 3_I_-06
Page 29 of 36

We end up inJesting a lot of air

which causes a great deal of flatus
and gastric distress which is very
bothersome. And I don't know how
we're gonna whip that problem.
it's not the fault of the food cans
or the dispensers. I would say
it's the - it's the fault of, you
know, the food. And I don't know
how we can pack it so that it does
not get - - . That's - that's the
ongoing problems we're going to have
to col_ with and solve sometimes
soon. The beverage dispensers, they
really don't have any use, but the
ESS (static) I would say probably
5 or 4 percent of val [?] failure is
in our beverage dispensers. Maybe
that that's a high number. The
seasoning dispensers are working
quite well.

344 22 40 25 CDR The only thing that Bill and I hav

indicated they would probably even
be nicer would be maybe an eye
dropper or something like that would
be in. We find that the pepper,
being in an oil base, has quite a
bit of surface tension. And you can
squirt the pepper out of the little -
the little nozzle and it Just kind
of flows back over the nozzle again
and _es a bubble and then it
disappears down over the - the top
of the nozzle. Possibly a [sic] eye
dropper would give us the same
problem. I'm not sure. We have found
ways of getting around it, though,
at the pepper dispensers I have,
as well as the hot sauce dispenser,
I Just - I turned mY spoon over so
the round side is up, thr neck side
is out and then squirt out a bubble
of pepper or hot sauce and quickly
get it on to the spoon so it'll -
it adheres to the spoon before it
decides to flow back over the - the
 Dump Tape 3_4-06
30--of

nozzle. Then I can Just turn the

spoon over and smear it over the
top of my food and it ... to be ...
out quite nicely. The eating utensils.
The big spoon is by far the most
handy. The fork is used only when we
have meat - frozen meat. And it
doesn't get much use other than that.
The small spoon in my case gets very
little use. So let me go back. I
have - I've 1_en away from the
grading system again•

344 22 42 03 CDR Food cans," [- I've -" -gave them a

grs_e of, let's see, I think I gave
a grade of adequate. And it would
have been better except for the
danger of it, sharpness of the thing.
The beverage dispensers also are
- adequate. Seasoning dispensers are
adequate. We need - need some pepper
•.. Eating utensils I would say are
very good. I think we could probably
leave the little spoon home. I could
move in - move on to miscellaneous
now. We have sleep restraints. I
would grade the sleep restraints as
very good. At - Having had to sleep
in the co_w,and module with no sleep
restraint and then getting the next
night down in the workshop in the
sleep restraint I must say that the
fidderence was quite - quite - quite
sharp. It was a very strong differ-
ence; it was ver - it was very
pleasant to get into that sleep
restraint. I think the best thing
we ever did was ma_e those body
straps. I think that they've been
very fine• I think maybe that in
the future that we don't need to go
quite to the extremes of having to
get in through a neck ring. I think
it would be Just as easy to have a
sleeping bag sort of thing. If you
F could zip down and get in to it,
 Dump Tape 344-06
Page 31 of 36

then zip up, then you wouldn't have

to climb into it through a neck
ring.

34_ 22 43 _7 CDR I think the flexibility that's

been designed into the restraint
is very good. The fact that we can
have a - either bo blanket or a top
blanket or a top and bottom blanket
is very good. At the present I have
never used a -_an over bl-n_et, the
top - the bc_ blanket. The top
blanket ha -was on when I got here
and" 're kep$ it on, and the only
t_s that when I've gotten cold
I found it to be mmch mere convenient
to put on a pair of - a hal f union
suit, that it would be to put on the
loWer blanket. And so when the
Beta angle gets lower and we start
_ getting cooler, I Just put on a half
_m_on suit. That keeps m_ feet warm
and the rest of my body stays quite
warm. In the very hot weather I
leave the top blanket rolled up and
put it under my head rack and I
sleep in the nude and I found - find
it to be quite comfortable. So I
found that simply that I've had no
use for the - the large over
blanket, the bottom blanket I've been
calling it. And that I fin d that
by Just either rolling up or leaving
the top blanket down and changing
what I sleep in, the clothing I sleep
in, that I'm quite - quite comfortable
in the sleep restraint. I think the
head restraint has been a good idea.
I've made quite a - quite a use of
that. And it helps quite a bit.

3_ 22 45 25 CDR The trash airlock. The trash air-

lock has been very good. " think I
would give it a rating of - I'd
give it a rating of very good. Works
quite well. _Ank heavens we made
Page 3_ of 36

the - the pressure relief valve,

the ... hess is large enough so
that you don't have to wait an
unecessary long period of time while
that airlock either thins or
pressurizes. The trash airlock is
pretty straight forward works quite
well. We;re not ha_l any problem
with it so far. We took the advice
of the SL-3 crew and that was: be
careful, do _ot fill your bags too
full so that they cause any trouble
getting out. The three little tab
on the bottom the the bags that
fasten over the docks the years [?]
of the trash airlock, I think, were
a very good idea. Gives you an
opportunity to get a good thrust
going with the pusher in the trash
airlock and get the - get the trash
propelled well out into the - into
the waste tank. The vacuum cleaner
is quite handy. I would give it a
rating of very good. The improvements
I would recommend is that we Just
have more vacuum, that's all. I
realize the design of this and where
our ]_m_tations are. And' 3think
future designs somebody ought to
dream up a new vacuum cleaner designed
from scratch and do it so that it's
got a good, high vacuum.

3_ 22 _7 03 CDR The uses of the vacuum cleaner motors

and the suit drying system and the
shower I think are very good. Very
good versatile use of the vacuum
cleaner equipment. The wardroom
table are not eating uses - non-
eating uses. Found them to be very
useful, I would say adequate. I
put the top on top of my tray and
moved - put a spring across it. I
find it to be quite happy - quite
handy as a work table. The tool
caddy. I think it's useless. I
 i

Page 33 of 36

have not used it. Bill used it

once and he sprayed tools from one
end of the workshop to the other.
It Just didn't work out. I think
that we're better off instead of a
tool caddy, I thinkwe're better off
with Just an elastic belt or the
pockets we have work quite adequately.
I find myself stuffing tools in my
waistband as well. The portable fan.
The portable_ is very useful.
There's one in the experiment compart-
ment now mounted on the universal
mount. _ e use it to keep it cool
while we're pedaling the bicycle and
it does help quite a bit. And it -
the - I think the low and high
power speeds are not [?] very good.
The off-duty entertainmenkit. I
think the thing that we're getting
the most use out of is the - the
tape recordings out of - I am reading
my rist book and finding that very
useful. None of us had had the time
to play any cards. I think one of
these days we'll try Just to try it
out.

344 22 _9 03 CDR But as yet we have not played any

cards. The exercise equipment that's
in there really hasn't been used.
The exercises we're using now are
more than adequate and we Just don'
need what 's down there. One - The
ones we're using are the mark 1 and
the treadm_ll, and we find them to
be extremely useful. The mark 2, the
springs are also extremely useful.
Garments. I would say the rating

good. For the most part I think the

garments are reasonably well designed.
Lots of posckets. The flexibility
of being able to take off the legs
and have shorts and have the long
legs I think was a very good design
Dump Tape 344-06

idea. I think the crew were the

ones who were all for that and got
it going. Your designed efficiencies
are: number 1. The material
catches sweat and then aISows thee
liquid to leave but the smell
remains. And the garments - the
garments appear to react with sweat.
And you end up with a ... about your -
your body after a while. The shirts
are particulaly unpleasant. The - The
little pockets that were added at the
end as - m_nly as a result of a
request by AI Bean consultation with
all the rest of us. That's great.
The pockets are deep.

344 22 50 _8 CDR But the thing is, somewhere along

the line somebody dropped the ball.
And the pockets that are designed
for the scissors are not so the
scissors won't stay in because the
flap won't lock over the top of it.
The pocket that's designed for the
flashlight is too short. The flash-
light co_es out. It's - I'ts too
bad because those would have been
very, very handy pockets. It's Just
that the doggone rejection straps
don't hold the item in. The pockets
that hold in our litle trifold hooks
Just barely hack it. And I don't
see any reason why they couldn't have
added an extra half inch onto the
strap or another inch of depth onto
the pocket. As it stnads now the
pocket is - is not deep enough. There's
about 3 inches of the ... that sticks
out. And we're ... inclined to hand
up on things as we sail by them. I
think probably we should have made
the pockets another 2 inches deeper.
It should have - had inches of ...
sticking out. We would have been a
lot better off. Light baffle in the
sleep compartment is excellent. It
 _i !5 _ ,

Page 35 of 96

does its Job well. It allows the

air to flow through it. And I'm
quite effective. The air diffusers
in the whole area are very good.

3hh 22 52 24 CDR I think it was a good idea to put

the adjustment features in them.
I must 8draft, however, that I
haven't us_the adjustment features
because they've been adjusted very
nicely now apparently by previous
crews mad we're quite satisfied with
what we have. The air vents in the
sleep compartments. Mine is very
good. The only c_plaint I have is
that it keeps m_ feet cold all the
time and that's one of the ghings
that cause me to on clool days to
sleep in a half union suit in order
to keep my feet warm. I don't
think I want to try AI Bean's trick
of getting in head - head down, turn-
ing my bed upside down. If I - if I
let my head get as cold as my feet get,
I would probably end up with a cold.
This is the CDR with termination of
M_87-3 Alfa.

B_ 22 53 19 CDR CDR out.

334 22 55 I_ SPT SPT at 22:55. And t_1_Ing about the

ATM pass which began at 21:57 for
the 55 CALROC. No problem. Just
carried it out as written and also
got done a little bit early so'
gave another one. I'll give you
the poinging coordinates first of
the first three. Building block 26
is - the first one was done up at -
up a plus of 2, 128 - that's a plus i -
plus 128. A left of minus 15. The
next one was done down to the lower
left of that at the up of - down of
minus 55 and left of minus 235. Third
one was done to the right which was
an upper of minus 55 and left of minus 55
also.
.... i_i_
¸¸_

Dump Tape 34h-06

P_g_e 36_6f _36 ......

344 22 56 27 SPT Coordinaates on the third point

was minus 55 on both. The last one
which I did was an extra -' I
had a little time, was done right at
the center, which were the coordinates
that were up plus 40 in a left of

for 82A is ... out because of the

door problem. Hoep we can pick up some
of those on £he next orbit. And 56
also got a single frame filter 1 dura-
tion about 8 minutes. I spent the
last h of 5 minutes looking for night
[?] points and was able to Just about
locate one when we got into _ SS and
' 3cannot confirm that I really had one
using the detectors. We had a
beutiful one which I previously
mentioned up ther in 020 around point
9 which kind of came in one - l-l/2
to two days and disappeared.

34h 22 57 46 SPT It's not there this - was not there

this morning, it was there yesterday
and early yesterday it was quite
bright. I have to keep my eye on the
XUV MONITOR an contin11Aq ly compare
it with pictures of which I am
taking once every morning. And
also I get the same polsters [?]
for the 52 which I am taking
/pictures of. I have gotten another
overlay made which I put over the
occulting disk of the inner thing
and also the bright points on the scope
And thats [sic] allows me to get
exposures which are geared for the
ray of the corona outside the ......
solar radii and also outside that
one burned at the bottom of 2.
And I think it gives me a better
definition.

344 22 58 49 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 345-01/D-251
Time: 345:00:02 to 345:00:30
-_ 12/10/73
Page 1 of 5

345 00 02 55 CDR This is the CDR at 00:02 Zulu. I

Just realized I had not debriefed my
early morning ATMpass. I guess
that's probably because it wasn't
too terribly interesting and not
really very much to debrief about. Did
the - first of all we did the JOP 6,
step l, and with the and - let's see,
I think it was building block l, A and
B, and there were no problems in
execution of that JOP. Also sent down
some TV down - down links which went
pretty well. In observations there
was nothing new in XUV that I could see.
I did notice in H-Alpha 2, while doing
the other work, that active region 96
has picked up a second sun spot. It
was very, very faint and never really
got to go up and look at it again and -
I notlced when I was up in the ATM
Just a few minutes ago when Ed, looking
over his shoulder, I noticed that
that second sunspot has become a bit
more pronom_ced. CDR out.

345 00 07 14 PLT This is PLT. The time is 00:07.

Now debriefing on the handheldphoto-
graphs taken over FiJi and the tropical
storm to the South ... FiJi. I took
one photograph over FiJi as per
schedule on a pad. The island - the
large more circular island was relatively
clearer than the rest. It did look
like they have about 4/10 cloud cover
when Ed took one frame. I took a
sequence of about - well, let's see
that was frame n_ber 160 of CD 161,
2, 3, h, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 170, 171, were
taken of the tropical storm, using the
instructions in the book. The tropical
storm which is centered to the southeast
of FiJi is - has a single arm to it.
The pin wheel that ccmes off of the -
the solid nucleus and there was no eye.
It was solid, built up in the - what
Dump Tape 345-01/D-251
Page 2 of 5

would normally be the eye - the

center of the storm.

345 O0 08 33 PLT And it had one major - I guess you'd

call it feeder extending - but I
don't know if you'd call it a feed
or not - because it was extending to
the southeast. In fact, we flew
right now the main baud of the arm of
the tropical storm. There was no
cloud-free moat that I could locate.
The photographs are all at a very
high angle in contrast to the instruc-
tions in the book, because it - there's
not - there's no way of getting a
good oblique angle looking forward out
of the STS 190 window. The only way
you can get au oblique is to look aft.
And I did get some obliques of some
of the clouds. As far as the frontal
squall line it would be at a nearly
vertical angle.

345 00 09 19 PLT The - there were several interesting

features to the storm. It extended -
this band - the arm that went into the
center of the storm extended some
2400 miles to the southeast, and
located about every 600 to 800 miles
along that arm on the south side of
it were complimentary lows. They
were small but very well defined low
pressure areas that - to the south of
that - the central band that was
leading into the main storm center
near FiJi. There were two very clearly
defined small lows. One was about, I
would say, 400 miles to the southeast
of the center of the storm, and the
other, very well defined, was about
2hO0 miles to the southeast of the
storm. I took photographs of both of
those. Complimentary low is what I'm
calling them. But I thought it was
sort of interesting, because they were -
they sort of look like shed off vortices
from that _a_u feeder baud except they
Dump Tape 345-01/D-125
Page B of 5

were ro - of course, rotating in the

wrong direction. That's not what
they were.

3)45 00 lO 34 PLT Along this main feeder band, and I'm

calling it that, because it's the mA_n
arm of it - it was not extending toward
the intertropical convergence zone. It
was extremely long and it - it had -
although the cloud cover was solid and
it looked to be about, oh, maybe i00 miles
or more wide. There were intermittent
positions or points of extreme high
activity and ctuauluonlmbus build up
with overshooting cloud tops.

B45 00 ll 1G PLT And I have several photographs taken

and I don't - I didn't record the time
accurately on them, but they are taken
in sequence as we went right down that
main arm leading into the eye or the
center of the storm near FiJi. There
was also one low pressure area located
to the north of the storm, and I took
one photograph of that. The relative
position of the - these smRll compli-
mentary lows is - should be fairly
easy to determine from the sequence and
the fact that I should I have had some -
part of the main arm of that storm in
the frame. I took one high oblique
about a 1000 miles southeast of FiJi
one hori - with the horizon in it of
another low. So there were three lows
located to the south of this main feeder
arm. And I got a picture of one what
looked like another major cyclonic
circulation but it doesn't hemisphere
which is clockwise, of course. And
that was, as I say, it's about a
1000 miles or maybe 1200 miles southeast
of FiJi. And that was - is the only
one which I could get the horizon. We
tracked right down the middle of that
main arm, and that's why I was unable
to get obliques.

3_5 00 12 23 PLT I tried to get -ngular shots, however

 Dump Tape B45-01/D-251
_ Page4 of 5

some of the shots of the seething

tops should - I stopped down to 16,
so they should show up pretty well.
Seems like there wan one other major
feature that I wanted to mention. Oh,
yes, I know what it wan. The southern
edge of that band that lead into the
center of the storm - that was the -
the single with pin wheel arm - had a
very clearly defined limit to it - a
southern limit to it. In other words,
the outer edge of that thing was very
sharp the - of the pin wheel arm. The
inner edge of the pin wheel arm was very
ill defined and graded off into scattered
cirrus and various cloud types and forms.

345 00 13 09 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

345 00 25 17 SPT SPT at 00:25 ATM orbit which began at

23:30. Okay, we did the operations
call ed out for with no problem. The
pointing coordinates were up of plus 40
and a left of minus 120 which was
called up frc_a the ground as a result
of the actual CALROC performance. In
addition to what wan showing on the pad,
we did a 56 exposure - LONG EXPOSURE
on filter 2, and I got about
7 minutes and 50 seconds. And 82A got
one long exposure of 5 minutes at the
roll of minus 5400. And then, because
I had a little time left over at the
end, I rolled to 1080 and gave them an
exposure of - as called out for on the
pad of 30 seconds WAVE LENGTH LONG and
a second exposure of 10-seconds in
WAVE LENGTH SHORT.

3h5 00 26 35 SPT The bright point which I picked out

for unattended ops wan not a real barn
burner it - it only got up to around
700 or so on the Oxygen 6, the coordinates
I have given to the ground. The thing
Dump Tape B_5-OI/D-251
Page 5 of 5

that did catch me though was that it

was fairly isolated; it was not
associated with any activity I could
see on the disk; and it was quite
sharply peaked. I would say plus or
minus 2 arc seconds to it dropped the
count down to B00 or so, which is
surprising with 5 by 5 slit. I was
able to identify this bright point
along with couple others in the pictures
from the 82B ... the XUV monitor. My
only regret is that we have never really
got a chance to study that one one
bright point that cs_ae and went in about
a day and a half or so. That was here
about one day ago.

345 00 28 ii SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 3h5-02
Time: 345:01:32 to 3_5:02:h0 GMT
12/10/73
Page 1 of 11

PLT ... PLT reporting ...vrecorders ...k

CDH They went over the hill .... record

volt_e ... being he_.

345 01 32 32 PLT PLT reporting tezmin_ion of M509 battery

n ber at Zu.
345 01 42 22 SPT Hello. Welcome to Skylab 3. If
you're wondering why I'm the only
one on the screen here - turns out
I'm the only one withou_ a IDeard,
so I was picked. Like _o tell you a
little bit about where 1_ stand here,
and mention one kind of surprising
thing to us and I think interesting
to you. Since we got here we've done
an awful lot of medical experiments.
And espec_A11y in the past week or two,
they've started to indicate that we're
all in pretty good shape. As a matter
of fact, a couple of us are probably
in better shepe then when we came. What _
we've attribmted this to is Bill --
Thornton's revenge, we call it. It's
a device for keeping the calves of
the legs with a fair amount of muscle
b,,lk left in them. And this has
enabled us to, we think, _4utain
roughly the 8sme mnscle tone in the ,
le_s as we h&ve on%he _-ound.

345 01 43 21 SPT We've done an awful lot of good Earth

resources recently. _e first part of
this week, well as a matter of f_ct,
all this week we have _ quite a f_w
Earth resources passee over not only
the United States, which we've looked
at quite extensively, but also over
Australia, Malaysia, I_gla. And we're
looking forward to _ 8cme _i-
butions to Enowl__e _he, '"
_ countries as well as _ own in the
future.
 D_p Tape 3413-02 .........
Pa@e 2 o_f ii

3
345 01 43 55 SPT We've done a fair amount of work with ....
the solar telescope. And even though
the Sun' s quiet, we think we 're
learning quite a bit. There's a lot
of interesting but not very dynamic
phenomena onthe Sun right now, and
that's what we're studying. We hope
that in another two weeks or so we
ought to be looking at a pretty active
Sun. Done a lot of corolary experi-
ments. We've _@ne a awful lot of
visual obser_at'ions, and this is
something that's really been challenging
and interesting to us. By that we mean
Just looking down from our vantage point
back at the Earth and seeing what we
can determine with our Cameras and with
our eyes that'll be useful to the people
when we get back.

3_5 01 4_ 39 SPT For example, Just this afternoon we were

looking down in Chile - the coast of -
the west coast of Chile which has a lot
of fjords. And the H_boldt Current
moved into this fjord and creates a -
_1_st continuous flow ... some of
those. And it's been proposed by some
that it's a potential w_ of getting
energy from the ocean. We were able
to photograph this effect, observe it
and photograph it, and we hope - -

SC ...

PLT ... Jer .... do that ...

345 01 45 59 SPT Now that we're getting off of TV to

ATM MON I, we'll try this whole thing
over again.

PLT ...

CDH No let's go ahead ...

3_5 01 48 26 SPT Hello. Welcome to Skylab 3. Probably

wondering why I 'm the only one up here,
/-4 the other two did not want to get in

.......................
 J

Dump Tape 345-02

Page 3 of ii

front of the camera. I guess l'm

the only one that's without a beard.
What I'd like to do is to tell you a
little bit about what we've done in
the past week or two. And then
mention something to you which has
been sort of _nexpected to us, and
I think will be interesting to you.

345 O1 48 h5 SPT During the past two weeks or so, we've

done an awful lot of Earth resources.
We've lookedib_ck now at the United
States and we hope to learn an awful
lot about our country which will be
useful to us to, all of us. And
secondly, we've looked at a few other
countries. We've been able to gather
some resource information on India,
Australia, Malaysia, and we hope im
the future to get quite a bit of
information on other countries, which
willbe usefulto them. Duringthe
past week or so something that's been
kind of gratifying to us - -

SPT Bill, would you get those ... out of

the way?

SPT During the past week something which

has been rather gratifying to us is
that we have been shown to be in
fairly good medical shape. As a
matter of fs_t, we're bordering on on
being in the s_ condition we we
were at liftoff stud perhaps in some
instances a little bit better. And
we hope this trend will continue in
the future. One thing we attribute it
to is what we 0_11 _ormtun's revenge,
a clever idea of Bill Thormtun's to
keep the calves of the legs in shape.
And this is one thing on previous
missions which they've not been able
to do as well as they would have liked
to. We'll show pictures of this in
the future; as a matter of fact, Jerry
Carr has shown one pictureof it already.
 Dt_p Tape 34'3-02
Page 4 of ii

345 01 50 28 SPT And we feel that's going to be the

answer for us in keeping us pretty
much in the ss_e shape we were in on
ground, and if we work hard at it, maybe
a little bit better. We've an awful
lot of solar observations during the
past couple of weeks. The Sun has
been quiet, not much activity. But
we've learned, we think, a fair n1-,ber
of things about the quiet Sun - studied
them - phenomena which are not dynamic
but which a_6Bging to be once we
m_derstand them well. We've done a lot
of corolary eXperiments.

345 Ol 51 05 SPT And we have watched Kohoutek come in

and start to get brighter and develop
a tail. And we're looking forward to
a pretty spectacular sh_ here come the
end - come the end of December. Now
one other thing which I would like
r to mention to you now. It was rather
anexpected to us, but it's I guess
it's re-11y a first. See, Skylab is
a - a different type program than the
others; it's the first time in space
history where people have used the
same devices, same spacecraft, and in
this case the s_me space station. And
something t_expected has arisen. We
have had some visitors, or we should
say, constant eempanions since we've
been here. They've helped us show us
the ropes when we first got here, and
are be - have been our companions. And
we' d like to show them to you now. So
looking now at the ghosts of missions
past, here they are I

CDR ... Bill, get yours ... and I'ii start

mine.

345 01 52 43 SPT Okay, Jer. Now if you'll Just tell

me when these guys are in your field
of view.

f_ CDR Okay ... squared aw_ here then get out.

 Dump Tape 345-02
Page 5 of Ii

PLT ...

SPT When we arrived here, we found these

gentlemen, the ghosts frmm missions
past, floating around. Two of them
were doing medical experiments. Un-
fortunately, they did not send any
data down to Houston. And the other
one was located in such a position
that we now have a roem in the
spcaecraft called the haunted head.
So until nex_ mTeek, best wishes frnm
the crew of Skylab 3. ,

345 O1 54 36 CDR Okay, Bill.

345 O2 0h 42 SC ...

PLT C_t it on?

PLT One of the more interesting aspects of -

- at least of the operation on board Skylab
has been the donning of the ... the spacesuit,
or the pressure garment assembly as it's
called. We normally have the suits
situated in a foot restraint which is
attached to the floor here. And we've
found that one of the more difficult things
was to actually get in the upper part of
the suit which - turns out it wasn't - it r:
wasn't too terribly difficult on the <

ground. But it's difficult to leau over

in zero-g, because normally you have one-g '
helping you on the gro_d. When you
lean over ... try to bend over and touch
your toes on the ground ... make that sort
of a gesture.

345 02 06 O0 PLT Here we have Ed Gibson getting into his

suit here, and Jerry's assisting him.
We won't go through the full procedure
for donning the suit, because this is -
requires very careful following of pro-
cedural cue cards. But we did thought
it may be interesting to - to think it
may be interesting look at the operation
end the dexterity involved in - or lack
/f
 D_p Tape 34E.i-02
Page 6 of ii

of it as the case may Be - in - in

donning the suit. You see that we do
take full advantage of zero gravity, in
that we try to move around so that the
assistant, or the individual assisting,
has the best possible purchase.

3h5 02 06 hl PLT Now this is, I think, the most difficult

part of the operation - that's actuA11y
getting your head through the neck ri_.
And we find that we actually have to
have another person - in sc_e cases,
have another - another individual actually
push our head down to get it down far
enough to get thro1,_h the neck ring.
And now you wee - Well, looks llke there
Jerry's helping him, and - oh, he's
made it very nicely. Must be adapting to
zero-g. Okay. Now he has his neck
through the neck ri_, and the next
operation will be to line up the material,
F the zipper end the suit.

SC ...

PLT Okay. I - I'm go_a cut. I'ii go -

I'll go kill the recorder.

SC ...

TIME SKIP

345 02 18 00 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. We will be

continuing the narration of the suit
donning. We only have 3 minutes left
on the video tape recorder, so we
probably won't be able to get _11 this,
other than the closing of the zippers.
We had to interrupt this for the science
conference.

345 02 17 12 PLT Okay. Now we have ed partially donned

in the pressure garment assembly, or our
space suit. And Jerry's going to attempt
to closethetwo zippers. There'some
 lhmlp Tape 3h5,-02
Page 7 ofii

zipper on the inside which seem ...

now. This is actually the zipper which
closes up the inner part of the suit,
which is actually a pressure bladder -
a large balloon which incases the upper
torso and the arms and legs. Everything
except the helmet, of course. And you -
you'll notice he'll be very careful to
hold his fingers in the right place
there and to avoid any de_age to the
zipper.

345 02 17 56 PLT And it - it's not considered the safest

thing to do for a man to don himself,
so we assist each other. It is
possible for a man to put it on by
himself - very difficult. And Jerry's -.
now fastening the - the zipper to the
bladder - pressure bladder. And then
he will get another zipper and close it.
When - this Completes this sipper opera-
- tion, and you will be closing the
zippers to - which actually completes
the outer garment of of the pressure
garment assembly. And when he completes
this zipping operation, he will have
a lock, which will be pro - provided
to lock the zippers so that they come
uazipped.

3_5 02 18 _8 MEC In spite of what Story said, I think

we'll talk about visual observations
here .... this morning .... t_1_4 ng
about handheld site 33 - -

PLT And you see that he'll be working this

around; working with his fingers. - -

MCC ...

PLT - - of course we - we certainly don't

want to damage one of these zippers.
And you can see - one of difficulties
we've found _n donning the suit in
zero gravity is actually we lose the
effect of the weight of the individual
and the wieg_t of the suit itself.in
!............. ......
 Dump Tape 345-02
Page 8 of ii

affixing it. Now the in other things

are easy - some things are easier, and
some things are harder - more difficult
in zero gravity. And -

MCC ...

PLT - - he's now c_leting the zipping

operation of _the front part of the
suit. :

MCC ... Just

!
:to
pass on ...

PLT - - also attaching space clips which

take the stress off the zipper. You
will notice that this is not the
easiest thing in the world to do. It
requires a lot of moving around, a lot
of pacing and - and stretching of the
outer layers of the suit.

MCC o.,

345 02 20 07 PLT And we find ourselves moving all

around the spacecraft as this takes
place. And the - one of the things
that we miss is the weight of the
upper part of the suit expeci_!ly as
you're bringing the two edges of the
zipper together. You'll see Jerry now
is having quite a bit of difficulty in
trying to p1111 the two pieces of
material together. Once he gets past
about the middle of the back, it'll
be much easier.

MCC ...

PLT And of course, the - notice how easy it

is ... for Jerry to move around - a 155 pound
man plus 30 to 40 pounds of suit.

MCC ... Over.

345 02 21 04 CDR Roger, Rill. In the area of plankton

growth and ... and all that we've been
F particularly impressed by the FA1_land -
 DumpTape3h5.-02
Page9 ofii __

Falkland Current down 5ff the eastern

coast of Argentina.

MCC Yes, so have we .... South Atlantic

currents are _converging in there ...
observations ... interesting. And
we're going to begin concentrating
more heavily_on that area.

CDR Yes, we've got an awful lot of photo

coverage of _t that ... area.

MCC Good. We're hoping you'll keep an

eye on it and not necessarily take
more shots of it ,_nless you begin to
notice a some change in it.

PLT I concur.

MCC Okay, actually you don't see the ...

"P PLT C_ay. What we - we got interrupted twice.

There was a _cience conference. I think
we're at thelend of the tape. Looks
like this is !sort of a bust. Oh well, _i
it was a goo_ idea at the time. ._

345 02 22 08 MCC Okay, moving on here. This Friday we'll

be holding our first team meeting - - _i

PLT Droopy-drawers Gibson. •

M_C - - visual observations testa members

will be coming in, going over the
transcripts one at a time. Then we'll
meet and discuss ... see how we're doing,
whether we tMink that's the way we
ought to be aoing and - -

TIME SKIP

345 02 35 52 PLT Okay, in this particular operation

here, where Jerry used the donning assist -
actually he used & strap there to pull

i
1
 Dump Tape 3_5-02
Page l0 of ii

the two pieces of the garment together

so he can close the zipper. And this
was discovered to be a problem peculiar
to zero gravity operations.

PLT Now he pulls the two pieces of zipper

together, or actually, he pulls two
zippers, they meet each other, and
there's a - a lock fastener type device
which insures, of course, that each side

doesn't come|_zipped.
MCC ...

PLT Okay, now. The zippers are fastened,

and all that needs to he done is to
take the zipper straps, stow them
properly, remove the donning assist
strap, and to Velcro down the pieces
of overlapping fabric.

345 02 37 13 PLT So there we have the pressure garment

assembly without the helmet, donned.
Subsequent to this operation the pilot
would don a secondary oxygen pack which
would be put on his right leg. That's
after, of cot_rse, putting the clothes
on. And he would also put on a _.
pressure control unit, which is a special
device for metering the oxygen into the
suit while we are inside the closed
suit. Notice the - Jerry is fitting the
wrist ring of the glove on to the suit,
and then he will pull the material up
over the wrist ring, and he'll do the
same thing for the left arm. These are
called EVA gloves because they have
special layers on them to protect the
hands from thermal heating, and also to
prevent scuffing and tearing of the glove
while working outside the vehicle.

345 02 38 20 PLT Now - you can recognize this, of course,

as a helmet. Actually a little bit
more than that. You have a clear plastic
helmet which is very strong plastic, and
.... you Just sort of pull down what's called
the extravehicular visor assembly which
Dump Tape 345-02
Page ii of ll

protects your eyes from harsh rays of

the sun un - unfiltered by the atmosphere.
Jerry's pulled down the Skylab
extravehicular Visor assembly. And in
addition to the SEVA or Skylab
extravehicular visor ass_,bly, you'll
notice that they're actually - oh,
garden variety wind - wimdowshade - like
devices, or s_n shade devices, which can
be pulled down to give you added sheeting
and shieldin_ from the sun, if you're
working in s_ area where you're facing,
more or less, directly towards the sum.

PLT This device separates from the helmet.

And the ehlmet will be put on first, !
and then the _extravehicular cisor assembly
will be put on second.

345 02 39 39 PLT Okay, that terminates it. I hope we

got it all in.

_D OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 34'.)-03 _L
p_ Time: 345:_:55 to 3h5:04:59 GMT
12/11/73
Page 1 of 1 -

345 04 55 20 SPT SPTat 0_:55. _ Hana_eld photss on mag 636.

Frame number F34 and 33. First one was taken
at 04:_5 end _hey were about closed Bernard
cells right over the ocean. Exceptiona1_y
uniform properties, both had a size of a
network and _n thickness of the clou_s, an old
fashioned e_=_p.le of those. The second one
was the ... one, of the small highest sou_h
of New Zealand. That was .taken at _ _T.

SPT There are or four islands south of this. The

Auckland Isl_s, Campbell Islands, alth_,-h I
think that's a little far south for it. Bounty
Islands. Where are the Antipodes Islands? I
got one of those and I cAn-or without looming
at them. A better dia@_am or a map l_Mdag for
those islands. The flight ... we're _tting is
the side of the islancl and it runs about an
extent of the island itself. It was s_ewed up
in the color difference. I 'm sure it lacked
the green colors although as I looked e£ it
_ from the front angle, figured it came _ere I
did not distinguish - could only al-ti_sh it
by eye. So !'ii have to look - I have ... the
film to look very hard for it. It would be a
fairly bright green sl_ it did no% con-
trast too greatly _rith_e water aA_un_ it
which, altho_h it wms,_rE blue, for
reason the s_ren@th of _he contrast waa not
there, which_I ... elsewhere_ I had to work
the sun angle. The bloom itself has had a
long sinuous element lime we see in ......
This is a large angul_r shaped 84 ... side.
There maybe a couple of sinuous elements being
off a couple_of the Corners. Guess I'd say it
was a lovely place, and the Island itself - we
haven't gott@n large.

3_5 04 58 29 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE

I
Dump Tape 3hS-0k
Time: 3h5:11_:59 to 3h5:15:00 _T
12/Ii/73 __
Page 1 of 1

345 lh 59 30 CDR This is the CDR at-15 - 15:00 .....

Zulu. The subject is S233 photography
of the comet. The comet alrpeared at
the leading edge -well, I shouldn't
say leading edge - at the edge of
the ATM solar panels, at - right
on time - at - comet-rise of ih:53.
I started the first exposure at that
time. It took me about 20 seconds to
change - frames and - and focused stud
got the second one started at about
5h:20 or the#_abouts. And the light
level got so high by the time I was
ready to take the third frames, I
felt that it was senseless to waste
the film. So I - I dif not take the
third frame.

345 15 00 30 CDR The first exposure was taken at ...

_U OF TAPE

f
 Dump Tape 345,05
_-_ Time: 3_5:13:12 t0 3h5_'i5i58_
12/11/73
Page 1 of 2

3h5 13 19 &5 SPT Spt at 13:12. PRD readings,

h233h; 23178; 38330. SPT, out.

TIME SKIP

3h5 15 23 h7 CDR This si the CDR at 15:19 Zulu.

The subject is handheldphotography,
Earth observations. The site we
want after was HH59, which is in the
Fernandlno C@ater in the Galapagos
Islands.

We missed a real g_iden opportunity, we

were late getting to the window, and
the weather over_e Gal&pagos was
essentially clear over the J-shaped
island and over Fernandino. The
Fernandino Crater was smoking and smoked -
it looked like it was not rising very
much and it w_s goi_ almost ... And it
was a very, very straight flue. Looked
like it cameUP a_ and immediately
started off te the e_t in a very, very
straight line. staua by.

3h5 15 29 36 CDR This is the CDR at 15:30 Zulu

continuing the report on HH591 I had
Just finished describing the volcano
and thy plume from the vent. We had
missed our opportunity to get an
overhead shot because we were about
130 seconds late getting to the window.
We did however get obliques. I got
one Hasselblad, and one 300-millimeter
Nikon oblique shot. The Hasselblad
was Charlie X-racy 17, frame nnmher l,
f/ll, 1/250. The 300 Nikon was
Charlie X-ray 36, frame number 31.
f/ll 1/500. And we kind of feel very
badly about this one because this is the
•best doggone weather we've seen
over the Galapagos so far. And had we
gotten up there Just a tad earlier,
we'd a got some excellent pictures of
it. So all we can do is chalk this
_ /i'

Dump Tape 3_5-05

Page 2 of 2

one up to experience, and we'll try.

to - we'll pray for good weather
next couple of passes and maybe we can
really cover the Gslapagos. CDR, out.

3_5 15 56 SPT SPT at 15:56, debriefing the

ATM pass which began at 15:04,
building block 1. JOP 6 step 1 went
as planned, no deviations. At the
conclusion I ... shopping list
item 19 the ... boundary at the north
was about plus 910, and the width
was approximately 20 arc seconds,
as I saw in ... mag ... 10. 55
detector 3 GRATING 19_0 - 19_l. XUV
got a slew left/right, plus or minus
BO, and an UP/DOWN of plus or minus 7
On two occasions I got outside that
plus or minus 30 on the inside of the
limb, that's on the negative side.
But was not outside that boundary, very.
long. SPT,out.

E_D OF TAPE

i
 Dump Tape 3_5-06 _
%
Time: 3h5.17.""ii to 3_5:18:h0
12/11/73
Page 1 of lO

345 17 Ii h8 SPT ... horizontal direction. I think

I'm samewhat distressed at that.
And I don't accept - now at the lower
level some of the first ones I got
wrong. And I think one of the early
ones I got wrong - and the first one
I got - hopped into the chair and put
my head into the - in the goggles and
moved, and I think that my - the
fluid had not settled down yet ...
And that caused me to have somewhat of
miscue. The majors of the first
low level I thought were very distinctive
clear to me. I - it's unclear to me
why I had problems with any of the
remsinders. Certainly after the second
highest level it came as a surprise
to me when I saw the lines that ...

/_ with a depth of movement -movement to

it, but it would - it would oscillate
in front of me, left and right, and
there was a ... drift in operation but
apparently that drift was misleading.
However, again at the lower levels,
they're the ones that should make it
right. I think that the second, third
and fourth periods - there is no
problem making conversions ... As
of level 1. SPT out.

3h5 17 23 lh SPT SPT at 17:23. This is a completion

of a setup for S063, airglow photography.
Okay, the first exposure is going to
be at 17:30. I've got TILT set up at
30 degrees, and ROTATION set up at 72.

3h5 17 23 L7 SPT Timer set up for 6_ seconds and filters

to 6300. And the _ual shutter is
also installed for the last photo. The
first exposure on Nikon 02will be
frame number 33. That is, frame
number 33 corresponds to your frame
number 1 at 17:30. Okay, now we've
 Dump Tape 345-06
Page 2 of i0

never had any training on this next

aspect and I hope I can pull it off.
At appropriate time, acquire airglow
target, adjust AMS in ROTATION, observe
drift. Adjust mirror - adjust mirror
in rotation so that earth llmb and
airglow are at extreme edge of mirror
allowing extreme edge [sic] to be
available for drift of airglow layer
across the mirror during exposure. Now
unfortunately, through this eyepiece
you cannot need a whole mirror, so you
don't know what you're really working
with. Hey, I'm coming up on it now,
Bill. Adjust ring track lock to put
dashed line parallel to airglow layer.
Move track carriage to put line on
airglow layer. While tracking, exposure -
_-xpose film, press timer button, and
F voice mark.

345 17 26 03 SPT Get the watch out, Bill. Is that set

for a good time?

PLT Yes.

345 17 26 13 SPT Sounds good. Thank you.

SPT Okay, stand by for the first mark,

here. And again I'm having to change
this thing in ROTATION all the time.
By that I mean the rotation of the -
not the AMS but the ring track. Got
a continuing change in rotation. Okay,
stand by for the first - first exposure.
Stand by.

34517 29 29 SPT MARK.

SPT Oh, I didn't open the shutters. Oh,
dang it. Okay, I don't trust the time
ref. I'm going to have to go MANUAL
on these things. I can't get the timer
to work. Going to have to go bulb all
f--.
the way. I've blown a few frames here
 Dump Tape 345=06
Page 3 of i0

.9_iddling around with this thing.

Alright, we're now down looking at
frame number 30 - 31. Frame number 31
is going to be your first exposure or
your second exposure. We missed the
first one. At 17:33.

SPT Bill, Bill. Come here.

345 17 33 19 SPT .__lright,looks like we're going to

have to miss this one. I can't even
find the horizon now. I can look out
through the mirror and it see, but
I can't see a train of sight.

345 17 34 19 SPT Alright, I had to change these

locations, in order to get some more
in there.

"f 345 17 34 25 S%°T I tell you this is on the Job training.

No simulator, this is what you get.

SPT ()kay, I've got to give you a manual

exposure here. Now, all the time my
ring track has been changing. I'm
going to be upside down here in a
moment. Okay, stand by.

345 17 36 15 SPT MARK.

SPT Shutters open and I'm now tracking.

Okay, shutter closed. Call that
frame number 1. I'll try and pick
1_p for you a little bit. We are
continually changing this thing in
ROTATION now. Okay, you wanted - I'm
going to skip one of them here and move
you down to 5577 filter. The one I
took was at 6300. Okay, standby.
Oh, there's all the rotation again.

345 17 39 44 SPT All right, at long last I'm set up

for another exposure on this thing.
()kay, this is your frame number 2.
 Dt_np Tape 345-06
Page 4 of I0

And we've got a ifiter of 5577.

Stand by.

345 17 40 06 SPT MARK.

SPT Shutter door closed down.

345 17 41 I0 SPT MARK.

SPT Okay, I'm going to alternate DAC.

X300, and I'm Just going to be
alternating back and forth here
trying to get in as many as I can
for you. I'll tell you, there's a
lot of complexity here right now. I
Just changed ROTATION. Now I 'm
changing the rate lock, advancing the
film. Now, Okay. I'll give you
/ -\ another 5 plate 64 - it's the second
time in here. The last one I know
is not on. Okay, Stand by.

345 17 42 32 SPT MARK.

SPT Okay, the airglow was neatly defined

here at the beginning of this exposure.
However, now I see what looks like
extraneous reflections inside on the
left especially on - upside down
now - relock, retrack, upside down.
Okay, exposure terminated.

345 17 43 38 SPT MARK.

SPT Okay, let me fix you up for another

rotation.

SPT TILT, 730, all the way. Alright.

Try to take your way - eye away from
it - because the second hand goes off
the corner and it's very tough to find
again iii

345 17 45 50 SPT Could you turn out some lights down

_ there? I thinkI'm gettinga lot of
 Dump Tape 345-06
Page 5 of l0

internal reflections in here. Thank

you. The ones in the wardroom there
... please, Bill.

345 17 47 00 SPT All right, now I've got myself a nice

straight white line across with stars
above and below. And for crying out
loud what am I looking at? Very
awkward. I'll tell you, the numbers
on the pad sure didn't help.

345 17 48 23 SPT Boy, I'll tell you, you can't see a

blooming thing as far as the locations
around in here.

345 17 48 42 SPT All right, the only arc I have available

to me is, you know, a - again, a rela-
tively light arc which has got stars
above it and below it.
_f

345 17 48 56 SPT Yeah, I know, but these stars are quite

a bit above and below it. It's not
Just - I can't believe it's the airglow.
However, I will take it first, take
a manual exposure on it again because of
the failtur of that darn timer. Okay.

345 17 49 41 SPT Okay, stand by.

345 17 49 45 SPT Mark. Give you a 64. Certainly is a

lot of slop in this whole ... arrange-
ment as well as the camera mounting.
The whole thing ...

345 17 50 48 SPT MARK.

345 17 50 521 SPT I have to change the filters back

again.(?) Going up to the - the lower
number filter, the 5. You know, now
we're up to 63; we've rotated the whole
camera around. So now it's 6300. I'll
try and give you another one. Let me
look. Change rotation again to make
sure what I'm looking at. Ah, that
one's ... Scrub that last one. Scrub
 D_m_pTape S45-06
Page 6 of i0

that last one. YOu want this thing

slit outside with a boom. That's
what l've been on.

SPT Kind of chasing around ROTATION. There's

not very much left on the - visible on
the mirror .... change your filter.
5577. Okay, now I'm trying to find the
darn location of it.

345 17 45 51 SPT Try and take your ... reflections in

here. Thank you.
345 17 52 13 SPT Jer, could you close the wardroom window
please? Okay, wardroom window is going
closed now. Maybe I won't have that
boom as a distraction. That didn't seem
to make much difference, it's the Moon
which is on the darn boom, That's why.
All right,we'lltry this whole thing
again.

345 17 5B 22 SPT Okay, coming up.

345 17 53 25 SPT MARK. SHD'I','_.'R

OPEN. This time I _n
on the airglow. I started Just a little
bit below the airglow, and I'm going
to try to maintain this thing Just -
ah, sticking up in the middleof the
picture you've got yourself a discolored
antenna. And now we're going on to
,_ get you the mirror. Goingto terminate
... Okay, we'll try and give you auother
one. I'm going to change the filter
again; 5577 is what the filter is. I'm
4" tryingto get it set up in rotation.

345 17 5_ &5 SPT ... , you got to change rotation, the

ring track lock, and go back and get
yourselfat the rightlocationto track
it, advance the film, the manual time,
get another ... to go. And all this is
not expected. All right, we're tracking
it good now. Moving around ... Let
_ all of those ... steps. I'iichange
 • i

Dump Tape 345-06

Page 7 of i0

the rotation, the ring track lock.

The ring location. Now I've got to
change the pointing. Track. I'm a
little bit in front of it. (inaudiable)
Stand by.

345 17 55 51 SPT MARK .... slight disk in the hole.

Track it right there. This is the
site. Go around. I'll tell you,
I would give you fifty cents for this.
Oh, I'm ... We're tracking. We had ...
track here. I know ... right. No
"Longer ... Left-hand slide going up.

345 17 56 56 SPT Mark. Okay SHUTTER CLOSED. And we

go again. Let's Just go into the
"Long exposure ... 02. And we'll wait,
f and then I'll give you another one.
" Reversethe problem,ring track lock,
rotation. Tracking lever down, all
right, we're back on. Here it goes
•.. tilt now.

345 17 58 01 SPT Coming up on another exposure. Stand

by.

3h5 17 58 lh SPT MARK. There's another ... Airglow has

no longer very definite downstaries.
But then again the lower left-hand side
.of the ... down. It's no longer tan-
gent. I'll tell you ... adjust to it
mud keep up with it will never get the
:photos in.

345 17 59 16 SPT DOOR OPEN, SHUTTER going CLOSED now.

And we do another ... get one more
in here. Okay going back to filter 5577.
Try one more here. Find the darn ...
okay. SED'I'f_.'R
going OPEN now.

345 18 00 38 SPT Mark. Okay that was ... 25, about

in there. Ms_be ... off of one of
the rings ... Okay, stand by for
_- SHU'I_ER CLOSED.
 Dump Tape 345-.06
Page 8 of l0

345 18 01 49 SPT Mark. Again I keep watching my

watch ...

345 18 02 07 SPT .o. and we want to go to terminate

at sunrise. Oh ... we're in the
airglow ...... track. Stand by.

345 18 02 5_ SPT Mark. Okay, that's it. I'll wait

to close it until I see that ...
change. Okay, ... the ring track - the
ring ...

345 18 03 56 SPT Okay - I think you're getting good

tracking on this one. So far no
sunlight. I have to change the ring
orientation and track ... Okay.

345 18 04 27 SPT MARK. Might be a little slml ight

reflecting in - not into field of
i view of the camera,but - okay,that
was a1_ost a few minutes after. Okay,
I would say you got six to seven
adequate - no, we won't even call it
adequate, six to seven exposures.
Tracking was not too bad on them. I
got better as we went on. And it sure
took a lot of threshing around at the
beginning to figure out how to make
all this fit.

345 18 05 ll SPT Okay, that was the first session I

had on it, but I'll call th_s
0JT. I think I mentioned that to
Wally Teague. And without a simula-
tors this first one was going to be
nothing but OJT. We got some exposures,
but I think you'll notice that
substitute ones ought to be a little
higher quality. I think we got to
find out what's wrong with this darn
timer right now too.

345 18 06 15 SPT Okay, the frames remaining at the

end, the last exposure taken was frame
_ number22. I've advancedit downto 21.
 Dtmp Tape 345--06
Page 9 of l0

345 18 06 34 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

345 18 12 51 CDR This is the CDR at 18:31 Zulu de-

briefing the first ATM pass of
the day, unable to get to the tape
recorder due to S063 operations. My
assignment was JOP 15 Bravo. And I
started out with a ... at the request
of the SPT. He indicated that that
would probably be a good thing. He
had noticed a ... right near there and
with a roll of 400 and set up for the
... AUTO ST_ and got it started at
15- about 50 minutes from ... about
f what I HAD LEFT. Went aheadand got
S056 with no problems was S055. It
wasn't m_, day I had to set the grating
with the mechanical reference which
was really no big thing. But I got
her started. Got busy looking at
something else, went back and saw 105
on the equator. So that meant I had
to go through one more time. I
blundered on through one more time
and missed again. Said a few words
like gosh darn and oh fudge, and pro-
ceeded to go through and stopped at
02:03.

345 18 32 56 CDR And got the first MIRROR 3 RASTER,

got the second one first. And then I
got back, got finished with that, got
moved into 102, got it started.
Anout that time you came up from the
ground and I suggested that possibly we
might want to terminate - or termuncate
the 102 MIRROR EASTER a little bit
early in order to insure that I GOT A
GOOD MAR again again at 05:28 which
at the end of the pass. The ground
_ D_np Tape B45-06
Page i0ofi0

concurred and advisd that I should

only get me good raster out of 102.
And then I should ... 05:28,

B45 18 33 35 CDR Which I did. Everything else went

okay. I got my ... S056 ... MIRROR
AUTO RASTER...

END OF TAPE

f
 CA

Dump Tape 3h5-07/D-257 _

_--_ Time: 345:]8:58 to 3h5:20:27 GMT
12/11/73
Page 1 of 7

345 18 59 59 SPT SPT at 19:00. Picking up on the second

sequence of S063, airglow. First exposure,
1902. We've got rotation.

SPT Jer, could you turn that dome light

off for me, please?

CDR Sure.

SPT ....the dome light. Could you turned

dome light off for me, please?

SPT Coming up on the first exposure. Okay,

we've got good tracking.

SPT Stand by -

345 19 02 5L SPT _[ARK.

jf PLT Okay, we'rerecording.

SPT Yes, Bill, I am. Okay we're try.ing to

track ... by moving the ring. Okay, shutter
closed, change filter. Okay, that was your
frame number 1. Visible filter going off;
putting UV filter on.

345 19 05 2L SPT Okay, that was frame number 19. Excuse me,
that was frame number 20 which was Just
taken. Frame number 21 went to verify that
the ... was in working. Okay, we're coming
up now and the 19:06.

345 19 06 Ol SPT MARK. Now we're going to get the

exposure next at 19 - frame 2 at
19:07. And that's at the UV lev or
b_ on. Going to be 64 seconds.

SPT Stand by -

3h5 19 07 01 SPT MARK. Shutter opened. Got good

tracking. Okay, got very. good tracking
this time .... good tracking on that
one. Exposure's timed out on
frame n11mher 2. Frame number 2.
Dump Tape 345-071D-257
Page 2 of 7

Okay, that was corresponding

Nikon frame train 19. Next ex-
posure coming up at ll, 19:ll.

345 19 l0 l0 SPT Okay, frame number 3 in another

50 second.

SPT Stand by -

345 19 ii 03 SPT MARK.

SPT Pretty good tracking on there.

Okay timed out. 19:14, the next
one; frame 4.

SPT Stand by -

345 19 14 02 SPT MARK. Hey, we got good tracking.

01h that looks like a shooting
star going downthroughthe airglow
layer. Okay, we're Just about
run to the end of the travel here
on what the mirror will allow you
see. Timed out.

345 19 15 59 SPT 01h, okay. On that last one, we had

pretty much gotten to the very end
of travel wh - what you can ma_e with
the mirror. Unfortunately, we
really don't see down the axis of
tinis with this sight we have. Okay,
19:23 is the next one.

SPT ... believe on the last one, we got

scared by the skin of the ... at
the very end. See right down the
side of the 0WS.

345 19 20 38 SPT Okay, now the roll - the rotation

which was given me here is 320. And
at 320, I have in the bottom, I'm
looking right down to the S-IV B wall
of the 0WS.

345 19 22 48 SPT Okay here I am at 23 and I still

have no horizon. I'm at a ro-
tation of 320 and I'm looking all
 Dump Tape 345-07/D-257
Page 3 of 7

around. All I have is the fin of

the S-IV B looking at me. No airglow,
no horizon•

SPT Okay, there is the airglow and quite

a bit different from a rotation of
320. l'm going to try and get it •
Okay, we're gonna be a little late
with this one. Stand by -

345 19 24 15 SPT MARK.

SPT Airglow is very. difficult to see

at this exposure. I think there's
•.. in the tracking of it - more
difficult than this one. And in my
tracking, the whole left side of the
tracking scope is obscured by
something;-the ene on the right
s side which I'm using. The end of
exposure. That was more like at
24 than 23. Okay, at 26 you want
another one; that's coming up
right now. Stand by -

345 19 26 26 SPT MARK. Okay, this is your exposure

at 26 .... a little bit in behind.

SPT Oh boy, it's really difficult now.

The airglow is dis - disappeared on
me. Oh, the tracking of this one's
poor. Time exposure out. At 29,
you want another. Well, let's see
if I can get some rotation set in
here. It might make this a little
bit better.

345 19 28 31 SPT Okay coming up at 29 for your frame

number 7. Boy, I'll tell you, every.
time you take your eye away from
this scope, you Just - you really
lose the whole picture. Stand by -

345 19 29 04 SPT MARK.

-- SPT Trackingnot too good on this one.

Must have been that rotation. For
some reason the - it got obscured ...
 .j •

Dump Tape 345-07/D-257

Page 4 of 7

when we got into the skin of the

vehicle or what on the last but it
Just - airglow just faded out on
us. Okay, you want one long exposure
now. At 19:35 for frame 8_ the
visible lens.

345 19 32 07 SPT Tell you, this ring site certainly

_s looking at the wrong - in the
wrong direction. The whole thing
ought to be looking more towards
the axis. Yeah, good thing we're
not looking down the axis. Half
of this darn sight is obscured by
the side - looking at off the
mirror. Okay, we've got the visible
lens on. I guess I'd better track
and try to line it up here. Give
you one as long as possible. I
.f guessyou say at 19:37is sunrise
and you want to - till sunrise. And
I'll watch it. Try to give you a
long one. And I'll go with the
manual timer and get a timer ...

345 19 34 39 SPT Okay, waiting for your frame end at

35.

SPT Okay, stand by -

345 19 35 O1 SPT M/hRK. Shutter open; Manual shutter

open and we're tracking.

SPT Good tracking on this one, both

in rotation and in the section
perpendicular to airglow layer.
I think this one's going to be a
good one.

SPT Okay let me get her up Just long

enough to see what time it is.
Coming up on 37 in another 25 seconds.

345 19 37 29 SPT Okay, airglow ... out; there we go.

Okay, at frame number 8 we have
/ 2-I/2 minutes exposure. All right,
the second sequence was a heck of a
 Dump Tape 345-07/D-257
Page 5 of 7

lot better than the first and it

w_s all observer's familarity with
the gear, with what we're going to
see out the airlock, how many things
you have to work in given time. Even
the time to check out the - the
equipment to make sure it works.
And I believe I mentioned this to
Wally Teague and other folks who
were training me on the S063 at
the beginning. That's the first
time through, especially on this
one. Ought to be a training session
because there's no stimulation on
the whatsoever and I think it is a
relatively complicated task. There's
a lot of things going at the same
time. I would have shot that first
section up ... although you did
f get around six or seven exposures,
I'll chalk it up to experience and
tlhe second one looked as though it
came out a lot better.

345 19 38 37 SPT SPT out.

345 19 42 49 SPT SPT at 19:43. Additional piece of

information for S063. The last frame
n11mher on the Nikon was frame 14.

345 19 43 08 SPT SPT out.

SPT Okay SPT again with correction for

that last frame count for S063.
Because we had the manual shutter
release there, it didn't advance
so the last frame was really n1,_1_er
lB. So we went 13 through 20 for
the exposures; starting at 20 and
working down to 13, that's your
eight exposures.

345 19 45 31 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

345 20 21 48 PLT PLT reporting at 20:21. Subject

Dump Tape 3_5-07/D-257
Page 6 of 7

to ... symptoms and there are

negative comments.

345 20 21 56 PLT PLT out.

345 20 24 4] SPT SPT at 20:24. Subject MI90-MI31,

motion sensitivity. I went
30 rpm and ... head motion with
negligible symptoms. The on]_
thing I did notice is that when
I - when we stopped that I had
a slight amount of dizziness for
a short period of time. During
the slowdown procedure, when I
had taken off the goggles also
gotten out of the chair. That
lasted for about 2 minutes and
those were the only symptoms.

345 20 25 20 SPT SPT out.

CDR This is the CDR 20:26 Zulu debriefing

the 19:43 ATM pass. Stand by.

CDR Okay, pressing on. Got a late

start on the ATM for many a different
reasons which don't really have
much to do with the ATM. As a result,
we're going to be trucating S056
with less than 15 minutes. It looks
to me like it's gonna be about a
12-minute exposure rather than a
15-minute exposure. And S055,
because of lack of time, I cut the
three raster to two rasters apiece
and that will give me a MIRROR AUTO
RASTER at a GRATING of 1761 ; about
one full raster and maybe a half.
I figure that was about the best -
the best position between the three.
There was no S082A. In the S082B,
I wasted a lot of time trying to get
that doggone SLIT OFFSET set at
plus 12; set at plus 12 and I
think that cost us some time too. I
finally gave up. It was vascillating,
back and forth between ll and 12 and
 Dump Tape 3_5-07/D-257
Page 7 of 7

LIMB POINTING didn't seem to stop

it. At any rate, the S082B finally
timed out at about 9 minutes to go.
It's completed now and I'm Just
standing by, waiting for ESS, at
which time I will truncate S056 and
S055 and I'll give you readings on
where they were truncated.

3_5 20 27 37 CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE

f_
LI _..ii i

Dump Tape 345-08

Time: 3_5:19:56 to 345:19:57 C_4T
12/11/73
Page i of i I

345 17 i0 15 CDR For a postscript to the LBNP, comments

I Just made. I g_ess I should probably
tell you a little ...

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 345-09
Time: 345:20:42 to 345:2i:56 _4T
12/i1/73
"_ Page i of h
t

REISSUED

325 20 21 32 CDR This is the CDR at 21 - Correction. This

is the CDR at 20:21 Zulu debriefing the
ATM pass which started at 19:hB. I started
debriefing this pass prior to the completion
of it _nd then we got a data/voice dump
between then and now. So I think I might
Just as well start over the try to get it
all in one batch. I mentioned before that
I had got a late start on the ATM for various
reasons not having anything to do with the
ATM. And as a result, we ended up truncative
when we probably should not have had to.
S056, I got all of it done except the SINGLE
FRAME 5, LONG. And I had to truncate that
with 4 minutes 13 seconds to go at - And I
truncated at ESS. S055, I guess I'm still
snake bit. I had some problems with that son
of a gun. This time I had it set up moving in
toward 130 on the grating. I stopped it
about ll3 or ll4. I didn't get the number.
And as I reached to hit the START switch and
start single stepping my way to 130, I hit
the doggone ZER0-0RDER GRATING switch and
hit it into refer - REFERENCE optical and the
son of a gun, the counter, went to zero and
I wasn't sure where I was, so I Just had
to swallow my pride and start it up again
and run it back through zero. So that cost
us some time. And in order to recover it,
I changed all the AUT MIRROR, 3 RASTERs to
MIRROR 2 RASTERs m_naged to get two full
r AUTO RASTERs at each grating setting, two at
grating of 0130 and anoth - 2 more at grating
1122. Then I got in to the MIRROR, AUTO
RAS'A'_ a_ 1761 and I got one full grating
and at 400 K, we were at line 15; at
250K, we were at line 35. These were on the
second AUTO RASTZH. And I figured below 250 K,
you probably weren't interested in the data,
so I terminated at that time.

345 20 44 05 CDR The S082B AUTO step terminated with about

9 minutes to go. That cost us probably 2 min-
utes right there while I fiddly-diddled around
_- with the _C trying to get us set up on step
limb offset plus 12. I can either get ii
flashing to 12 or 12 flashing to 13. And for
_-_ Dump Tape 345-09
Page2 of 4 t

REISSUED

the life on me, I couldn't get it to settle

down on 12 mud stay there. So I finally
Just went to LIMB POINTING and gave up
with it. It was 12 flashing back to ll
and then back to 12 and I went ahead
and started the AUTO step with that
situation going on. I figured a little
bit of overlap was better than a little
gap. So that's the situation on S082B.
Because of the lateness of the time,
I had no time to really look at the Sun
and fiddle around with it all. And so
I don't have any other items to debrief
at this time.

345 20 45 05 CDR CDR out.

345 21 lh 17 I_LT This is the PLT. The time is 21:15 and

_-_ I am performing the instructionscontained
in the general message S201 malfunctions
at 26:37 Alfa. Okay, I removed the rear
cover. To verify, connect - Step 2, to
verify connectors mated, rotate the film
transport box counterclockwise. Report
motion. Okay, I'm pulling the handle out.
I'm rotating the film transport box counter-
- clockwise, and there is no motion. Promply
install the rear cover and evacuate. Okay,
I'm doing that. Rear cover back on and
going closed (grunt), strong - we want to
" do an _-m_.diate evacuation, so I'm going to
vent. Okay, now let's see. Continue anominal
proc - continue nominal procedures per cue
card. During S201 ops, press ear against the
canister and listen for the 1/h-second film
advance motor noise coincident with the white
light flashes. Report results. Okay, now
that's - that's Just a little bit different.
It's a 1/h-second noise. It could have been
that I was not listening for the - This is
why you call it the clunk, apparently. And
I will strain m_ little earbone and see if I
can't hear that clunk this time.
 <

Dump Tape 345-09

P" Page 3 of
'i

REISSUED

345 21 16 O0 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

345 21 52 3h SPT SPT here. 21:53, handheld photos 35-1. The

ID is CXl7. Frame number's 236. And they
were taken at 21:31, 21:32, 21:32, 21:33,
snd 21:34. The subject was sea mountains
end they are located south of the Somoa
Islands end east of FiJi. The Lau Group I
believe they call it, or Tonga. I believe
it's Tonga. And the weather had about
40 percent cloud cover; however, I was able
to see a fair number of these. I'd say about
800 miles or so distance over which they
covered. And I would say I saw something on
the order of 50 to 70 of them. Some were
quite large and protruded above the surface,
being an island. And there were numerous
smaller ones Just polkadotted throughout the
area which were submerged. They stood out
because of their relatively bright green
color which they displayed; usually the center
of them was - looked to be deeper end the
rings were - the ring of the island - or the
ring of the sea mountain, if you will stand
out a little bit more and it was a bit
more prominent and more - lighter color
than green.

CREW ...

345 21 54 36 SPT ... was only one volcano at a time. At -

This time, it was hard to tell. I saw
a large namber of features which could
have been sent from a volcano because
of the ring structures which was present.
The water color certainly was lighter
colored. I did not notice any wakes in
the oc - ocean water. I did not see any
surface waves. I think the Sun angle
was such that it was not possible to
see them. I think we got some pretty
_-" good coverage. I used 11-1/2 because of
Dump Tape 345-09 i.

Page 4 of 4

REISSUED

the partial cloud cover for the f-stop,

100-millimeter lens, 1/250 of a second
for all the photos.

B45 21 55 28 SPT And again, most of the islands or - or sea

mountains were - were not long or sinuous.
They were generally angular shaped, with a
length to width ration not greater than 2.
I did not see any organized patterns for them,
They appeared to be scattered -

END OF TAPE

• q
 /_-_ Time: 345:22:07 to 3h5:23:55 GMT
' Dump Tape 3&5-10/D-260
12/12/73 _
Page i of 7

345 22 09 00 CDR This is the CDR at 22:09 debriefing

the ATM pass which started at 21:21,
I believe it was. The pass
consisted of two JOP 6, step 2's
and then a JOP ID, step 4, 1 Delta,
step h. Both of the JOP 6, step 2's
wet okay. There were no hitches and
got all the data, and were truncated
at ro_hly around 6. Got into the
JOP 1 Delta, that went pretty much
as planned. On one occasion, while
reaching up to cycle the S055, I
grabbed S054 and cycled it once. So,
S05h guys, you got a freebee frame
there. Don't know how much good it
will do you, but I exposed a fra-_
for you. I did not get a chance to
look too much at the Sun% I did take
a look at the white light coronAgraph,
.... and - while I was doing the VTR work,
and was impressed by the fact that
it looks like the, let's see, let's
get our north and everyting set up
here. there were a - a - a pair of -
of streamers coming off the northeast
limb, and this pair of streamers has
very. much diminished - become really -
become less diffused, I should say
and more two seperate strea-_rs. The
streamer that Ed mentioned this
morning at 8 o'clock position on the -
on the Sun. He said that's - he
mentioned that streamer this morning
early, and that streamer is gone during
this last pass.

3_5 22 ll 2_ CDR And you - I got TV of that; you will

see it on your - your TV data. I
got the VTR data that you needed. I
got white light coronograph about a
minute before time to make a roll
from 0800 to minus 5h00. The WI_ was
on during the roll. After the roll
I had to leave it on for awhile, while
I set up the next part of the building
t_V---

Dump Tape 345-10/D-260

Page 2 of 7

block and then shifted over and

gave you about 3 minutes of XUV ON.
So that about covers that situation.
The building block 28 in J0P 1 Delta
went very smoothly this time. I got
the S056 exposures done pretty well,
and we managed to finish the run with
the aperture closed.

345 22 12 23 CDR CDR out.

345 22 28 XZ< SPT SPY at 22:28. Information for the

M071 people. Jer Hordinsky, Mike
Reynolds, the medical director. The
subject is weight before and after
exercise. Weight before is 6.368,
6.370, 6.371. After: 6.327, 6.331,
6.324. Just a normal amount of
exercise,a littleover 8000 watt-
minutes on the bike. During the work
of the Mark l, we report every night
and ... start in ... Looks to be
2 of 3 pounds or so of weight loss,
and I fugure that's where most of my
... goes. Most of it comes out in
teh ... ergometer work. That's the
only time I really give out - internal
heat up.

345 22 29 29 SPT SPT out.

345 22 35 55 CDR This is the CDR at 22:35 Zulu. M092

began at 22:20 Zulu. The subject is the
SP - the PLT. The calf measurements
are: left calf 13-3/8; the right calf,
13-1/4. The legbands are Alfa November
on the left and Alfa Quebec on the
right. CDR out.

345 22 39 53 CDR This is the CDR at 22:40 with a note

on M092 high cal. With a high cal
we get a systolic and diastolic
of 125, which is outside the range of
127, 133. CDR out.
 Dump Tape B45-10/D-260
Page 3 of 7

345 23 13 XX SPT SI_ at 22:13, [sic] debriefing the

ATM pass, now in progress, which is
the one that began at 22:52. Okay,
to start it off with, of course,
I had noticed a small, subtle change
in the corona. Earlier today I
went and did a shopping list item .
at the very beginning of the orbit.
That is a CONTINUOUS MODE for 1 minute,
3 exposures for 52 and 56 got a PATROL
SHORT. Our roll was minus 5400. And
in looking at the corona on the TV
and also with a picture of, which I
took, I can see that the very.
prominent streamer which is located
at about 8 o'clock, which I mentioned
this morning, appears to be a little
narrower at the base but still very
strong. And exceptionally well defined,
a very symmetrical helmet streamer.
It looks very much elongated, though.
It looks like the classical
picture of a helmet streamer,
which has got a base - to - height
ratio of the cup portion - or the
helmet portion approximately 1. In
this case it looks like that ratio
is more like 2. Just doesn't look
like you took a helmet streamer and
stretched it out. The second ...
of streamer was the - this morning was
the one over at 2 o'clock and is still
is, however that has changed slightly.
The portion up towards, well, it really
runs from 2 to - centered at nmybe
230 and it runs almost down to 3,
between 2 and 2.45 if you will get -
getting picky here. A portion which
is at the northermost part at around
2 o'clock has weakened considerably, and
so it looks almos uniform across
it in brightness, uniform in - in
clock rotation if you will or uniform
submersed itself. The other two very.
fine streamers, which I mentioned this
_ morning, are well the one at i0 o'clock
is still there althou not ar_vwhere near
Dump Tape 345-10/D-260
Page 4 of 7

as bright and the one at 8:30

superimposed on the larger one
cnetered at 8, is really not visible.
There's a very hint of it on the
base of it, but it does not care
to be anywhere near as visible as it
was this morning. So to give the
major change in the corona, looks to
be a - the major change here in the
corona looks to be a stretching
out of that helmet streamer at
8 o'clock.

345 23 17 05 SPT After the shopping list item l, then

building block lO was carried out,
no problem. 55 received rather than
one complete MIRROR AUTO RASTER, which
was taken up - makes it 4 minutes off
the Sun. They got 2 of them down to
around line 30 whereupon I then started
the succession of MIRROR AUTO RASTERs
going down to line 13 or in some cases
beyond that - that's when _ attention
got distracted. I think you probably
received a good number of MIRROR AUTO
RASTERs, probably up around 20.

345 23 19 45 SPT The building block 28 which followed

the building block lO. There's no
problem, straight forward. And all
of the exposures requested are being
received. So what's been called
off for in the pad% has been run off
nominally. The po_nging for this
was not quite as easy as the last time
in that teh spicules did not stand out
put as well. Today there does not
appear to be anywhere near as much
activity at this limb in the way of
spicule and chromospheric. Intensity
variations, and I've seen before, I
take center of the ... wasn't very
prominent - fairly prominent spicule
which had a good base to it. However,
as I watchit, it kind of waxesand
wanes, decrease in the intensity and
then slowly comes back. During most
 Dump Tape 345-10/D-260
Page 5 of 7

of the exposures, however, it has

been fairly prominent so I feel
we're looking at a peak and not a
valley., sort of representative
material of the corona, of the
chromosphere. The coordinates that
are used, are plus 10797 for roll,
a down of minus 1007 and left/right
of pJus 0000. That count of four
zeroes was for two of this, I did
not try to get it. I'll debrief
anything which may be carried out
after the completion of this last
building block 28, at that time.

245 23 22 19 SPT SPT out.

345 23 28 08 CDR This is the CDR at 23:30 Zulu. M092

termintated at 23:05 Zulu and we move
..... right into }4171-1. The gas pressure
of CAL N2, 02, C02 was 1184, the CAL

N2, H20 pressure was 1266, cabin

pressure was 5.023. Percent oxygen
was 76.22. Percent water, 3.29.
Percent C02, 2.03. Vital capacities:
the first one was 5.634, then 5.721,
then 5.914. CDR out. This was the -
this is the CDR again - this is -
the subject was the SPT on the MI9 -
171-i.

345 23 29 03 CDR CDR out.

345 23 42 24 SPT SPT at 22:42, make that 23:42. I've

nearly completed up the other which
began at 22:52, which I've already
given you a brief slmTmary of. At the
end we ended up with 2B truncated
MIRROR AUTO RASTERs, all of the
exposures asked for - in 56 and
82B. And also in the 82B we had a
little time left so I gave them a -
a normal which I had exposure in the
long wavelength. I know it's not
called out for the 82B exposure guide,
which was set up, normally we Just work
 Dump Tape 345-10/D-260
Page 6 of 7

in the short wavelengths. However,

you had already gotten two sets of
long in the short wavelengths. Or,
two sets of the type 4 in a short
wavelenght, so that I think handled
that one real well, and knowing
your a lit - tend to be a little
bit overexposed in the long wave-
length, I made this one only a normal .
Thee agin the pointing was on change
from all of the building blocks
carried out, and that's the way we've
done some 228's and the lO. At the
very conclusion I went back to
Suncenter and again looked at the
streamer at 8 o'clock, and now it
actually looked like ti had narrowed
down at the base. That is, actually
had necked it - it was no longer than
i it was nearlybefore,perfectly
straight on the sides going into
disk. It actually necked in a
little bit. And I'll be up next
orbit and I'll take a look at it
first thing. I did get a shopping
list item 1 in on it CONTINOUS, for
lminute, and a 56 PATROL SHORT.
however, I think we got down a
little bit below 250 on that. Time
remaining was - I ghought maybe not
too bad, about 125 or so when we
completed it.

345 23 44 46 SPT SPT out.

345 23 47 ll SPT SPT at 23:47. Message to FAO and

the schedulers. And looking at the
layout we have today for ATM activi-
ties, it looks like Jerry. ended up
with ATM, overabundance of it. The
discussion we had yesterday said
that - that there should be three
passes a day devoted to the PLT and
CDR. With one day one taking two
and the otherone takingone. Jerry
ended up with 3 passes today which
Dump Tape 3hS-10/d-260
Page 7 of 7

may or may not be more than he would

cesire. He certainly says he's got
a fair amount of it. And at the
same time I come out with three. If
I was to receive the remainder of
those 3 passes, it sure hasn't
worked out that way. And I'm
looking now at the ATM pass which
goes from a little after zero - say
now, 02:15 or so, on that general
schedule, on down. It comes right
after the first T001 maneuver. There'
no reason why I could not pick up that
ATM pass and eat subsequent to that.
You'd have to pick up a T01 m_=euver.
I'm wondering what the hold on this
or what the reason for the rescheduling
after our discussion. Maybe there's
something I don't understand in the
way of constraints but it looks fairly
straight forward.

345 23 49 19 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

345 23 53 09 CDR This is the CDR at 23:53 terminating

M171-1 with the subject the PLT.

345 23 53 19 CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE
 /

Time: 3h6:00:52 to 3h6:01:37 GMT

12/11/73
Page i of 5

346 00 51 _4 CDR This is the CDR at 00:51 Zulu, reporting

on handheld photography. The sites
are HH-153, s_d HH-146-1. As we came
in over the northern coast of Australia,
I noticed first of all a patch of
ground that looked like it was raised
somewhat above the surrounding ground,
a rather large patch of ground. And
it was in the area of - according to
my aviation maps here, there's a airfield
cA11ed Evelyn and there's a little
town south of this area called Catherine.
And it appeared to be that this ground
was raised somewhat. And it had very,
very linear crosshatch patterns on it.
Looked very much like a fault zone or
something like that. Very, very straight
line and croa_hatch. I entitled that
HH-153 because I _on't think that is
r the rangeland they're looking for in 146-1.
That paticular frame that I took was
taken at 00:37; it was frame n_mher 7 ca
magazine Charlie X-ray 17. I took it at a
setting of f/ll, 100-millimeter Hasselblad,
and speed of 1/250. Then we proceeded ca
into the rangeland area, around HH-l_6-1,
I noticed that the - the land was fl&ter and
there were some areas of green along the
river. It had a look of - of cultivation
or h_,m,_ - you know, human interference in
that although not all the hl,n_s of land
were very rectangular, there were some
regularity of them. Some of the - you
know, you could see fence lines essentially.
The land in general, the rangeland is -
there are some very light greens that I
could see. But the land for the most
part was tan to red. But there was some -
some light-green areas there.

346 00 5h 09 CDR Then as we proceeded on to the southeast,

we got back into the HH-153 area, the
dought area in general, there's some -
some dry lakes. There were a few lakes with
 Dump Tape 3h6-01
Page 2 of 5

water in them. The water was

rather greenish yellow, looked very
_l_aline. The ground itself was
very red or yellow or tan in large
blotches of red, but there were some
tans and some yellows. There was
indications of wind erosion. There
was lots of - of linear striations
over the land that looked very much like
the wind had blown and had Just kind of -
It looks like the - the prennial wind
here the prevailing winds are all from
about the same direction. MM impression
was that the winds are from the southeast
to the northwest, or from east-southeast _
to the west-southwest. All of the lines
that I saw lined up in that direction and
they overlap the red and the yellow and
the tan so - and it looked like possibly
the red was on top because the red streaks
lay - looked to me like they lay over the
yellow and the tan. Then as I moved on
down further, I took one picture which
I think is outside of the area of HH-15B.
In fact I think it's more down in the
cultivated area around - approaching HH-140-5.
That area down there is - got a whole lot
mroe water, obviously - is more cultivated.
I would suspect that maybe it's wheat
fields because the - the land patterns
are much more rectilineax, much more
regualar and there's quite a bit more
green in the area. Deeper green along
the river is indicating heavy forest.
And the - the greens of the - the coloring
of the rectangular areas themselves were
either a light green or tending toward a
brown, a darker brown. This is the
CDR out.

3h6 00 56 31 CDR Okay, this is the CDR continuing. The

HH-lh6-153 observations - I did not give
you the frames and all that. The
pictures I took of HH-146-1, the range
z--_ land area were frames number 8 and number 9
of Charlie X-ray 17 magazine. I took
them right after I took the first one of the
 Dump Tape 3h6-01
Page 3 of 5

crisscrossed area that I mentioned.

The f stop was the same, f/ll at
lO0 - 100 millimeter lens, I should
say at 1/250th. And frame number l0
was taken was taken in HH-153, more in
the area, I would say of Dennis Downs
or Alroy Downs or Alexandria. These are
air fields in the southeast corner of
HH-153 square on _ map. The last
frame which was number ll - I kind of lost
track of where I was but I think it was
probably down around the area of Windorah
somewhere between Windorah and the HH-I_O-5
area that's layed. Let's see, a town in
that area would be Bourke, B-O_U-R-K-E.
That's probably about the best area. Okay,
so that covers ti. Frame number 7 was
taken up in the northwest corner of
HH-153. Frames 8 and 9 were taken at HH-Ih6-1,
a range land. Frame number l0 was in
the southwest - correction - the southeast
corner of HH-153 and frame number ll is down
in the more cultivated area toward the
southwest of Australia. CDR out.

3h6 01 21 l0 SPT SPT debriefing the ATM pass which bagan

at 00:21. Okay, at the beginning we got
a shopping llst item 1 in to look at the ...
And we also got one in at the end, although
we could not fit a PATROL SHORT in as we
were - would not be above ... when it concluded.
The streamer at 8:00 o'clock bagan to appear
very prcrainent and appeared to duck
down quite a bit towards - at the base,
especially on the northern side of it.
More so at the end of the orbit than at
the beginning. We're now on that Kohoutek
m_euver for $201 and when we got back
from that maneuver and into the day side
we'll take a look at it once again and try
to give you another shopping list item 1.
The Coronal hole work would not - did not
come off as well as I would have liked.
The coronal hole at the North Pole is not
F-_ very sharply defined and is fairly Jagged.
Dump Tape B46-01
Page h of 5

By that I mean there's lots of - of

points where the boundary is composed of
a series of points and ragged structures
as opposed to a nice, clean ... bounary.
This made it very hard to find a place
in which the slit would be parallel to
anything resembling the boundary and also
to find a reasonable half with. I got
a bad start in that I was once lined up
in what looked like a good area and then
in concentrating only on the 55A readout,
I got to where I thought I had a reasonable
point, halfway, and I had to be rolled
considerably frc_ the slit tangent to
the limb. Started the experimetns only
to find out that I had been working on the
point brightening. I aborted that and got
myself back on a more reasonable location.
Although still I would not call too optimum.
And was able to get through the first three
of building block ll, however, the building
block 10, at the end, we did not have
time for. Guess that would have been 400K
and running 55 and 82A - 82B which this
was designed for. I think if I had - had
a choice and knew what was on your mind,
I would have used the South Pole as - there
the boundary is fairly linear and appears to
be a little bit easier to work with and
more representitive of our coronal hole
boundary or an idealized coronal hole
boundary. Following orbit we have a little
observing time which I arm-wrestled Jerry for.
And I think it'll work. I gave a - a
shopping list item 19 this morning -
the coronal - coronal hole boundary at
the north. I think I'll go ta_e a locke
at one at the south and see if I can't
give you a - a better - see if I can't
give you some better observations. SPT out.

346 01 30 32 PLT What? No, I Just had a snack.

CDR ...

PLT Yeah. Got a hand_held coming up?

CDR ...
 Dump Tape 346-01
Page 5 of 5

PLT Oh, yeah. Whenever you're ready.

CDR ...

PLT Yeah.

PLT Ed, could you give me a hack time Just to

make sure I'm not off too far_ Should
be coming up on 31:10 in about 5 seconds.

SPT ...

PLT Okay, could you give me a hack on 3 - 32.

SPT ...

346 01 33 04 PLT Okay, we Just passed 33; coming up on

about 2 minutes. The rotaticm is 154.9;
the tilt is 16.8. Start exposure. Power
switch ON 135:00. Reset that switch to
START 135:01 terminating at 144:26.
Put the reset switch to START again and
144:27 power switch OFF. Out.

346 011 34 15 PLT Okay; 54 seconds to start.

I'll try to hear the Klonk.

PLT 15 seconds. Stand by. Power switch

ON on m_, mark.

346 01 35 00 PLT MARK. Reset START now.

PLT Sorry, Just couldn't hear a Klonk.

CDR ...

PLT I hear a little bloop, not a Klonk. So

you may be getting it all right. Okay,
better watch what I'm doing here. It's
not a Klonk ...... on occasion and
all ... is a little bloop which may be
what you're talking about.

_ END OF TAPE
 /
Dump Tape 346-02
Time: 346:01:43 to 346:03:21 GMT
12/12/73
Page 1 of 5

346 01 43 XX PLT ... 01:44 in about 30 seconds.

TIME SKIP

346 Ol 43 XX PLT Okay. Coming up on 01:44 in about

30 seconds.

PLT Okay.

346 01 44 00 PLT MARK.

PLT -01:44.

PLT And at 26 we will reset switch

START in 27 we will power switches
OFF. Stand by. On _vmark it'll
be worth five - -

346 01 44 14 PLT MARK. 20, standby to fix m_rk.

CDR START, off.

PLT Okay, let us put the new rotation

in tilt which we want. 205.9, 20 -
-damu, goggone. Numbers on the stuff's
come at them, you can't read them,
unless you can get the flashlight out.
Tell you, it's Just gonna blow
your exposure because of those
numbers. Drifted w_v out into the
middle of the workshop here. 205.9
and tilt 24.1. Okay, now at 01:45:30
which is coming up in l0 seconds.
_Power switch ON followed by S_,
stand by. On my mark power switch ON.

346 O1 45 30 PLT MARK. What? Okay, had it on time.

Waiting for 49, 56. Man, those
numbers. Oh, what's happened is that
the numbers in the rotation and tilt
are black on black. Some of them -
came - you have to have your flash-
light out to read them, but I didn't
DumpTape3h6-02 L
Page 2 of 5

have it in my flashlight out when

I tried to clean. Some of the
numbers are missing, the little
filled - in reset. For supposedly
I hope you see it because that
stuff's all come out of it. Fllrs
around when you rotate the thing.
It turns around in there and looks
like talcum powder rotating around
the dials, and afraid the're not
going to read the numbers. Taht
was why I was expressing consternation
there. I'm going to turn the recorder
off in between this.

PLT Coming up on 49:15 seconds. The

lights have all worked no_ally
as described before. I was Just
trying to hear that noise and I
couldn't - couldn't. I think I
may have convinced myself that I
- _ heard it. But I think the fact
that that magazine w_ clocked in
properly, pretty well clenches and
it's a - it's a problem of hearing
Okay, 49. And we're standing by
for hg:h6, reset switch to START
followed by an OFF. 1 second later.

PLT Stand by. On m_ _rks will be 50,

59:50. Stand by .... 56.

3_6 01 49 56 PLT MARK. Start, OFF. Okay. That completed

the operation of 0125 ops a_d I think
everything worked out there very satis-
factorily. And I still can't give you
a complete 100 percent confident report
on the klunk, but I did hear a very
faint noise in there and that I think
may be your klunk.

3h6 01 50 22 PLT PLT out.

3_6 01 51 3h PLT And this is PLT setting tilt to 0O,

rotation to 00 in that order and
retracting the AMS mirror.
 i i i iif i i fill i i ii I fI i • ,. , •. , ....... -i_ I ,

Dump Tape 346-02

Page 3 of 5

346 01 55 XX CDR This is the CDR at 01:55 Zulu.

TIME SKIP

CDR The subject is transporter _Ifuc-

tion correction. Transporter 05
was jammed. The takeupreel had
approximately 20 percent of good film
on it covering some S183 and some
M092. So that particular cassette
has been placed in - in storage
-to be returned and I got take - up
cassette number Mike Tange06. We've
cleared the DAC - we've cleared the
Jam, I should say, and transporter 05
is back in position A-2 with sup -
supply reel Charlie India 93 and
takeup reel Mike Tango 06. And we're
starting off with 7_ percent.

346 Ol 56-O3 CDR -CDR out.

346 02 XX XX SPT Hello, this is the friendly SPT

at i_:49. [sic] debriefing [?] the
ATM pass which began at 02:23 after
the manuever back. From the ...
observations.

SPT Okay, I had some interesting

-going in looking at the corona again.
Particularly the filament outside
the chamber [?] which had changed
shape and gave that quite a bit. So
I gave us a building block 2, 5?2 at
a standard 56 PATROL LONG, a PATROL
NORMAL and a PATROL SHORT. and 55 W [_]
AUTO RASTER at a grating of 0.
D_I'ECTORS off.

SPT And then looking at the time remain-

ing I had not realized that we'd not
have a full orbit. I didn't realize
how long the manueverwould take. I
F figured I'd do anything ... adequate
a time to do an adequate Job on
Dump Tape 346-02
Page 4 of 5

exploring the coronal hole ... in

_ the south. I think that takes at
least a good full orbit. Lots of
takes of observations which should
have been spelled out for the one
of the north. So I went over to
try to look for whether there was
anything on the l_m_ which could
be causing me changes in the streA-_r
which we've seen. Adud the only
thing I could determine - Well,
first of all, on the XUV MONIEOH, we
do have some breadening in that
region, and it could be 88/90.

246 02 51 _5 SPT Coming over the southeast ... again.

However, the location where the
streamer appeared to be changing
was a little further south of that.
I did move south, and saw some
low-lying prominent structures on the
limb. And had I had time, I would
have liked to have done a couple
of MIRROR AUTO RASTERs, stepped out
towards the low-lying changes in
the corona. That is a mauky bastard.
(laught er )

SPT However, I only had time to do a

MIRROR AUTO RASTER at that point.
Actually, I went through l-l/2
MIRROR AUTO RASTERs, then a GRATING
AUTO SCAN at Sun center - a little
over 1 GRATING AUTO SCAN at Sun center.
What I did to roll the sllt tangent to
the limb, and the to try to find sore
maximum in roll on the Oxygen VI.

SPT I got a take of around 600, and it was

sensitive and rolled ab - about twice
as ... 5 arc minutes would hange the
roll - would change the Oxygen VI
readout to about half of that of what
it was, that is from 600 down to
4 to 300.
, i i i i i i ii i i I ![ II I i

Dump Tape 346-02

Page 5 of 5

346 02 53 13 SPT 82B received a WAVA_._GTH, SHORT.

Exposure times: 4, and the last
exposure had to be truncated, although
most of it did get in. I truncated
-exactly at bOO K. 56 received a
filter _ for 8 minutes, and a filter 5
for 5 minutes. And again I had to
truncate that.

SPT In H-alpha I did see low-lying prom-

inence structure and I'm Just not
sure what's coming around the limb
Again, the only thing that really
_prompted meto do this was to try
to explore what could be - causal
factor behind changing the premier
[?] structure seen at roughly that
same location. Okay, next orbit
we have a JOP 6, step l, so that'll
continue to look at the corona. And
_- from there on, it's unattended.

346 02 54 25 SPT SPT out.

346 03 20 22 CDR This is the CDR at 03:20 Zulu. The

subject is DAC movie camera mainten-
ance. DAC m1_mber 09 checks out
properly with - We're using the
cassette that was recommended by
the ground with the fog film on it.
DAC 09 works very well. DAC 08
still does not grab the film. It
looks lick the hook where the palls
[?] whatever you call them - are
not reaching forward far enough, and
in this particular one - it looked
like they Ja-m_d into the film a
little bit short of the hole, and Just
made a grouve in the hole. So, if
there's any adjustment that can be
made, you Just send up - send up word.
Otherwise, DAC 8 is still red tape.

346 03 21 15 CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE
___ Dump Tape 346.-03
Time: 3b6:10:40 to 346:01:57 GMT
12/12/73
Page 1 of4 i

346 01 hi 27 PLT Okay, PLT picking up at hl:30.

Ground took the recorder there_ I'm
not sure you heard _v co-_ents.
First off I did the - performed the
operations specified in the general
message as of da_v 345. And I think
it worked out probably to your
satifaction. When I reached in
to turn it, it didn't even budge.
Okay, h2 on my mark.

3h6 01 41 59 PLT MARK. Okay. And continuing, I

had my ear right up against the case
here when I actuated the thing
initially. And I can hear the motor
noise - the rotary, noise but I -
I all - I did hear a sort of very.
faint "bleep" or "spank" or something
like that - that - I think that
maybe what the noise that you were
looking for there, and there is a
very faint noise associated with it.
But the reason I didn't hear it
before is because I had this headset
on that I al_vs use for the voice
recording. And I think we are getting
the noise that - that you had
anticipated. But it certainly isn't
isn't as loud as I expected that it
might be.

346 01 42 43 CC ... i minute to LOS. 26 minutes to

the next station which is Carnavon at
02:08. 0Ut.

PLT Okay, coming up on 01:4h in about

30 seconds.

PLT Okay.

346 01 44 01 PLT MARK. On 01:44. And at 26 we

want RESET switch to START and 27
we want POWER switch to OFF. Standing
by. On my mark it will be 15.
Dump Tape 346-03
Page 2 of 4

3h6 01 44 15 PLT MARK. 20. Stand by 26.

346 01 44 26 PLT MARK. START. OFF. Okay, let's

set the new rotation and tilt. We
want 205.9, 20 - Oh, damn. Doggone.
N1rmhers - all the stuff's come out
of them and you can't read them unless
you get your flashlight out. Hell,
Just going to blow your exposure
because of those numbers. Drifted way
out to the middle of the workshop here.
205.9 and tilt 24.1. Okay. Now,
at 01:45:30, which is coming up in
lO seconds, POWER switch ON followed
by START. Stand by. On my ms_k
POWER switch ON.

346 01 45 29 PLT MARK. START.

PLT Okay, set it on time. Wainting for

49:56. Man, those numbers. Although
what's happened is that the numbers
in the dis - rotation and tilt are
black on black, some of them. And
you have to have a flashlight out
to read them and I didn't have it -
my flashlight out when I tried to
change. Some of the numbers are
missing the little - the filled-in
recess ... supposedly help you see it.
But of course that stuff has all come
out, and it flicks around. When you
rotate the thing, it churns around.
When youthe thing, it churns around
in there and looks like talcum power
rotating around the dials in there.
And it's very difficult to read the
numbers, and that was why I was
expressing some consternation there.
I'm going to turn the recorder off
in between this.

TIME SKIP

B46 01 47 58 PLT Okay, time is 48.

 Dump Tape 345-03
Page 3 of 4

346 O1 47 59 PLT MARK.

PLT Coming up on 49, 15 seconds. The

lights have all worked nominally
as described before. I was Just
trying to hear that noise, and I
can't find it. I think I may
have convinced myself that I
heard it. But I think the fact
that magazine was clocked in
properly pretty well clinches it.
It's Just a problem of hearing.
Okay, 49. And we're standing by
for 49:56. RESET switch to START
followed by an OFF 1 second later.
Stand by. On my mark it will be
50, 49:50. Stand by for 56.

346 01 49 56 PLT MARK. START. OFF. Okay. That

completesthe operationof 0125 OPS.
And I think everything worked out
there very satifactorily. And I
still can't give you a complete
100 percent competent report on
tha Klonk but I did heard very
faint noise in there and I think
maybe your klonk.

346 01 50 21 PLT PLT out.

346 O1 51 33 PLT Okay, this is PLT setting tilt to

00, rotation to O0 in that order
and retracting the AMS MIRROR.

346 01 55 00 CDR This is the CDR at 01:55 Zulu. The

subject is transporter malfunction
correction. Transporter 05 was
JAmmed. The take up reel had
approximately 20 percent of good film
on it covering some S183 and s_me
M092. So that particular
cassette has been placed in -
in storage to be returned and I -
I got take up cassette m_,mher Mike
s Tango06. We'veclearedthe DAC -
we've cleared the Jam, I should say.
 Dump Tape 346-03
Page 4 of 4

And transporter 05 is back in

position A2 with supply reel Charlie
Indian 93 and take up reel Mike Tango
06 and we're starting off with
7_ cassette.

346 01 56 04 CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE

f
/
/

DumpTape 3_6-0h IZ-I&'_

Time: 346:04:24 to 346:04:52 G_IT
12/12/73
Page1 of 3

346 0_ 2h 28 PLT PLT debriefing the A_ pass at

03:29. Start out with JOP 6, step i,
building block 1 .... or JOP
summary sheets. It was in the - the
start of this JOP that I noticed
the activity at the 7 o'clock region
... with ... noises at the top of the
screen. It appeared that the . .. on
it's way out from the disk. Called
Ed up. He ... to take a look at it
and the SPT said that he thought there
was something interesting. We went
ahead and did the building block 1 and
talked to the ground. Continued with
the JOP 2_, step l, building block 28.
Two errors on the operation there.
One was: I did the single frame 2 in
SHORT instead of LONG; and the other
was when I slew to the right limb, I
went to limb scan and point-plus 6
with limb pointing which I would hold
it at plus 6 off the right limb. And
went ahead and when I looked back about
3 or _ minutes later, it was in plus l,
so these two - I don't know how that
happened because I thought I put - had
an attitude hold ... -in there when I
limb pointing. It kept the slit in the
right position but anyway, I'll check that
out with Ed. And that slit drifted back
plus 6 or 7 arc seconds off the right and
then back to plus 1. So, there was some
integrated spatial emission there in that
slit. Truncated at 6 and was able to ...
about 20 minutes and 20 seconds to go
I went ahead and threw in the JOP 20, even
though building block 32, - even though
we were down in atmosphere, I figured
that the corona would get some good data.
And 56 ... a high degree flexibly. When
in doubt, they said to go ahead and use
it, so I did, even though I was in the
atmosphere. And completed the building
block 32 Just at the end of the orbit.
 111 i i • ,r¸ ,, • , _i _I_

Dump Tape 346-04

Page 2 of 3

55 was executed properly. I didn't

do a real professional Job but I got
quite a few 1B line scans in there. I -
occasionally I let it go over. Should
be quite a bit - quite a few scans there.
I think I got four to five in each limb.
The major config - the - the point of most
significance, I guess, is the- what appears to
be the development of the slow-moving
transient ... at the 7 - 8 o'clock
position with ... at the ... top.
Appears to be at about 2-1/2 radii now and
a definite lightening - lightening in the -
the ...... structure as opposed to some
brightening in that area, . .. the - more or
less the linear features - fiber-like quality
of the structure. And in that' - everything
went fairly well. I'm sorry about the 56
on the - on the short. I've done that a
couple of times and I Just have to watch
that more closely. Film count is
H-alpha 10,915; that's 10915. 56 is B7BB,
82 Alpha 127, 82 Bravo, 1075; 52 is 5514,
and 54, 3680.

346 Oh 28 22 PLT PLT out.

346 04 49 04 CDR _ This is the CDR at 04:49 Zulu with a

message for the medical folks and for
the evening status report world. And
that is, we're going to standa_ize our
exerise routines in order to minimize the
amount reading down that goes on at the
evening status report. And henceforth,
beginning tomorrow, which is actually today
in mission day 346, we're going to refer
to our standard exercise routine and we will
give you only the Deltas from the standard
exercise routine. The - standard
exercise routine follows: CDR, Method
Alfa which is the ergometer, leg S0 minutes,
5000 watt minutes ; the next method is
Bravo, the Mark I and the positions are
Alfa, Delta, Echo aud Foxtrot. The time
is l0 minutes and 20 repetitions for
each one of those. MethodCharlie
which are the springs or the Mark II: the
Dump Tape 346-04
Page 3 of 3

positions are Charlie, Delta, and Foxtrot,

06 minutes and 20 repetitioms each.
The next method is Echo which is iscmetrics:
the positions are Alfa and Bravo. These
are what we Jokingly refer to as a HORDINSKY
Special. These are opening and closing the
legs isometrically. The time is 03 minutes
and i0 repetitions each. Method Foxtrot,
which is the treadmill - I'ii be wa1_ng
for I0 minutes, running for I minute,
I'ii do - I'Ii pick up in a few minutes.
We're starting our medical briefing.

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 346-05
Time: 346:05:17 to 346:07!03 C44T
12/12/73 ...........
F-_ Page 1 of 15 ,_ .....

346 05 17 i0 CDR This is the CDR at 05:17 with

the rate gyro six-pack temperatures ;
Housekeeping 2 Charlie. Zulu 6
is 95 degrees; X-Ray 6 is 93 degrees;
Yankee 6 is 93 degrees ; Yankee 5
is 9h; Zulu 5 is 95; X-Ray 5 is 95.
CDR out.

346 05 25 42 SPT SPT at 05:25. ATM: for 52, you've

got another CONTINUOUS MODE FOR
1 minute - about a three minutes to go.

346 05 25 56 SPT SPT out.

346 05 57 02 PLT PLT. The time is coming up on 5 -

Just past 57.

PLT How far? 2 degrees?

PLT Th_n_ you.

PLT Okay, that's it. Okay, we w_nt

to t_1_ to - I'm - I'm on this
thing here, Jer, right ... RECORD.
And we've talked to Ed on this. -
We're going to start a sequence at -
coming up. on 58. We're going to
start it 3 minutes late, and I'll
truncate on time at 06:03:26. -"

PLT And, we're still ... the maneuver

and the _0T-12 will probably not
be exposed with a good. stable
spacecrs ft.

PLT Okay, nc_ we are in an exposure

sequence starting at 58. I will
terminate at 06:03 - let's see -
26. The thin is that we could, if
we wanted to gamble a little bit -
but I don't want to. I want to go
ahead and use that full minute of
time there to reset.
 DumpTape3h6-05 ........
Page
2 of 15 _ _

PLT So what - I have arbitrarily decided

to start this even though we were
not stable on rate and we will not
get the full sequence for which we
were scheduled. That's on field
Tango 12. Okay, everything seems
to be working properly.

346 05 59 06 PLT And I think I will do this step in

here, because I'm not quite sure under
what circumstances you're clear to
turn the POWER switch OFF.

CDR I agree with you. That's what I'd

do.

PLT May only get a partial exposure on

that one, but I don't know.

CDR Coming up on 00.

PLT On my mark.
/-

346 06 00 00 PLT MARK. 06:00 even.

PLT ... you _oing it. 58; we started

: it 3 minutes late. Hey, we'll get
,11 of this sequence in here.
o-

SPT You can get all that in the first

minute.

PLT Uh-huh. What we are going to -

t we're goin - going to get this
200 - what is it?

SPT 2046 is the one we're on. Okay,

you have 601.

PLT 207 second exposures to the end.

So there you - you're 3 - you're
low on __ minutes right there. That's
what we 're gonna lose, those last
two; lOT second exposures.
Dump Tape 346-05
Page 3 of 15 '_

SPT There's only one.

CDR It's Just beginning, Ed.

PLT You're right.

PLT Okay, we're coming up on 06:02.

346 06 02 54 PLT Coming on 06:03._ At 06:03:26, I'll

go RESET; 27, I'll go POWER switch
OFF. As soon as I can do that, you
can start changing your rotation.

PLT Okay, coming in _Imost 15 seconds.

3_6 06 03 15 PLT MARK. 25, 26, 27. Okay, and we

want 312.5 over there and 31.7 over
here.

SPT Got it.

PLT Okay. All right, to recheck: 312.5

in 331.7.

SPT Verified. r

PLT 06:04:30. We're coming up on 06:04.

We're in good shape. POWER switch ON
at 30. RESET switch START at 31.

PLT 15.

PLT Okay. On my msrk, POWER switch, ON.

346 06 04 31 PLT MARK. RESET, STARTnow. Okay, we're

in - we're _1_ning. There we go.
We're advancing film.

CDR Gotta be the most ridiculous thing

I ever have seen.

PLT (Lusghter)

PLT They want the - there's a clonk

apparently when that white light
flashes. It's when the film is
Dump Tape 346-05 _
Page4 of15 .....

changing and I never could hear it

because I always had this thing on too,
I guess. Okay, now we're waiting for
this - we've done that one. We've
tried it out.

PLT Did you hear a little bloop!? That's

what I heard. I neverdid hear a
good clonk !

CREW ..,

PLT Okay, we've got a second party that

heard the bloop instead of a clonk_
So maybe you're in business on the
frame advancement and the slide
advancement.

CDR ...

PLT Yeah. 06:08 even - -

CDR - 08 even, you've got a few

minutes left. - "

PLT I'm Just going to leave that RECORD,

ON. I got plenty of time to dump
it tonight.

CC Skylab, this is Houston through ."

Goldstone for . .. Over.

346 06 06 12 PLT Roger, B1u_ce. We're continue with

the exposures.
F

._ PLT Roger.

PLT Oh, too bad.

CDR ...

PLT Yeah.

SPT Does thi_._much work - -

346 06 06 42 PLT We truncated - -

 _Dump Tape 3h6-05 ......
Page 5 of15 ......

CDR - - started when you got within

2 degrees, we started it - we
truncated it. We only started it,
I think, the last exposure.

PLT Maybe the last two. But - -

CDR ... exposures for that ...

346 06 06 57 PLT No it's - I don't think there's any -

we had to let it go through the whole
sequence. And I don't know how they -
where that star field, and how it is -
movement and all that. The time is
critical on this. Let's watch it. SOT.

CDR Okay.

346 06 07 20 PLT We got a lots of time after this

next - -

CDR ... this one over, and then I think

-- you shouldtellBruce. - -

PLT Yeah.

CDR - - BI2.

34606 07 28 PLT I will.

346 06 07 38 PLT The next exposure is at 06:13:30.

You can go ahead and set rotation as
soon as this is over.

" CDR Yeah.

PLT Okay, stand by. On my mark, it'll

be 06:08, even. POWER switch will be
going OFF.

3h6 06 08 00 PLT MARK. POWER switch is OFF.

PLT Houston, Skylah. PLT.

MCC Go ahead, Bill.

 DumpTape346-05 ....
Page6 of15 •

PLT Roger. On Tango 12 field, we were

Just a bit late getting to attitude.
We started - We waited till we were
reasonably stable within the degree
and a half. I started the sequence,
and I terminated it on the pad time,
so we probably lost the last - maybe
the the last two exposures in the
sequence. The rest of them we should
have with no problems.

346 06 08 39 MCC Okay. We got it, I hope.

PLT Okay. Now I've got a tilt of 1 - -

CDR 15.1.

3)4606 08 )46 PLT - - 15.1. Okay.

CDR Okay. So reverifying, rotation

is 08.2 - -

-_ PLT 082.0 (s_e)

C_DR 15.1 - -

PLT -- 15.1--

CDR And we're Just waiting for - -

3h6 06 09 14 PLT 13.

3)4606 09 15 PLT You ean'_ do these early because

I'm certain that the - these star
' fields are rising and moving, see.
This is a another reason that I didn't
really wcrry too much about starting
this, you see, with a 2 degree attitude
error. Because during the time of
these ex;osures - during the sequence,
they're separate exposures - and
they're moving across the field.

SPT Yeah.

3)46 06 09 3)4 PLT But during each one of these exposures,

there is considerable star motion due
........... to our rotation in our orbit. .......... i
 Dump Tape 326-05 .............
Page7 of 15 .... _ ...........

346 06 09 4h SPT I imagine this data is Just like

the other one I did.

PLT Yeah.

SPT ...

346 06 09 55 PLT In fact, he's probably sitting down

there kicking me because he'd like _
for me to go on and start on it even
though we weren't in attitude. But
anyway, I - I think that was a reasonable
approachto take. -

3_6 06 l0 09 SPT You had two other choices. One was to

start on time and let it all - No
matter what happened. And the other
one was to not do anyt'hlng at all .... .o

PLT Yeah, I think it is a .... ".. . These

people - irrevocably gone on a lot
of that data. Sc_e of these star fields
F-, don'tcomeintoview- -

SPT Yeah.

• 3_6 06 i0 25 PLT - - except for the of - every so

- often, and th_n they don't have an
AMS in the window, and a bunch of
other things.

PLT Okay. It's coming up on llt.

SPT 0.I.

346 06 i0 50 PLT 82050. A shame about all that filler -

filler material coming out of those
numerals.

346 06 i0 53 (MR Yes, I wss turning the crank and I

coUld seL, the ...

PLT little stuff- -

CDB ... move by.

PLT - - yes.
/_ Dump Tape 346-05
Page 8 of15

_DR It says ...

PLT Hey, wonder why that is. It ro -

this must ro - this must do more ro-
tating than the rest of them.

CDR No, I think basically - -

PLT Actually, the - the decimal would,

wouldn't it?

CDR No, I think this - this wheel pro-

bably Just didn't get cleaned properly
before they put the base on it.

346 06 ll 52 PLT Putting it - putting it - -

ODR ...

PLT Okay. When you stow this thing it's

quite an operation. You've gotta
pressurize it with nitrogen.

CDR Yes.

PLT They don't want any air getting in

there at all.

PLT Apparently oxygen, or I don't know

what it is, I guess -whether it Just
contaminates, or if the oxygen. Okay,
12 it is. All right at 03 - no at -
at 13 - at 13:30, POWER switch ON.

' PLT Okay - -

CDR Mark at ...

PLT - - 13:30, POWER switch ON. 31, RESET

switch to START.

PLT lO seconds.

PLT Stand by -

346 06 13 30 PLT MARK. POWER switch ON.

DumpTape3h6-05 .........
Page9 of15

3h6 06 13 31 PLT MARK. RESET s_itch to START. And

we 're running.

CDR Yes, it is ... so definitely ...

PLT Yes, that's right. That's exactly

what it sounds like. Sounds like an
owl hitting. HOOT!

PLT Okay, we're in it for quite a long time

here. Okay, PI I think we're in business
here. I've got confermer - confirmation
from second party, and we're both
positive _e're hearing what you're
calling the clonk, only it sounds
like a - Jerry's described it as She
hoot of an owl - the little HOOT!
At a - at the - when the light flashes.
So I'm pretty sure we're getting the
plate advancement.

PLT Yes, you can - now you can hear it,

once you become accustomed to the
sounds.

CDR There went another one.

PLT Yes it does that. The first time I

thought it was re - I thought the
thing was all screwed up because it kept
flashing, and hit sort of irregular
invervals. But that's all these - you
see that's all these peculiar exposures
here.
r

CDR it has a I, 2.5 and a 6.

PLT I don't see hO seconds. No, more

than that.

CDR ...

PLT Yes.

3_6 06 15 35 CDR 20h seconds, that's three minutes ....

 .

DumpTape346-05 •
Pagei0of15 '±

PLT ... something doesn't Jibe there.

CDR No, it sure doesn't. The whole

thing's only 204 seconds long, but
now this thing's set for f - 7 min-
utes.

PLT Okay. Then apparently what 's happening

Jerry is there's another plate moving
into view, and they get a long time
exposures.

CDR That's supposed to be all of it right

there.

346 06 06 ll PLT Well, this, I think, is the reason for

this other RESET switch to START Just
before you go-switch OFF again,
is to start that thing off again. And
I think they go to a - they probably
lose this 1 second lithium fluoride
here. Or they - they wait - they -
they put it into that mode, and
then - -

CDR Then why do they allow 6 minutes and

30 seconds?

PLT Gosh, I don't know. That's - -

CDR ... sequence that only takes - -

PLT I don' t know.

CDR - - 3 minutes and 2_ seconds.

PLT As I say, I think that what is

happeneing is there's another plate
advances in position after this. And
it's sitting there soaking all this
up i see.

CDR Has to be the lithium fluoride ... ?

PLT Well, as I say, I don't know how

this thing works.

r......................................................
DumpTape346-05 ....
Page ii of 15 ._

CDR This was supposed to be ... sequence

right here. I gave it to them ....
supposed to ...

CDR I guess this is the rightplace down ""

he re.

PLT If we had a frame counter on that,

we could sort of sort it out - -

CDR Yeah - -

PLT - - but without the - I = I - -

CDR ...

PLT (Laughter) ... Speaking of ..., I'd

sure like to go camping up there in
Ark_usas. Nice and restful.

CDR You ought to have time when you get home

and get debriefed,get throughwith all
that nickel and dime stuff; by late
spring, be ready to go up there ....

B_6 06 18 22 PLT Cc_ing up on 19.

PLT ... let me reach in there and check that °

thing real quickly. However, if I have
to change that, we have to bleed -
put nitrogen bleed in it.

CDR You want ...... ?

F

PLT That or - I'm wondering - I guess for

the new film container - the reason that
we do have spare film containers. I
think they probably just let us reach in
there and change it. Yeah, that logic
sequence ... Okay, coming up on 20 now.

3_6 06 19 26 CDR Those lights ... conditions ...

ridiculo_m. How'd they ever let themselves
get taken - -

PLT I don't know. They - they're not bright

enough to use on EVA at all. We'll Just
........... have to go on faith. - ...........
Dump Tape 346-05
Page 12of15
J .c

.... CDR ... really had on that one.

CREW (Whistling)

PLT You really have to watch that

teleprinter, too. Boy, some of those
3's and 8's Just look alike, you know
it? Hardest thing you ever did was
put the ... through the ...

CDR Yeah.

PLT Okay, coming up on 06:21. I've really

beat the heck out of these watches,
threshing around here.

3_6 06 20 54 PLT 16:21 - rather - 06:21.

CDR 06:21:56 - -

PLT 56. RESET switch to START, and i second

later POWER switch to OFF.

CREW (Whistling) -- _

PLT Okay. Stand by. 5 seconds.

PLT On my mark- -

3_6 06 21 57 PLT MARK. SEQUENCER, OFF. POWER, out.

CC ... Houston. 1 minute to LOS. Next

station ... 6 minutes ...

, PLT Start ... power ... And going for 00.5.

CC ...

PLT Right, Bruce. No sweat. Glad to

do it.

CC And ... here to tell you good night ...

PLT Rog. Good night. Okay - -

CC Bill, ...
 "

Dump Tape 3L6-05

Page 13 of 15

CDR O0 ...

PLT Okay, coming up on 06:23:00. POWER

switch ON, and then 1 second later,
RESET switch to START.

CDR 0kay. I 'm reverifying - -

PLT Okay. Standing by.

346 06 23 O0 PLT MARK. POWER switch ON.

346 06 23 02 PLT MARK .... to START. And we ought to

get in action.

PLT I'm thinking more - you know, I guess

that was not - -

C_R -5 • ••

PLT Okay°

C_)R .••

CDR Right on time.

PLT You know, I couldn't - I wa - I - I

was Just listening for another sound.
It's - it's amazing. I Just was not .

programmed to hear that sound. It

wasn't till today, I took this eomm
carrier off, stuck my ear on the metal
case, that I was able to hear that hoot.
And I still wasn't convinced that that
• was what he was after.

CDR Yeah ...

PLT It's got to be, because it times out

perfectly on the schedule.

• PLT Well we got the lion's share of that,

other than the - the launch. Just a
little bit of data ... all right, the
pad? (yawn)

f
 Tape 3_Z-05 .......
Ps_e 14 of 15

3h6 06 26 01 PLT They got Ed scheduled to stow that.

It's a - it's a really wormy operation.
No, tomorrow I - Just look in tomorrow's
sc hedule.

PLT I think T'll - if we take about lO min-

utes right now, I can save 30 tomorrow.

PLT Okay, coming up on 06:29. And at

06:29:26, RESET switch to START,
and 27 POWER switch OFF.

346 06 29 ii PLT it seconds.

PLT Stand by. On my mark.

3h6 06 29 27 FLT MARK. START. POWER, OFF. Okay,

we are through. Okay, note_ - that's
right. Co_91ete the last sequence at
AMS rotation ti - 00 retract mirror
and tilt first.

PLT Okay we were Just about there,

weren't we_

346 06 29 50 PLT 0kay, in LOCKED.

CDR Okay in LOCateD.

3h6 06 30 09 PLT C_ay, you retract the mirror.

PLT Still working hard?

PLT No.

3_6 06 30 33 PLT Okay, PLT reporting termination of

sequence.

346 07 00 O0 SPT SPT at 20:07:00 ha_dheld photos on

sag GSIT. First one was taken at
05:47, frame number lh, f/5.6 over
lO0-milllmeter, 1.250 of a the second.
Taken of some towering cuss which were
seen at _u_set and the Sun angle plus
their very - was very prominent above the
lo_er lying clouds_ gave _ really - a good
3 dimensional picture of a series of
....... towering cumulus, - ...... _-
f_
Dump Tape 346-C5
Page 15of15 .l

3_6 07 00 42 SPT At 06:55, frame number 12 was taken

at f/ll, 1/250, 100 millimeter. This
was taken of ocean interfaces. By that
I mean my right side, as I'm looking out
the S190 window, I saw a metallic gray
ocean, and on the left side was a bright
blue. And I believe it's the surface
effect, Just the waves coming at the
surface. And I saw this interface for a
couple hundred miles, or I should say for
about a thousand miles, as I watched it
for quite a few minutes.

346 07 01 33 SPT The interface, at times, tended to

have clouds running parallel to them.
I'll say that was, general - generally,
true. And at more times than not, the
clouds were running right over the
interfacing. I have yet to figure out
in my own mind exactly what I'm seeing,
why the two different types of reflections,
and what causes it. But I'll be con-
tinuing to look.

346 07 02 03 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE
 if

Dt_p Tape 346-06

Time: 346:04:58 to 346:05:07 G_T
Page i of 2

346 04 58 51 CDR This is the CDR again at 04:58 Zulu con-

tinuing with the standard exercise routine
that I was calling out. I'll pick up
again with the CDE's exercise. I've
given you Alfa through Echo. I'll pick
up with Foxtrot and go from there. Foxtrot,
which is the treadmill, I'll be w-1_ing
for l0 minutes, run for 01 minutes and
there's an N/A over in the repetitions
side of the column. Under springs,
Foxtrot, I'll be doing springs for
2 minutes and that'll be 200 _ings
and - correction, 300 springs,_ 300 springs,
and for toe rise 03 minutes for'_O toe
rises. That - That's the CDR st_a_d_
exer - exercise routine. Now the SPT.
Method Alfa: lef 40 minutes, 8337 will
be his standard. Method Bravo: he's
going to do position Bravo, and ... It'll
r take 20 minutes, ioo reprtitions each.
The method - third method, Foxtrot, which
is the trea_m_ll, he's going to do springs
for i0 minutes for 1,000 of those and
toe rises for i0 minutes for 200 of those.
And that's the SPT's exercise routine.
The PLT: method Alfa, leg 35 minutes,
6,000 watt-minutes. Method Bravo, he'll
be using positions A, B, I should say,
Alpha, Bravo, Delta, and Echo for
8 minutes, 50 repetitions each. He'll
use for method Charlie which are the
springs. He'll be going for positions
Bravo, Charlie, Delta, Echo, Foxtrot and
Golf for i0 minutes, 20 repetitions each.
That's at Echo, which is isometrics, Alfa
and Bravo, the Hordinsky special for
2 minutes, i0 repetitions each. That 's
at Foxtrot, the trea_ll, w-1_ for
i0 minutes, springs for i minute or
100 reprtitions. Toe rises for I minute, _,
75 repetitions, and that concludes the
standard exercise routine.

346 05 O1 03 CDR CDR out.

 Dump Tape 3146-06
Page 2 of 2

346 05 02 3"[ SPT SPT at 05:03 with a quick look at the

WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH TV display
shows that the streamer which was at
8 O'clock has pretty much straightened
out and is very decked out and is
close to the disk. It looks like the
trio which once was down at the base
of the helmet streamer and Just lifted •
off and moved away from the sun. We
have stretched out the ...... under-
neath it asd it's now pretty much
straight and most of the material has
moved off. I 'm Just giving you another
quickie with a CONTINUOUS MODE for
1 minute. And I hope you folks are
gonna get some obse_ions out at
site because I ... wetre going to be
taking.

346 05 03 34 SPT SPT out.

346 05 04 48 PLT PLT at 05:05 Zulu before you run a com-

pletion of $233 scheduled for approxi-
mately 04:51. That first exposure was
started promptly at 04:51, 60 seconds,
15 foot focus and I could not see the
comet. I do not have binoculars.
30 seconds for set-up for the second,
120 second ... infinity. 30 seconds
for set-up for the last 60-second expo_
sure at 15 foot focus and at that
point, about 15 seconds into the last
exposure the - horizon was perceptibly
brightening due to sunrise and by the
end of the exposure was fairly bright.
So I don't know how good the last one was,
but I got them in as rapidly as you
could possibly expect, so whatever data
was available, we got.

346 05 o5 41 PLT PLT out.

E_D OF TAPE

f
 , Dump Tape 3h6-07
Time: 3h6:15:33 to 346:15:3h GMT
12/12/73
r _Page i of I ..... I I _]

_ ;-3h6 15 33 09 SPT SPT at 15:32. PRD readdng

2 h2:350, 23, 188, 38, 2)43. SP_ out.

5 ' END OF TAPE

5
7

9
io
!I

13- _
19 (D
-'_ 20
_" 21 _ m
Z 22
_Q 23 0

0 _5
.T- I

u. 27
0 "28
29 I
0 _o m
_- 31 -I
o2
33 O
34
35 .<
36
37

39
4O
4!
42
42 <-
{
44
45
46
47
48
_ /

1 / ;

.'
1 •
?

[
]
Dump Tape 346-08
Time: 346:18:04 to 346:19:37
Page i of h

346 18 20 16 CDR This is the CDR at 18:04 Zulu. The sub-

Ject is M131-1.

346 18 07 25 PLT

346 18 22 18 SPT SPT at 18:22. ATM. Pass beginning at 17:30

Okay we had a couple of extra things thrown
in on this pass. Started out with the building
block 2, subeenter, one nominal. The corona
at 8 o'clock or so shows what's left of a
streamer which - from which a fair amount of
material has been ejected I would say.

346 18 22 34 SPT And apparently the material in its path out-

ward stretched out the field lines, so they're
pretty straight now. They were slightly
curved yesterday during the ejection itself.
Okay, then we - oh, we had a bit of recon-
figuration to do at the beginning of the
orbit involved in getting the rate gyro squared
away. And then also before we did the
4 limb coalignmentfrictionaland the secon-
dary fine sun sensors. Okay, 55 OFFSET was
Dump Tape 346-08
Page 2 of 4

done first, before we went over to secon-

dary fine Sun sen_ors. I did that using
monitor one, and I did not have to change
anything. The alignment looked good for
H-Alfa 2.

346 18 24 44 SPT _kay, the 4-1imb coalignment. Started out

a little late in that. And I checked the
numbers in UP/DOWN and they looked good _
the beginning. They were moving in the right
_ireetion. So I assumed I did not have to
observe the ... in UP/DOWN. LEFT/RIGHT it
turned out that I did and as I was doing the
UP/DOWN work, Houston called and so I went
ahead and did both UP/DOWN and LEFt/RIGHT.
And for some reason it made a difference of
i arc second in UP/DOWN. First the LEFT -
the LEFT/RIGHT mirror on the back side of
the wedge, so that certainly had to be done
there. And I would have caught that doing
the LEFT/RIGHT work .... though we started
well behind we got - got the 4-limb
coalignment in. However, we did not complete
all of the 82B exposures.

346 18 25 38 SPT I got the one wave-length wrong. The 2 sec-

onds at minus 2. And I did not get the
Qther two. I think I'll - I can pick those
up very easily on the next orbit or one of
those following orbits. So I'll keep that
in mind and make sure it gets done. Okay,
the numbers follow: Day 346, time we started
was about 17:55. And again I'm giving you
the data on page 1-1 for the - four-limb
coalignment ATM log. The upper limb
H-Alfa l, was a plus 1006. 82B; plus 1006,
no drift between them. 55; was plus 1010.
The lower limb, 82B was minus 944. And 55
was minus 943. And apparently looking at the
deltas between the upper and lower there is
a 5 and a l, so this was probably a 1 arc se-
cond. Aviation ... though. Delta should
add up to 5. The left limb; H-Alfa 1 was
minus 924. 82B was minus 923. And the
OFFSET, as I mentioned in the limb OFFSET.
The limb SCAN MODE was zero. 55 was minus 923.
The right limb: 82B was plus 1045. 55 was
plus 1046. Mirror position still 1032.
i

Dump Tape 346-08

Page _ of 4

346 18 30 13 SPT Okay, again looking at the results I find

something a little confusing and that is the
solar diameter in two directions again is
off. In the UP/DOWN we get a diameter of
1950. And 1968 in the LEFT/RIGHT. I'll
look these things over and probably be talking
more with you at the ground. SPT out.

346 18 34 37 CDR This is the CDR at 18:35 Zulu, on

M131-1MS

ng

246 19 29 58 SPT SPT at 19:30, with observations on weather

phenomena. We ahve been coming over a lot
of ocean water which has got a very dense
low lying cloud layer.

346 19 30 23 SPT By low-lying I mean structure which is below

cirrus and has a fair amount of detail to it.
I've been noticing the - the dark cells over
the past couple of wees. And one figure
stands out very clearly. That is that most
of them, there is always one side ...

346 19 31 07 SPT I was interrupted there. One thing which I

have noticed was that the dark cells that
one side is always much more prominent. That
is over a whole field of cells there is only
one prefered direction for each cell, which
has got a boundary much better definde. In a
series which I Just went over the effect made
the cells look very much like fish scales.
That is, the contour of one just overlapping
onto another. So that the ... without the
 I

_L_ 4 "

Dump Tape 346-08

Page 4 of 4

weel defined contours just sort of faded

away or was not even - did not diminish at
all in the adjoining cell with ... up against
it and its curved, inner face, which show
up clearly Just like fish scabs.

346 19 32 09 SPT I would say I've noticed this place frequently

Unfortunately, I did not have a camera with
me because it was an excellant example of
the one I J_st passed over.

346 19 32 16 SPT I will try to get a picture of this when I

see another good ... again. I guess I have
a question to the weather people is - is this
indicative of, for example, flow, that cor-
responds to the convection and associating
sheer layer, or what really is the cause of
it. I think if I could understand that a
little bit better I might be able to mRWe
some more abservations to get a little better
insight into the total conviction picture.

346 19 32 45 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 346-09
Time: 346:18:03 to 346:18:30 GMT
12/12/73
Page 1 of 3

3h6 18 0h 09 CDR This is the CDR at 18:04 Zulu. The subject

is MI31-1. Had no sensations of motion
until I got to the higher RPM. And at the
low RPMs I did have sensations - or I did
have - find that I - picked out motion that
was opposite to what I expected on a couple
of occasions. One funny little thing that I
noticed this time was that - I rather got the
impression today that my gyros are caged
or whatever you want to call it when I closed
my eyes, down and to the left. And as soon
as I opened my eyes, and - and looked at
the - at the line, the vertical line, it
comes from - up from lower left up to the
center and then stops and then - then I
looked for the - the rotation that I expect.
But it wasn't Just a few times, I noticed that
as soon as I opened my eyes, I would see the
line move up and to the right slightly and
then stop and then take on a motion relative
to what I was reallydoing. So it kind of
made me feel like when I close my eyes I
caged my gyros and they caged slightly down
and slightly to the left.

346 18 05 32 CDR CDR out.

346 18 07 24 PLT PLT; the conclusion of the OGI run. Nitrogen

pressure of the chair of the chair is about
ii and 50 psi's.

TIME SKIP

346 18 24 04 SPT *** task beginning at 17:30. Okay, we had

a couple extra things thrown in on this pass.
We started out with the building block 2 Sun
center. Went nominal. The corona at
8 o'clock or so - shows what's left of a
streamer which - from which a fair amount
of material has benn ejected I would say.
And apparently the material, in its pass
outward - direction out of the field lines
so they're pretty straight now. They were
slightly curved yesterday during the ejection
itself.
Dump Tape 346-09
Page 2 of 3

346 18 24 05 SPY Okay, then we - then we had a bit of recon-

figuration to do at the beginning of the
orbit involved, and getting the rate gyros
squared away. And then also before we did
the four-limb coalignment, switching over
to the secondary fine Sun sensor. Okay 55
offset was done first, before we went over
to the secondary fine Sun sensor. I did that
using monitor i, and I did not have to change
anything. The alignment looked good for
H-Alfa 2. Okay, four-limb coalignment.
Started off a little late in that. And I
checked the numbers in UP/DOWN and they look
good at the beginning. They were moving in
the right direction so I assumed I didn't
have to zero the wedges in - in UP/DOWN.
346 18 25 00 SI°T LE_/RIGHT, it turned out that I did, and I -
as I was doing the UP/DOWN work, Houston
called, - so I went ahead and did both
DP/DOWN and LE_/RIGHT. And for some
reason it made a difference of i arc
second in UP/DOWN. Of course the LEFt/RIGHT
we were on the backside of the wedges,
so that certainly had to be done there, and
I would have caught that doing the
LEFT/RIGHT work. So even though we
started a little bit behind we got - got
the four-limb eoalignment in, however we
did not complete all of the 82B exposures.
I got the i wavelength long, 2 seconds
at minus 2, and did not get the other two.
I think I'ii - I can pick those up very
easily on the next orbit, or one of the
following orbits. So I'll keep that
in mind and make sure it gets done.

346 18 25 57 SPT Okay, the numbers follow: day 346,

time we started was about 17:55. And
again l'm giving you the date on page l-1
for the four-limb coalignment ATM log.
The upper limb, H-alpha i, plus 1006;
82B, plus 1006. No drift between them.
55 was plus i010. The lower limb, 82B
was minus 944; and 55 was minus 943.
And apparently looking in at the Deltas
between the upper and the lower there's
a 5 and a i, so it was probably 1 are
second deviation in there. The Delta
/

Dump Tape 326-09

Page 3 of

should add up to 5. The left limb,

H-alpha i, was minus 924; 82B was minus
923. In the offset, as I measured any
offset, the LIMB SCAN MODE was zero.
The 55 was minus 923. The right limb,
82B was plus 1045. 55 was plus 1046.

346 18 28 Off SPT Mirror position still 1032.

END OF TAPE
"t t

Dump Tape 346-10

Time: 346._@:OT to 346:22:05 GMT
12/12/73 _$_
Page 1 of 12

346 19 54 h4 CDR This is the CDR at 19:55 Zulu ......

debriefing the ATM pass. The second
one of the day started at 19:01
Zulu. Made up of a J0P 9, Step 1 _"
and 3, JOP 26, step 2. All four
of those exercises went as planned.
The J0P 9 started off on time, got
a little bit delayed cause I wanted _
to show some white light coronagraph
on the downlink. And I got some "
XUV MDN in on the downlink. And
then got the first JOP 26 started
""- at about hi rather than" 4h, which .....
meant that the last one eat into my
observing time a lit tl_ebit. All
of the JOPs went okay. All the data
was gatheredas - as scheduled.
_- During the observing time or actnally
during the JOP 26 as I took a few
- peaks at XUV MDN, got the distinct
impression that the - there was new
;bright area coming up over the west
limb. And sincewe Just had - had
- _ a quiet area go over there I was --
rather surprised by it. I compared -" _
- this with the picture that was taken -
__ -- this morning and this bright area
_ was kind of surprising. So as soon
_ as we finished building block -
correction JOP 26, I went Sun centered. -

3h6 19 56 21 CDR That seemed to tone down that bright

area on the east limb. Then we took . _
a pictureof it and comparedit with " "
the original picture and it didn't
even show. So I guess that points
.... out a - am area we should be careful
in, and that is comparing what we
see with what's on the photograph
_ becauseI guess the old eye is a
better integrater than the - than
the c_-_ra. And I was able to see
bright areas that the camera did
_ not. After thatI only had about
Dump Tape 346-10 ...............
Page 2 of 12

4 minutes left so I fooled around

looking at the various active regions.
And active region 96 is _Imost • , -
completely indiscernible. It 's got -"
sm_]l filgment there by, and one
rather weak Sun spot that hardly
shows up in H-alpha at all. 97
is the only bright area on the whole
disk, and it doesn't even show in ,l"
H-Alpha 2 zoomed out. It has to be"
zoomed in and up close looking at
. "4 it beforeyou can see_t. 98, I
couldn't even find, so can't say
_aeh for that at all. AR 96, I see
the - the pad here say_ it's - it's
stable. It's very stable. It's so
stable it's almost nonexistent. Okay,
_ that 's about ;all really.. There
wasn't anything too spectacular
happening in this pass.

346 19 57 56 CDR _R out.

346 21 .0004 SPT _ at 21:00; ATM pass which began .4 --

at 20:35. Building block suncenter,
straight forward;Building block i0,
JOP 27 in straight forward. What
was done for the pointing of ROLL 0000,
although I performed the subsequent
nu z update and the current turned
out to be plus 0009. Went down to
line 25, looked for the brightest - ,
spot in the active region which is " " _
not a terribly active region. It's
in the plage. Found one which was
roughly, actn,11y the brightest one
in H-Alpha, which was about halfway
between the upper and lower limits
of the active region. I went over
to that bright spot and maximized
the Oxygen VI on it. And it got
up to a reading of around 600 or
700. And then I Just moved directly
to the right so that I would be -
UP/DOWN would - would be the same
and I would be centered on the active
region. This way the MIRROR LINE
 Dump Tape 346-10
f-_ Page 3 of 12

SCAN which we'd be performing in ........

doing the line profile work would
also pick up that bright point. ',
And the remainder of building Block
19 is ass1_ming straight forward.
We'll get in Just about 27 GRATING
steps before ESS 826. The active
region itself looks like it ha_ done
a ... quite a bit. You can -_eethe ,_
super granulation boundaries leading
right up to - within about an
arc minute or so of the center. I
-- do not see any plage _r_ighting in
the network. It appears very much
like quiet Sun [?] n?twbrk cells all
the way. So apparently this active i
region has been around for a long
.... time and is slowly being eroded.
But the one bright point I did find
waalocated in H-ALPHA and sure
enough_when I went over and put the
;CRoss HAIRS for H-ALPHA 2 on top of
that bright point and I found the
- ._ maximum in Oxygen VI which was a --
fairly sharp peak - sharp in spatial _
terms.... arc seconds ... can
- _ake an appreciable difference and
ma_e it drop down to 300 to 400.
So the pointing I ended up with then
was an UP/DOWN plus 0157 and L_'2/
RIt_T of minus 0187. The technique
for doing a line profile work at 19
which we also have in our shopping .
list item is on page 4. I was - " -
thinking of doing this the other ""
day when I had a littlebit of "
time in line profiles. However, there
reaISy was nothing on the disk at
the time and looking at the line
list I know that they've been chosen
so that we're working _rith fairly
bright lines so we got something to
work with and study the line profile.
I have thought o_ doing something
like that on a prominence but I
could not find a line in here which
 !
°

_-_ Dump Tape 346-10 ................

Page 4 of 12

w ch strongin{h%--A .....
strong in a prominence.

346 21 05 57 SPT For example the Lyman Beta line is

not included in that list and l'm
wondering whether that was an o_ersight
or an omission because it was
relatively of small intensity.-As
was already pointed out the Lyman -5
Beta can get up to a maximum of.
around 200 or so in one prominence
.
we did look at about a_week ago. So
in the future then maybe it's _omething
we would want to look _t-for line
pro file. .-i

3_6 21 07 lh SPT H-ALPHA 1 certainly is a - peculiar

. _ _ to H-ALPHA 2;and it's ... all the
fine features ... which was mentioned.
But also the details of the activation 7
and including the details of the
network. But comparing the two here
_ __ and trying to study the chromospheric
._ network and the way it fits in with --
the active region and it's nearly _
impossible to do _ith any kind of -
assurance in H-ALPHA 2. But H-ALPHA 1
certainly does give you a good
picture. Certainly the folks who
worked on that one deserve a lot
of credit. It's a very good image.
In working with a contrast of about
8, brightness of 3 on MDNITOR i, .-. _:
chromospheric network stands out
us,_lly. Again, as I said, it
moved a11 the way up to around 100 ;
then it moved ... center of the
active region.

3h6 21 08 50 SPT SPT out.

346 21 16 45 CDR This is the CDR at 21:16. The

subject is Earth observations through
the area of HHIIS. No photography
taken. The pass this time - we came
in right over Peninsula de Taitao and
a very lar_ lake with a small town
 Dump Tape 346-10 .......... --
Page 5 of 12 .........

on the south side of the lake; The

lake straddles Chile and Argentina
border. The - the city - the tow_a
of Los Antiguas is on the so_ shore
of the lake. We notice on the north
shore of the lake there is lighter : ..
colored lake, very greenish in color
-_ that appears to be draining imto -'_-_
- the larger lake which is a very deep /....
blue. That seems very strange to see
these two lakes with a rather
large opening between th_ two& But
.... " " yet the smut ler lake is .very green - _r_-
looks llke it's sedimented and the "
larger lake is - is very. deep blue.
As we moved over acrbss Argentina,
passed Puerto Moreno and the Lago Mutez
_-- and Lago - can't hardly read it -
anyway the large lake next to that
- one near Pampa de Castillo. It's a -
it was Tather striking to us to see
that so m_ny lakes up here had such
different colors. Some lakes are
.. blue, som_ are green, some are Just .......
tan like they're Just co - 15_]I of _A
- filth and very shallow and other lakes
L
are sort of a dusty green and it's a
very strikingthing. As we went out
over the Gulfo de San Jorge we
looked to the south and to the east
: and we cot_id see the Falkland Current _
coming up along the coast and we could
see a large swirl Just north of the .
Falkland islands. And it looks like
maybe the_-e's a portion of them,
possibly all of the Falkland Current,
comes in from the east over north of
the Falkland Islands and then turns
north. And you have sort of a eddy
area right there at the turn.

346 21 18 31 CDR "CDR out.

346 21 23 51 CDR This is the CDR. -The time is 21:24

Zulu and w_-'re in preparation for
SO19. We have sunset on this side of
the house .- I should say it's dark
_, DumpTape B46-10 ..............
Page 6 of 12

.......... on this side of the house. I have .......

OPENed the SAL and extended the
mirror. The ROTATION is set at 27.7.,
and TILT at 23.9. The prism is "
in and cassette number 02 is on.
And I verify that I have set the .
FOCUS at 2 - number 2. The FILM
HATCH Just to make sure it's p_enty
dark. This is a no crew disturbance ,L
_
Jobber, so let's be careful. Ed, •
this S019 coming up in about 3 min-
utes is no crew disturbance.
-- m

3_6 21 25 21 CDR Okay the nuZ that's _n the ATM DC

at the moment is minus 1.8 so we're -
add a half a ;degree and therefore no
correction required.
2
CREW ...

_-_ 346 21 25 h9 CDR Okay. All right, the time is now

_ 22:26,stand by. _ _

-_ 346 21 26 17 CDR MARK. I'm going to open the FILM -

-- HATCH this time. FILM HATCH is
OPENED. Jdl right, our first ex-
posure is 270, so I'm setting it
_ right now. Reverifying ROTATION -
27.7 and _ TILT of 23.9. This first -
field is r_umber 620. Okay, verifying
the filter is open. Hey, we have ."-
a reticle light now. Okay, with
about 30 seconds to go, I'm going
to film lever to slide retracted.
Setting the special widening at 270
and going to 100 percent. All right,
we're coming up on 28, so I'm
releasing it. Stand by -

-- 3h6 21 28 25 CDR MARK. The SH_'l'f_zR

is OPEN and it was
-- OPENED at 06, 21:28:06. This again
field number 620 _rith a 270-second
widened exposure. And somehow mira-
cously, we have a reticle. Bill,
_ DumpTape346-10 .........
Page 7 of 12

did you change the battery in

this thing or anything?

PLT No.

CDR Okay, must be the other one that the

reticle doesn't work in. Yep._ The
frame counter is reading 001 a_-this
time. We're passing 50 percent;
70 percent ; 95 percent. Stand by fo_
termination fo the exposure. Stand
by. _ "

3h6 21 31 h6 CDR MARK. Going to CARRIAGE" RETRACTED.

Setting the exposure for. 90. Winding
it up. This is the iame field,
nnmher 620. Stand by.

3h6 21 32 Oh CDR MARK. Starting the 90 minute ex -

90 second exposure at this time.
p

3h6 2k 32 59 CDR Time is now 21:23. Stand by.

f-
3h6 21 33 17 CDR MARK. Termination of this exposure,
CARRIAGE RETRACTED. New ROTATION is 4- _
002.3. Next, the TILT is 28.4. All
_ right, verifying the rotation is
02.3; the TILT is 28.4. This is field
854. Winding up to 270. Stand by.
Winding to SLIDE RETRACTED.
z

346 21 34 21 CDR MARK. Stsx_ing to open the shutter.

Starting the exposure of field number
854, with a ROTATION verified as "
002.3; the TILT verified at 28.4.
We're looking at frame counter number 3,
frame counter D17mher 3.

CDR 50 percent.

CDR Carl, it ]ooks like you're trying

to pack too much into this pad.
Your last - last field is 21:59, and
you want s 90, a 30 and a 30, and
sunrise is 22:02. It looks like
there's Just a chi_-m,n's chance of
 , 4

Dump Tape 346-10 .........

/_ Page 8 of 12 ..........

- - making it. Passing 80 percent.

346 21 37 20 CDR I think l'm now running about

15 seconds behind. The 21:34 start
time was 21:34 about 16 or so. we're
past 90 percent coming up on i00.
Stand by for termination of field 85h _r
at I00 percent. Stand by.

346 21 37 50 CDR MARK. Termination. Going to _._

j
CARRIAGE RETRACT. Changing the •TILT
to 227.8. One of the problems is
- you can't read the dials too well.

CC J oo J "
-

CDR Okay, 227.8 and the TILT is 01.9.

CC Okay, sorry aboutthat; Bill. I

cango aheadif you got a moment.
- 2

i CDR All right they're set. The first one

is a 270, widened. All right going
-_- - to SLIDE RETRACTED. Stand by for --
the initiation. _

- 3_6 91 38 50 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN. Verifying

- ROTATION of 227.8, a TILT of 001.9.
This is field 276, and we're on a
_ 270 widened.

346 21 39 14 CC Yes, but ... it turns out, it

doesn't look like it's going to be
- thatbig an impact
at _11. . - -

PLT Thank you very much ...

CDR _ What 's that, Bill?

PLT ...

CDR Oh, beautiful. He said there'd

be little or no loss. Beg your
pardon. What you say about, again?
Oh, great _ Okay.

CDR Carl I wish you'd put a T-handle

F
F_ Dump Tape 3_6-I0 .......
Page 9 of 12

.......... on topof this winding valve .............

instead of a - instead of Just
this knob. The knob when your
hands are moist is very slippery.
A T-handle would have been a whole
lot better for winding this rascal .
up.

346 21 40 55 CDR Passing 60 percent. The next "

exposure is a 270, but it's unwidene_.
By the way we're looking at a
frame count of 004. A_li£tle past
"- 70 percent.

CDR Passing 90 percent. S_d by for

termination.

__ CC Skylab, Houston. We're i minute

from LOS. Next site is Guam - -

3_6 ?_I 42 26 CDE MARK. _Termination. CARRIAGE is

_RETRACTED. The TILT and ROTATION
stay the Sam_; the SLIDE is RETRA_I'_'.D.

3_6 2_% _2 36 CDR Opening the shutter now and starting 4- _

my watch. --

CC That'swhy I'm crimson.

3_6 21 _3 _3 CDR 60 seconds have gone by.

CDE The frame count on this frame is 005.

2 minutes are gone. ..

CDR 180 seconds gone by on this exposure.

This is field number 276, 270 unwidened.

CDE Okay, we have 250 seconds in now.

19 Seconds. Staud by.

(Hysterical laughter punctuates

next 15 minutes)

3_6 P_1 _7 I0 CDR MARK. Terminatio_ of the 270 unwidened.

Now changing the ROTATION to 224.2.
That's set. And a TILT of 00.9.
That's set. Winding up for a
 DumpTape346-10 ............
Page i0 of 12

270 widened. Okay, SLIDE RETRACTED

now. Stand by for shutter opening.

3_6 21 47 56 CDR MARK. SHUTTER OPENED. We're Iooklng

at frame count n,_ber 6. This is
field number 281 with a ROTATION of
224.2 end a TILT of 00.9.

346 21 48 28 CDR Okay, the time is now 48:30, .L"

22:48:30. We're about on schedule, _
but I don't think we're going to
get it all in by sunrise_

CDR Passing 50 percent. +

346 21 51 06 CDR Okay, we're lookin_ _t fr_ number 6.

And we're 90 percent of the way
.... through the e_xposure. All right,
stand by for termination. Going
to CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Stand by.

346 2-1 51 34 CDR MARK. Termination. CARRIAGE RETRACT.

Going to a ROTATION of 166.5. All
.... ..... right, end we're going to a TILT ....
of 14.5. All right, that's set. The -*
first exposure is a 270 widened.
Okay, SLIDE RETRACTED. Stand by for
the exposure. Stand by.

3_6 21 52 22 CDR MARK. SH_I'I'_:R'sOPEN. We're looking

at fr,-_ number 7. I'll go back,
verify TILT and ROTATION here. TILT
is 166.5; ROTATION is 114.5. This-
is field number 821, and the first "" -
exposure is a 270 widened.

CDR 60 percent.

CDR 80 percent. Try not to clank

things aroaud, you guys.

SPT That doesn't ... Jer.

• 346 2-1 51 31 CDR Okay, I Just thought I felt a -

a clunk when the LBNT opened.
Passing 90 percent. Coming up
on lO0 percent. Termination of
Dump Tape 346-10
Page 11 of 12 ....

the first exposure of field

number 821. Stand by.

346 21 56 0i CDR MARK. Termination of the exposure_

Going to CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Setting
up for a widening of 90. No change.
in TILT and ROTATION. Stand b_.

346 21 56 15 CDR MARK. Frame number 8 has started

CDR Passing 50 percent. 80 percent.

- . Stand by for termination of this
frs-_. It's 008, field-n_Imher 821.
Stand by. /"

346 21 57 33 CDR MARK. Termination." CARRIAGE

_ . RETRACT. Going to a new ROTATION
of 166.4. That's set. New TILT
of 7.5. That's set. First exposure
is a 9Q. Winding it up now. Going
Zo SLIDE RETRACTED. Stand by.

346 2_I 58 i0 CDR MARK. Frame number 9. Verifying

" ROTATION of 166.4, a TILT of 7.5. -~"
This field 818. And we're in a
90-second exposure. The time right
now is 58 and

346 9-1 58 30 CDR 40 seconds - 45 seconds. It's

going to be nip and tuck. We're
going to h_ve two 30s of this same
one. Same field 818. Passing
90 percent. Stand by. "

346 21 59 29 CDR MARK. That's termination. Setting

for 30. Winding it up. Stand by.

346 21 59 40 CDR _[ARK. This is frame number 10.

Make that field 818. We're going
to do this one more time. 60 percent.
•Stand by for termination. Stand by.

346 21 O0 08 CDR MARK. Going up to 30 again.

Winding it up. Stand by.

346 22 O0 15 CDR MARK. About i/2 second late there.

 DumpTape346-10 _ .........
i Page12 of 12 .........

We're coming up on 28 - 22:01. -......

50 percent has gone by. We're
going to make, by golly. 80 percent.
Stand by for termination.

: 346 22 00 43 CDR MARK. CAREIAGE RETRACTed. All right

going to set the TILT and ROTATION
to zero. And setting the TILT to
zero. Retracting the mirror now.
Closing the door. Complete. And -
coming up on 22:02. "
_J

- CDR" - Now coming up on 22:03.- So it

looks like I Just barely, got it
done. / ,

346 22 01 59 CDR MARK. 22:03 and - and the door is

_- closed. ;
:<
3h6 22 02 Oh CDR CDRout.

END OF TAPE

m
D_np Tape 346-11
Time: 346:22:19 to 346:23:11 GMT
12/13/73
Page i of I

346 22 19 28 PLT PLT reporting M092/171 run on

the SPT. Started at 20:50 gaging
the LBNP. (Music) The measurements
on the left calf are 13-3/4; right,
13-1/2. Left legband, Alfa November,
right legband, Alfa Quebec.

346 22 19 50 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

346 22 38 39 PLT PLT recording the end time on M092

at 22:40, and correcting the start
time; make that 21:50, 21:50
instead of 20:50 as reported earlier.

346 22 42 00 PLT Co 2 GAS PRESSURE CAL N 2 02 CO2 is 1183.

346 22 49 00 PLT PLT ; CAL N 2 H20 is reading 1263.

TIME SKIP

346 22 56 34 PLT PLT; precent- CABIN AIR PERCENT

02 H20 and C02 are 7644, 343 and 1.98
respectively.

346 23 07 ii PLT PLT with the VITAL CAPACITY on the

subject, the SPT for M092/171-I,
5.483, 5.363, 5.456.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 346-12
Time: 346:22:17 to 346:23:06 GMT
12/13/73
Page i of 3

346 22 19 28 PLT PLT reporting the M092/171 run on the

SPT, started at 20:50 gaging the LBNP.
Measurements in the left calf are 13-3/4,
right, 13-1/2. Left leg band, Alfa
November, right legband Alfa Quebec out.

346 22 19 50 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

346 23 01 09 CDR This is the CDR at 23:00 Zulu debriefing

the ATM run that started 22:12 Zulu.
It was made up this time of a J0P 6
followed by three block - JOP 26's,
pretty much the same as the last pass I
did except the last one started with
block - JOP 9- The JOP 6 went - I mean
that's uneventfully. The first JOP 26,
I was well into it when I discovered a
spray beginning to come out -what looked
like, oh, 40 or so arc minutes of roll
above where I was. And it's too bad I
wasn't a little bit later. I think I
might have been tempted if I hadn't
started JOP, JOP 26 yet, I would have
been very sorely tempted to modify the
roll from minus 0720 to something like
minus, oh, 0800 or whatever it was,
and lay it right on that little spray.
As I proceeded on through the first
JOP 26, I had no problems with it; got
it off in good shape. But just as that
J0P was finishing, another - that was
building block i0 - another spray occured,
oh, probably 60 arc minutes of roll on
up above the first one I saw. And the
first one was beginning to wane, so I
stayed where I was and pressed on with
the second JOP 26. And while being
distracted and watching the other one,
Dump Tape 346-12
Page 2 of 3

I managed to bungle on 82B, experiment

normal; I forgot to step limb offset
from minus 2 to zero. I think I got two
frames done on 82B with the - 82B
exposure normal. I terminated it - offset
to - from minus 2 to 0 and then started
it over again. So I wasted two of your
frsmes and I apologize.

346 23 03 21 CDR Other than that - that building block i0

went well. The third building block i0
went without a hitch. Went right on
through it, with an offset of plus 2, and
then I checked my sprays again. The
first spray was gone, but the second spray
was still well defined and did not appear
to be on the wane as yet. So I rolled
on up to that point and that gave me a
roll of minus 1094. I - on the XUV SLIT
I reset to LIMB SCAN - actually I went
back to LIMB SCAN then white light display.
Made sure I was right on the limb. Went
back to LIMB SCAN, noticed that my limb
offset had reset back to zero, so I went
to LIMB POINTING and did a shopping list
number 3, interesting events. And I called
it a spray; it might have been a minisurge.
I don't know Just which you would want to
call that.

346 23 04 251 CDR At any rate I did one PATROL SHORT for
SI056. For SOL82B I did one timed triant
wavelength short, exposure 240 at a zero
offset, that's offset out 2, and and
another. And then offset out to 6 and
did another and got i minute 40 seconds
of that done before we hit ESS. Now
S055A I should have stopped everytime I
got to line 13 but I Just completely forgot
that. I went ahead and just did a full
MIRROR AUTO RASTER on the area, and -
actually we did a bylinear of about a
mini auto - a MIRROR AUTO RASTER and 3/4.
I forgot to note which line we were on
when I terminate, but it was about 1-3/_.
l-

Dump Tape 346-12

Page 3 of 3

Possibly two complete. Well my count

says two so that's what we did. We did
two MIRROR AUTO RASTERS. Now for about
2/3 of the first MIRROR AUTO PASTER. I
unfortunately had detector number 1
inadvertently turned off, and I got that
on at the suggestion of the ground. And
I'm sure you got at least one full MAR
with detector 1 in. And that's the
time we hit ESS; I terminated S082B
promptly at ESS; I terminated S055A at -
oh, I would suspect about 300K rather
than 400 K. And that's about it. I
took a look at XUV MON; didn't see
anything particularly interesting there,
and the white light coronagraph was
devoid of my indications of - of anything
new. And this little spray I'm quite
sure was not big enough to cause any sort
of thing that you might see on the corona-
"P graph.

346 23 06 19 CDR CDE out.

END OF TAPE
I S_
o
Dump Tape 347-01
Time: 347:00:09 to 347:01:19 GMT
12/12/73
Page 1 of h

347 00 i0 48 Sl°T SPT at 00:i0. M092 and MI71. M092

run was kind of a disappointment. I
Make it through bu a little motion there
at the end .... little faint but,
otherwise, no objective symptoms.
Pulse pressure dropped down there a
little bit. The only thing I can attribute
it to was probably I must be dehydrated.
I didn't prepare for this in any
special way at all like I have the
other ones .. • Just a large amount of
water either yesterday or today. And,
a bit chilly. A little - a little
drying off when I started, but I didn't
feel it was bad enough to warrant taking
in a lot of water• Not especially rested,
nor not especially tired either. So I
don't know ... M171. I had no problem
with that. Did a little exercise afterward.
One thing that I did notice about
that is that every time the blood pressure
comes ... where you are riding the bike,
you have to hang the one arm loose or you've
got to really hang on with the other one.
And I think it correlates heart rate rise
with the blood pressure deflate period
they ... correlation. I noticed it
go up 2 or 3 feet each time that
occurs ... go off I could relax and hold
on with both hands and the heart rate
would level off and go down a little.
•.. what kind of effect you have to
apply to the ... in order to get the
actual oxygen consumption rate. Jerry
got up to point 4 to point 5 or so, and
I'm wondering what that really corresponds
to. SPT out.

347 00 36 13 PLT The PLT debriefing the ATM pass that started
approximately at 23:45 and included a
JOP 9, building block l, which was truncated
at 6 minutes ... 82 Alpha that was
completed as ...
Dump Tape 347-01
Page 2 of 4

347 00 36 43 PLT I did notice what I consider to be a

sort of a brightening at the base of ...
streamer located at approimately 8 o'clock
when solar north is at the top. Made a
mental note to look at it later.
I guess that later when I checked XUV MON.
When Sun centered and the - there
was - on INTEGRATE - there was an
area of brightening on the limb, much
brighter than the rest of the limb
brightenings at approximately 8:30 position.
In otherwords, not -not precisely but
grossly correlated with the streamer which
appear to have some brightening at
the base. Then went to J0P 26, building
block 10. Three of those in a roll and
those were all performed nom_nally
with the exception of the last one. I
hit 82B exposure normal, let's see, and
I got the first exposure at the previous
limb offsetin zero. So when it - I saw
the HEADY light come on, I hit the 82B
stop to stop the sequence, stepped out
to plus two and restarted the - the
normal sequence. And when I completed
the sequence - normal sequence at limb
offset plus two I went back and I got
the 10-second exposure so there is one
extra 10-second exposure at the limb
offset. Everything else was performed
nominally except when I - I completed
a little bit early, I went back - went
over to the limb and looked at the
8 o'clock and there is nothing spectacular
but there is definitely a fall [?]
prominence over in that area. Checked
the XUV MON again and there's brightening
in that area. Had Ed come up and look
at it. He Wasn't too impressed but said
it - it could be growing in that area.
Other than that one extra frame ll lead
to D. [?] I think your reasoning was
performed nominally.

3h7 00 39 18 PLT PLT out.

Dump Tape 347-01
Page 3 of h

3h7 00 42 31 SPT

347 00 42 51 SPT SPT out.

347 01 15 08 CDR This is the CDR at 01:15 Zulu, reporting

completion of housekeeping 70 X-ray
3 and h. Mol sieve PP - correction,

mol sieve PPC02 in indicator is 5.5;

PPC02 OUT is 2.5; for mol sieve B

PPC02 IN is 1.8; PPC02 OUT is .4. New

subject. This is oxygen partial
pressure sensors. I think on about day 3
or day 2 in the activation sequence, there
was one sequence where I was to change
out the - the sensors - partial
pressure oxygen sensors. And I made
the note that in sensor n,_her 2 1 found
a deposite of crystal line structure that
was salty to the taste. It was a white
crystalline structure. The ground said -
I asked them what they w sated me to do
with it and I kind a inferred that I'd
be willing to put it away and save it,
bring it home so they could analyze it

and see what it was. PP02 number 2

sensor is the one that is not working
properly and it is the one that won't
seat properly. After a little bit of
experience it's become apparent to me
that that white crystalline structure
that tastes salty is it needs salt.
We've had a couple of small spills from
our salt syringes at eating table and
the crystalline structure that - that -
remains when the salt evaporates is
exactly the same. It's just plain old
garden variety household salt. So I would
suggest that we forget about going to
the trouble of bringing this - this
particular sensor back with it's mysterious
crystalline structure attached to it,
because I think all of this is plain, old
salt. It probably happened when a previous
crew had one of their salt packets break,
it'd go squirting off in the other direction.
Dump Tape 347-01
Page 4 of 4

347 01 17 22 CDR _CDR out.

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 347-02
Time: 347:01:55 to 347:03:36
12/13/73 ....
page i of 7 ___:

Of5601 ........
sPTatb : 61H heiotos; First
one was HH55, and the bag ID is CXl7;
frame nt,nbers 17, 18, and 19. Th_s _as
of Merapi volcano in Java, Indonesia.
The location of the volcano was wide
open, kinda plowed, good Sun angle.
.... We got three handheld 100-millimeter .....
shots of it; f/ll, 1/250.

547 01 56 _3 SPT Bill Pogue, Jerry Carr, and I were

up there looking at it. Ltook the
- photos. Jerry said - he thinks he
._ was able to identify it Joy eye, with
no smoke or no vent visible to us.
:: And Bill Pogue looke_ :_ut through
_ : binoculars, and also was able to see -
it, and believes that - he said he -
d/d see the c_ater. But could not
see any - any venting or any smoke
- coming _from it. However, we have
gotten three good photos of that
_ '-_ area. So, I believe we can never [?]
record it.

SPT Following that, we got a series of -

"- c_ photos; ani they fall into the Land-Air
-- -- ! category. They were all along the
_ _ coast of Australia. First of all, before
_ I give you the particulars, bag ID Y
_;. numbers which - which we had - had 17. -
::: Frame numbers 20 to 32. GMT was 01:35 _
_ to 01:h0. Okay, go back to HH55. That
_ was - those frames were taken at 01:24. ". -
L --

_ S47 01 58 Oh SPT Okay, back to the Land ... photos, 20 to 32.

- Z_,_7 01 58 30 SPT _ The southern part of Australia, which

is wide opened now, has been cloud covered,
and that thing since we came over. And
by that, I mean the area from Port Lin-
coin, Adelaide - that's A-D-E-L-A- I- D- E.
-z The Kangaroo Island, Port Pirie, Peter-
-! boorough, Mount Gambier, Hamilton, Geelong,
_4

Dump Tape 347-02 ...............

Page 2 of7 -

down to Melbourne, especially that

whole area which was nothing but_ a
continuous quiltwork of either urban
development, or rural farming. I
think the geometry in the area was most
interesting from the way in which the
quiltwotk pattern was laid out

SPT The cities themselves were very visibie

as they inter ... the major directibns
of streets, and they all showed - nothing
particularly showed up,_ Out the - Just
the directions were readily apparent by
eye. ..'
J

3h7 Ol 59 45 SPT The rural development all showed a

quiltwork, which exterior seemed to
- have it's ow_ direction for each - for
the boundary for everybody's land.
That is, had nothing but a series of
rectaugles all lined up against one
:another, and the side oto the rectangles
jF a]] had a different orientation in a "_
given locale. And then it was gradually _
_ transformed into anothermajor axls, l
or major rotation or clocking of these
- axis.

347 02 O0 24 SPT The area was wide open and it reminde_

me very much of what you see in flying
over, say, some of the parts of southern
California. Although this was rural
development, not - not urban, as most of ". --
southern California is, it was Just a
continuou_ quiltwork of - of farm and
land division.

SPT The coloring showed up quite well.

There was a - a lot of vegetation.
And the l_nd was bright red - the color
of the - some of the ground underneath,
somewhat dark. The dark - very dark
green, or almost black. So, we have
the geometry, the" color, and a good
Stm angle, and a wide open day. So I
• - Dt_pTape347-02
Page3 of 7 .....

shot a bundle of film, giving you a

pretty thorough coverage of that whole
area, which I hope will be usefu2
for - for those who are interested'in
land use - -

CC Hey, Ed - -

SPT - - and especia]]y for the people down

in Australia.
2

CC ED..... _"

34702 01 39 SPT SPT out. -

J

TIME SKIP

3_7 03 27 xx PLT Okay, time_ is 15:30. Debriefing the

ATM pats that started at 02:h8. Build-
ing block 1 - that's right - J0P 6,
step I, building block IA which was ...
. performed nominally. Building block 6,
JOP 1 Bravo was performed nominally
except when I started to do the CONTINUOUS
on the 52, I set the ... EXTENDED STAND-
ARD - that's the second one - the second
sequence ¢f 52, after rolling to
minus 3h0C. And then, I was gonna throw
in the first three exposures of a CONTI-
NUOUS after that to get a total of 15.
I got distracted from ground and forgot ". •
my time, and got a couple of extra
frames in there probably used up on
exposure.

3h7 03 27 58 PLT 82A exposures timed up properly. The

•.. take was - was performed due to
the update with minus 2.5, minus 2.3.
•The activity seems to be pretty - pretty
well nil. The one streamer I've been
watching over about the 8 o'clock
position when a solar ... at the top
still has about the same character as
 Dump Tape 347-02 .....
Pageh of 7 .......

.......... it did earlier this afternoon. Doesn't

seem to be growing any - I was watching
it fairly closely. A lot of fine. struc-
ture on the east limb in the corona. -
And there's a one big streamer still
active on the west limb.

r_ 347 03 28 42 PLT There's a scan around in H-alpha for "_

the east limb, trying to pick up
the prominence I saw earlier this
afternoon, could not find it. That's
at the 8 o'clock position,'where the -
-. the streamer over there-seems to be -
seemed to be developing %hen at the
point at which I reported earlier in
the day. There was four XUV activities,
and in the rest of the limb in the area.

34703 29 i0 PLT There did not seem to be much change in

that - in the status as far as XUV
associated with the streamer 8 o'clock.
Still a little bit more there, but
_ nothing spectacular.

PI_T Locked around at H-alpha at the sunspots ~"

and the filaments. There were sunspots
right near - Almost near dead-center of
the Sun. And that was about it.

B47 03 29 B4 PLT PLT out.

_ 347 03 29 35 PLT On ATM, I'll give the frame count here

in Just a ,3econd. And in case somebody _
want to give it to ground. Stand by -

547 03 29 47 PLT E-alpha I06eB. 56: 3577. 82 Alfa: 123.

Bravo lOlh. 52: 5269. 54: 3504.

PLT PLT out on ]G3 - ATM debriefing, and PLT_

I'd like to debrief the S183 procedure
I did. I've already indicated, I think,
the ar - given the information that we
were interested in. And I ha - I want
to go over it step by step in detail.
 Dump Tape 347-02 ......
Page 5 of7 -

This is in reference to the general

message S - S 183 I-i checkout.

PLT Following procedure is to insure "-

carrousel i-i is SYNCed and film gate
is operable. We hope loose glass
encountered previously will not Jeopardize --_
future operations.

PLT Step l: Pressurize and remove carr6u-

sel 1-1 from stowage container in subdued
. light. I did that. _acuma exterior of
carrousel and interior of container. I
did that. I saw only one small fr84_nent
about the size of a .grain of rice, except
it was flat. -

_ PLT 2. Verify f_Im gate closed. Check action

of gate by opening and letting it snap
closed with spring action. I did that,
and it >appeared to work properly. It
really did open; it sprung back closed
snd didn't seem to be binding on anythiug, _.
.. and that's what I was looking for. .~.

3_7 03 31 15 PLT Step 3: Verify alignment mark (drill

_-_k on center hub face of carrousel)
is s.ligned with film gate. It was not.
In fact if you visualize the film gate
slot as 12 o'clock position on the
clock, then the drill alignment hole
or r,,_k wa_ - Just about dead on
45 degrees, I0 o'clock wise. In other ".
wor_s the lO:BO clock position on the
clock. I checked it with the preference
that were suggested, and it came out
Just right on the 45 degree marker.

PLT If al - if aligned, go to step 5, if

you would, so. If not, voice record
angle offset and align. I did. I - I'm
doing that now. I did align. The
ATM point - aligned the ATM pointing
overlay ma._ be used to estimate the
angle offset. I used that.

•F
 D_np Tape 347-02 ..........
Page 6 of7

PLT Okay, now. To align, depress center

of carrousel hub. Recessed. _nter it
sand rotate, the minimum angle of ..,J
to align drill mark to film gate. Re-
lease hub to film gate. Period. Re-
lease hub center and rotate slightly to
insure carrousel is in a deter_ted posi-
tion. Period.

3h7 93 32 33 PLT Okay, now. I tried to do this one the

same way I did on that 2-2-, and I - I
_ Just about ruined the end of my fingers
trying tO rotate the hub. I could not
put enough pressure to get enough friction
between the end of my "finger and the
hub, to rotate it. So what I did was,
I went down and got some tin straightener
..... pliers and c_refully reached in there
and grabbed that thing and turned it. Now
it turned fairly easily with the pliers,
which - you know - I mean I don't know
how much more there's sup - supposed to
be required to turn that thing. So you - ._
-_ we may have a problem; we may not. In other ~.
: words, what I'm saying is, I may have
been overcoming interference which the
: carrousel advance mechanism may not be
able to. That is when I was using the
pliers. I had enough force to overcome
some friction of internal resistance
that the carrousel may not. We ought
to be able to find that out tomorrow.
So I cannot give you definite assurance
that we've corrected that problem.

3_7 03 33 34 PLT 5 - Step 5. Install carrousel in stow-

age container and evacuate. That was
accomplished, and it was stowed. Note:
for subsequent 193 ops, if plat - if
plate found protruding from carrousel,
•remove plate, report number, and save.
Insure film gate always closed. I've
never seen it open. If glass encountered
again, tel_llnate ops, notify STDN.

/-
DI_ Tape 347-02 ..........
P_e 7 of 7 .....

3h7 03 34 O0 PLT Okay. Now - Let's see. There was a

question I wanted to ask on that.

PLT Okay. I guess I already asked it." We ''

are gonna use 2-2 tomorrow• And we
ought to be able to tell by plate advance
indications whether or not we're actually
getting operation.
.4

347 03 34 23 PLT Okay. There was one other question T

wanted to ask. Oh, yeah.._ - Is the
number on the plate? Report number -
"- yeah - report number and save. Where is
the number on the plate?- Is it - if -
if - if it's obvious_ don't bother to
answer. If it requires some looking
around, how about giving me a clue as
.... to where to look? I got a little tiny
osrt of magnifying glass, that I can
use, as a part of my eyeglass kit, that
I can use to look for it.

PLT So, that ought to take care of 183. I ___

. ho_e it w_rks. And I hope that we'_e _-
been able to salvage this operation.

347 03 35 04 PLT PLT out.

_VD OF TAPE

. °
Dump Tape 347-03
Time: 347:04:58 to 347:05:02 GMT
12/13/73
Page 1 of 2

347 04 57 51 CDR This is the CDE, 04:55 Zulu. The first

subject is handheld photography. The first
subject is the mountain areas north and
northeast of Rangoon. During the pass
Just prior to coming up on volcano
HH-55 Merapi and trying to get some shots
of Malaysia, we came down on a deeending
pass past Rangoon. And as we were pulling
off to the south of Rangoon, the topgraphy
of the mountains north of RAngoon became very
striking with their snow cover, and I
thought that it was - it deserved a good
picture, an oblique, if for no other reason
but for topographical significance. The
entire mountain range shows - is beautifully
outlined by the snow.

347 04 58 52 CDR The magazine ID, Charlie X-ray 17. It was

taken at 01:20 on day 346. The frame
number is 16 and the settings were f/8 on
the Hasselblad 100 with a 1/250 of a second.

3h7 Oh 59 16 CDR The next items I have to report are - were

later on at 0h:25 Zulu. We got three obliques
of the Afar Triangle, taken from the southeast
looking northwest. The Afar Traingle was
particularily cloud free and we thought the
obliques with the low sun angle were probably
pretty interesting pictures and valuable to
have. The three pictures are on magaizine ID,
number Charlie X-ray 17, taken on 3h - day 3h7
at 04:25 and 0h:27 Zulu. The Afar Triangle
obliques HH-110. Frame numbers are 32 _ 33, and
34. They were all taken with a Hasseblad lO0
at an f/8 and 1/250th.

347 05 00 ll CDR Okay. I have a new subject. This message is

to be delivered to Dr. Hordinsky as soon a's
you can. It's a special open letter to D. O'Hara
from the crew of Skylab 3. Jerry, I'd appreciate
it fi you would hand deliver this to D. Just
as soon as you can.

347 05 00 35 CDR Dear D., it's with mixed emotions that we

bid you a very fond farewell. Your leaving is
an acute loss to all of us, but at the same time
_'_ Dump Tape 347-03
Page 2 of 2

we share with you the excitement that the

promise of a new Job brings. You have been
a great friend to all of us and to our
families over the years. Our kids love,
and our wives love you, and so do we. And
we're all going to miss you terribly. Our
hearts are with you, D., but not our lungs,
our spleens, our appendix, our pancreas.
Signed, Jerry, Bill and Ed.

END OF TAPE

F-
 Dump Tape 347-0_/D-276
Time: 347:]2:09 to 3h7:13:35
12/13/73
Page i of3

347 12 09 01 SPT SPT. PRD readings: 42359, 33193, 38550.

347 12 09 13 _FT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

3h7 12 32 38 3DR This is the CDI_ at ]2:33 Zulu, reporting

on Earth observation handheld camera work.
The first site was HH101-15, the city
of Brazilia metropolitan study. We
didn't really locate Brazilia til we
were past it somewhat • so this picture
is slightly oblique. However, it
should probably serve the purpose;
the weather was good. The next site,
which was - believe dash 9, Rio de
Jamelro, had cloud cover it, so
you could see was the harbor. So we
didn't - didn't bother to take that
f_ picture.

347 12 33 28 CDR The frsme numbers for the first pictures

are number 35 and 36. They were taken
at 13- correction - ]2:22 Zulu. The
magazine is Charlie X-ray 17; the F-stop
was FII and 1/250. We're _ust not ...
of these. We did get Brazilla; we
fotun - we found what looked like a
populated area, and it looked like at
the branch of two rivers. We were looking
for the Pan American Highway as a
possible landmar; however, that was not
evident. And if we get another
oportunity_ we'll try to do a little
visual and oral work, rather than the
photographic work.

3h7 12 34 21 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

347 13 27 58 SPT SPT at 13:28 reporting on the photos

f- . taken of triangleshoes. They were
taken on nag CI ii0, 1/60 with a flash
 !

/-_ _ Dump Tape 3hy-0h/D-276

Page 2 of 3

attachment; frame number 52 - ... frame

numbers 52, 53, and 54. Correction -
that was frames number 51, 52, 53, and
54. The first three were taken of all
three triangle shoeing, all three sets,
on the grid, all from the same ang - all -
each one with three different left
side/front, right side/front, and last
one was taken on the SPT's left heel,
which has become fairly unglued. Let me
describe the conditions of the shoes
in general; that is, what seems to be
characteristic of all the shoeings
and the SPT's heel.

3h7 13 29 34 SPT Okay, the toe guards which were set

up have done a good Job. I wore - did
not have the toe guards on for about the
first 3 weeks, could certainly see the
wear on the toe. It - wherever there's
a hard surface underneath, it tends to
_ help wear through quickestat that location.
With the toe guards on, however, it
keeps the - can be quite adequate. As
you'll see, there's a lot of scuffing
and discoloration of the toe guards,
but they're holding up real well, and
we don't expect to have any problem
with them. The only problem encountered
in the toe guards is that they're very
hard to install. And in m_ set in
particular there was one screw, the one
at the very tip of the left shoe, which
I could not get in. And I have worked with
the - for the past several weeks without
that screw in ther and seems to be in no
way a detriment to the shoe or to myself.

3_7 13 30 37 SPT There is not much wear on the side of the

shoes, Just an occasional amount of
abrasion, I think you can see that's very
minimal at the largest width of your foot,
say right below the small toe, if you
will, on the outside. But that is
minimal and is more of discoloration or
dirtying of the canvas from wearing.
f The other real wear points come in the
back and, that is, with everybody's shoes,
there is a ridge which runs vertically
Dump Tape 347--04/D-276
Page 3 of 3

down the back of the inside a stiff -

very stiff one, maybe two inches across
and one and a half inches across. At
the ... of these ridges the canvas is
stretched and there is a fair amount of
wear and stress where they have started

shoes.

347 31 50 SPT The CDR through

to come and SPT have - the everybody's
on 81most CDR and PLT
' have put tape over those locations and
!• I'm about to do the same. Now one part
i of the SPT shoes on the back on the left
have undergone a pretty healthy tear
and that is the - right along the bottom
edge of the very back, that is, parallel
to the ground, the bottom has been ripped
straight across.

3h7 _3 32 41 SPT And that occurred one day on the bicycle

ergometer which put your heel back down
at the bottom stroke, rubbing your toe
down, if you put your heel down which I
Just happened to be doing because of the
way I was pedaling one day, it can catch
it on the triangular grid, and with
the force of your other leg coming down, the
inertia of the system Just flat rips the back.
And if that slowed one up at all I had not
gotten, the push way larger and I expect
that these will hold up at least half way
through the mission, so no problem. In
general, shoes are wearing but the
thing is we've got another set of canvas
onboard that we'll put in about halfway
through, seeing as we're about a third
of the way now, it looks as though we've
pretty much - have it made. We - We
expect no problems.

347 13 33 3B SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE
 D_p Tape 347-06
_--_,
I
Time:
12/13/73
3h7:15:55 to 3h7:17:12 GMT

Page i of 2

3h7 15 55 2h SPT SPT at 13:55 for M151, Just starting

the M092 run now. SPT, observer. CDI_,
subject.

3h7 15 55 38 SPT SPT out.

PLT PLT debriefing ATM pass. Started at

15:lh - actually 15:32. JOP 9, step l,
building block 2. Performed per pBxl.
That detectors six seven on there when
I first started the - set at 2500 and
first started the MIRROR AUTO RASTER
ground call, I got that off. Other than
that, that was performed normally,
truncated at 6; got the nu z update.

347 16 08 53 PLT And the fifteen Bravo, step 2, building

block 36A, coronalhole was pretty well
fouled up. I tried to give them - I
wasn't quite sure what they wanted to do
on that. I asked Ed, he helped - he tried
to help me out - and I left 55 on STOP.
I saw him put it to AUTO SCAN then he put
it to STOP apparently, and put it there -
turned it to START switch and didn't notice
it didn't have a ready light. Set there
for about 5 minutes, forgot he hadn't any
dat a.

3h7 16 09 24 PLT So I lost a lot of 55 data there. I - I

did not get the last prescribed observing
from 56 but that was mainly due to the fact
that I was slow getting everything set up
there. So that wasn't too good; 15 Bravo.

PLT I got - I bet 55 run down past hOOK, so I

don't know the data may be atmosphericaISy
degraded on the GRATING AUTO SCAN.

3_7 16 i0 02 PLT And sort of a case of too m, ny cooks can

spoil the broth, there, although I asked
for help. So, that data was not - not the
data I have ever given you. I didn't have
a chance to monitor anything. Ed's given
us a pretty good brief on the coronal
structure.
Dump Tape 347-06
Page 2 of 2

347 16 i0 26 PLT I did notice that - that as I've noticed

before - that the whole of the southpole,
coronal hole, is quite distinct and on the -
a few things that's solar north of the
top. The - it moved in a clockwise dir-
ection from the southpole and it moved
slightly to the left and up.

347 16 lO 50 PLT When you come to the edge of that coronal

hole, it's fairly bright border there.
In other words, it seems that like there's
ther's a high degree of activity and then
all of a sudden it stopped. And since
we've learned a thing, I think that led
Ed initially to want to point over there
mud get that border and finally we decided
to go above the limb as per the JOP for
this mission, which we did. But that is an
interesting feature which bears watching.

347 16 ii 22 PLT PLT out.

SPT SPT at 14, make that 16 :20. M092,

CDR subject, left leg, 13.0. Right leg,
13-1/8. Leg band, the left, Alfa November.
Right, Alfa Quebec.

347 16 21 04 SPT SPT out.

SPT SPT at 16:55. M171. We Just concluded

M092.

347 16 56 i0 SPT SPT out.

347 16 57 12 SPT SPT at 16:58. MITI. CAL N2 C02, 1180.

347 17 08 35 SPT SPT at 15:08. MI71. CAL N2 H20 1257.

347 17 08 40 SPT SPT out.

SPT SPT, 171. MITI. Cabin pressure 5.019.

Bh7 17 13 01 SPT MITI. First stop. N-O-.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 347-05
Time: 347:14_51 to 347:15:33 GMT
12/13/73 "
Page i of i0

347 14 51 26 CDR This is the CDR at 14:52 and

30 seconds. We're beginning the
SO19 operation. The SAL door is
open, the mirror is extended and set
at a ROTATION of 31.0 and a TILT
of 6.2. The first field is number 213
and exposure will start at 14:54_

PLT ...

CDR Okay?

347 14 53 l0 CDR The nuZ correction is zero. The nu Z in

the ATM DC is minus 2.4, and on
the pad it's minus 2.5.

347 14 53 32 SC Okay, the first exposure is 270

widened. Okay, I'm gonna start.
Going to SLIDE RETRACTED. All right,
coming up on the first exposure.
Stand by -

347 14 54 08 CDR MARK. SHUTTER'S OPEN and I verified

that the FILM HATCH is OPEN. This
is star field 213, the first exposure
is 270 seconds widened and we're
verifying a ROTATION of 31 and a2TILT
of 6.2. The frame count is 012. |

347 lh 54 55 CDR That exposure was started at 14:54

and 7 seconds.

CDR 50 percent.

347 i4 56 27 CDR The next exposure will be on the same

field; w-ill be widened 90 seconds.
Passing 90 percent. Stand by for
termination -

347 14 57 16 CDR MARK. Termination. Going to

CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Setting it for
90 widened; winding up. Okay, stand
by for exposure start -
_m

Dump Tape 347-05

Ps4_e 2 of l0

347 14 57 32 CDR MARK. Exposure started at 57:40,

57:35. 20 percent.

CDR 50 percent.

347 14 58 39 CDR Okay, stand by for termination.

By the way, the frame count is 013.

347 14 58 49 CDE MARK. Termination. CARRIAGE RETRACT.

Changing the ROTATION to 35.7. And
the TILT is being changed to 15.3.
All right, it's a widened 90. I'm
winding it up now, going to SLIDE
R_.TNACTED. Stand by -

347 14 59 36 CDR MARK. The SHUTTER is OPEN and the

time is 15:02, 15:00 and 2 seconds.
I'm verifying the ROTATION is 35.7,
the TILT is 15.3. This is field
number 128, 90-second widened ex-
posure. My next exposure will be
Kohoutek at 15:03:h0. 50 percent.

347 15 00 49 CDR 90 percent. Stand by - This is

frame 014.

347 15 O0 53 CDR MARK. The CARRIAGE is RETRACTED.

Changing the ROTATION to 195,5. And
lock. The TILT is 22.1 and locked.
This is a 240-second unwidened. Stand
by. Going to SLIDE RETRACTED.

347 15 Ol 30 CDR MARK. The SHD'I'I',:R

is OPEN a_d the
watch was started. It was started at
15:02 and 30 seconds.

347 15 02 22 CDR Okay, I'm reverifying the ROTATION

is 195.5, the TILT is 22.1. We're
looking at frame count number 15.
I minute has gone by. l'm looking
at the viewfinder and I think I'm
looking at the ground. But I think
I see the horizon moving past now.
We're a minute and a half into the
exposure. I see the horizon going by.
Should see Kohoutek rise.
Dump Tape 347-05
Page 3 of i0

347 15 03 46 CDR Okay, we see the airglow horizon

going by. I see Kohoutek loud and
clear. 2 minutes and 30 seconds
have gone by or will go by in about
4 seconds. For the first minute and
a half of the exposure, Carl, was
clouds, or I should say the Earth.
And then up until about 2 minutes
and 15 seconds you were looking at
the airglow between the horizon and
top of the airglow. And finally
just about, I would say 03:30 - well,
no, 02:15 is when the comet finally
cleared. And we are now completing our
third minute. We have the comet and a tail.
It's really not as clear in your optics
as it is with a pair of binoculars
out the STS window.

347 15 05 13 CDR I think I did you a disservice, Carl,

in that I started the exposure on Kohoutek
too early. I 'm finally looking over
the remarks in my pad and I should have
waited till exactly 03:40. Okay.

347 15 05 43 CDR MARK. 4 sec - 4 minutes have gone by.

CARRIAGE is in RETRACT. And let's see,
it's now 06 and I'll go ahead and get
the mirror retracted and the door closed.
Setting ROTATION and TILT to zero. I'm
so used to being so far behind on this
SO19, that I - I should not have
gone ahead and started the exposure
early cause I hope that I didn't
overexpose the film and degrade your
Kohoutek information by showing you
some airglow first. My ROTATION and
TILT are both zeros. I'm gonna retract
the mirror. Retracted and locked.
Going to close the wind - or the SAL
door. Closed and locked.

347 15 07 30 CDR Okay, this is the CDR terminating

S019 operations.
Dump Tape 357--05
Page 4 of i0

347 15 12 36 PLT The PLT in ... at 15:15 with

the M487-2 Bravo. Number I -
this is on page 2-3 of the Eval.
Checklist - How adaptable are the
various compartments to multi-uses
beyond their prime design function?
(Example, does each sleep compart-
ment double for off-duty reading,
et cetera)? I find that in the case
of the sleep compartment ; of course,
we don't have time to do much reading.
The flight planners see to that. But
in any event, the sleep compartment
does afford a lot of stowage during
the day; I find the straps across the
sleep restraint very useful for ...
handling bulky items, such as urine
bags, ... supply modules, that sort
of thing. The towelholders,I
use every one of them for holding
clothes, socks, watches, et cetera.
As far as the wardroom doubling
beyond their prime design function;
of course, the wardroom is our prime
viewing area because we're getting ...

347 15 18 01 PLT It's ver conveneint to look over and

see where you are and I think that
we'll probably be in an awful lot of
good ham&held photos and visual
observation by virtue of the fact that
in the wardroom. So I think that
probably the wardroom is making a
prime contribution to the visual
observation sciences which, of course
wasn't its signed function. We also
find the wardroom wall very convenient
for posting items for general crew
reference. Our wall space is at a
premium, but we find - in fact, I find
myself using the doors of all the lockers
for stowage also, which makes it in-
convenient to ger into the lockers and in
one case the tableware, the eating
utensils stowage I find ttudesireable in
theirdesign, so I Just line my utensils
! ..........

Dump Tape 347-05

Page 5 of i0

out using the magnets which are only

marginal in their effectiveness, but at
least they still work. The wardroom
table is not very convenient to use
because of the fact that a lot of
times we have food in the area and the
trays - when you take the trays out, the
pudding[?] All come out and so you're
and also it Just doesn't seem to be
convenient to put the tops on the
trays a lot because of the latches,
because of the fact that you take
the bottom tray out, the puddlings come
out of their drawer. Experiment
compartment. It's sort of useful, it's
got such a steady good volume. You're
able to move around it quite well so I
do a lot of Just sort of ... experimen-
tation with small objects, such as balls,
and that sort of thing. And use it in
zero g for play and the elementary because
it does have a close ceiling and you can
move around and catch things. Whereas
the forward compartment is such a large
volume, it's pretty difficult to do
anything when you ... The head is not
useful for about anything else because
of the floor in there and also it's not
intended for anything else and it's not
used for anything else. Very difficult
to restrain yourself in the head because
of things we've already mentioned.

347 l_ 20 28 PLT Forward compartment I don't think of any-

thing other than the prime design
function that is a large volt,me and
housing stowage and supplies and providing the
scientific airlocks for the corollary
experiments. Also, there's volume for
the corollary experiments. I can't think
of anything else. Airlock's not useful
for anything other than going through.
MDA is use - its work[?] is useless
because of lack of restraints in it. And
how good has sleep restraint been for
sleeping - it's excellent. Anything useful
for anything other than sleeping, I've
already mentioned the fact it's a good
interim stowage place, very good.
f

Dump Tape 347-05

Page 6 of i0

Very ... you can even use it to sit

down at the wardroom table. Okay, again,
I think the utensils should have a good
stowage position; the location on the
tray itself or in it. I find the stowage
in the locker is very inconvenient to use
and unsatisfactory from my standpoint,
takes a lot of - it's a lot of trouble to
get them in there where the restraint is
unsatisfactory, doesn't hold up too well.

PLT Would a design modification of the table

and its associated restraints be desirable
for any or all uses? Well, I wouldn't want
the people that designed this table to do
anything else. I think that it's such
a lousy Job of design and the foot
restraints are so poorly designed that I
wouldn't want to have - have those same
people work on that thing because all
they'd do is Just made a bigger and better
white elephant. Although the idea is sound,
I'm afraid the implementation would be very
bad if the same people were permitted to work
on it.

347 15 22 14 PLT What sanitation problems have developed and

how have you dealt with them? Urine spills
I guess. I have been - I've had about two
urine spills and both of them were m_ fault.
Mainly because of the peculiar way we're
processing our urine bags. In other words,
we leave them out, we have to - evacuate
them put them in chloride and so forth. And
I've saved up old clothes for that purpose,
mopped up with the old clothes. Defecation
for me has not been a problem. It could be.
Again, you - the prob - the way you deal with
them is give us time. And that time is at a
premium. I think that anything can be cleaned
up if you're given enough time. Of course it's
unpleasant and it hasn't been that big of a
problem for us. Food spill in the - in the
wardroom has been a problem in that the bags
have been - I've had a lot of trouble with
spilling the drink bags, or the flatus bags
is probably a better name for them because that's
where I think all the flatus is generated in
taking our drink - drink bags.
F_

Dump Tape 347.-05

Page 7 of i0

347 15 23 2_ PLT I think that that's another problem too.

We generate so much flatus, we have to pass
so much gas, that you're laundry marking
your shorts all the time. And that thing
probably sounds a bit flippant, but I
think it's an - it is a problem and I don't
went to pass over the flatus problem lightly
because I think farting about 500 times
a day is not a good way to go.

347 15 23 48 PLT What is the most disconcerting personal

hygiene problem you have encountered? I
think I Just mentioned it. Farting about
every 5 minutes, and I don't mean Just a nice
little poot I mean really passing a big
blast of gas (laughter). It's Just not Just
a nice thing. It - it offends people around
you and the only - the only redeeming feature
is that everybody else is passing the same
amount of gas. It's a good thing we got
some charcoal canisters taking the stuff
out.

347 15 24 16 PLT How effective and efficient are the cleanup

procedures and hardware? The - We don't have
a very good way of cleaning up. It's Just
swab and mop and we use our own personal
towels. The - the tissues are at a premium
and I don't want to - I find myself very
reluctant to use gobs of tissues to clean up.
I made one obser - observation that leads to
the aft compartment, that is, we have grid
structures about 6 to 8 inches above the
plenum wall, the bottom of the workshop,
which is a closed bulkhead. Now this b1,1_head
is about 16 inches below the grid, and it
gets an awful lot of food spills and yet
there's not a good way to reach through to
there and clean it up. You can reach your
hand through there but you - you're Just con-
fined. And you scratch - cut your wrist fairly
easily if you try to do any vigorous scrubbing.
So I think in the future we should have re-
movable grids if we have the same arrangement
we have, with an area below which can be
contam_uated food and drink particles drifting
around-around and splashing aroun.

347 05 25 26 PLT How much of a timeline imposition are cleanup

 Dump Tape 347-05
/-_ Page 8 of I0

chares? I'd say anything that you do is

a timeline imposition because cleanup ob-
viously, -What I do is I try using my
utensils, and then I try to use the utensil
wipe to clean up a small area everyday
before - after I get through eating, before
I throw the utensil wipe away. That way, I
get a little bit cleaned everyday but the
grid above yhr food preparation table is
pretty soiled - Pretty well soiled w_th
small drops of food. By the way, the bag,
the - the - the - the food bags that had to
be cut across the top, they're in - some of
them are in cans. The - These are very poor
bags. And the Apollo bags are very, very
bad for flipping particles of liquid out.
And I think that we're maybe directing
ourselves at the wrong problem here. And
rather than clean up to prevention now -
of course there are always going to be spills
but rather than, say, focusing your at-
tention on giving us more cleanup time, a
better designed bag is probably - it would
go a long way towards minimizing a lot of
those spills. I can't over emphasize the
poor properties of those cut-across bags.
They call them pull-open bags. That - I -
the ones that you have to use the big spoon
in. And they have caused us an awful lot
of spills.

347 15 26 53 PLT How adequate is the ATM chair? And I used

it; and I will - I will comment on it.
Do yoy use the shoes/grid with it? Is the
toebar useful? Oh - okay, no comment on that.

347 15 27 13 PLT How comfortalbe are your garments in terms

of bit, warmth, and don/doff ease? Fit: I
lost a lot of weight. I can't complain about
the fit because they fit me when I was about
15 pounds heavier. Warmth: No problem.
Don and doffing: Well, that's a good question.
The Jacket has the sweat-shirt type insert
at the sleeve. I find it difficult to get
the Jacket on and off with a wristwatch on.
Particularly, if you have to use the - the
passive radialian dosi_ter on the watchband.
I finallytook the PRD and the passiveradiation
dosimeter off the watchband because it - it
was so cnmhersome. So, one of the things that
f_

Dump .Tape 347-05

Page 9 of i0

I think we need is the ability to put

trousers on and off without taking your shoes
off because that causes is a lot of trouble.
And also the sleeve opening needs to be Just
a little bit more flexible. I - I like the
idea of this sweat-shirt type sleeve but also
the sleeves are too long. Now all my sleeves
are about an inch and a half too long, I've
roll the cuffs up to a sort of Jacket, and
I think that's the fit problem. Its Just
not quite tailored properly. The - the Just
hang down too long on the arms.

3h7 15 28 31 PLT What recommendations do you have for im-

proving IVA apartments? Do they tend - one I
missed at first - Do they tend to snag as
you move about in the O/A? Yes, they do.
The pocket that holds the little Flight Plan
book and also the scissors pocket, tends to
snag but you could - I finally took the cord
off my sissors, cause I figured it's a safety
hazard. The pockets are also inadequate.
This is already commented on before but they
Just almost made them good enough you know,
it was just like if they'd have Just used 5
more minutes of time and thought, they could
have made them real nice. Cause the way they
are now is Just sort of marginal, although we -
of course, we do use the Flight Plan pocket
but you know the straps aren't long enough.
I - this the little pocket in front I think
was supposed to be used Just for pencils,
however, it accommodates a flashlight, but
this - this flap isn't long enough to really
hold it in. I keep losing it so I finally
stopped using it and went back to using it for
pencils. The scissors pocket, again - again,
the flap is not quite long enough to really
give you good positive retention of the
scissors, and you can knock the scissors out
of your - flip them out real easy if you hit
something.

347 15 29 41 PLT What recommendations do you have for improving

IVA garments? Well, any place there's a zipper,
there ought to be a zipper-pull tab on the
zipper. If it's nothing more than a little
inch and a half lace or cord or - with a knot
on it or something like that. But I find myself
irritated by having to dig and hunt and probe
p_ m_

• °

Dump Tape 347-05

Page l0 of l0

for the little zipper-pull and - in order

to get at a flashlight in a hurry. Also
any place there's a zipper, there ought to
be an opposite pull-tab. I don't think
it's so critical on the clothing here, but
they - they Just left these off every place
and I don't think the people really knew
what they were doing. I mean I - I've seen
an awful lot of things designed with zippers
that have pull-tabs on the zippers and op-
position plltl -

347 15 30 37 PLT Anyway that's my comment on the zipper pull-

tabs, and what have you detected in environ-
mental elements discusses as the last question
in the first debriefing? Have you used any
of the M487 instrnment_ to document changes?
I'll have to answer that later, I have an
ATM pass now.

END OF TAPE
 s
Dump Tape 347-06

12/13/73
Page i of 2
6--
3h7 15 55 24 SPT SPT at 13:55 for M151, Just starting
the M092 run now. SPT, observer. CDR,
subject.

3_7 15 55 38 SPT SPT out.

PLT PLT debriefing ATM pass. Started at

15:lh - actually 15:32. JOP 9, step l,
building block 2. Performed per pad.
That detectors six seven on there when
I first started the - set at 2500 and
first started the MIRROR AUTO RASTER
ground ca]], I got that off. Other than
that, that was performed normally,
truncated at 6; got the nu Z update.

347 16 08 53 PLT And the fifteen Bravo, step 2, building

block 36A, coronalhole was pretty well
fouled up. I tried to give them - I
f wasn't quite sure what they wanted to do
on that. I asked Ed, he helped - he tried
to help me out - and I left 55 on STOP.
I saw him put it to AUTO SCAN then he put
it to STOP apparently, and put it there -
turned it to START switch and didn't notice
it didn't have a ready light. Set there
for about 5 minutes, forgot he hadn't any
data.

347 16 09 24 PLT So I lost a lot of 55 data there. I - I

did not get the last prescribed observing
from 56 but that was mainly due to the fact
that I was slow getting everything set up
there. So that wasn't too good; 15 Bravo.

PLT I got - I bet 55 run down past 400K, so I

don't know the data may be atmospherically
degraded on the GRATING AUTO SCAN.

347 16 l0 02 PLT And sort of a case of too any cooks can

spoil the broth, there, although I asked
for help. So, that data was not - not the
data I have ever given you. I didn't have
a chance to monitor anything. Ed's given
us a pretty good brief on the coronal
f- structure.
,i

Dump Tape 347-06

Page 2 of 2

347 16 i0 26 PLT I did notice that - that as I've noticed

before - that the whole of the southpole,
coronal hole, is quite distinct mud on the -
a few things that's solar north of the
top. The - it moved in a clockwise dir-
ection from the southpole and it moved
slightly to the left and up.

347 16 l0 50 PLT When you come to the edge of that coronal

hole, it's fairly bright border there.
In other words, it seems that like there's
ther's a high degree of activity and then
all of a sudden it stopped. And since
we've learned a thing, I think that led
Ed initially to want to point over there
and get that border and finally we decided
to go above the limb as per the JOP for
this mission, which we did. But that is an
interesting feature which bears watching.

347 16 ii 22 PLT PLT out.

SPT SPT at 14, m-_e that 16 :20. M092,

347 16 21 Oh SPT SPT out.

SPT SI°Tat 16:55. MI71. We Just concluded

M092.

347 16 56 i0 SPT SPT out.

3h7 16 57 12 SPT

347 17 08 35 SPT

347 17 08 40 SPT SPT out.

SPT

347 17 13 01 SPT

END OF TAPE
• f

Dump Tape 347-.07

Time 347:17:22 to 347:17:39
12/13/73
Page 1 of

347 17 23 21 SPT Ttis is your friendly SPT at 17:22,

MI71.

SPT Looking at the PERCENT 022 , 76.12;

PERCENT WATER, 3.48; and CARBON
monox - dioxide, 2.09. VITAL CAPACI-
TIES of the CDR: 5.229, 5.090, 5.205.

347 17 24 15 SPT SPT out.

347 17 32 28 PLT PLT debriefing ATM Pass which started

at 16:47, J0P 97, building block 2,
performed as per pad. The repetitive
J0P 26, building blocks 10's were
performed all nominal, except on the
last one. When I changed detector, I
left 3, 4, 7, and 6 on and didn't notice
it. And I saw the grating moving. I
turned it off. I don't know how far
it went. But I think it went up past
h,000. Then I got 102, got a MIRROR,
AUTO RASTER at a grating 102. The
XUV MON, as far as the ... time is
concerned, XUV MON on this row - minus
3800 - looks like there's a loop reach-
ing across - see if I can look at me
sketch of that - minus 34 - Okay,
that puts about the lO o'clock posi-
tion. Minus 34 puts about 7 - 8400 on
arc minute position on the - the link,
yeah. And made a 9600, 3600, 8400
position on the limb ... along in
there. And there seemed to be a loop
reaching across, angling in, going
down to the right an arc minute struc-
ture in the XUV. Now I can't positively
say that that's there or not. I was -
I was in a - using repeated integrations
but it looked like you had a very good
location minus 3800 ... the last two
building block lO's. That was about
the only thing I noticed other than I
took a quick look at the corona and
Dump Tape 347--07
Page 2 of 2

_d the fine structure et cetera that

Ed briefed on earlier today is still
there.

347 17 B5 08 PLT PLT out.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 347-08
Time: 347:18:50 to 347:19:24
12/13/73
Page i of 8

347 18 49 37 3PT The other day I had to take pkants - elodiza

plants - elodea plants - out of the A-Jar
and I used the table actually. The food tray
itself with a couple of cans in there ...
there a ... convenient place to ... the table.
The restraints for that table are awful.
Primarily the foot restraints. I think the
best thing they could have done was to yank
them. Never put those foot restraints in
there. Strictly stick with the triangular
grid. If - if ... people may want to use
soft shoes in there, which is a good idea.
We should have had foot restraints - light -
light weight foot restraints which are por-
table. Useful ... foot, down there if you
want them. Right now you've got your triang-
ular foot restraints down in there. Do
nothing but move your triangle so that it
locks, but your foot is out. And ... around.
The net result ... very very ... put your
foot in it. The rest of the ... that keeps
you from putting your feet in the triangle grip.
It's a lousy design and a lousy idea. Thigh
restraints seem to work alright. You've got
your option whether you want to use them or
not. Sometimes I do; sometimes I don't.

347 18 51 l0 SPT What sanifra - sanitation problems have

developed and how have you dealt with them?

SPT No real major problem. No major problems.

Probably be ... got a disaster, like one in
the wardroom. And there you get to it piece
ment. Any time something flies out you clean
it up. Or if something looks sort to fill
it up a little layer something looks - looks
as though it's building up a little - a little
layer of crust, you clean it off. You can
do all of this piecement. The other location
where we have our problem is the head. But
everybody's pretty cautious in there and cleans
up after themselves quite well. Although
potentially it could be quite a problem.
Okay that was number 4. I'll pick up on this
in Just a moment. SPT out on 487-2B.
Dump Tape 347-.08
Page 2 of 8

347 18 53 49 SPT Let me pick up a moment here on handheld

photos CX-17. Page 247. Frame numbers
37 and 38.

347 18 54 ii SPT Okay I'm looking at what appears to be a

pretty good pattern of - of plankton.
Whether it's from an upwelling I'm not
sure. Let me take a look at our location.
What I've seen is a very bright green contrast
of the almost royal blue ocean water and,
again, a very sinuous element, a long
sinuous elemt, and some fairly subtle and
some subtle ones seem relatively larger.
The natural subtle ones, the ones which
have a higher contrast if you will ... higher
contrast are thinner, more compact, better
defined ones. I can see cirulation in
some of them. One in particular looks very
much like a low pressure center, although
it's relatively small. I would guess maybe
20 miles across. Clockwise rotation. A
couple of the long sinuous elements have
pink in them, indicating - or which looks
something like - there have been ... vortices
created along part of it. I wouldn't quite
call it a Von Karmon Vortlce but 2 or 3 ...
elements which I could not identify the sense
of rotation in two of them. One of them is
clockwise. The colors again. One is a light
blue contrasted with the almost - cross be-
tween a baby blue and a dark blue. I don't
have the book out, otherwise, I'd give you
floral scale ... in a minute. One element
is a light blue. One is a light green. And
one's a relatively darker blue which shows
up not with much high contrast - color con-
trast as the other ocean.

347 18 58 17 SPT Okay, as I Just thought we have Just come

across the tip of South America, by Argentina.
And we're looking at the ... current which
we saw a little bit of the other day, before
we went across at - a little higher up. And
I have looked - gotten a couple more photos
down here. On a - the apex of the ... cur-
rent and perhaps some ocean upwellingasso-
ciated with it, and accompanying plankton
growth. In the brightening that there was,
I would say, three different types of colors
and general patterns. One was a very whlte
Dump Tape 347-08
Page 3 of 8

pattern - by that I mean long fairly sharp

pink involved in sinuous elements. And I
would say there the color of that was about
a 9 or so, on the floral scale. 8 or 9.

347 18 59 53 SPT These are relatively small, sharp pink.

The second one was one which was maybe a
7 on the scale. Not quite as small, spread
out, more diffuse, contrasting with the ocean
water behind it which was more like a4. And
then - well actually it wasn't; it was Almost
maybe like a 5, I would think Just one step
up on the floral scale because you can cer-
tainly see this covers a much larger area.
And the two previous ones will be superimposed
on those larger ones. Not necessarily, but
it was observed to be that. So it looks
to me like upwelling or plankton blooms.
If you will .... come up the picture ... the
visions in my mind anyway. Looks as though
the plankton will come up and spread out
on the surface of the water. It'll first
appear as a very tight packet. Touched down
by the current, or the motion of water, ...
element. Then it spreads out a little bit
and becomes spread over a much larger area.
The currents which carried it slowly dissipate
and die away and another one can move up
through it, and it actually ... visible ...
3 stages. Very much the same way new cells
in the atmosphere will grow up, from the re-
mains of an old one. And a new chromospheric
network will grwo in the remains of the net-
work around ti. Although here ... much densely
packed, smaller than usual at that time. Okay,
SPT out, on - well, hold it. Let me give you
the camera data on that CXl7, frame 36,37,38.
F-11, 100-millimeter, 1/250.

347 19 02 01 SPT SPT out.

SPT SPT back in again. Let me give you those frame

numbers once again. They are 37, 38, and 39.
Wanted to make sure I gave them to you cor-
rectly, out.

347 19 04 02 SPT SPT at 19:06. 19:04. Picking up again on

Mh87-2B. Okay, wer're up to number 5.
Dump Tape 347-08
Page 4 of 8

SPT What is the most disconcerting personal

hygiene problem you have encountered?
Probably, one is that you Just don't have
time to take a shower everyday. It takes
a good 45 minutes to an hour. I llke to
enjoy that, but we don't have time for it.
The other sponge bath works but it's not
anywhere near as efficient. And ... clean
and healthy feeling state that you can on the
ground, usually exercise - after exercise
taking a good soap bath, but here it's not
possible.

347 19 05 00 SPT And another way I can interpret that question.

And that is, the head itself, even though
it's very efficient and I think well de-
signed. The process still Just takes too
blooming long, Perhaps ... takes is a good
half an hour, or so. Sometimes ... you
Just don't have a half an hour. The net
result is you end up feeling uncomfortalbe
a good part of the day. I think a lot of
it is requirements put out by experiment
itself. And the time can certainly be cut
down to far less than that if the experiment
did not exist, but the way things are right
now, the process Just takes too long.

SPT How effective and efficient are the cleanup

procedures and hardware? How much of a time
line imposition are cleanup chores?
I don't find that to bea problem at all.
Pretty much stay on top of it as they said
it would happen. So it's no real problem.
How adequate is the ATM chair? ... Is it
readjusted for each crew man? No, we don't
use it. Do you use the shoes or grid
with it? No. Is the toe bar useful? No.
Do you use the chair anywhere other than
the A_? We've got it stashed up there
in the top of the OWS. What design im-
provements do you recommend? Eliminate it.
The reason I give all these negative com-
ments on it is that when you're operating in
the ATM I personally have to reach all
around from one side to the other. When I
use the timer on the ATM for some function.
When I use - When I look at the time, I have
Dump Tape 347-08
Page 5 of 8

to turn the VTS on or off, the

_R on or I - information -
experiment information stowed off.
And a panel right behind me which
I use. I have to get over to -
to open the container for the books.
I use that quite often. I generally
Just have to reach all around, and also
I don't like to be confined ....
I don't need my hands on the switch
on the panel. I lean back, and move
all around. I find it much more
enjoyable to work when I'm not confined.
We will be giving that thing a try.
All in the future ...

347 19 07 29 SPT How comfortable are your garments in

terms of fit and warmth, and
don/doff ease? All of those are not too
bad. Were they sufficiently resistant
to tearing and abrasim? Yes, they're
sufficient, although I have imagined
the valve of the next question .... in
airlock one day, and he had the bottom
of mY pocket - the zipper in my pocket
of the bottom left leg open, and it
caught on something and Just ripped
the pocket halfway down. I was really
rustling along, though. What
recommendations do you have for
improving IVA garments? Well, one is
even though T like these pockets,
I'd like to have a couple garments
around here which don't have these
blooming pockets, Just for comfortable
casual wear. I'd also llke to get
some different colors. I feel like I've
been drafted in the army with this
darn brown; it gets pretty obnoxious after
a little while.

347 19 08 30 SPT I'd like to get some different color

T-shirt ; sweat shirts might not be a
bad idea, but probably T-shirts are
better to go with for right now. Either
that or Just pullover cardigan type. I
think they're plenty warm, ... too warm.
 Dump Tape 347-08
Page 6 of 8

The pockets on the gear though is

not - for the flashlight, is not too
sterling. The pocket is either
to small or too big for whatever you
want to use it - for this pocket I
Just don't use, but ... inside pocket
on the top left thigh I use the one
pocket in the back to hold the - my
scedule book, although I think that the
flap on that is too weak; the velcro
is too weak. The po - or the flap
itself is too short; Just barely make
it. The pockets in the back righthand
side, which I guess one is a ...
pocket and one's a flashlight, are
next to useless because they're too
small for a flashlight or too big for a
flashlight. The flashlight gets lost
in the centered pocket and comes out
z- of the of the otherone. I havenot
found them very useful at all. One thing
I would like is to have a couple of plain
old handkerchiefs around here. I'm not
quite too sure why we have to go around
plucking tissues out of ... all the time.
I would much rather have a handkerchief.
And we are running short on tissures and
wipes.

347 19 l0 16 SPT What changes have you detected in the

environment discussed as the last question
in the first debriefing? Have you used
any at AT, 46 of the Mh87 instruments
to document these changes? Environmental
elements. Can't say environmental element.
Take a look here.

347 19 lO 47 SPT No, I have not done light surveys, spot

meters I've only used for photography.
No, I have flat made - made the
situation work whenever I've been handed ...
time to Jury - rig the lighting, or worry
about sound levels try to measure them and
so forth. The press of getting the Just
doesn't allow that kind of activity.

347 19 ll 20 SPT SPT out.

Dumpl Tape 347-08
Page_'7 of 8

347 19 18 _8 PLT PLTidebriefing the ATM run that Just

started at 19 - 18:20. J0P 9, building
J block i - or step i, building block 2
was on at about minus 3600 arc minutes
and a roll of ... minus 5400. Everything
else is nominal. Just started too
soon. J0P 2 - all those steps were
completed correctly I believe. The
only thing I did wrong was at the end
I didn't go back to white light display
when I maneuvered toward the center of
the Sun by the 52 standard sequence.
I - I had forgotten that. And I understand
why I think I've got that limb tracking
mechanism in there, but it had slipped
my mind actually. It wasn't Just an
oversight; I was Just flat wasn't aware
or even - its been a long time since I've
done that. I looked at the corona versus
the XUV MON, and I think they're looking
in the right area. There definitely,
as Ed reported, there is sort of secondary
type detail of structure developing in
that region you've been looking at there
and - at about the 8 o'clock position
on the Sun. It appears in XUV MON there
is a bright spot on the disk; not - not
Just in the limb, but down onto the
disk now. And it appears as a
continuation of the highly amplified
limb-brightened area with the streamers
coming out, and a little, oh, about 1/16
of an inch diameter circle-size spot
has now moved onto the disk at that
point at the lower part of the brightened
area at the limb the XUV MON, which
very closely correlates of course the ae -
activity or whatever that - whatever
taking place out there in - in that -
looks like active region coming on the disk.

3_7 19 21 15 PLT I don't know that, but that's what I

would guess if - if I were a betting man
I'd say that that's - that's what is
happening; that it's Just moving onto
the disk. That's about all the viewing
I got other than Just watching that limb
activity on the E-ALPHA I and H-ALPHA 2
which didn't tell a whole lot.
Dump Tape 347-08
Page 8 of 8

You can't - sometimes you can on

this MON 1. Let's see, that's about
it. I'm set up for the next orbit,
I think that everything's in good
shape here. I'll clean up the panel.

347 19 21 49 PLT PLT out.

END OF TAPE
Dump gape 347-09
mime 347:17:23 to 347:20:29
12/13/73
Page 1 of 4

3h7 17 51 01 SPT SPT at 17:50. M171 first Percent H -

percent 0r, 75.59; percent H20 h.12;
percent C_ 2. 2.05.

347 17 51 28 SPT SPT out

TIME SKIP

3h7 18 07 58 SPT SPT at 18_07, Housekeening 7 Delta.

ATM C&n Water Reservoir check shows it
to be D_ll w_th no bubbles Good look-
in= reservoirs, no sediment, nothing
visible. SUg water reservnir quantities,
T-23, quantity there look_ about like
30 nercent remaining approximately.
q There are about equivalentof 6 - 5-
6 bubbles HP 7 maybe 2 centimeters or so
in diameter. From T-2h about 95
percent remaining and aDproximately lO
to 12 bubble_ in the reservoir, approxi-
mately 270 centimeters diameter

3h7 18 08 52 SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

347 18 43 42 SPT SPT at 18:45. Mh87-2B, w Bravo; this

is about 24 h_urs behind the scheduled
time, for it's coming I didn't have
time long _nou=h ... where I could do
an adequate lob.

SPT Number one how adaptable are the

various compartments to multi-uses
beyond %hie_ prime function? Okay,
let's take one at a time. Sleep
compartment" the only think you other
do in the_e besides sleep and dress is
read a book occasionally. Not too ofter;
we don't have too much time for it,
l

Dump Taoe 347-09

Page 2 of h

Wardroom: sometimes I use the wardroom

table as a desk for writing or wor_ing
on grQphs that we have for medical -
keep track of medical status. Can't
think of wardroom and anythin_ else.
I guess - well, there we also have the
- the window, and we do a lot of
nhotograohy work out there• So that's
better, another function of the room,
although the wardroom window itself
• . that it's a designed function of
the room to do photogranhy there

3h7 18 _5 19 SPT Okay, the experiment compartment?

No, I wouldn't say there's a heck of
_ lot to do there except the exoeri-
ments. Not much - much room and there's
nothing else to really attract you to
to in there. So other than the experi-
ments for which they desired I
havre not found much use for it. The
upner d_me - dome _rea _f the OWS:
well occasionally, I go up there and
Just do some gymnastics of acro-
batics, if you will. body acrobatics.
I also have been working on some
science demonstrations up there. It's
a wide - open room allows you to do a
lot more _nd I would recommend that
in future spacec_afts; that at least
a room of that type be available. One
fairly large wh_ ch - the only problem
I find with that for yo_Ir acrobatics
for other things is that there is _ lot
nf appendages a lot of things stickin_
out of the floor and also not that
many footholda aronnd. I'd like to see
_hat whole area up there with more
triangul_r grid around the walls and
a little plainer - or if anything, Just
have things built close to the walls.
M509 is sticking up with arms out,
sand sticking out of the floor, T020
sticking np; I think this kind of ruins
the - the whole working area in there
for anything else. Although you can
still use it for some of the other
things I mentioned. The way in which
 Dump Tape 3_7-09
Page 3 of 4

those things are situated_ not off in

a corner, but Just kind of sticking
bare naked right out in the center of
everything makes it a little bit hard
to use that area as you would llke.
The MDA: we use the 190 window for
; photographyagain. But other than
that, that 's primarily the design
functions of - one of the whole
problems with the MDA is there's no
footholds or handholds - shouldn't
say none, but next to none.

3h7 18 h7 3_ SPT Other than the EREP foot - triangular

shoe platform and the one for the ATM,
you've got very little to grab onto
in there. Airlock; no that's Just
a place to go through.

3_7 18 h7 49 SPT How adequate has the sleep restraint

been for sleeping? Has it been useful
for anythink other than sleeping? Well
I can hang in there and read sometimes.
I think it's perfectly adequate for
sleeping. The one thing that I find
gets in my way is that top cover
which comes down, which is - who knows
what you're supposed to do with it.
It's always either in my face, or I
tuck it in, or I can't get my arms out
if I want something. The thing is Just
a general nuisance. I think they should
have made that thing so you could zip
it on or off or at least so you could
have arm - arm holes through it if you
wanted to use them. I don't use the
upper blanket, the top blanket, we don't
have it on there, Just the netting. And
that seems perfectly sufficient. I
think one of these nights I'm going to
try sleeping without it, that is without
the outside of that ; Just floating free.
I think that can be done, and maybe
there'll be an advantage to it. So
far, I'be not been able to afford the
the chance of loosing a good night's
sleep for - for the experiment.
4_ p

Dump Tape 3_7-09

Psge h of

3h7 18 h9 96 SPT What noneating uses have been found

for the wardroom table? Woudl a
design modification of the table
and its assiciated restraints be
desirable any or all usea? Well, as
I mentioned, I use it as a desk
sometimes -with the cover on the
top - -

TIME SKIP

PLT PLT at 20:20 reporting MI31 OGI MODE.

PLT At level Just above level 4 - about

level 4, I started getting no response
at all and - however, I did get con-
siderable motion up and down of the -
the visible bar in the OCI goggles.

3h7 20 _l I0 PLT So I got an awful lot of negative

responses, however I was getting
motion up and down; and I don't know
which way I was going, so there was
no way for me to correlate. If
upward motion was correct correlate
was right and downward was left, or
what. In any event, I Just thought I
got no illusion at all, I guess above
level 4 as far as right and left.
Occasionally I got very minimal
sensation and gave a response, but by
_nd large the - the illusion was
present.

Bh7 20 51 43 PLT PLT out.

347 20 53 21% SPT SPT at 20:23. MI31 N 5 pressure, 1250.

SPT out.

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape347-10
Time: 347:20:44 to 347:21:25 GMT
12/13/73
Page i of 7

348 20 44 05 SPT SPT at 20:44 reporting to you the two

handheld photos, mag CX17, frame
number 40 and 41 taken at 18:13 and
18:15, respectively; f-stop of ll
plus 1 and 100-millimeter lens, 1/250
of a second. First one was of a
cross current in clouds. At a higher
level, I saw a linear light cloud
structure. Lot of - lot of elements,
very wispy in appearance all lined up
parrallel to one another, fairly close
together, compact was not their nature
though. They were wispy, light clouds
underneath a current structure or
flow structure perpendicular to that
a low-lying clouds which were - linear
features were all perpendicular to the
ones above. This was ver - very repre-
sentative of the area over which we had
j-- been flyingfor the past i000 miles or
so. There was a large current flow
structure along our route and this was,
I guess ... although ... involved in it.
This type structure was fairly evident
all the way along, especially the higher
clouds, which were all lined up. Looked
very much like the - the linear lines
you can see along a specific ... which -
which are ... or a cloud field. The -
the second one of these was - shows
a transition between Benard Cells and
the large flow structures, as large flow
was spilled over about lO0 miles.

347 20 46 01 SPT I could see the Benard Cells fairly well

deformed on the - I can see on my right-
hand side transitions become slightly
elongated and finally disappear,
moving to a random area and then into
a flow structure on the left. It was
an interesting study in undietrubed
convection and transitioning into a flow.

347 20 46 26 SPT SPT out.

Dump Tape 347-10
Page 2 of 7

347 20 46 55 SPT SPT at 20:h6, handheld photos. These

were on mag CX36 frame number 30 and
29. They were taken 20:35; first one,
f/ll, 35-millimeter lens; second one,
f/8, 35-millimeter lens; 1/500 of a
second. It showed ... on arc of
cumulus clouds, essentially what - an
arc formed by a - looks like a low-
pressure center at the right. We're
in the south and it was a clockwise
structure. The center was relatively
clear and then all of a sudden, appeared
this very long ... arc of cumulus
buildup overshading _loud tops, fairly
well-defined cumulus clouds. Seemed
to be looking at, oh maybe extending
over 500 miles or so. What was
surprising is that these clouds were not
of a front, but actually on the back-
sied and immediately behind it was
perfectly clear. It was not a repre-
sentative type of thing which I've seen
a number of times now. And with the
35-millimeter lens, I was able to get
in just about all of that structure.

347 20 48 29 SPT SPT out.

347 20 59 04 PLT One huh? Okay.

347 20 59 19 PLT This is the PLT. The time is coming up

1 minute from 19:00. And I'm going to
initiate the first minute's exposure.
Oh, Okay. All right. We have field 97
alfa; ROTATION again is 40.9, TILT is
23.7, length is 21; and let's see.
Okay, I'm starting exposure now.
Sequence starts on my mark -

347 21 00 12 PLT MARK.

CDR ... take a minute here for Just a

second. The camera has film in the
cassette ... They were supposed to have
figured that in for you.

PLT It says available at 20:46 21:20. Okay,

now I started on the hour roughly.
Dump Tape 347-10
Page 3 of 7

347 21 02 06 PLT Okay, this is the PLT with a message

to the Pls on 183. I was scheduled
for another experiment which was
scheduled to be completed at 20:45
and we completed it right on time.
Your window opened at 20:46. I had
to debrief from the other experiment
and you might have lost an exposure
because of poor flight planning. And
you might ask them how they expect me
to - and in 1 minute, assuming that I
could set your experiment up in
zero seconds, which of course, is
impossible - How I could get out of
the other experiment, debrief it, and
get up here and then push the switch.
60 seconds isn't even enough time to
do that. Now I'm only going to be
able to get your 12 60-second exposure
because I've already taken it. But I
don't want to be put in this position
any more. Now this is Just undersirable
flight planning. Now Bob Parker mentioned
the other day about us cutting down on
prep time and I think that 60 seconds to
debrief one experiment instead of another
isn't quite enough prep time. And that
you might pass that one there, because
someone is getting the short end of the
stick and I don't want to be held to
blame for it. I think your experiment
is important and I wanted to do a good
Job in setting it up, but this is exactly
how we fouled up S019 and S183, is when
we're pressed bodily from one point of
the spacecraft to another with no time
for - not even enough time for mental
preparation, let alone getting the
experiment ready. There's no way we can
do a professional Job or to take scientific
data working under those circumstances.
I feel very strongly about it; I think
there is no - not enough attention being
given as it's been mentioned repeatedly,
and I don't mean one or two times, I mean
like a dozen, 25, or 30 times. Now, I -
I don't like being put in an incredible
Dump Tape 347-10
Page 4 of V

position where I'm taking somebody's

expensive equipment and threshing about
wildly with it and trying to act like
a one-armed paper hanger trying to get
it started in a insufficient time.

3_7 21 04 34 PLT Now I think that this is you're going to

get a good exposure out of this, hut
you're only going to get field 97 Alfa.
And this is going to happen again, it's
going to happen again, and it's going
to happen again, until the word gets
through to the Flight Activities Officer,
that they're going to have to give us
time to get from one point of the spacecraft
to another. And when an experimenter
tells them that it only takes 15 minutes
to perform this experiment is needs -
ask for a debriefing after that. And not
only that, but you're got to put up this
equipment, then say they are being -
the FAOs are being misled by the time
DELTAs that they're being given to them
to perform that experiment. Performance
of the experiment is not the only time
DELTA involved. You have to put up
equipment, you have to debrief and then
you have to move from one position in the
spacecraft to another and you have to look
and see what's coming up and it - and
we're Just being driven to the
wall and I'm sure that repeated
errors have been made in cases - in what
I consider to be very important scientific
data, simply because there's not enough
consideration given for moving one point
in the spacecraft to another and allowing
for transitions from one experiment to the
other. I don't know how we're going to get
this across to the people unless you
people put your foot down and stomp it
hard. So, I guess that's - that's all
I wanted to tell you. That I have done
the best I could - I was given 60 seconds
to get from one point in the spacecraft
to another to take advantage of your window.
Now, let's take your times. You were not
aware of this problem because your times
at - 12 60-second exposure and 600 20-second
Dump Tape 3h7-10
Page 5 of 7

exposure occupies all the av - Just

about all the available time between
20:46 and 21:20. It was 59 before I
was in position, had your experiment
pointing in position and ready to actually
push the SEQUENCE START point. And
so, theoretically I did my- a_mpleted
the other experiment at about 00:45,
let's say, 00:46. So there's Just -
there's no way that we can operate
under those circumstances and get all of
the task done that is scheduled.

347 21 06 46 PLT PLT out. I'll give you a time hack

at the completion. Of the exposure on
field 97 alfa. I wish you'd pass this
message on to Bob Parker because I -
I - I feel like Bob has been beat about
the head and shoulders by the Flight
Activities Officer and I think this will
give him the evening [?] that he needs
to the point or set up time for experiment
flight 183 and the SOlg, and whatever
else is involved. Let's see, that T025
also falls in that catorgry as as does
the $063. And we Just cannot set this
thing up in 2 minutes or 60 seconds as in
this case.

347 21 07 42 CDR This is the CDR at 21:08 debriefing the

ATM pass that started at 19:53. The
pass consisted of a JOP 6, building
block 2, which was executed with no problems.
Also did video tape VTR down - down-link
and for 5 minutes; about the first 4 minutes
was XUV MON and I did the integration
by going as frequently as I could during
that period of time. The last minute of
it I was able to get the WHITE LIGHT COROA-
GRAPH fired up and - and on it. So that's
going to just about going to fill the VTR
for that 5 minutes. Then we went into
building JOP 26, building block 10, with
a ROLL of minus 6500, and a LIMB OFFSET
of minus 2. I had to do some fanigaling
because when I put it in the LIMB SCAN
I came up with a LIMB OFFSET of zero;
had to get it back down to minus 2, so I
had to do some manipulation work.
Dump Tape 3h7-I0
Page 6 of 7

Course, this is all thime consuming.

Finally got it running at about - I
think about 38 and the exposures went
real well and just as we finished the
82B second exposure the MIRROR went
unstable. I reported this on the
air-to-ground loop so I won't dwellon
it. Went ahead and did building block -
or JOP 26, building block i0 again with
a LIMB OFFSET of plus 2 after we got
things settled down. That went without
problem, and then we went to a ROLL
minus of 7400 and did another JOP 26,
builidng block i0, no problem there
and then on - had an OFFSET of plus 2.
We did another JOP 26, building block i0,
and a t the time I set up 82B, I thought,
for an experiment normal with a - a
SHORT WAVELENGTH and a START. At the
end of the experiment I looked down and I
saw the flag set LONG, so I tried to shift
it over to SHORT, I was going to re - but
it - it would not shift to SHORT. So, what
I did is I went ahead and set up for
the times one quarter and did a times
one quarter with a SHORT WAVELENGTH and
when that was completed I shifted back to
a LONG and did a times - well, I did a
NORMALwith a - a SHORT WAVELENGTH. I
finally got it to shift back to SHORT.
Let's see_, did I say that right? I did
the time one - times one quarter with a
SHORT WAVELENGTH - no, it was a LONG
WAVELENGTH, I beg your pardon, it was
a LONG WAVELENGTH - the correct way.
And after that was over then I went back
and tried to shift to SHORT and it
worked.

347 21 i0 5_ CDR So then ! repeated the NORMAL with a

SHORT WAVELENGTH and it worked out
okay. So, and best as I can remember,
I apparently hit the WAVELENGTH switch
on 82B to go to SHORT in order to get the
normal exposure. Apparently it did
not go to SHORT and I did verify that
it had gone to SHORT, and didn't notice
that the WAVELENGTH was LONG until that
was completed. At that time, I tried
Dump Tape 347-10
Page 7 of 7

to shift to SHORT; it did not work so

I saved LONG, did a times one quarter and
then was able to go to SHORT and did
a normal. And that Just about covers
it on this JOP 26, as I got all of your
data but I apparently used some extra
film with that one NORMAL pass. And,
did not get a chance to get any observa-
tion time because of the hangups in
getting MIRROR all set up properly.
And so we Just barely got the JOP 26s
done before we got to LOOK.

347 21 12 03 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

347 21 23 42 PLT Okay, this is the PLT, and time is

21:2h and, let's see, I'm in STANDBY;
I'll be going to place [?] 22, experiment
when recorder is off. Stand by. Okay,
......... zero. Time is going off now.
And the tilt and location were set to zero
and the MIRROR was RETRACTED. It's
a little late getting on - we're on
tape. It may close the SAL door.

347 21 2h 34 PLT PLT out.

END OF TAPE
J

D_np Tape 347-1].

Time: 347:22:16 to 347:23:59 GMT
12/14/73 :
Page i of 16

347 22 17 05 CDR Question number i: How comparable are the

various compartments to multi-uses
beyond their prime design function? Let's
-_-_ see, the sleep eompartments- that's
given as a possibility here as a - as a
kicker. The sleep compartments,as
..... t_
far as I can see double for nothing
else other than sleeping. There's
not enough room in there to do much
of anything else. And if you want to
do you off duty reading in bed it
...... would he okay for that. But essentially
I think the sleep compartments are
pretty much of a single use compartment.
There's not a whole lot more you can
do in the sleep compartment other than
Just crawl in you sack because there
really isn't any more room.

347 22 16 26 CDR This is the CDR at 22:16 Zulu. The

first subjectis housekeepign 2
Charlie which is rate gyro six pack
temperatures. X-ray 6, 9_ degrees ;
Z_lu 6, 95 degrees; Yankee 6, 93 degrees;
Y_kee 5, 95 degrees; Zulu 5, 95 degrees; :_
X-ray 5, 96 degrees. New subject.
New subject for The CDR is M487-2 crew
bnefing. Question number l: How compat-
able are the various compartments for
muti-uses beyond their prime designed
function? Let's see,'the sleep compart-
ment - that ;s _iven as apossibility here
as a - as a kicker - sleep compartment
as far as I cs_% eee double for nothing else
other than sleep_gn. There's not enough
room in there to do much of a_ything else.
And if you want to do your off duty reading
in bed it would be okay for that. But
essentially I think the - the sleep compart-
ments are [0retty much of a single use compart-
ment. There's not a whole lot mroe you
can do in the sleep compartment other than
Just crawl in your sack, because there
really isn't nay more room.

347 22 18 03 CDR If you went in there to do - to say to

read, or something like that, you'd have -
i
 Dump Tape 347-11
Page 2 of 16

you'd probably Want to anchor yourself

on the floor somewhere aud you'd have
a blower _lowing air right in your face
the whole time. So I think - I think
you'd Just have to say that's a single
function compartment. I guess if you
wanted a quiet place to go read_ the
_._ best place would be in the cow,hand -_'_
module. That's a quiet place to go;
nobody spends much time up there. You
could turn off the speaker. And if
you wanted to be by yourself and
be quiet, that would probably be about
the best place. The - the MDA is
fiarly adaptable to other uses, but it's
kind of crowded there. There's a
guy there working all the time. If
you _ranted to do in there and do
something else besides what's being
done at the - I think you'd be hard
pressedmbecause if you wanted to
spencd auy time at the other end you
would find yourself suddenly out of
foot restraints with the exception
of the EREP C&D panel foot restraints.

347 22 19 21 CDR of course, they could set into the

firward compartment in the workshop,
and this is a multi-sue designed compart-
ment. So I would say that's not much
you can say about the_e, You use it
for about everything where you need
room. The war_rcom could be condidered
adaptable to paper work like checklist
changes or something like that. But
I don't - I think we have £o bring up
a few more things. We did bring up
some springs; we brought up some magnets.
The central cover, that covers the
water dispensers, could be used. You
could put that cover down, and it
would make a fairly nice place to put
out papers and - aud work sice it's also
adaptable to a magnet.

347 22 20 27 CDR The - that's about the only other use

7 I can think of offhand for the wardroom,
: .................. and even that 's not s,lI that great. Bill, ___
 DumpTape347-_1 _
Page3 of16 .....

' . . - :'.j

do you want to debriefthe ATM now?

Well, I'm going to be awhile; i'm Just
@etting sEarte@.

L_)R If you want to debrief your ATM, I'Ii

terminate for now and pick up
as soon as you're through. Okay.

347 22 20 46 CDR This is CDR. I'm going into a stand-by

t_til he ATM debriefing is complete.

347 22 21 14 PLT PLT debriefign on ATM pass which

started at 21:43. Nu z update we
performed on schedule. Jop 9,
building block 2, step i was performed
nominally, trumcated at 6. And I "
may have put in - let me - that;s All
right, it doesn't make any
difference I may have put in an extra
PATROLSHORTin there ...building _
block. But everything else is okay. i
JOP 26, step 2, building block i0 at
minus 2 was okay; plus 2 was okay. And
• I started manuvering again with the - .
• thing still in LIMP POINTING and cang_t -
it' went back and looked at the -_
coronograph. And the corona ... seems
to be developing over there on the
east limb. As best I can describeit
there are four distinct streamers. The
one at 8 oo'clock is _early dominant
on the east iim. This is the one that
looks like it almost has a three -
dimensional aspect and is sort of
extending - cc_ing from stuff that
goes behind on the limbe to even
furtheron the disk. And it is the
most prominent and it has as sort
of a - what may be an associated, or
m%y not be, streamer which is slightly
clockwise from that. Then the two
• _ others I think Ed has described as
- _ very fine streamers around the 9:30
, to i0:00 or i0:00 to 10:30
- , positions are two distinct ones.
-- i The one closest to the 9"00 position
_7 ! seems to be thickening a little bit,
,, L........................ The XUV activity associated with ..........
the limb activity on the
 Dtmp Tape 347-i].
f-_ Page
h of16 : _

• .7

seems to be _thickening a little

bit, ... The XUV activity associated
with the limb activity on the east
limb is about the same as it was
I previously. I saw no other items
significant - of significance, and
i that 's about it.

i 347 22 23 45 PLT PLTout.

347 22 25 52- CDH Okay, this is the CDR again picking

up at 22:26 again with the M487-2B
crew debriefing. Question number 2: •
How adequate was the sleep restraint -
has the sleep restraint been for
sleeping? Has it been useful for
anyting other than sleeping? If
so, what? I guess, it's been quite
. }
adequate for sleeping and gotten
some good rest. It's, as I mentioned
in my last debriefing,it - after r
having spent one night in the COmmand
module with no sleep restraints, it __
was an extremel V welcome change. And
I found it to be quite comfortable an
and got quite used to it. I can't
imagine it being useful for mdch of
anything other than sleeping, and
haven't tried anyting else. Question 3:
What non-3ating uses have been found
for the wardroom table_ Well, I men-
tioned that up in i. The fact that

3h7 22 26 52 CC ... I

CDR as I mentioned before, it - it could

be used for paperwork and things
like that if you want to put down
the center cover and cover your tray
and put springs on and magnets and
get on with - with that. It's - Would
a design modification of the table an"
its associated restraints be desirable
for any or all uses? To that the
answer is, yes. First modification I
would make would be to change the water
 Dump Tape 347-3/L T/
Page5 of 16 ..

dispensers and design them so they

- deliver .more than. Just 6:ounces of ..............
water. I "thinkprobably the largest
water requirement we have is 8 ounces
for some of the drlnks. And I think
that that's probably what the water
dispenser ought to - ought to dispense,
._ about 8 ounces. In fact, it seem_
to me, tl might be Just kind of handy
to have it dispense i0 ounces.

347 22 28 01 CER The floor, the restraint floor we

still haven't gotten around to raising
removing part of the floor there. But
on _ very first debriefing which was,
I believe, 487-IB, I pretty well told
you how I feel about the fool restraints
that are in there now. They should
very - would very definitely - if I
had - you know, if I were designing a
new table, I would certainly modify
the foot restraint design greatly.

_3h7 22 28 39 CDR I think that there are probably some -"

pretty snappy ways to be redesign
the table for paperwork for the -
the things like checklist changes and
the - and the like. We have never
tried playing cards yet, which might
be interesting. You know, we keep
thinking about - well _ne of these
days we ought to give it a whirl, but
• our problem is _e don't seem to be l<
able to find enough leisure time j
where we can Just maybe want to sit
down and play a little cards. Okay.
Question nmnber 4: What sanitation
problems have developed and how have
"' you delt with them? No serious sanita-
tion problems have developed at all.

347 22 29 24 CD_ The only area that could be a problem,

if - if you don'_ keep up with your
housekeeping and everything, could be
the - the trash locker and the waste
:= _8_agement compaz_ment and the waste
_ _ management compartment in general.

r •
 Dump Tape 3h7-ii
f-_ Page6 of 16 _

But I think'that our housekeeping &"

tasks that we have which have us
water" washing and biocide washing the
head and the wardroom area on - on a
frequent basis pretty well takes care -
__ of that problem for us. Around the
, food area sanitation is not much of a _'"
s_a 1_rohlem, again if you Just stay with • ste
it. I think probably the - the biggest
, problem we have is - has been a rash
of - of faulty valves partticularly
in the dirnks.

- 3_7 22 30 20 C_)R It seems to be pretty much Concen- _!_

trated in the dirnks that we brought
up. It appears that - that those drinks
were not - not too well evacuated,
and it looks like some of the crystals
or something got into the vlaves.
But anyway we - Bill has particularly
had trouble with those - those
valves. There's been a lot of
spillage. And that spillage, when
it gets up into the grating area,
is - is a]_ost impossible to got out
becasue none of us have small enough
hands to get in between in - _n the
grating and work very easily. I can
get in there, but I can't do much once
l got my hand in there. Waste mauag-
ment has been no great, problem.

3_ 22 31 I0 CDR I'm beginning _o get into Question 5,

_- so let's go to that. What's the most
._ disconcerting personal hygiene problem
you've encountered? Well,'l had a
gab break on me. I wasn't so terribly
disconcerting as it was Just a great
big pain in the neck. I had to pull
the draer out and go in with rags and
things and - and clean out the drawer.
Luckily, we had to fore sight to beGin
saving soft cloths like towels and
T-shirts that weren't too dirty, and
we put them in a rag bag that we have
got established inside the 1B1 area,
M131. And when this spill occurred,
,_'_ D_mp Tape 347-11
Page7 of 16 :

we had some nice absorbent rags to

soak ft up"with, and then we Just
, threw them away. The fecal containment
system has been no problem at all for
me. I think I mentioned before that
I was very pleasantly surprised at how
• . well it worked. And so I've _ad no
hygiene problem there at all.

347 22 32 16 CDR It takes a long time to wash your-

self. I've found that it takes about
20 minutes for an entire body_wash,
and you kind of hate to spend that
kind of time. But after a heavy work-
out you Just need it, so if you have
an hour and a half exercise PT period
you're going to spend 20 or so minutes
of that cleaning yourself up, getting
yourself squared away again. Question
nnmber 6. How effective and efficient
/_ are the clean up procedures and the
hardware? How much of a time line
imposition are cleanup chores? When
programed, there are no timeline F

imposition, and I'm assuming that's -

what you mean. I think the p_ocedures
we've got for cleanup are - are pretty
good. I think we could use some better -
some sort of a better system then _mn-
ing around dabbing witk with - bio cide
wipes. I never have understood why ....
we have shyed away from aerosol things,
maybe it's fl_mmability, l'm not
sure Just. exactly what it is, but it
seems to me that there are some aerosol <
_ products that are non-flammable
:_
c _ that would be excellent for cleaning
• , the place out. Some disinfectant,like
Lysol, Mr. Clean, Pinesol, you know,
some of those things where I think you
could probably clean a lot better if"
you could quirt it with a spray some
kind, let it sit and bubble for a minute
• _ and then wipe it off. It would be a
i whole lot better than going after it
_' i with a bioade and then following that
up lo minutes later with a wet sloppy
' _...................... cloth of some kind.
 )
DumpTape347-11 _
Page8 of 16 ._

B47 22 B4 O0 CDR We've definitely" found that following- :_

! a biocide wipes with a wet wipe is ...........
ridicuLlaus:What you got to follow u
' _. _ it with is a was - wet washclothor_ .... _t._
towel. It's not so much in the area
procedures, but scraping the re - the _-
_ _ freezer is no easy chore becasue --_-_
"_
......
_'_ ! we have any of the right kind of tools _• _
__.._e_
__ . for scrapign. What we're using is a.- ___
a K-bar to which are - are fastened
out extra snaps. It's in the tools
tool box and thats really not a very __
.... effieient way. I think that a regular
old fashion ice scraper or putty kn_e
would have been whole lot better and
we could have - we could scrape the
ice from the from the freezers in a
lot less time than we are doing it in
right now.

• B47 22 34 57 CDR Cleanup of the food disposal area,

_ The place where the six the six over-
cans can be placed, and we put out -
- our dirty cans and things in there .........
That place dows not lend itself too
well for cleaning,because there'stoo
many nooks and cranniesaround the
cover. I think the nexttime we
design something like that we out to
design the tops so that they're nice
and flat and ... clea_and there aren't
too many hooks and nooks and things
like that to tear up your wipes and _-
everything and _-_e it difficult for i
you to clean. Let's go on down to
question number seven. How adequate
is the ATM chair? We have not used the
ATM chair, and none of us is of a mind
to try to use it. I think Just in
deference to you folks we probably ought
to get up there and stick it in, and
run one ATM pass with it.

347 22 35 49 CDR But quite frankly, I like the freedom

that you get by standing up; I like the - !
the more reach that get, and I don't
__ think I'm going to like
 D_np Tape 347-11
Page9 of 16

chair. I'm sorry that I'm prejudiced

: already,but we'll -we,ll give it try
one of these days. Do you use the chair
anywhere other than at the ATM.-?-No,
haven't used it for anything. And
. .. what design improvementsdo you recomend? "_"
• L guess I recommend that we don'_have _ _on
a chair next time. It's really " I
don't think it's needed. How comfortable
are your garments in terms of fit,
warmth, don/doff ease? Were they suf- -
fieiently resistant to tearing and
abrasion, et cetera, et cetera, t

347 22 36 36 CDR Okay, I found that in terms of fit

and warmth that my garmants are quite
comfortable. I quite frankly, as I
mentioned earlier in an earlier degrief-
Ing do not wear the brown shirt because
_ they get to smelling so bad afer you've
got them damp. So quite - frankly, I
pretty much stick with the short <
trousers and a T-shirt,and I'm quite ....
comfortable that way. And in the event
that - a tour of duty at the ATM or
in the command module, and I 'm going
to be there for a while; I zip the legs
in and even bring a coat if I feel it's
necessary. But I find the ad - the
garments are adequate in terms of fit
and warmth and don an_ doff ease, and
that they are _lexible enough so that
they can adapated to the environments
that we are going to be in. They are
sufficiently resistant to _earing and
abrasion. I have not yet torn or
snagged one at all. Do they tend to
snag as you moved about the orbital
assembly? .

347 22 37 39 CDR One thing I mentioned last time about

them snagging, and that is the - the
book pocket is - on my left hip. The
book - the pocket;s not long enought
for the book, and the book's can inclined
- to snag on thigs. Other than that, it's
okay. I've already discussed my dislike
................. for the other mmall pockets that are
 Dt_p Tape 3h7-Ii
Page i0 of 16 :

on here, because the ones that are

designed for the sissors don't
have flap long enough to cover the
" sissors. The one design for the flash-
light the smae. And so you end up having
to put things in those poeket_:_and yo_
put the sissors and the flash_[_ght in -_'
otherpockets.

347 22 38 16 CDR In fact as I think the way it stands

now, I have my flashlight in my sissors
pocket _ I have pencils in my flash- .-
light pocket and I have my sissors in
the upper right light pocket. And
every time I raise my right foot to tie
my shoelace I Jab myself inthe grion
with the scissors. The - the most
importantreco_endation I would have
for the IVA garments is for crying
out loud let's be more careful about
/_ how we design all these little special
• purpose pockets. And make sure they
hlngs that you intend to put in them. -........
" And I don't know what to tell you about
the shirts. They catch the sweat and
they allow the water to - to @vaporate
and the rest stays and they smell. They
react with the sweat and pick up a real
smell. Okay, so much for that one.

Sh7 22 39 17 CDR Question number 9. What changes have

you detected in" the envirometnal elements
discussed as the last question in the
first debriefing. All right. The last
question is lighting, noise, temperature,
-_: humidity, air flow, and all that sort
of thing.

CDR What changes have I detected? Well,

temperature, of course, I've
noticed was hot when we got here it
cooled off and was quite comfortable,
sad now we ;re back up into a hot cycle
again. Starting to get warm; OWS temp-
erature is about 75 to 77 degrees now.
- I

_- Sh7 22 39 56 SC ...... And the system can't keep up with it ...............

J
and it's Jsut getting warmer and warmer.
F DmmpTape347-11
Pageii of16

But thank'heavens we can do off ckoth-

ing and stay reasonably-comfortable. .......
The hlrm_dity in this - 8s the tempera-
ture goes up, the humidity seems to :'_
bother us more. My - my hands are
very dry and peeling and so I'm using
a lot of the lotion to keep them
_._ fromcracking and getting painful. _
Noise: nothing -no change from
the noice patterns that I mentioned
before, being surprisingly quieter
than I expected. Lighting I consider
is adequate in the - in the dcae area _-
and the experiment area. Air flow_: I
think air flow is adequate. If it was
any - any more air flow it would be
bothersome. And again I don't really
note any changes in these environmental
elements. I have not used any of the
40 - 487 instruments to document any
changes mainly because I haven't really
noticed any changesother than tempera-
ture. And we have - we have a temperature
guage right down on the OWS instrument . --
panel that tells us quite nicely what
it is. This is the CDR; ter_ifnation
of M487-2B.

347 23 2h 50 CI)R This is the CDR at 23:25 Zulu with a

message for data priority, Phil Shaffer.
Phil, we have been do_ag a little _
thinking up here about the possibility
of another lost CMG and recognize _
what we in data priority have given
a lot of thought and study to, is -_
the deadband mode of operation. I
guess that was the - after we reach
a point where we don't want to get
into the TACS any deeper. As I under-
stand it, we would go from where
we are new - if we lose one CMG we'd

......................................................................
{
 D_ Tape 347-].1
_- Page12 of 16 _ =

• go to TACSonly. And thentry to _-

set up fo.r wide deadband and go with
that conserving TACs and TCS the best
. way we can and getting as much out of _c_ ;
the mission as possible. One other
thing comes to mind; that's the possi-
blity of setting up some rates in the
spacecraft and stabilizing ourselves .....
with rates. Now, of course, that means
we'd have to give up - well, we're
going to have to give up ATM and EREP
anyway in the wide deadband mode as =
far as I can see. But, I think maybe
on - for one or two days or so, that
would be a very interesting thing to
try. I don't - don't know off-hand -
I can't think of any reason why it
would be considered to be dangerous.
I don't know how that would effect
the communication. But I think it
would be an interesting thing for
f peopleto startthinkingabout and
doing a little plauning to see what
"thefeasibilitywould be of spinning
the workshop up to some reasonably low
rate. And - and use that to .stabilize
for a while and Just see what happens.
It doesn't sound to me, right off hand,
as being a particularly dangerous thing
to do. It 's something that' s never been
done before. I think,_e would probably,
tmdoubtelly set up a - a gravity of our
own, an artifi_al graviaty. I think
that would be an interesting thing to
look at too. Why don't you take a look
at that, l=nil and maybe Just teleprinter
me up a little note and tell me what you
think of it. Even as a - as an idea,
whether we - it's feasible to go ahead
and look at it or whether it's Just
completely unfeasible altogether. And
give me a couple of ideas as to what
the reasoning might be. This is the
CDR termin:,tion of message to data
priority, Phil Shaffer.

/-
 Dump Tape 347-11
Page13 of16 _ _

347 23 27 18 CDR The next message from the CDR; the

time now is 23:28Zulu. .This message
is to %he $233 people, the crew tech [?]
.observation folks. Bill and .l_have said
on several occasions that we very nueh
doubt the validity or the usefulness of
the third exposure that we're' _tsking
_ because we're getting sunriseb_r extreme
brightening in the film or on- the camera
before the third exposure is up. So
far we've heard nothing from you folks
about that. We would very strongly
urge that you stop wasting film on the
third exposure of Kohoutec. The third
you know that last 60 - second exposure.
We're convinced it's an absolute
waste of time because there you are
setting there with the shutter _-ide
open, then you got to get 15 minutes
or 15 seconds or so or even more of
scattered igiht. And this last exposure
f I took I got about - probably
2 seconds of _Imost direct sunlight
right into the camera because sunrise "-
was there. I need to sdm_t to you
that I did not get the Kihoutek
exposure done at the - the time that
was scheduled which was 21:16 Zulu.
But I wainted till the next pass. And
at about 22:55 Zulu I started the
first exlx_sure, precisely at the moment
that Kohoutek rose above the - the
airglow, which _ver you want to call _
it. At precisely that instant I started
the first exposure. The first exposure -_
was 15 seconds - correction - 15 minutes
at a focus_ of 15 feet. Let me start
over again. It was 60 seconds at a focus
of 15 feet. The nex_ exposure was after
delay of 20 seconds I started the second
exposure of 120 seconds at infinity.
And after another 15-second delay I got
the third exposure started at a focus
of 15 feet for 60 seconds. And as I
said before we must have got 15 or
20 seconds of scattered light into it;
and the last one or two seconds was !
•......................direct sunlight .......................

L" ,- _[f
L
 Dump Tape 347-11 {_
Page14 of16 : :

- . - :'.:

347 23 30 03 CDR CDR out. ".......

347 23 _8 00 SPT SPT at" 23:47. ATM pass began at

_ 23:00. Stmcenter operations went fine. _-
I took a look at the corona. A streamer
structure is still revolving on the-
east limb. What used to be two sharply,
-'_ narrowly - narrowstreamers - _ _,
sharply defined and narrow streamers •
at 8 and i0 yesterday are now into
•.. streamers tthe one and ten ....
.....
_ yesterday, we shouldhave metioned ._
,_ _ that the two - and that the gap was "_&2
; widening at maybe around - around I0 degrees --
now between the two. The one being
brightest is the one closest to the
south• The - the one at 8 o'clock
is still very sharply defined but it
appears that superimposed on that is
a very broad, luminus one which does
: not reach out anywherenear as far,
f maybe only out to the prefiller[?]
radii. The other one goes out to the
edge of the picture ... 4-1/2. However, -
it does look like a new emergency of
materielinto the coronaas this was
not anywherenear as visible yesterday.

3_7 23 51 04 SPT A preperation for building block 37

looked pretty .... 7 for the bright ..
What I did was put th_Pslit tangent to
the limb and I had a bright point
maybe - oh close to 0.9 - little
less than 9.9 •.. The UP/DOWN was
minus 0007 ; LEFT/RIGHT was minus 804.
I maximized in oxygen VI ... DETECTOR 1
at grating of zero which was a ...
13 - 36 line• We found a very sharply -
bright point which was about 200 or
so maximum fell - fall off to 100 and
plus or minus 2 to 3 arc seconds looking
inside of that location UP and DOWN,
LEFT/RIGHT. And that I went over to
look at ox_rgen VI and found it to be
the more bs-oadly peaked one. But essenti-
ally the peak was at the same location

L
 Dump Tape 347-1].
_- Page15 of 16

which suprlsedme a little bit, but

that's the way it came out. Although
the peak ... are relatively broad
that is maybe h or 5 are seconds - there ........
..... couldbe - the SO peak could he
displaced - displaced a little bit which
I expect they are. Especially that
.____ _ close to the limb. So we had good o_
pointings for that and, I believe good
roll. In H_Alfa there was nothing
visible except for a network stretcher.
It was one of the brighter points -_-_
_ outside of the active regions. I tried
7. to stay away from anything which had"
any plage around it at a]1. There was
one other bright point which was almost
the same radious out located further
to the south. This one was around
say 070 and the other was about 095
or i00. And I suspected that because
of its how broad it was that was
perhaps ... with activity and I did
:. stay away from it. Also the oxygen
9-1 line did come out to be ... fairly
close to what we would expect for a
bright point so I assumed we had a good
one to study. All the operations on
building block 37 were carried out.
Our only problems encountered were -
there's a lot of - the grating and as
often happens in that _ase, you end up
with an extra lamp or two around the
grating that yo_ don't need and it slows
you down. But we got all the operation -
observations in that were called for.
A pointing for building block l0 was
done by going Just up exactly 85 arc seconds
to plus 78 UP. So eventually that
same spot should show up to line 25 ...
32, the same bright point. And we did
not completely finish that MIRROR AUTO
RAB'I'_Hbefore we got down to hOOK. We
got down to line 40, hh, 45, somewhere
around in there before we hit 400K.
 Dmnp Tape 347-ii
Page16 of 16

- . - :'.

And HI) [?] got there exposure in well

hefor_ hO0. as did 56. IZ_looks like
a useful thing to be doing. And I guess
_'_: what 55 was studying is - is you _u
moved 7-1/2 arc seconds away from the
center of the bright point so that -
has each step is 7-1/2 arc seconds.
Oh, I guess it's close to the'7 arc seconds.
I guess something else I could do to
explore that further would be to look
at a 3 by 3 grid that is centered on
1032. For example sometimes I had -
• have ... coininciding with 82B. You
go to get your 1032 in, then go to
931, 932, 933 and 1031, 1033, 1131, 1132,
and 1133 .... scanning each one of
those. I suspect that except in exception-
ally high lines like magnesium i0 that
step of 7 arc seconds is going to pretty
much put me out of the bright point
rotation or the influence on the bright
point. At eleast that's what I would
get from looking at the pointing,
at the change of then I see with the ....
pointing, l'd be interested to know
how the spectra does change and how
far the influence of the bright point
goes, carz_ out.

347 23 58 02 SI_._ SPT out.

OF APE

'•L< • <
 - D_np
Time: Tape3h8-01
348:00:19 to 3h8:00:_ GMY ,%_,%_%_
12/14/73 _q,@
Page 1 of 4

348 00 19 05 CDR The subject is S183; operations at

this time. The SAL is open, the
mirror is extended. The rotation is
195.8, the tilt is 25.0. We're doing
plate 22 rather than plate 05 that's
on the pad, per ground instructions.
The exposures are set up as 0, 300
and 0. Available time is 00:22, and
at that time I'll be going to
SEQUENCE START.

348 00 19 59 CDR MARK, the time is 00:20.

348 O0 21 00 CDR MARK. The time is 21. The nu Z on

the ATM DC is minus 2.4, the pad
is 2.5, so there's no rotation
correction. Star field is Kshoutek.
I'm looking through the eye peice at
this time, and I see the ground.
30 seconds to go to available time.
Stand by for 00:22. Stand by.
f

348 00 21 59 CDR MARK. Sequence start at 00:22. Okay,

this is the 300 second exposure -
that's 5 minutes. It's going to tske
this machine a minute and lO - 5
to 15 seconds to get going, and sunrise
is at 27. It looks like you're only
going to get about 240 of that 300 seconds.
Okay, the Earth's horizon is now going
through the field of view. I see
Kaboutek. It's still in the airglow.

348 00 23 06 CDR MARK. At 06, at 23:06 Kohoutek

cleared the airglow. It's in the night
sky now. We're not too well pointed,
Houston. Kohoutek is down in the
lower right hand side of the field
of view. Okay, we still have Kohoutek
in the field of view, and it's coming
up on 00:24. 00:24 and 30 seconds;
Kohoutek still is view.

SPT How's it look?

/
 Dump Tape B48-01
Page 2 of 4

CDR Well, it looks pretty good. They -

It's not well pointed, and I don't
think we have all the tail in the
field of view. We have Just the -
the nucleus. We're coming up on
00:25. Stand by.

! 348 00 24 59 CDR MARK. It's 2 minutes now until

termination of the exposure in
field of view in the optics eye
piece here. Kohoutek is down at
4 o'clock. And it's out at a radius
of about 0.7 or point - yes, 0.6
to 0.7. The tail is radiating down
toward about 5 o'clock. And I think
if we were better pointed, you would
get all the tail in this picture.
Right now, I think the tail is - is
outside - at least outside of the
f fieldof viewof this eye piece.

348 00 26 04 CDR Okay, we're - we've passed 26 minutes.

We're now 50 seconds from termination
of the exposure. Okay, we still have
Kohoutek; it's still with us.
30 seconds to go. Have a nice long
straight tazil on Kohoutek. Quite
clear. Can be seen with the unaided
eye now out STS window number 3. We're
5 seconds from termination. Still
looking good. Stand by.

3_8 00 27 O0 CDR MARK. Terminating at 27. Okay, as

I look, I'm going to close this SAL
window immediately. All right, setting
the rotation to zero, and as I was
! looking at the star field - looking
at Kohoutek, I think I saw the upper
three stars - the - of the head of
Scorpio up at about 10:30 to ll o'clock
at a radius of about 0.9.

3_8 O0 28 13 CDR One question I would like to have

answered is I'd like to know what
star it is. That - it's a fairly
f brightstar_I don'tknowwhat
magnitude. It can be see with the
 Dt_np Tape B48-01
Page 3 of 4

naked eye, and it's on the order

of I guess Menkent, Menkar, Acamar,
some of those. And the tail of Kohoutak
is extending clear back to that par-
ticular star. All right, I'm retracting
the mirror at this time. The mirror
is retracted. Closing the SAL door.
SAL door is closed. All right, now in
accordance with instructions from
the ground, I am to - after the taking
of this exposure, I am to advance the
SA to 09; I'm to remove the carrousel
and then advance to 01.

3_8 00 29 33 CDR So, the PLATE ADVANCE switch is going

to RESKf now. The three exposure
switches are all reading zero. The
little green exposure light for the
3 - in the n_nber 2 position - for
300 hundred is - has not gone out.
Okay, I'm gonna run a little bit of
DAC film in order to perserve that
picture.

348 00 30 09 CDR That's complete. We're back in time.

Stick your feet out the wardroom
window, Ed?

SPT ...

CDR Oh, that's right, that's right. I've

got tilt and rotation. See, I had a
rotation of 195 degrees which meant
we were looking down 5 degrees. Or,
no, we were looking to the right
5 degrees at a tilt of 25, which is
down 25. Okay, we're at - looking at
plate number 1. I'm going to - I've
put the RESET switch back to OFF and
then back to RESET. I'm going to
reset advance on up to 9 now. I hope.

CDR Okay, we're now advanced to plate

number 9- I'm removing the carrousel
at this time. I'm going to turn off
" the experiment recorder ntunber I.
 Dump Tape 3413-01
Page 4 of 4

348 00 33 13 CDR I don't think we need to be running

that.

END OF TAPE

f
 Dump Tape 348-02 M_4J
_. Time: 348:00:17 to 348:00:38 (_4T
12/13/73
Page 1 of 4

3h8 00 19 O0 CDR rlnnisis the CDR at 00:19 Zulu. The subject

is S183. Beginning S183 operations at
this time. The SAL is open, the mirrors
extended, the ROTATION is 195.8, the TILT is
25.0. We're doing plate 22, rather than
plate 05 that's on the pad per ground in-
struction. Exposures are set up at 0, 300,
and 00. Available time is 00:22 and at that
time I'll be going to SEQUENCE START. MARK
the time is 0020..

348 00 20 00 CDR MARK. The time is 00:20.

348 00 21 0C CDR MARK. The time is 21.

CDR The nuZ on the ATM DC is minus 2.4, the pad

..... is 2.5, so there's so ROTATION correction.
The star field is Kohoutek. I'm looking
through the eyepiece at this time, and I see
the ground. 30 seconds to go to available
time. Stand by for 00:22. Stand by.

348 00 22 00 CDR MARK. Sequence starts. At 00:22.

CDR Okay, this is a 300-second exposure, at

5 minutes. I'm going to this take maching
in a minute and i0 - 5 to 15 seconds to get
going and sunrise at 27. It looks like you're
only going to get about 204 of that 300 seconds.
Okay, the earth's horizon is now going
through the field-of-view. I see Kouhoutek,
It's still in the airg low.

348 00 23 06 CDR MARK, at 06.

CDR At 23:06, Kohoutek cleared the airglow and

is in the night ,sky now. We're not too well -
pointed, Houston. Kouhoutek is down in the
p. .P_

Dump Tape 348-10

Page 2 of 4

lower irght hand side of the field

-of-view. Okay, we still have Kouhoutek
in the field-of-view an/it's coming
up on 00:2h. 00:2h and 30 seconds.
Kouhoutek still in view .... looks
pretty good. It's - it's not well-
pointed and I don't think we have all
the tail in the field-of-view. We
have Just the nucleus. We're coming
up on 00:25. Standby.

348 00 25 00 CDR MARK.

CDH It's 2 minutes now until termination

of the exposure in my field-of-view in
the optics eyepiece here, Kouhoutek is
down at 4o'clock and it's down in a
radious of about 0.7 - yeah, 0.6 to
0.7. The tail is radiating down toward
about 5o'clock. And I think if we
were better pointed you would get all
the tail in this picture. Right now
I think the tail is - is outside - at
least outside of the field of view of
this eyepeice. Okay, we're - we've p
passed 26 minutes; we're now 50 seconds
from termination of the exposure. Okay,
we still have Kouhoutek; it's still
with us. 30 seconds to go. Have a nice,
long, straight tail on Kouhoutek,
quite clear. Can be seen with the
unaided eye now out STS window number
3. We're 5 seconds from termination
still looking good. Stand by.

3_8 00 27 42 CDR MARK. Terminatiing 27. Okay; as I

look, I'm going to close the SAL
window immediately. All right; setting
the ratation to zero. And as I was
looking at the star field, looking at
Kouhoutek, I think, I saw the upper 3
stars, the - of the head of Scorpio
of that - about 10:30 to ii o'clock at
radious of about 0.9. One question
I would like to have answered it I'd
Dump Tape 348-02
Page 3 o14

like toknow what star it is that -

it's a fairly bright star. I don't
know what magnitued; it can be seen
with the naked eye and it's on the
order of, I guess, Menkent, Menkar,
ACAMAR, some of those. And the tail
of Kouhoutek isextending clear back to
that particular star. All right, I'm
retracting the mirrors at this time.
The mirror is retracted; closing the
SAL door the SAL door is closed. All
right, now in accordance with instruc-
tions from the ground. I am to -
after the taking of this exposure I
am to advance the SA to 09, I;m to
remove the carrousel and then advance
to 01. So the PLATE advance switch is
going to reset now. The 3 exposures
switches are all reading zero. The 1
little green exposure light for the
3 - in the number 2 position for 6300
is - has not gone out. Okay I'm
going to run a little bit of DAC film,
in order to preserve the picture.
That's complete; we're back in time.

SPT Can you see it out the wardroom window,

Ed?

348 00 30 36 CDR Oh, that's right that's right. I've

got tilt and ROTATION. Yeah, at a
ROTATION of 195 degrees which means
were looking down 5 degrees and a TILT
of 25, which is down 25. Okay, we're
looking at PLATE number 1. I'm going
to put the RESET switch back to OFF
and then back to RESET. We're going
to RESET ADVANCE on up to 9 now, I
hope.

3h8 00 32 45 Okay, we're now advanced to PLATE

number 9. I'm removing the carrousel
at this time. I'm going to turn off
experiment recorder number l; I don't
think we need to be running that anymore.
Dump Tape 348-02
Page 4 of 4

But I'll keep channel A voice recorder

going so that you can hear every move
I make.

SPT ... Say again. I already turned it

off. Ed, would you close the wardroom
window and turn off the - the light
for me? I don't want to be surprised
if I open this thing up and find a
film plage hanging out.

S_3T °..

CDR Just the lights in the forward compart-

ment here would be fine, I think. That's
great. Thank you. Let's not have any
surprise, please. Okay, I am unlocking
the carrousel at this time and re-
tracting it. As I said before, we're
now looking at PLATE number 9 in the
counter. Okay, I'm going to pressurize
the SAL now for this film removal. 0
Oaky, it's gonna take a little time
for this SAL to pressurize so I'm
going to go off the air. The procedures
that are going to be followed from
here on, after the SAL is pressurized -
I'm going to remove the carrousel
while we're sitting here looking at
PLATE 09 and I'll pressur- I'll de-
pressurize the carrousel and stow it.
And with P1 - dum_nyplate on we will
go ahead and ADVANCE. We will ADVANCE
the car- the lodging assembly on to
position number l, at which time
then I'll carry out the rest of my
St procedures.
3_8 O0 37 29 This is CDR leaving the line at this
time.

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 348-03
Time: 348:02:40 to 348:03:30
12/Ih/73
Page 1 of 4

348 02 40 18 PLT This is the PLT reporting on

handheld photographs, Charlie X-ray
17 magazine. Exposures 46, 47,
48, 49. I had an excellent oblique
view of tropical storm, which was the
subject of handheld photographs
a couple of days ago. I took a
picture of the center of the circula-
tion, and along what appeared to be
the main feeder band, focusing then
on the - the period of intense thunder-
storm activity, which were more or
less unevenly distributed along the
feeder band, and which were commented
on in the previous - during the
previous photograph. I took a sequence
of about i0. And again this is s/n
extremely long arm which reaches
into the center of the pin-wheel. And
some of these - these thunderstorm
photographs a lot of overshooting
tops, et cetera. Okay, that is the
-- report on the Hasselblad. Now a general
report on handheld 149, I think it is.
Stand by.

348 02 41 34 PLT Handheld i49. Perth, Australia, and

that will be frames 27 and 26, and
Charlie X-ray 36 Nikon, 300-millimeter.
In - the View of the c,ity of Perth
was excellent over here that I took
two frames, an_ that's about the size
of it.

348 02 41 55 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

348 03 03 20 SPT SPT at 03:02. A%_4 pass which began at

02:06. JOP 9, step i, building block 2.
... no problem. Straight forward. And
I get a little observing time, so I
was - went over to and look at the -
those plankton [_] on the ... point,
which I had segments to bring it forth
before, and I had discovered that it .........
 i

Dump Tape 3_8-03

K -_ Page 2 of 4

really was a remnant of old active

region 98.

SPT ...

348 03 05 08 SPT Okay, the TV do_mlink which came up

when they put that in it before• There,
we had five minutes, and it doesn't
take you very long to give you an
XUV MONITOR intergrates. And I'm
wondering would they want the remainder
of that time? I'd be glad to leav_ the
tubes sitting on any given position•
Just looking at XUV M0N without the
integrations help you? Or are you
ready - only concerned about the -

S'PT Okay, excuse me for the internption.

SPT ...... For the remainder of the times

you're not doing integration what would
you like to see on the TV tube?
_ Okay, over to the operations afterwards, "
I went over to look at the active region,
•.. originally I thought may press at
the divide point because it was very locally
with the ... and it turned'out to be Just
a method of active region 98. Went over
and looked at the second bright point,
the one which had lit up earlier today•
I would love to have _ 7.08 - .085•
And that one - I tried to look for it in
the lofty high" light of the atmosphere, say,
medium temp and as I suspected, although
I wouldn't mind to put it_ as I suspected
it did not show up. So that ... out of
me mroe, Iwent over to the limb and
started to look for activity on the limb.
Found a good prominance. Excuse me for
another interrupiton, I'll ... 62 ...

348 03 16 18 SPT Okay, your friendly SPT back again at

03:16. ATM picking up on the ... part
of the orbit. We did the - again the
quick look at 98. One other look at the
others. Bright point, couldn't find it.
•.. use the pad. Went over to a prominence
and, prominence was located at ...........
 Dump Tape BhS-03
Page 3 of h

348 03 18 17 SPT The prominence is located at around -

5 o'clock, and it was a relatively
low-lying one, that is, a - in H-alpha.
I could not see it off the ... limb and
... I'll say arc seconds. It was fairly
well-defined, however. And I had consistent
good pointings at that. The first one I
used - flipped the ... Jacket to _he limb.
9 arc seconds. All set. And backs my land
of continuum. I was at 10:32 on the
mirrors. And then I gave 82B's, exposure
SHORT, times are in quarters, ...'_imes
a fourth. I had to truncate the last
exposure, however. 55 got a GRATING
AUTO SCAN, and two MIRROR AUTO RASTERS
down to the line ...

SPT And a - S056 received a single filter -

single frame in filter 4 for 8 minutes.
Of 82A ... I'll take it but 9 arc seconds,
LIMB OFFSET and limb pointing, then change
it to the limb on the prc_inence. Standing
-- onto the Gibson background spectra for 82B,
I rolled about Sun center, and moved the
MIRROR down to line 35. And maximized in ...
data at this time. That is all I do, is
maximizing roll throughout "Sun center.
In that case 55, another GRATING AUTO SCAN,
and the better part of a MIRROR AUTO RASNER.
82]3 got a better exposure SHORT times _.
The last exposure wi_ be truncated;
it stopped at hOOK. And 56 confused about
a 60-minute exposure
" in SINGLE frame, filter
size. It looked like a roughly good
observation program, but then a ... 82B,
a good ...... Nothing but double -
prominence in the background spectra.
It's Just that I've got specific through
good GRATING AVf0 SCANS, ... now AUTO
RASTERS over the prominence although the
22 MIRROR AUTO RASTERS were done at
MECHANICAL ....REFERENCE 102, and the
second one was also done at MECHANICAL
REFERENCE 102, otherwise the ... to turn
on DETECTORS C1 to C7. 56 got two good,
long extra ones, too, ... anyway Just
got one less thing to do, I'm glad I
had this much observing time. ............
Dump Tape 348-03
Page 4 of h

SPT I don't think as long as the - we

still have the capabilities that we do in
MONITOR 1 to find interesting events
in the limb and the XUV MONITOR's find
bright points on the disk that we'll
be lacking for anything to do in observing
time. Even for ... play as it is.

348 03 23 5h SPT SPT out.

CREW ...

3h8 03 27 ii SPT SPT ... 03:27. ATM. I neglected in the

debriefing on the observations carried
out after the Sun center work to give
you the shopping list numbers and in
scanning through, I guess, the one that
comes the closest to it is building
block 28, and - shopping list item
ii. Although clearly they were ......

3h8 03 28 01 SPT SPT out.

_D OF TAPE

sj
 Dump Tape 348-O_
Time: 348:12:19 to 348:12:20 GMT
/_ 12:14:73
Page1 of 1 _

348 12 19 28 SPT SPT at 12:19. PRD reading: 42374, 23202,

... 54. ,"

348 12 19 28 SPT Out.

END OF TAPE

I.l
 i ii
i" i

W- Dump Tape 348--05

Time: 348:13:12 to 348:14:41
i2_14/73
Page I of 5

348 13 12 118 SPT SPT at 13:12. VTR information.

VTR of white light coronagraph and _,
XUV monitorwere given from 13:08
to 13:12, mission day 348.

TIME SKIP

348 13 18 12 PLT 21 Zulu reporting on handheld 124

and i01-i, frames - -

CREW ...

TIME SKIP

348 13 21 15 PLT PLT. The time is 13:21 Zulu; reporting

on handheld124 and i01-i,frames
50 through and including 54 Hasselblad
and one - that is, the i00. The
city - the area around Lake Titicaca
and La Paz was clear. I got two
very good pictures of La Paz, and
also some - some almost nearly
vertical right over over La Paz Bolivia.
And I took about there or four ...
to three more, ranging from
near-vertical to oblique of the
other area for handheld 124.

348 13 22 00 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

348 14 15 27 SPT SPT at 14:15 debriefing the ATM pass

which began at - well, it has 13:02
here. I began it at around 12:45
or so. There's nothing in - _-ritten
in here except ... tape recorder so _
they can decipher ... the nu update.
Z
Okay, went over and, first of all, looked
 Dump Tape 348-05
Page 2 of 5

at the limb to see if I could -

the east limb to see if I could see
any of the act - remnants of the
activity which occurred last night.
I could not, and in H-alpha I could
see some streamerstructurechange.
I gave some of these details during
the science conference, So I won't
bother going through them now.

348 14 16 15 SPT What I did - did do, though, was to

use a shopping list item l, a ROLL
of a minus 6400. Then I went over
to the limb and did something like
a shopping lfst item 2, I guess -
well, not reslly. Shopping list
litem 3, probably, is more like it -
combination of ... modes. Then ...
first of all I put the ... on the 55,
MIRROR LINE SCAN paralled to the
limb. Then did some MIRROR AUTO RASTERS,
essentially put in H-ALPHA 1 HORIZON-
TAL CROSSHAIR on - Just a little bit
below the limb and changed it to
get MIRROR AUTO RASTER pointing at
the previous position, covering the
areas from 240 degrees to 270 degrees,
and in each one gave 56 a PATROL,
SHORT.

3h8 14 17 33 spt Then I rolled for the 82B SLIT con-

tingent to the limb and gave some
exposures there. I was 2 ARC SECONDS
off it and a LIMB POINTING ... short,
NORMAL - sequence of 3 in the NORMAL.
And at this point I rolled to the
oxygen 6 with a maximized DETECTOR 3,
gave around 10000 and that was at
a ROLL of 2029. Than I center -
slit center north and the LIMB OFFSET
was the same. The oxygen 6 dropped
down to around 6 to 700 at a ROLL
of 1728.

348 14 19 33 SPT So in stm%mary for 82B, there were 2 sets

_. of exposure normals, 2 arc seconds
off the limb, one at 2029, Oxygen VI
 _o.

F ¸

Dump Tape 3_8-05

Page 3 of 5

maximum, one at 1728. Oxygen VI

pretty much at a background leve.
And I could also see in H-Alpha-1,
that we had a prominence on the
slit at that given location for
Oxygen VI maximum and it was well
off the slit for the second pointing.
Prominence itself had - at least
there were two parts with either the
same prominences, or two different
ones.

348 14 20 20 The first one which was a - a

236 degrees off the - from solar north,
with the largest segments and then
further south there was another
smaller segment, could not see where
the two were interconnected. Okay,
then I was Just recapping the one
I'dlooked at.

348 14 20 5_ And also to mention one other

feature, first the corona. Bright
now, streamers at the -the edge of
streamer activity ... faded away and
nearly disappeared from what they
were yesterday, they've decreased in
intensity. Two in the XUV monitor,
the limb is turning very bright
between 247270 degrees, even though
we do have limb brightening of course,
using this effective double limb, it
still appears exceptionally bright.

348 14 21 26 So I think there's something coming

around the corner and all the activities
of the corona would signify that
also .... is ... or something. And
thirdly the bright point. This I'd
like to not mention on the air-to-ground,
yet I will in the science conference.
The bright point is located at around
241 degrees at .39 radii. I've got
coordinates of a roll of minus 1728,
up/down, a plus 2 and a left/right
f- of minus 378. It appearsin H-alpha
as a gingement in the chromospheric
network. A wuich look says it's at
 .wa_

Dump Tape 3_8-05

Page 4 of 5

a location where yesterday was

an east-west filament channel.
There was a prominent north-south
one running up from the coronal _,
hole at the South pole and then
branching off of that there was one
which ran east-west, turning east
off of that primary filament channel.
The bright point is located where
the east-west one was located.

348 14 22 49 So if I were drawing up the plans

for today, looking at the sun as it
is now, I would want to include a
J0P 17 A, step l, building block ll,
and a step 4, building block 36 A,
take a look at that bright spot,and
: I would do the JOP 26 location,
thing - in order to studythat limb
, activityprobablydoingthat left
limbat roll,of 0000,0600,0or
1200 and 1800.

348 14 23 35 SPT out.

348 14 30 06 CDR This is the CDR, at 14:30 Zulu

reporting completion of the first
$233 exercise of the day. It started
at 14:21. I got the exposure started
at precisely 14:21 with the comet
still down in the air glow. You could
see the star which we never have
gotten the name of, I asked for it
yesterday, there's a bright star,
and it was being somewhat occulted
by the tail yesterday.

348 14 30 39 The comet has now moved far enough

along so tha% the bright star is
no longer in the tail of the comet.
That star has Just risen when I started
the first exposure. The second
, exposure, I started at 40 - 14:22:39,
which is about 2 seconds after the
comet itself had risen. The third
/'_ exposure was started at 14:22 -
correction - 14:24:59, and that one
was completed before Sunrise.
f
0
Dump Tape 348-05
Page 5 of 5

348 14 31 18 The comet - I just got finished

sort of debriefing on the air-to-ground -
the _.omet is becoming far as we c82_
see, longer and stronger. I could
see the comet last night and this
morning with the unaided eye. And
that is essentially it. We have
another comet, I believe, observation
later on, late this afternoon or
evening. And window 3 is beginning
to work out very nicely now.

348 14 31 49 CDR out.

348 39 56 CDR This is the CDR at 14:_0 Zulu.

Initiated charge on battery nt_nber 7
for M509.

348 14 40 03 CDR out.

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 348-06
Time: 347:15:21 to 348:17:15 GMT
11/i_/73
_-_ Page 1 of 8

3h8 15 22 12 PLT PLT, debriefing AT_pass starting lh:30.

JOP 6, step l: 1 alpha was not com-
pleted as per pad. I did not finish the
raster at 162; I overshot. Got it back
and got about half of the M_R and then
I didn't want to - took less time -
didn't want to get behind. So I went
ahead to 1 Bravo; that was okay. JOP 2,
step l, was done twice coming about 28
as per pad except I was not quite as swift,
in getting the 13 line RESET in all
cases. I think I got a total of 6 - 56
MARS in both the - probably 6 - in both
of the building blocks. I finished -
there was not time so I went back Sun
center. I picked up the 162 green MARS
and - at a ROLL of zero approximately.
Then I went to 5400 and set up the
WHITE LIGHT CORONAGRAPH on continuous.
Took 1 minute - a little over 1 minute,
so I got three exposures there just
before sunset. And all of the timed
exposures 56 and 82B were correct. The
two time exposures in ... were good. And
the - the only shortcoming was in some
discipline on getting the RESET on line 13
and then getting only half of a raster 162
at - up at the JOP 6 points. But I did
go back and pick up a full raster at the
completion of the three building blocks.

348 15 2_ 21 PLT PLT out.

348 15 25 18 PLT The PLT with a commen_ on solar activity.

The active region in the center - near
the center of the Sun at 070.2 looked a
little brighter today than it did yes-
terday; that's 96. It was my general
impression I can't - of course when
you're trying to INTEGRATE - use the
INTEGRATE switch on the XUV MON, it's
sort of hard to tell whether you're -
that you're seeing things into it that
aren't really there. The activity on the
east limb - I couldn't tell much differ-
Dump Tape 348-06
Page 2 of 8

ence other than the fact that it looks

like it's still there and changing form.
In other words, it's developing or at
least it's undergoing changes; let's put
it that way. And that was about - the -
the corona structure on the east limb is
quite different than it was yesterday,
which indicates to me that something -
at least some action has taken place
or it's just a consequence of the fact
that we could see more of the stuff
as the thing rolled on - onto the disk.

348 15 26 17 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

348 15 43 56 CDR This is the CDR at 15:4h Zulu. The

subject is S019 operations. We're Just
beginning to get started here. The SAL
is open; the mirror is extended; the
ROTATION is set at 03h.5, a TILT of 7.1.
The first field is nu_mber 209. It'll be
a widened 90-second exposure. And I am
at the moment looking at frame 15 and
I'm setting the operate handle to the
CARRIAGE RETRACTED pcsition. And we're
coming up on 15:h5. No reference stars
so no problems there. On the nu Z given
by the ATM DC is the same as that given
on the pad. So we have no nu Z update to
worry about or Delta rotations.

SPT ...

CDR Okay, the FILM HATCH is open. Roger,

Ed; thanks.

CDR Okay, we're standing by for the first

exposure. We're looking at frame number
15 at the moment. It'll probably change
to 16 when I do my thing here. Going to
the SLIDE RETRACTED position. All right,
winding up the timer for a 90-secondwidened.
Stand by -
_- Dump Tape 348-06
Page 3 of 8

348 15 46 02 CDR MARK. N ° , hold the mark.

348 15 46 05 CDR MARK, now. SHUTTER is OPEN. And I

opened the SHUTTER at 46:04. The first
first mark I gave you was when I re-
leased the knob and I wasn't in zero
yet. Repeating this ROTATION is 34.5;
the TILT is 07.1, field 209. I'm now
looking at frsme number 16. As I re-
member frame number 14 was the last one
we did last time. So it looks like we -
in the maneuvering here of the machinery
in and out we've lost one frame. My
memory may not be correct, though. Pass-
ing 60 percent. The next exposure is
going to be field number 129.

CDR Okay, we're passing 90 percent. On my

mark we'll be de - we'll be terminating
this frame. Stand by -

348 15 47 18 CDR MARK it. We're in the CARRIAGE RETRACT

position. Changing the ROTATION to 45.3.
Set and lock. The TILT is going to 2.4.
Set and lock. Exposures of 270 widened.
Stand by for my mark. SLIDE is RETRACED.

348 15 47 58 CDE MARK. SHUTTER is OPE_. All right, this

is 270 widened. The rotation is 45.3; the
TILT is 32.4, field 127.

CDR We're now looking at _ frame count of 017.

348 15 49 18 CDR We have one very brig]it star in the field

of view at l0 o'clock, right at the edge
of ratius of 1.0. In the upper right,
extending from 2 o'clock down to 3:30, is
a string of stars. T_le 2 o'clock star is
is in - at about 6.8 radius and the last
star down at 3:30 is at about right the
edge of the field of view,

CDR Passing 60 percent.

CDR Passing 90 percent. ()kay on my mark we'll

be terminating a 270-second widened expo-
sureon field127. S_andby -
Dump Tape 348-06
Page 4 of 8

348 15 51 31 CDR MARK. Going to CARRIAGE RETRACTED.

New ROTATION is going to 188.5 - and
locked. The new TILT is 21.3 - and
locked. The exposure is a 90, widened.
Going to SLIDE RETRACTED. Stand by -

348 15 52 13 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN. We're looking

at frame number 18. Reverifying 188.5
on ROTATION, 21.3 on TILT. We're look-
ing at field 408 on frame 18 and it's a
90 widened.

CDR Okay. And and thank heavens I'm about

30 seconds ahead of schedule now. I have
plenty of time to get Kohoutek set up
properly. Passing 60 percent.

CDR 90 percent. Stand by -

348 15 53 27 CDR MARK. Going to CARRIAGE RETRACTED. Ter-

mination of that one. Going to a new
ROTATION of 201.6 - and locked. Going to
a TILT of 18.8 and locked. All right
reverifying a ROTATION of 201.6, TILT of
18.8. My first exposure is going to be
of 180 seconds unwidened.

CDR We're coming up on 15:55 now.

348 15 55 00 CDR MARK at 15:55. _9 seconds to go. Going

to SLIDE RETRACT348 15 55 33

CDR Okay, standing by for Kohoutek rise.

Stand by -

348 15 55 49 CDR MARK. We're looking at frame number 19.

We're looking at Kohoutek. The TILT is 2 -
correction, ROTATION is 201.6; the TILT
is 18.8. The first one is 180 seconds,
unwidened.

CDR Okay, it looks like we're pretty well

pointed. I have Kohoutek at 5:30 o'clock
at about 0.4 radious out from the center
of the view finder. And the - the tail
is pointing downward at the 5:30 direction.
Looks like it's kind of radiatingoutward
 Dt_mp Tape 3h8-06
,_ Page 5 of 8

from the center of the - center of

the view finder. One minute's gone by,
60 seconds.

CI)R So if there's a spike, you're gonna have

it right in the middle of the view finder.
Unfortunately, you probably don't have
_ll of the tail.

348 15 57 49 CDR 2 minutes have gone by.

CDR 15 seconds to go.

Cq)R This was frame number 19. Stand by -

348 15 58 51 CI)R MARK. Terminated, going to SLIDE RETRACTED.

Stand by, I'm going to OPEN -

348 15 59 01 CDR MARK. SHUTTER is OPEN. We're looking at

frame number 20. This is a 30-second,
unwidened, l0 seconds gone.

_R 20 seconds gone.

CDR Frame number 20. Stand by -

348 15 59 31 CDR MARK. CARRIAGE is in the RETRACT position.

And that should terminate the Kohoutek
observations. The time is now - it's com-
ing up on 16:00 Zulu in about l0 seconds.

CDR Okay, at 16:00 Zulu i'm going to set the

ROTATION to zero. Set the TILT at zero,
better do that first. Stop the ROTATION
at 60. All right the TILT is set at
zero. The ROTATION is zero. This rota-
tion dial is ridiculous with all of paint
missing out of the - the units diget.
Little pieces of white paint floating
around inside there. I'm now retracting
the mirror.

348 16 O0 43 CZ)R RETRACTED and locked. The Sun is just

beginning to rise through the wardroom
window. Closing the SAL air - SAL door.
Okay. All right, I'm supposed to do a
ST 1 immediately, so I'm going to leave

Dump Tape 3h8-06

Page 6 of
Dump Tape 3_8-06
Page 6 Of 8

the film hatch open.while I pressure the

canister.

CC ...

C_R This is the CDR terminating the recordings

on S019 operations.

3_8 16 Ol 27 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

348 17 Ol 41 SPT SPT at 17:02. ATM ops debriefing the

pass which occurred after the S019
maneuver. Okay, there is nothing
strenuous in this pass, so I took
a little observing time. I went
over and looked at these bright
points, which I had seen previously.
Essentially is less than 24 hours
old. And I begin at - the one at
241 degrees about 0.39 solar radii.
Now, let me drop back one. First
thing I did was give a shopping list
item 1 at the beginning of the orbit.
To get a look at the corona. And
it's pretty much as I have reported
it previously on air--to-ground. Then
I went over and looked at the emerging
region 23 *** And I got a MAXIMUM of
the oxygen VI up around 2200, with a
ROLL of minus 5393; UP/DOkq_ of zero
plus - 0311; and LEI_2/RIGHT of minus
0182. At that location I gave 55
Almost two MIRROR AUTO RASTERS, 1-2/3.

348 17 03 30 SPT Then 15 lines of - 15 minutes of MIRROR

LINE SCAN to see if they could pick
up any ... of change. I had the MIRROR
LINE SCAN covering not only the brightest
point but also pretty close to running
along one of the brighter linear elements
on the ehromoshperic network which was
brightening. 82B, at that point, I gave
two sets of waveringSHORTs,EXPOSURE
NORMAL sequences separated by around
F- Dump Tape 3h8-06
Page 7 of 8

i0 minutes. 56 received a PATROL

SHORT and a SINGLE frame, FILTER 4 for
about 7 minutes. I then repointed
in order to give 82B some comparative
spectra. UP/DOWN and ROLL remained
the same. LEFT/RIGHT I moved to the
left about h0 arc seconds, that to
minus 222, and expecting I would step
the mirror then to the right nine -
or eight steps.

3h8 17 Oh h8 SPT And I did that and it was not the

value I had seen previously in oxygen VI.
I stepped it one more and got up to
2200 again. So it resily took nine
steps even though I only moved the
equivalent of eight, which is still
kind of a mystery to me but that's
the way it worked out. 55 then at that
grating position where it went back
some, received a GRATING AUTO SCAN.
About l-l/2 before we got to 400 K.
I had hoped that I'd be able to fit
it - do a partial MIRROR AUTO RASTER
to show them where their GRATING AUTO
SCAN was done but we got to the hO0 K
before that.

3h8 17 05 25 .t_PT 82B received a SHORT WAVELENGTH EXPOSURE

NORMAL, sequence for comparative spectra.
I might mention before I changed the
mirror that we were down to a - an inten-
sity of around 200, or so in oxygen VI.
So we truly were right off - far off
the bright point. _nd 82B looked
fairly uniform. I did not see any
bright elements in there. It looked
as though we were Just crossing quiet
Sun network. And at that location 56
received a SINGLE FI_E, FILTER 5 for
7 minutes. They were - both h and 5,
7 minutes cause that's the best I
could work in as opposed to their
minimal of 8.

348 17 06 15 _PT However, if we're looking for some-

thing relatively brighthere like
an emerging flux region then it
F- D_mp Tape 348-06
Page 8 of 8

probably doesn't hurt to go a little

bit on the short side. Let me bring up
something here. As I see something occur
mad I know what observations each
instrument would like to have on it,
I go ahead and start those observations
mud then I look around for a shopping
list item which will fit it. Whether
this is ethical or not I'm not sure.
However in my hurry to get the event
covered before we run out of viewing
time, I've took - taked that tack.

348 17 06 59 ST'T Now I can - I can look back through and

come up with a shopping llst item which
Just about approximates it. I'm not sure
whether that's useful to you. For
example, I guess I could call it a
shopping list item 7 with a few
modifications, or a building block 28
with a few modifications, or a -
I guess shopping list item 5 comes
closest to it. I was looking at
chromoshperic network although it was
a dense chromoshperic network. So I
guess I'd like a word, without making
a large thing about it. I'd like
a word from you folks as to whether
you'd like me to just stick strictly
to the as published shopping list
items, or whether I could go ahead
and put the instruments in the modes
which I know - which I best believe
they would like to be in for a given
observation and which I believe are
supportative [sic] of another.

3h8 17 08 18 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE

/-
 Blip Tape 348_0_ _O

"" ' Time: 348:18:12 to 348:19:07 GMr

12/14/73
Page1 of 5

348 17 57 55 PLT This is the PLT; the time is 18:12,

reporting on two handheld photographs,
for 30-alfa; ocean current ... Okay.
Location on ... was Just where we crossed
the southern coast through the southern
part of Chili and Argentina, Just about
Santa Cruz, which is Just to the west -
northwest of Falkland Island. And as
I was watching for the current, the center
part, my general impression was t_u_t it
was a southward flowing current, And
this is the reason I said that. The
appearance is like this: there are isolated
cools or light colored forel scales 7
to 8, and some of these or sort of _ Just
like shead off meander, that is, part
of the current that Just sort of separated
from the main channel, and some of these
or Just sort of nondescrlpt, no particular
form, you know, Just looped and arcs and
cools and actually, I saw one to the
northwest of the Falkland Islands that
was actually sort of a donut shaped ...
It was roughly donut shaped, with a sort
of strung-off blob off of one side. We're
about Puerto Deseado or whatever it is.
It - it tskes off in a straight llne up
northeast. And that was the reason that
I was saying that it was - the reason I
thought that it was a southward flowing
current because here it came by it's
My impression was it came zigging almost
straight as an arrow, roughly southwest
direction and then about ... Puerto Deseado
•.. it started sort of going to pot,
going all serpentine mud ... oxbaws,
and these other isolated, separated pools
of color that I've been talking about.
And then about - oh, Strait of Magellan
over to the Falkland Islands it Just took -
loses all form and shape. Now, that was
my impression• I see by looking on the
map that that thing actually flows to the
north through the Strait, which will not -
I guess you wouldn't really call it Strait,
the space between the Falkland IslandS and
Dump Tape 348--07
Page 2 of 5

Santa Cruz Cruz Argentina there,

throughout the Fuego. But that is
shallow apparently along in there ...
there, and you do not get the see
as definite a color on that 7-day
forel scale as you do up further to
the north. And then the thing is
fairly narrow at the point - Puerto Deseado,
where it takes off - off in a straight
line up toward Moutevideo - the point
off of Montevideo. And it's highly
linear and narrow, about - oh I'd say,
probably on the order of 15 miles wide.

348 18 15 37 PLT And we have two photographs to doctm_ent

part of that at least. I couldn't get
that - I tried to get that narrow straight
line portion in the photograph, but it
was much too oblique. And those were
frames - frames number 56 - 55 and 56 on
the Hassleblad Charlie X-ray 17.

348 18 16 39 CDR This is the CDR at 18:17 Zulu with a

handheld camera report : Earth observations.
The sight I picked was a nice island
which was about 200 miles southwest of
the FaLkland Islands, maybe west-southwest -
correction - southeast or east-southeast
of the Falkland Islands. The striking
thing about this ice island was the fact
that it had stratus clouds all over the
water, and the stratus clouds came right
up to the island, but would not cover it.
Apparently it's sort of the inverse of
the effect you get of cumulus clouds
building up due to convection over an
island. The magazine ID was Charlle X-ray 36.
The times the pictures were taken were
18:13 and 18:15. Frame numbers 25 and 24.
The first frame was taken at f/ll at
35-milimeter lens, 1/500 and the next one
was taken f/ll, 35-milimeter lens at
1/250. CDR out.

TIME SKIP
k_

D_np Tape 348-07

Page 3 of 5

3h8 18 XX XX SPT Hello, this is your friendly SPT at

18:38. ATM pass which began at 17:39.
The pointings at went with no problems.
I wrapped it up pretty quickly; finished
up with around 30 minutes remaining,
without having to do any repointing. I
only moved the 82B MIRROR in MODULE on
quite quickly. I did go through a
BACK roll minus 1080. Did - and I did
move the SLIT exactly tangent to the
limb; I found myself with a DOWN of minus 20.
Those three performances of building
block i0, JOP 26, step 2, no problem.
After that, I went on and looked at the
emerging flux region again and did something
similar to what I did in the previous
orbit. I tried to get 82B some good data
and at the same time get better experiments
going and learn something about the
emerging flux region, if that's truly
what it is. It's appearing more and more
like - like - like Ed, I did not see
any spots. And yet I would not expect
to in the white light display. However
the chromospheric network now has, I'd
say five different elements of the network
are bright to very bright, and three
further south of the ... bright ones are
Just beginning to come up.

3h8 18 39 15 SPT Tell you, it's kind of fun to watch something

like that grow. It's suborbit orbit; you
can see their changes in that breaking and
network. First I was at a GRATING position
of 19:hl; so I looked at magnesium i0,
MAXIMIZED there and tried to roll so that
the SLIT was looking primarily at the ...
network. I MAXIMIZED and got a reading
of about 300 which is not too strong for
magnesian i0 with an active region, but
I guess this is Just an emerging one,
so we'll - so I overlooked that. It still
had plenty of contrast in the background.
And the coordinates where I found with
the MAXIMUM with a ROLL of minus 6552,
and I'm DOWN at plus 3h5 and a LE_/RIGHT
of minus 69. 82B got a R-l/2 second
exposure at WAVE LENGTH SHORT, followed by
a normal sequence. 55 got a GRATING AUTO
SCAN going from 19:hl up to RE_ENCE.
Dump Tape 348-07
Page 4 of 5

348 18 40 42 SPT And then received MIRROR AUTO RASTER in

REFERENCE with all detectors down to
around line 40. 56 we've used a single
frame 4 for 8 minutes - focused for
8 minutes. And then shifted 30 arc-seconds
to the left, which brought the - Well,
let me say, first of all I - before I
shifted I put the GRATING back at zero,
and I looked for the MAXIMUM ... now
oxygen 06.

348 18 41 20 SPT The UP/DOWN had not changed - I'm sorry,

the UP/DOWN had changed, and it was now
337 rather than 345. The LEI_r/RIGHT of
69 remained the same. I think part of the
problem is that magnesium lO is very
tough to determine the peak .... is
relatively broad. I shifted to the LEFT
and then 30 arc-seconds to LEFT/RIGHT of
minus 99. Step 55 MIRROR 6 steps to the
right expecting to see my peak of a
thousand or so in - oxygen which I had
Just seen previously, and could only get
around 500 - 500 or 600, stepping it
LEFT/RIGHT over several steps around the
location where I'd expect the peak and
could not find it. I expect there is a -
suddenly they' re sharply peaked that there's
a problem here in the Marshall arc-seconds
versus the 75 arc-seconds, which they have
on their step. So I probably could not
really get up a peak; I did not try a
GRATING AUTO SCAN. And time was running
out so I gave 55 another MIRROR AUTO RAST_a_,
and it got down to around 40 again or so
before we hit 400 K. And s_nehow I gave
it a MIRROR LINE SCAN for JOP 7. 82B
received exactly the same as it had before
for comparitive spectra, that is in
WAVELENGTH SHORT, 2-1/2 second exposure,
and a NORF_L SEQUENCE 56 ... this time
is SHORT did not getting any - any - long
exposure at 6 - get a LONG exposure in
before 400 K or at 250 K. So, they seem
to be pulled short.

SPT SPT out.

 D_p Tape 348-07
Page 5 of 5

TIME SKIP

348 19 00 3h PLT PLT; time is 19:00 Zulu. I've diseon -

discontinued charging BAT 07, and I've
started charging BAT 6 in the SMU, and
that at 19:00 Zulu.

HND OF TAPE

f
 DumpTape348-08 0_
Time: 348:20:08 to 348:21:11 GMT
f-" 12/14/73
Page 1 of 3

348 20 Oh 00 SPT SPT at 20:04.

CC Skylab, Houston one other - additional

information is that we have I
developed what we call a quasi-inertial
pack to he loaded in the ATM DC
which ... if it calls for rev
around - about i00 to 150 pound-seconds
each rev. Also we're working on something
similar to that for the command
module, which would reduce the HTS
cross channel to about a third of
what it is now.

SPT Crip, what's our usual number of

pound-seconds ... ?

348 20 04 56 CC We have 46,000 pound-seconds total,

we saved 6,000, about, pound-seconds
for - and the rest you did a red
"- line and that leavesus 20,000
pound-seconds available.

SI{T Uh-huh.

CC And, as i said, we're going to

be up-linking a message to you,
hopefully maybe by tomorrow• It'll
probably be about the same time.
... loading it. ATC ... Quasi-inertial
pack and that will go into a lot
more detail as ... you will use
it in both - with RTS or with a TS.

SI_T Okay, that sounds like a little over

a week, Crip, I hope _e can come up
with some other method.

348 20 06 27 S?T Okay, once again the SPT at 20:27.

ATM pass which began at 19:12.
Building block 2 went off fine.
Building block i0, at the roll of
minus 9900, went off fine, no
problem. At the concJusion of that,
I have TV down-link and then went
f-- Dump Tape 348-08
Page 2 of 3

over to look at the emerging flux

region again. And it certainly is
changing day by ... in H-Alpha,
I see more chromospheric network,
which is enhauced now, going into
the - the ... southern end of it.
The northern part of the chromospheric
network is brightening, but the
brightest still remaining at the
southern. I think it - I pointed
at the maximum intensity as seen
in - in this case it was neon III.

CC Skylab, Houston, we're 1 minute

from LOS .... Next station 20:14.

SPT - 991 wavelenght, maximized at a

postion of 1640, DETECTOR 1.

PLT Okay, CRip, we'll see you there.

/
CC Roger.

348 20 08 50 SFT At that point which I maximizxed, we

did - did a 55 GRATING AUTO SCAN
from the grating of 1940 on around to
REFERENCE and then a MIRROR AUTO RASTER.
So we got pretty much finished I think
do_au to, I believe somehwere around
line 40 ro 50, before we hit 400K 55 -
that tkaes care of 55 56 got a patrol -
56 got a - SINGLE FRA_,_, FILTER 2 for
about 5 minutes. And 82B got a WAVELENGHT
SHORT an exposure of 2-1/2 seconds and
then the SEQUENCE of NORMAL.

348 20 09 48 SPT SPT out.

348 20 29 19 CDR This is the CDR at 20:30 Zulu. The

subject is M092, the subject PLT. The
M092 exercise was begun at 20:00 Zulu.
The calves girth, left calf was 13-3/8;
the right calf, 13-1/4. The legbands
attached, on the left is Charlie Juliet,
on the right is Alfa Quebec.
F Dump Tape 3h8-08
Page 3 of 3

3h8 20 29 46 CDR CDR out.

348 21 09 12 CDR This is the CDR at 21:i0, the M092/92

sequence is complete at this time.

END OF TAPE
 DumpTape348-09 n_,_
Time: 348:21:35 to 348:21:43 GMT
12/14/73
Page i of 3

348 21 35 33 SPT SPT at 21:36. Debriefing the pass

which began at 20:46. Okay, pointing
at LP5 and LP6 straight forward, no
problems. Only - one problem
encountered: We've taken an
extra lap around S055 grating and
not having the grating ... in the
pad So I - I think I got a little
behind there. However, we got
the operation done well in time,
ahead of schedule. I also put
a shopping list item 1 at the
beginning of the orbit. And at
the end Just as I was getting
off the last MIRROR AUTO RASTER for
..., I got a call about a surge over
the limb at 250. And even though
the pad said continue this to 400K -
which I'm not sure what that
really meant, whether - it was to
give me leeway past 400 K. I'm
not quite too sure of the intent
of that. And so i asked for
clarification while we were talking
on the ground. And whistled on
- then whistled on over to the
third and gave 82B something less
than an 80-second expcsure which they
wanted because we wer_ coming up
on 400K. And I terminated Just a
couple of seconds after 400 K passed.
I think we got more like a 40-second
exposure on that one. 55 was
running in MIRROR, AUIO RASTER and
I truncated that three times, although
the second two were below 400 K, in
an effort to get a look at the surge.
And, 56 received a P_TROL, SHORT.
Surge showed up quite will in
H-ALPHAwith a - a spike extending
g]_ost an are minute along thek
surface. It was very identifiable
as a surge. I regret that I had
not found that particular location

/
J

Dump Tape 348-09

Page 2 of 3

with A-ALPHA i at the time. And

I certainly would have been able to
pick it up earlier. But down there
in LP6 and it did not show up in
H-ALPHA 2 so there was really no
way of getting to it other than
the call from the ground.

348 21 38 55 SPT SPT out.

348 21 41 16 PLT PLT. The time is 21:40. Reporting

on two handheld photographs over
Brazil. Actually one of them was
taken over a small inlet Taitau [sic]
- T-A-I-T-A-U.[sic] It's southern
Chile; I know you didn't want any
more pictures down there but this
looks like a - an unusually good
shot from the water side of some
of those fiords os I went ahead and
took it anyway. It's number 57 on
Charlie X-ray 17. Number 58 is
a frame over Brazil. An - ag -
it has - it's an agricultural area
and there are banded partterns which
appear to be of regional interest
in the - in that - they appear to
be renewing some sort of geologic
feature. And that was taken at
21:26 at frame number 58 and
Charlie X-ray 17. Also we took
a good look at the Falk's track [?]
off of Montevideo. _d this time I
saw a definite fork out about -
oh, I'd say maybe lO0_ 150 miles
to sea from Buenos Aires and
Montevideo. And again the - the
sequel stem extending to the north -
northeast - toward the northeast
nad the Y forming Just out, oh,
as I say 100 to 150 miles out to
sea from Buenos Aires and Montevideo
One fork running straight, almost
due south and the other one parallel
with the coast to the soutwest. Again,
Dump Tape 3&8-09
Page 3 of 3

I don't know if this is part of

the Falkland Current or part of
another current. But anyway,
it - it appears the same and it be -
was 17 and meandering to the north.
And the Y stems apperaed to be more
nearly disciplined and straight
and linear.

348 21 h3 17 PLT PLT out.

END OF TAPE
 ][AmlpTape 348-10
Time: 348:22:39 to 348:00:54 GMT
12/15/73
Page 1 of 24

328 22 39 09 SPT SPT at 22:39. Debriefing some ATM

work put in before the maneuver to
Z-LV.

SPT Upon coming into sunlight, we _mmediately

returned to looking at the position
where the surge was on the limb and
could no longer readily identify it,
although I believed I could see a rem-
nant of it. It's no longer ... dis-
play ... But that's about 1 are minute
above the limb. But now something -
maybe a third of an arc minute. Rela-
tively lighter at the base and not
looking too much different than some of
the chromosphere arotmd it, especially
along that area of the l_mb which has
got so much activity associated with it,
We gave 52 a quicky at Sun centers ROLL
f 5400-minus 5400, and 56 a PATROL SHORT,
so we had a shopping list item 1 there.
Then went back out to that position.
Stayed at the roll of 54oo and at five
truncated MIRROR AUTO RASTErs shopping
list ... H-alpha 1 horizontal reticle
Just a little bit below the limb. And
hit five MIRROR AUTO RASTERs down to
line l& at a grating position of 102
MECHANICAL... 56 recieved a SINGLE
FRAME FILT_t_ 4 again for only 6minutes
because I had to get going on ]_REP. And
with that much activity over there on
the limb, I thought we'd still benefit
by that 6-minute exposure.

348 22 21 38 SPT Just before we went into ... powerdown

for EREP I went back to suncenter and
gave another 1-minute's worth of CONTI-
NUOUS MODE 3 exposures to 52.

348 22 21 50 SPT SPT out.

328 22 22 05 SPT Oh, o - addition to that last co_mnent on

ATM. In looking at the ... I could not
 Dump Tape 358-I0
Page 2 of 24

identify any S-transients, although

I perhaps have talked myself into
thinking that the material at the base
of the streamers over around 8 o'clock
to 9 o'clock were a little bit more
dense, but there's other suggestion
of activity which made me stick to
that.

348 22 42 33 SPT SPT out.

348 22 44 08 PLT six, PLT out.

TIME SKIP

348 23 14 01 PLT PLT and time is 23:15, voice recording

Delta 6. Delta 6 is reading 56.
PLT out.

TIME SKIP

348 23 hl 41 PLT Okay, PLT with the T-minus l0 readings,

monitor readings Alfa 2 is reading
92; Alfa 3 is reading 86; Alfa 4 is
reading 70; Alfa 5 is reading 67; Alfa 6
is reading 0. Bravo 2 is reading 61;
Bravo 3 is reading 76; Bravo 4 is
reading 71; Bravo 5 is reading 75;
Bravo 6 is reading 50; Bravo 7 is
reading 31; Brayo 8 is reading 81.
Charlie 2 is reading 5 . Charlle 2 is
reading 45; Charlie 3 is reading 88;
Charlie 4 is reading 98; Charlie 5 is
reading 82; Charlie 6 is reading 47;
Charlie 7 is reading 57. Delta 2 is
reading 86; Delta 3 is reading 85;
Delta 4 is read/ng 72; Delta 5 is
reading 14; Delta 6 is reading 57;
Delta 7 is reading 10, lO.

348 23 44 09 PLT 0k_y, the Pltwo _sie_. Alfa 2 is still

J_ reading about 92 percent. And I'm _ it
 r

Dump Tape 348-10

Page 3 of 2h

is a little bit out of tolerance

for the number i detector. It was
even for the high range.

3h8 23 45 ll PLT And Charlie is still reading at

about 98 pwexwnr.

3h8 23 47 22 PLT Okay coming up on T-minus 5. 8192

MODE to READY now. DOOR OPEN now
in 30 seconds.

3_8 23 48 27 PLT And there's the READY light for

192. MODE going to CHECK.

CDR Oh, good. It's light outside really

lights but it ain't through the VTS.

PLT S190 HEATER SWITCH OFF light off. DELTA

TEMP PRESS TO TEST both check okay.
F OVEETEMP okay.

CDR Here I am worrying again .... I see

light coming in around S190 and I
don't see any on the VTS, and it must
be.

PLT Yes.

CDR (Laughter )

348 23 49 lh PLT Okay, coming up on T-minus 3 preoperate

configuration. TAPE RECORDER ON, READY
on. 92 ON, the READY out, C_L_CK.
DOOR OPEN. 91 ON, READY on, COOLER
ON, door is fixed open. 90 ON_ READY
out, STANDBY, door has been ... open.
93 RADIOMETER STANDBY, READY out;
SCATTEEOMETEE OFF, READY out ; ALTIME-I'_
OFF, READY out. 9_ ON, READY on. And
I've got an extra line in here which
says 93 - okay, that's Just a repeat.

CDH ... got a sunrise.

 D_np Tape 348-10
Page 4 of 24

PLT Should be sunrise Just over the

Himalayas if it was the same as -

CDR Yes.

PLT - it was last time.

CDR Yes, it is.

PLT It's really sort of orange fine looking -

CDR Certainly is.

PLT - down there on all that.

CDR I thought those where clouds, and

it 's snow.

348 23 50 39 PLT Okay, I guess Ed is down at the

panel there. ETC in it. Okay,
/_ 2 minutes to EREP start and a little
over 2 minutes for an AUTO CAL;
I'll give you a call.

CDH 0kay.

SC Whistle down over - well, be about

over Pnom Penh and right over - right
near Siagon.

348 23 51 48 PLT i minute to start.

CDR Okay, we're Just coming across northern

Thailand now according to m_ map.

PLT 0kay, Jer, I'm going to need a EREP

CDR All right.

PLT AUTO CAL in about - VTS AUTO CAL in

about 30 seconds. I'll give you a call.

CDR All right.

CDR Very cloudy.

 D_np Tape 348-10
Page 5 of 24

PLT i0 seconds to EREP start. Stand

by. On my mark 23 :52 :50 •

348 23 52 50 PLT MARK. EREP start, l0 seconds to

VTS AUTO CAL. I'll give you a
mark.

CDR Okay.

PLT Stand by.

348 23 52 59 PLT MARK. VTS AUTO CAL.

CDR On time.

PLT Good.

PLT 0kay, stand by for 53_12 for 194 MODE

MANUAL.Standby.
,f
348 23 53 12 PLT MARK. And 194 MODE to MANUAL.

PLT 1 minute for ETC AUTO_ Ed,

SPT Okay,

CDR Okay, the clouds are beginning to

build up now.

PLT Okay, standing _ for 55;40. %Te have

a READY on, 191.

CDR Looks llke we're out over the water

now between Vietnam and Borneo _ Viet
Vietnam and Mo - Malaysis.

3h8 23 55 39 PLT Here we go. Righ_ on time. R_F_/%ENCE

going to 6 on l_l. Standing _4_ for
56 even.

PLT My mark be 56 even.

348 23 55 59 PLr MARK. Okay, ALTIMET_ to STANDBY;

RADIOMETERON.
 Dump Tape 348-1(I
Page 6 of 2h

CDR 0k_y, starting to look for some

unovershooting tops.

PLT Okay, Ed, in Just about 1 minute on

my m_k, _a_k the - for _TC AUTO.
I'll give you a call.

348 23 56 5h CDR Okay, 58:51 the CAMERA is ON. And

I'm not seeing very good thunderstorm
clouds as yet.

CDR Oh, there's a good one.

PLT My mark it'll be 57:33.

PLT And on 7 seconds later I'ii give

you a - ETC AUTO.

348 23 57 33 PLT MARK. Okay, 190 MODE AUTO. And

stand by for a m-_k, Ed. 2, 1 -

348 23 57 39 PLT MARK. ETC to AUTO.

3h8 23 57 42 CDR Okay, DATA oushbutton run.

3h8 23 57 _9 CDR Okay, there's five seconds worth.

I'll see if I can find an anvil top.

CDR Thunderstorm has played out on us.

PLT Standing by for 58:2h.

CDR Okay, the best I can give you is

some cirrus.

348 23 58 24 PLr MAP/{. MODE to READY. Okay, now I've

got a green TAPE MOTION light after
ETC takes.

348 23 58 30 PL_ MARK. SH_'A'_'_R

SPEED to FAST.

CDR Okay, I may look further ahead a_ain

here.

CDR I'm afraid it's the wrong time of

day for thunderstorms around here.
 Dump Tape 348-10
Page 7 of 24

CDR It's rather clear.

PLT Yes, it's Just after sunrise, isn't

it?

CDR Yes. I found one, and that's about it.

PLT Okay, Ed, stand by for about - I

guess it's about hO seconds . ** At
on the hour plus lO seconds ETC will
be going to STANDBY; I'll give a call.

CDR Okay, it looks llke we've overflown

Borneo, now maybe I'll find something
on this side.

PLT Okay, on my mark it'll be 24:00 hours

even. Stand by.

CDR Nothing at all.

f_

349 O0 O0 00 PLT MARK. Stand by for ETC to STANDBY, Ed.

PLT 3, 2, 1 -

349 00 O0 09 PLT MARK. ETC STANDBY. And m_ 190 READY

light did go out. 190 MODE to STANDBY,
SHUTI'E_ SPmmu to MEDIUM, and 08, and
INTERVAL ...

CDR There's one isolated cell I might Be

able to get for you, Two isolated
cells side by side.

PLT Okay, I made a - okay, 190 MODE

STANDBY, MEDIUM Y_T_L_VAL is _ FRAME Q8,
INTERVAL 20.

PLT RADIO_f_R to STANDBY,

PLT 193 ALTIMm'I'EI_is ON.

CDR One of the cells even hms on over_

shooting top.
Dump Tape 348-10
Page 8 of 2h

PLT 190 MODE to AUTO. Slow on the 193 ALTI-

MET_ ON ... the - on the MODE to AUTO.

PLT 2 seconds slow on the MODE to AUTO on

the 190.

3h9 O0 01 12 CDR Oh, here's a - Just a couple of real

classic cells Just all out by themselves
for the world to see, I thought I'd
midded my camera to get a good Thunderstorm.

349 00 Ol 27 CC Skylab, this is Houston with you through Carnarvon

and Honeysuckle Creek for 13 and 1/2 minutes.
Out.

CDR Roger, Bruce.

CDR Okay, we've gpt a gppd thunderstorm here

with a nice little overshooting top on it.
Takingdata. Right now, goingfor the
anvi. Taking data. A dual cell. All right,
going for clear water. And data.

349 00 02 19 CDR Temination.

PLT Is it very clear down there?

CDR It is now. Got to go for Alice Springs now.

44.9

CDR And set that camera to 1 - 1/25.

CDR Set. West six for Alice. Standing over

the north Australian coast, I believe.
•.. clouds

PLT Standing by for 03:10. Man, that's unusual

right there, that area 2.

SC Yes, well maybe I'm a little bit too

quick to call that Australia.

PLT Stand by.

349 00 03 19 PLT MARK. STANDBY, FAST.

Dump Tape 348-10
Page 9 of 24

PLT 08, and INTERVAL to i0.

349 00 03 55 PLT ALTIMETER UNLOCK light; turn it off

for 15 seconds.

CDR Okay, we're interested in range land

and rock outcropings.

PLT Ought to be a lot of them.

CDR Unfortunatly all there is now is a

lot of clouds.

PLT Okay, 193 is back ON and I do have

a READY light. Stand by for 04:30.
That's going to turn it back to
STANDBY. And I've got the ALTIMETER
UNLOCK blinking now. On my mark 04:30/

349 O0 04 30 PLT MARK. And the LATIMETER to SATNDBY.

349 O0 04 48 PLT Be soaking up the 192 data Jer. We're
not either. We're in ...

CDR Okay, the clouds are beginning to

break it up - break up.

CDR Scattered cirrus, scattered to

broken cirrus now it looks like.

CDR All right, from northern Australia

down to about central Australia, Just
north of Alice Springs it was broken
to overcast; it's now broken to
scattered cirrus and breaklng-up now
where it looks like we're headed for -
that's broken, low deck, broken
stratus ... Okay, CAMER's going ON
at 45 degree time. Alice Springs
where are you?

PLT Stand by for 06:13.

349 00 06 13 PLT MARK. 190 MODE to AUTO.

CDR Okay.
 D_np Tape 3h8-i0
Page i0 of 24

3h9 00 06 20 PLT 06:20, stand by.

3h9 00 06 21 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to READY .... to

AUTO, Ed.

CDR Looking for s_ne range land; I'm not

finding amy. All right this looks
like it's probably range land .... that
either. No, it's all wind streaked. I
don't see how you could grow anything
there.

CDR Back out and take another look.

PLT Now, we're taking 192 data, over

in this area. Then about 07:20, and
at 07:20, Ed, you can see the STANDBY.
And 07 :20 on my mark.

_-_ 349 00 07 20 SC MARK. CHECK ETC to STANDBY.

CDR All right, there's s_ne good out-

croppings, right there.

SPT Roger got it.

CDR Data.

PLT And I've got a READY light OUT at

07 :31. MODE is going to STANDBY,
shutter speed medium, ... frames l0 - -

CDB Okay, little or no out-croppings there - -

SC MODE 20. Make it for 09:53.

CDR 10.7 RIGHT. Okay, the clouds over the

Alice Springs area were clear to - oh,
scattered to broken. I would say, most
of it was low cumulus. At this moment
I'm looking 45 degrees ahead and we're
coming into the overcast condition now.
And I must be looking very close to the
Woomerd test sight area. And we have
scattered - or broken to overcast clouds;
- very little ground visible.
D_np Tape 348-10
Page iI of 2h

CDR Looking for vegetation. No, that's

rock.

SC Looking up ahead there, do you see

clouds starting to thin out?

CDR Negative. All in overcast.

SC Yeah, 09:53 we go 190 MODE AUTO again.

CDE Now there is little or no ground

availanle to be seen.

PLT Okay.

CDR All right, I 'm now 15 degrees to the

left of track and I've got a little
patch of ground. However, it is not
vegitated; it Is dry and sand_f looking.

PLT Standing by for 09:53.

CC Skylah, this is Houston. With the over-

casting you can scrub the S190 ETC and
the DAC operations on 191 for the
b_lance of the pass. Over.

PLT Thank you Bruce. That ;s a very good call.

CDR Okay, Bruce. IVm going to take _ I'm

going to look for CanBerra. If I
don't have nay luck there, we'll give
her up.

CC Rog. That 's the alternate sight ; sounds

llke a good plan.

CDR Okay, the clouds break - they're broken

up till about 15 or 20 miles from the
coast and then over the coastline there
are a scattered few.

CC Okay. Which side of that Break is

Canberra on? Can you see it?
f_

Dump Tape 348-10

Page 12 of 24

CDR I haven't located Canberra yet, but

l've got a good vegitation area, which
is what I 'm supposed to be going for.
Might be the Eucalyptus groves, they're
interested in HHI46, I think it is.

CC Okay.

349 00 ll 09 SC I didn't understand you, Ed, but at

ll:_5, and that's coming up in about
B0 seconds, the ETC is no we've - we've
scrubbed that though. We scrubbed it.

CDR Hey, Canberra where are you?

CDR Some more dark vegitation, very

dark vegitation.

PLT And I'm going to go ahead with - -

f- CDR Which I'm goingto go for -

PLT And 11:45 callout fo no go; no ETC.

Negative on the ETC, Ed. l'm sure you
heard that call.

CDR All right. Got data on light vegetation

area and data on dark vegitation area.

PLY.? Stand by for 12 minutes.

349 00 12 00 PLT MARK. 191, RE_'EHENCE to 2.

CDR Got a farm laud area now.

PLT And 194 MODE to MANUAL.

CDR Data on farmland.

PLT What are you doing; just going in

and breaking the clouds there?

CDR Yeah. Okay, we've about run out

of opportunities.
Dt_p Tape 348-10
Page 13 of 24

PLT Okay, the SOLAR INERTIAL maneuver

is supposed to start here at - in
about 30 seconds.

CC Oka - Hey, and Bill, we do want to

get the SHIyI"f,RSPEED on S190 to
the SLOW position before you do the
Earth limb stuff.

349 00 12 42 PLT Okay, it's going to SLOW now.

CC And 191 AUTO CAL, of course.

PLT Yes, and stand by at - in about

5 seconds - l0 seconds.

CDR Okay, I 'm ready.

PLT Stand by on my mark.

349 00 13 00 PLT MARK. VTS AUTO CAL.

CDR Okay, you got it.

PLT Thank you.

PLY STANDBY and SLOW.

PLT Okay, we're configured for 190 all

right..

349 00 14 05 FLT And the 190 UBTERVAL is 10. So I

think I'm up to date on m_ 190
configurat ion.

PLT SLOW, one zero and 10.

CC And you verify S190 is in MODE STANDBY,

Bill.

PLT That is affirmative.

CC Okay, 46 seconds til LOS. Next station

contact in 37 minutes through Bermuda
at 00:52.
f_

D_p Tape 348-10

Page 14 of 2_

PLT Thanks for the help, Bruce.

CC Roger. Sounds like a good Job there.

PLT Okay. Coming up 15 :40, I should get

the ... READY on the VTS 191.

3_9 00 15 19 CDH Must be headed over New Zealand.

CC Yessir, passing over the southern

island.

CDR Hey, how about that. I got a good - a

good picture of it. I'm going to take
a couple of pictures.

PLT Okay, stand by for 15:_0.

CD_ Okay, Im taking pictures of the - -

F
PLT Okay. READY light ON.

CDR The Alpine Falls area on South Island.

I'm going to sweep up the Alpine Falls
Just as far as I can go. Turned out to
be about - oh, half way up the island.
All right, I'm now looking at an area
where I have a very straight river,
which I suspect is a cross vault. And
a very straight looking lake. Okay,
the CAMERA's OFF. I won't use any more
of your film.

PLT Okay, let's see, Jer, I do have to

change apertures.

3h9 00 16 24 CDR OKay.

CDR Okay?

PLT 0kay. Let's see I'm going to open this

top thing first. Pull that FMC circuit
breaker.

CDR Okay.
Dtanp Tape 348-10
Page 15 of 24

PLT That 's good.

CDR I'Ii get that out of your way. Got

your - your pins out?

PLT Not yet.

CDR I'll take this near one here.

PLT Okay here we go.

PLT Okay. Set 190 aperature 67 to 2.8.

CDR All of them to 2.8.

PLT 2.8.

349 00 17 04 CDR All right, I'ii take care of these

lower ones.

CDR They're very hard to find little

aperture -

PLT ... It is.

349 O0 17 15 CDR But once you're in it, you're there -

you're solid. Okay, these three down
are all 2.8.

SC Okay, thank you. Earth lim_, set up ...

Open S190 FMC's circuit breakers at
190 apertures 67 to 2.8. _ge did it,
Okay, fix ... 0kay. And go ...

CDR There they are.

PLT Thank you.

PLT Okay, we're waiting for 32 - excuse

me 23.

CDR I'm waiting for 23z11.

349 00 17 45 PLT 23.

CDR Got myself an Earth horizon out here.

f_

D_mp TApe 3h8-i0

Page 16 of 24

CDR Ed, would you tilt the horizon a

little bit at the - the world is not
straight in my TS.

PLT And EREP was turned to STOP.

CDR Okay, the DAC SHUTTER speed is 160th.

SC You don't need any DAC for this, right?

I don't see any on my pad; I'll Just -
oh, yeah, here's DAC oON at 23:11.

SC Yeah, I think the DAC's on for all

those sequences.

SC Yeah.

349 00 18 59 SC Now, do they want us to SCAN cross-track

to make this horizon symetrical about - -

349 O0 18 58 PLT I Just - I used their settings there,

and I Just got the - the gross picture.
You know, sort of integ ated - -

CDR Yeah.

PLT What would be half way up or three-

quarters of the way up.

CDR Well, there' s no settings there.

PLT Oh, there 're not.

CDR It Just says "set the VTS such that

the Earth appears like figure A -

PLT Now see, they gave me a zero whatever

it was, left - let's see - -

CDR Well, I had to go left 23 to get the

Earth symetrical with the horizontal
axis. And I'll do it, if that's what
they want.

/--
 D_np Tape 348-10
Page 17 of 24

349 00 19 34 PLT It should work all right because what

they're doing is - you know, Just
letting that thing sweep up through the
atmosphere.

CDR Uh-huh.

CDR I take it what this laser dots [?]

are is the airglow not the atmosphere.

PLT Look at that one on the right though.

It's got half of them that are like that.

CDR Yeah, doesn't make much sense, does it?

PLT Maybe you're supposed to be looking

at - no, that wouldn't be the terminator.

PLT Not oging that way, Thatls what r_m

F _ doing over here. 23 minutes will be
EREP start.

349 00 21 40 CDR Okay, for the record. Because the

horizon is rued, [?] I have trained
off to the left 22 degrees; 22 degrees.
And I still had a skied [?] horizon,
hut it's not as bas as the other. So
that I'll - go back to zero again and
see if it's any worse. Yes, and it's -
scant considerably worse over there.
So l'm going to set it at 22 degrees
left, which is not against the STOP.

PLT Give you about 30 seconds.

CDR Okay, going to give me a mark at 23:117

PLT I'll give you a mark at 23:11. NOw

is that - MY first mark will be for
me, Jet - -

CT_R All right.

PLT - - and I'll give you roughtly a mark

for 23:11 later.
/--
f_

Dtmp Tape 348-10

Page 18 of 24

CDR I can give my own really, I guess.

CDR I can see my own, Bill. No sense

in garbagging up your time line with
mine.

PLT OKay. Stand by for my mark on 23

even. EREP START. And -

349 O0 23 O0 PLT MARK. And I got a re - Okay, got

a green TAPE MOTION light. Does it
show?

CDR Ccming up on 23:11. At 23:09 I'm

going to start the DAC. It's started.
23:11, data hold, 40 degrees.

PLT Okay. Getting 191 data; 194 it

looks like.

PLT About it.

CDR Cc_ing up on 23:45.

349 00 23 45 CDR MARK. Push button release. Repointing.

CDR 23:55. The pitch is 38 degrees.

We're still looking at left 22.

CDR Coming up on 24:29.

349 00 24 29 CDR MARK. Push button release, repointing.

349 00 24 59 CDR MARK. 24:38, push button's in. Look-

ing at 35 degrees angle of pitch.

349 00 25 12 CDR MARK. 25:12. Repointlng.

349 00 25 21 CDR MARK. 25:21, we're looking at 3G

new - 32 degrees of pitch

349 00 25 56 CDR MARK. 25:57, repointing. The angle's

29. Still 22 left.

349 00 26 08 CDR MARK. 26:09, I was a little late

"-- withthatone.
 Dump Tape 348-10
Page 19 of 24

CDR 29 degrees on the pitch, 22 degrees

left.

349 00 06 41 CDR MARK. 26:42, the DAC's off.

349 00 28 17 CDR I've got one more shot at 32:09,

here. Oh, another shot after that,
at 32:59. Oh, boy - Okay, ground,
I messed up, I've given you all that
first data with - with a magnification
of minimum. Doggonit.

FLT It should make it much a -

CDR It shouldn't, but as long as they

know they can figure what the -
you know, what the difference is
from max to minimum.

f FLT If a ...is. Angle- -

SPT Be a little difficult.

CDR We're at maximum magnification now,

doggonit.

SFT Jet, I should have got the hint there

when you said that thing was slanted
so much. Cause mine - you know, it's
we can - we can go in Max. It doesntt
it reduces that effect a little bit.

CDR Well, I'll leave it at a pointing left

at 22, so that we don_t change that
bit of data anyway.

349 00 29 39 PLT I'm still standing by for 32:04.

PLT Hey, you know what we ought to do

is Just to get this - all this stuff
out of the ws_ we can - No, I guess
we won't be coming over that same of
Europe though.

CDR No, that 's right.

f_

Dunp Tape 348-10

Page 20 of 24

SPT No, no, I think so, though. Right

along it is fairly adjacent.

PLT I'll take a look at it in a minute.

Better watch what I'm doing here.

CDR About 2 minutes to go. I pulled that -

that magnification back to look at
New Zealand - -

349 00 30 54 CDR Like we're coming up on South America now.

CDR And got about 1 minute to go.

PLT 32:04 coming up for me.

PLT Stand by on my mark 32:04.

349 00 32 03 PLT MARK. 192 MODE to READY. 32 - I

will go single. Stand by.

CDR 32:09.

349 00 32 09 PLT MARK. 190 MODE SINGLE.

CDR The angle is 5 degrees.

PLT ... 43.

PLT 243, [sic] 192 will be going - ...

PLT Stand by on my mark 32:_3.

349 00 32 43 PLT MARK. MODE to KEADY.

CDR Pushbuttons are off.

PLT ... on it.

CDR Eepointing.

PLT Stand by in 49.

349 00 32 49 PLT MARK. MODE, SINGLE.

CDR 32:59 is my next one.

L
"&

Dt_p TApe 348-i0

Page 21 of 24

349 00 32 59 CDE MARK. 32:59 is 1 degree - plus

1 degree pitch.

349 00 33 02 PLT MARK. MODE, SINGLE. 34:02 it was.

CDR That's 33:02.

PLT It sure was. I got an extra frame

there, 34-33:02. I hit the 190 MODE
to SINGLE.

CDR Okay, we're still looking at 1 degree

pitch, at 22 degrees left, wait for
34:02.

PLT Stand by on my mark, 34:02.

349 00 34 02 PLT MARK. SINGLE.

CDR Pushbuttonoff, DAC's coming off.

PLT Standing by for 36:05 now.

CDR Again setting the VRS AT 3 degrees up.

CDR And it says "zero left right" so

we'll do that.

PLT I Just still can't get over that

view of Western Europe.

CDR Oh, it's beautiful. Boy.

PLT Such a sparkling iridesent, you know,

I mean, it Just - everything Just
seems like it's laid out there in a
cut and fine crystal.

CDR Yeah.

CDR I was amazed at the disfused light

over - over England, though, and
the fact that their country is so
well lit up.

PLT Yeah.
f

D_np Tape 348-i0

Page 22 of 24

CDR Compared to France. You could almost

make out the whole haven of the
British Isles.

PLT Now that's a pretty heavily populated

area. Of course, I know France is,
too, but - -

CDR Okay. 36:05 and this data is DAC

only. The VfS is pointing 3 up and
zero right/left.

PLT Standing for 36:05 for another MODE

SINGLE.

PLT Stand by on my mark.

349 00 36 04 PLT MARK. MODE to SINGLE.

f CDR DACoff.

CDR DAC off at 15.

PLT Let's see. They don't have - I will

do that in the post ... The cal.

CDR A1, I had a picture of the Alice Tex -

the Alice Springs area right in front
of me and I could see some of these -
these mountain lines, these rich
red structures.

PLT Yeah.

CDR But I Just couldn't find any range

land, I wasted too much time look-
ing for range land and didn't really
get the rock out [?] copy.

PLT Standing by for 39:17, about 1 minute.

No ... other frame and then we'll
go stop.

CDR Hey, I got a thing to do at 39:07.

I-- P_r 39.

 Dump Tape 348-10
Page 23 of 24

349 00 39 07 CDR DAC's on at 39:07.

PLT Standing by on my mark for 39:17.

349 00 39 17 PLT MARK.

CDR DAC' s off.

PLT 191 MODE SINGLE, EREP going to STOP.

CDR That does it.

PLT Tape measurement. Turn EREP coolant

valve bypass at end of post. Close
190 FMC circuit breakers. I'm going
to leave those out so I don't - able
to do that.

PLT Okay, get the postcard out. You'll

/
pardon the expression,

PLT Ed, with a light, I want - -

CDR Yes.

PLT (Laughter)

CDR You don't think hers on?

PLT No, he 's - I think he 's doing samething

else. He's making an obscene gesture
at me, that's what he's doing. (Laughter_
Okay, voice record Bravo 7. Bravo 7
is reading 32. S192 DOOR is going to
CLOSE.

349 00 40 45 CDR Okay, I'm running the csmlera for its

i0 seconds.

PLT Okay, DOOR CLOSED, light on, 60 seconds.

Here's a little left there, I think.
Close and latch 191 to cover. I'll close
it.

PL[? And what a - what a beautiful view.

Dump Tape 3h8-i0
Page 24 of 24

PLT Record switch going off.

TIME SKIP

349 00 53 16 PLT PLT. The TAPE RECORDER reading is

1.8 centimeters at end of EREP pass.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 3J_9-01 "
Til::e: 349:01:39 to 349:01:40 G_fr

49 Ol To 20 _T, SPT at !0:[_0 [sic]. VTR information

for ATL' was recorded between 0!:35 and
013 - Ol:hO, fission day 3h9.

3_90l 40 Ol CPT S;_l_ out.

*_,D OF TAPE
Dump Tape 349-02/D-295
Time: 349:02:29 to 349:03:40
12/15/73
Page i of 5

349 02 29 20 SPT SPT at 02:30. This is the last ATM

pass of the day. Building block I-A and
I-B went as specified, no problem.
At the conclusion of that I went
to take a look at the east limb,
and sure enough there was what appeared
to be a serge. I had no past history
on it, so I did not know how long it
had been serging, whether it was on the
decline or - or rise. I rolled
tongent, ... I rolled 55 scan parallel
to the limb with the H-alpha 1 cross
hairs Just slightly below the limb. I
did two MIRROR AUTO RASTERS trueated at
13 lines - line 13 there, grating of
0000.

349 02 30 25 CC Roger. And for you and Bill ...

SPT 56 proceded to PATROL SHORT.

CC ... sunrise problems that you've been

having with $233 ...

SPT Then rolled about the line of sight

CC ... been having you take the first photo

in the direction of the comet ...

SPT ... was 82B tongent to the limb

CC ... the anticipated time of comet rise ...

SPT 6 arc seconds out in LIMB POINTING, WAVE

LENGTH SHORTH and gave them a SEQUENCE
in NORMAL.

CC ... one of the purposes of the third

frame is to ...

SPT Unfortunately I ran out of time at

about then - ran out of viewing time
and could not persue it any further.
It was kind of -
Dump Tape 349-02/D-295
Page 2 of 5

CC See if you can give us a mark over

the intercom system or on tape when
the sky does ...

SPT - frustrating in that I wanted to get

good coverage of that and also go on
back and take a look at our emerging
flux region. But time did not allow
it.

CC And in the light of that did today's

pass give you any problem wlth the
sunrise. Over.

CDR Okay, this morning ...

349 02 31 28 SPT But in the XUV monitor I now see that

the brightening on the limb has broken
into two distinct sections. One is
still the limb brieghtening,and the
and the other is an active region which
is down at about 240 250 at 0.8. Then
there's one slightly a bit above that
heading at 280 at 0.8. And the ESR
which I make it and lastly active region
56.

349 02 32 21 CC ... your detail Flight Plan for tomorrow,

that's message 3002 Alfa, we need to change
the time for the S063 Kohoutek maneuver
from - from 14:56 to 14:48. This is
necessitated by changing maneuver duratian.

CDR Okay, Bruce, that's notab.

CC And one more question dealing.

349 02 32 59 SPT I keep on calling that one at 250.9 - I

think it is 90 - active region 97, although
I don't believe it was really that far close
to the center of the disk. It looks more
like 0.8 and this is towards end of the day
also, 0.8, 0.85, possibly 0.9.

349 02 33 42 SPT SPT out.

349 02 50 00 CDR This is the CDR at 02:50 Zulu answering a ques-

tion that was raised 2 days ago concerning
 L

F-

Dump Tape 349-02/D-295

Page 3 of 5

mission day ii, wanting to knwo if

we would please retronsmit the
limb volume and measurement that
were scheduled for that day. I have
in my hand the teleprinter pad
that was sent up for that day And in
the details in the details under the
general subject of limb volume it says:
CG measurements only on the CDR, girth
and CD - CG measurement on the PLT left
arm and leg. And then at 18:45 it says:
limb volume general , and then it says
a measurements only on the SPT and so
I'm going to give you that information.

CDR Okay, a measurements: The SPT was 25.5

centimeters; the CDR was 24.2 centimeters; and
the PLT was 24.2 centimeters. The PLT's
was left calf girth was 13-1/2, and his
right leg calf girth was 13-3/8. We could
not believer that anybody wanted his left
arm maximum girth measurement, so we
ddidn't take it. I think we still need to
clarify what you mean when you send up a
message that says limb volume and then
dask and then something else. Under our -
our understanding dask and then something
else means that the generic term limb volume
tells us what particular thing you want in
the checklist. And that is why you got the
measurements you did.

349 02 51 57 CDR CDR out.

TIME SKIP

349 03 27 17 SPT The colors again were pretty much as we've

seen them before - the - uniform across the
ocean .... like there's - there's a light
green somewhere around 8 or 9- And I don't
recall the exact geometry. 03 stand by.

349 03 28 ii SPT I'm being Jerked enough now, Bruce.

/_ CDR Was a - it was a fairly extensive ...

from what I could see of night, the ...
F

m_mp Tape 349-02/D-295

Page 4 of 5

the ... due to clouds

349 0B 28 47 SPT There was a fair massive portion to it

and some tenacles coming off of it.
All pretty much of this light green. I
had a pretty much of a quick look at
it and took the photo.

349 03 29 31 SPT Next photo to report is CXI. Taken at

day 349 0009 ATM frames 20, f/ll ...
100-millimeter, 1/250 of a second. Taken
over Australia, and I Just happened to
notice when we're looking down doing the
EREP run, when the ETC was not running,
a, first of all, body of way which was
both - which was red and white. One
side of it was white and the other side
was red. At least in the out ine and the
shape of it it appeared to be that it
was a very small lake but what it was I'm
not sure. It may be something very well
known, however, I thought it was interesting
because of the color in that location
so I took it. But as I could tell that is
quickered out and I felt central Australia
over a test site somewhere under that area.

349 03 30 54 SPT And handheld photos were also CX-I, taken

349, 00:15 GMT to 00:17. Frame number is
61, 62, and 63. F/ll, 100-millimeters,
1/250 of a second.

349 03 34 15 SPT The remainder of the photos were taken on

CX-47, day B49. 01:4B to 01:46, frames
64 to 77. f/ll, 100-millimeters, 1/250 of
a second. A handheld photo 140-6. Range
lands in Australia. And Perth, Albany, et
cetera in that area. The range lands I've
taken to be range lands those we're close
to the coastline, makes you see whole quit-
work, whole pattern of what appeared to be
either farm or grazing land. Divided up
all along the coastline it disappeared into
as a real systematic organization to them.
Not quite the same organization which I
saw the other day around Melbourneand that
a_ea.
F

Dump Tape B49-02/D-295

Page 5 of 5

Oratelerst that side of Australia. I

hear the pattern was - many of the
fields we're not even rectangular. Many
of the lanes did not seem paral [sic]
to one another in over one given area.
In some eases they were and in some cases
they weren't. It was not - not as well
organized. Colors range from green showing
a lot of chlorophyll, to red, and dark in
a couple of places. Most of it was a fairly
light color, however, it reminded me of
straw. But the pattern outlining the range
land was certainly - or whatever they actually
were , were certainly very evident.

349 03 36 ii SPT Now I'm taking these range lands, we don't

have any further briefings.

349 03 36 14 SPT When I looked further to the - further in-

f land I could see red land which blocked off,
very large segments, very rectangular fashion.
I'm not sure what these were. I don't believe
these were the range lands. Certainly the
other plots which I saw down below me were so
plenty large for what - that function. The
other areas I'm not sure what I saw. There
were maybe a factor of 5 to l0 larger and
a linear dimensions that the others I've seen
and also were Just very ... linear which
laid off in precise fashion. It was a_most
all red soll but there was this very light
colored division separating large plots of
the soil.

349 03 B8 48 SPT SPT again completing the information on the

New Zealand/South Island coverage I Just re-
ported on the previous CX-7 bag. Also I
had one photo of it on CX-36. Information there
is day 349, 00:15 GMT. Frame number 23,
f/ll, 35-millimeter, 1/250 of a second. Coming
in on Mew - New Zealand, the whole southern
half of South Island.

349 03 B9 21 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 349-03
Time: 349:12:58 to 349:13:07 GMT
12/15/73
Page 1 of 1

349 12 58 ii SPT SPT at 13:58, M133. In the log,

day 349, hours; quality, fair; and
remarks i, 3, and h. It wasn't a
good night for sleeping. No
particular reason; every once in a
while I get a thing like that.
No reason that I know of. SPT out.

349 13 06 49 SPT SPT at the 13:07. PRD readings:

42389, 23211, 28275.

349 13 06 59 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE

/-
 r •

Dump Tape 349-04

Time: 349:1h:45 to 349:15:12
12/15/73
Page 1 of 9 .......

349 14 44 54 CDR This is the CDR at 14:45 Zulu, debrieflmg

the 13:48 - 13:h9 ATM pass. Scheduled was
TV downlink, JOP 6, and JOP 4 Alfa. The TV
downlink came with no problem. The 52 -
the J0P 6 was carried off; we got All of
the required data on the JOP 6. I'm trying
to remember now how I got behind. Oh, I
know how it was; did not get JOP 6 going
until about 54 or so. We get - , when we
get the Kohoutek photography, $233, here at
the MDA, there Just can't be any lights is
here at all, which means you essentJ_11y
have to turn off the ATM panel and close
the hatch, the forward alrlock hatch. And
the guy in here doing 233 Just has to have
it absolutely dark, which means the - the
guy that's got the ATM the next pass is
hard pressed for time. And so for that
reason, I got to the ATM panel a little
F_ late, got started a little late. Gave
serious consideration to truncating JOP 6,
building block l, at the truncation point.
But decided I had enough time because at ....
the end of this pass we were going to can-
cel the powerdown for unattended ops, Just
leave it up. So I figured, well, I've
gained a few more seconds there.

3h9 14 46 41 CDR And I Just did not account for any time
required, any extra time required, to
locate this prominence for JOP h Alfa.
Just took a little bit of extra time to
go up and locate it and make sure I was
in the right promimence, to get some
maximizing of detector 3 for the align-
ment data. And I Just ended up using
a lot more time getting pointed than I
really had calculated.

349 lh 47 12 CDR So, as it stands on building block 37

for JOP hA, I got all of 56 done; 8__B,
I got the first one started and z.r_.g.
And I have the distinct impression that
it ra - that it did not terminate on
/_ time. I had to truncate it. I had to
 Dump Tape 3_9-0h
Page 2 of 9

turn it off m_self. The times 4 mode

is 14 minute and 7 second total. It seems
to me I started that about 19 or so, or
18, to go. The thing should have timed
out itself, but it didn't. I had to
truncate it. Now, unfortunately, I didn't
write down the time when I started that
doggone thing, so I'm not positive whether
it failed to shut down itself, or whether
it still had a little time to go and I
truncated it. But at any rate, I do know
that I was the one that stopped 82B in the
WAVELENGTH, SHORT, exper - exposure times 4.

349 14 48 18 CDR The S055 data. What I did there to trun-

cate was - the first GRATING AUTO SCAN,
DETECTOR 12, was at a MIRROR POSITION of
1032. So rather than repeat it, I Just
/ dropped the second one and did a 10_l and
a 10BO. So you got one of each, and that
takes care of that. So it looks llke the
only people who got shortchanged were the
S082 people, S082B. I wish I could're
gotten started and got your data. It only
would have taken an extra - probably four
minutes. But I Just didn't get pointed
quick enough.

349 14 49 01 CDR The prominence in H-ALPHA that - that I

pointed at was a ROLL of minus 6362,
which is nearly lO0 ARC MINUTES ROLL from
the 5400 that I had, but that's about 260
at the limb. The prominence looked much
like the Rock of Gibralter. The height
of the prominence was - by the Rock of
Gibralter, I mean it had one was what
looked like a rather straight side and
the other side tapered off at sort of an
angle. The apex of the prominence looked
like - compared with what I call - I'll
call spicule height. That is the - the
term spicule height, for me anyway, is
the difference between the inner and the
...... outer limb in H-ALPHA1. And I would say
this prominence was about 2-1/2 times
spicule height.
 %

Dump Tape 349-04

Page 3 of 9

349 14 50 07 CDR And that was about the size of that.

The XUV MON, I did not get much chance
to look at that. I was busy doing other
things and trying to do the TV downlink
and all that, and missed it. We seem to
be having trouble with this particular
roll of Polaroid film. I tried four times
to get a good white light coronograph pic-
ture. And the film has got a - a one -
about a 1/3 of it in each frame is - is
brown, unexposed, and the other 2/3 is the
white light coronagraph. So maybe the
next guy will have a little bit better luck.
We may have to go to a new package of film.

349 14 50 52 CDR The - lets see, I took a quick look at

active regions 96, 7, and 8. The only one
that looks remotely like an activ_ region
is 96. 97 and 98 are rather devoid of
activity, although I did not get to look
at them in the XUV and see what they
looked like there. But in white light -
I mean, not white light, but in N-ALPHA.
And 96 was the only one that looked llke
much of anything. Most of the filaments
that you called out are there and - and -
easily discernable. That's Just about all
that I can say.

349 14 51 33 CDR CDR out.

3h9 14 51 51 CDR This is the CDR with an addendum to the

ATM debriefing that I was giving Just a
few seconds ago. And that is, in JOP 4
Alfa, step 4, where I was maximizing de-
tector 3 with Lyman Beta, the maximum
count I got was about 730, 730.

349 14 52 13 CDR CDR out.

349 14 56 03 SPT SPT at - 14:56. An observation F=1_land

Current. This is handheld 30-12. And I
got a look at it one orbit earlier than
- the schedule. I'll take a look againat
it as scheduled. The upwelling along
the coastline was very prominent. And
what got me this time was it extended
all the way along the coastline am far
as I could see. I try to give you some
Dump Tape 349-04
Page 4 of 9

parameters here, before I describ

the details of the upwelling.

CDR ...

SPT Uh huh. Got some good ones of the

Faulkland Current here. Okay -

SPT Okay. Get all my mass of paper,

organized here.

349 14 58 01 SPT Okay. The time at which the

observations were made, in and
around 14:13. And I figure we
came across the coastline somewhere
around Bahia Blanca, and we are
looking south.

349 14 58 24 SPT And the upwelling which was a - a

linear element, I'll discribe in more
detail in a moment, ran parallel
to the coastline as far down to the
south as I could see, although there
were clouds about two-thirds of the
way to the horizen. So Just a rough
eyeball estimate then, says that
we were looking at maybe, oh 500 miles
or so down the coastline and I
could see that extending into the
clouds ... the coastline.

349 14 58 57 SPT The length at or distance from

off the coastline which it was is
essentially the distance from
San Antonio 0este, which I'm
probably mispronouncing, but it's
San Antonio 0este, down to
Puerto Madryn or Madryn, Madryn. And
I guess that's a distance of somewhere
about 150 miles.
Dump Tape 349-04
Page 5 of 9

349 14 59 37 SPT The width of this was about the -

half the width of Penninsula Valdes,
or Valdes, and that puts it at
around, oh 30 miles. Now the
current itself, or the plankton
bloom, the upwelling, first of
all, the - the general appearance
was of a long sinuous element
extending all the way along the
coastline,

3h9 15 00 27 SPT Probably what was much more pro-

nouneed offieially today, than I
have noticed before is that this
was all one element, that is, one -
one single element with a few ap-
pendages coming off of it, which
came off in a slight angle to a
major one running along the
coastline,

349 15 00 49 SFT They tended to extend off on either

side, maybe at an angle of - 20 to
40 degrees and running further to the
south as they went off. These were
maybe a factor of 2 or three smaller
in wideth and gradually faded
off. It was a width or a length -
diameter ratio, then again I'm Just
guessing from memory of around l0 to
20. Now these appeared every once
in a while along the - along the
major structure of the bloom.

349 15 01 27 SPT Now the colors, on the Forel scale, -

and first of all let me say one thing
about the Forel scale we have in our
book, the blues at the very top one
came out well, but the bottom ones,
I think the lighting was wrong for
the photograph which was taken an
awful lot of reflection of those -
especially - 8 and 9 which are the
colors I'm thinking of and I can't
get a real true assessment of those
colors, so I'm really guessing to a
degree. The - color was more like a -
 Dump Tape 349-04
Page 6 of 9

tan in the center of the bloom

itself. Some of the other ap-
pendages mere aften were a little
bit darker, say between a 7 and an
8. Actlla!ly some of that bloom
was quite bright green, It's not
- not a yeelow but it was a bright
green, almost a lime green which
I don't think shows up on this
Forel scale.

3_9 15 02 36 SPT I would say it was brighter geen

than what we have in 9 or 10. The
ocean water behind appeared to be
something like a 4 or a 5 on the
scale and I'll take another look and
try to compare it real time next -
next time. We did not have a
,_ camerahandyso I did not get any
photos, although I guess you would
like some - enphasis on the ob-
servation so that's what I'll try
to do again on the next time around.

B49 15 OB 08 SPT Again what impressed me the most

was the f_ct that this extended all
the way along the coastline. It
did not look a random occurrence
at all. I certainly - the Falkland
current tended to cause this
upwelling at a uniform distance
along the coastline. And attempted
to follow some of the larger - some
of the larger structures in the
coast line, for example: going
farther south, we have - Golfo San
Gorge, Golfo San Gorge and it
tended to bow in there a bit. And
then it went under these clouds
from there on.

349 15 04 ll SPT And let me think, whether this - the

500 miles that I quoted previous
__ ly whetherthat's right,that's-
 Dump Tape 349-04
Page 7 of 9

8 degrees times 6 - yeah sure,

that's - about 500 miles.

SP ...

3_9 15 04 30 SPT We'll get anouther look at it next

time around. Okay, let me -
move onto another observation
which was made i-,r_diately after
that. And let me quote a -
photograph up for it first. This
was CS-17, day _9, taken at
14:23 ten minutes after this
previous one. Fr-r_s number 78,
79 and 80, f/16, lO0-millimeter
and 2/250 of a second.

349 15 05 23 SPT These were taken of a island wake in -

which showed up in the stratus clouds,
not cumulus, but primarily stratus
type clouds in that area. What was
most impressive about his was the
large extent of a wake in the clouds,
exceptionaly large extent. The location
of the island, which I did not
specifically see, I figured to be
at 4 west and 48 south, which there
is two s_as1 islands on the map at
that location. The wake extended off
in the east direction, in our
direction of travel. And it reminded
me very much of a - of a Christmas
tree, if you will, with a star at the
top of the Christmas tree, being the
island and the wake extending out as
branches extend out. Very similar in
several characteristics in that
respect.

349 15 06 27 SPY First being that closest to the cetner

of the wake the wave or trough and
a crest were relatively close together
and expecially at the head of the -
wake or closer to the island; they
_ were very closetogether. And then
the wave tended to fan out and bow
slightly outward.

349 15 06 53 SPT By that I mean, that the anle relative

,_ Dump Tape3h9-0h _
Page 8 of 9

to the axis of the wake, was a little

bit smaller, the acute angle, was a
little bit sm=11er close to the
axis and then it tended to increase
so that we got a slight arcing
effect. And also on one side, that
is on the outside that angle - acute
angle - tended to be larger. The
waves extened out - well first of
all by timing the distance well
actually - a spot on the window and
as far back as I can see it the
way it c=_ out with 33 seconds which
is about 4 miles a second, is 120
miles long. Yeah, I estimeated it
was a little bit beyond that that I
actually saw it. So it was more like
a 150. We're talking about for the
distance of the wake and the distance
across was roughly comparable to that
jr- at the tail end of it. The wake itself
was not a vertex, not a COmmon
vortices, but strictly waves
which yo might expect in - well
similar to supersonic flow, for
example, when you put an object
in there and you get a shock diamond
coming off. This was Just a
series of these, although not as
linear and straight as a - as a
shock wave would be. But you can
see the hills and the crest in the
succession of waves in the wake
itself.

349 15 08 23 SPT The - I esti_ted that I saw

somewhere around 20 to B0 crests
and valleys in the distancy of
going back from the head back down
to , say, 150 miles or so. So
maybe we're looking at 5 miles or
so of crests Just over there towards
the end, maybe a little larger. What
/_ Dump Tape 349-04
Page 9 of 9

was very impressive was that the

wave stood out exceptionally well,
far from the island and far from
the axis. The shadowing was such
that the crest, for the trough of
the wave, although the front anlye
was not proper for it, they appeared
slightly shadowed, a little bit
darker. And it was a - Just a
most pronounced effect. And I
think the analogy to a Christmas
tree in the general appearance was
good. I thknk that there were
three Hasselblad photots, which I
hope will show it up. Took them
in f/60 and the Sun angle was
relatively high ore/ coulds. We'll
get anouterh go at this one next
time around, and I'll see if can
take a look at it then.
S
349 15 09 81>2 SPT out.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 349-05
Time: 349:16:11 to 3h9:16:23 GMT
12/15173
Page I of 3

349 16 ii 52 SPT This is the SPT at 16:12. Reporting

on handheld operations on photos -

3h9 16 12 52 SPT These observations were of handheld

30-12, Falkland current. This time we
went a little further south than our
previous course. This time we went over
the Gulfo San Jorge, which is again,
G-u-l-f-o S-a-n J-o-r-g-e. We were able
to look north and see the very strongly
defined relatively narrow linear element
of plankton bloom. This was a very sharp
contrast with - the numbers which I
have given before are approximately the
same; it's bright green against a
relatively medium blue-dark to medium
blue. The numbers I gave on the Forel
scale still hold. As I recall, the green
was a 8 or a 9 .... went to a lime
screen which I don't really see on that
scale.

CC ...

3h9 16 14 44 SPT It came down the coast line towards the

Gulf, and was very well defined. This
time I saw the streamers which were coming
off of it, if you will, protruding to
the south. And in most all of them, I'd
say 90 percent of them or so which were
numerous, were streaming off to the west -
I'm sorry, to the east, that is to the -
further away from the coastline. My
estimate of the distance off the coastline
I still think is accurate, which I gave
Mike .... At about the Gulf it started
to become diffused and then - run not
into the Gulf but rather out away from
it - out toward the islands which are a
little bit further south.

SPT And by these I mean the Falkland Islands.

The cloud cover was down at the tip of
South America so I cannot see how far it
went really beyond the Gulf. I think it's
going between the Gulf and Falkland Island.
 J

Dt_np Tape 349-05

Page 2 of 3

•.. south - southwest was covered with

clouds. But I did see a turn for the
very sharply narrowly defined plankton
bloom to avoid diffusion ... as it moves
toward the Falkland Islands. It went out
further. I was able to observe - by
further I mean maybe 2, 3 minutes past
the point of being right over the main
plankton bloom off the coastline. I was
able to observe just a very diffused
random S-type plankton blooming, which
again reminded me of plankton blooms which
had seen better days become better spread
out and diffused by ocean currents.

349 16 17 57 SPT Apparently the current turns and goes out

to sea there and this could possibly be
the cause for sweeping it out. The colors
were ... the content very much lower,
that is, I could see a deep ocean blue
with a - with a relatively lighter color
ocean water and a bright green. Hold it•
let me get the Forel scale and I'll try
to give you the numbers.

SPT I'd say the ocean water we were looking at

was somewhere around a B and then I can
see a 5 and a 6. Maybe - maybe more of a
5 and occasionally a 6• in the very
diffused blooming further out.

349 16 18 27 SPT SPT out.

SPT One addendum to that last report on the

Falkland current. We did get a couple
photographs there, easy to click off•
Those were CX17, time of 15:49• frame
numbers 81 to 84• f/ll lO0-millimeter
1/250 of a second• The entire subject
was a handheld photo CXlT, taken at 15:54,
frame number 85. It was just taken of
weather phenonema; relatively lowlying
stratus, few if any patterns in it, no
_-" real no cumulusbuildup. And over in one
location which I photographed with the
100-millimeter, there was an overlying
patch of exceptionally bright cloud. I'm
not sure what would cause it; it reA]ly
.P
f-

D_np Tape 349-05

Page 3 of 3

caught my eye because it was such an

exceptionally bright patch relative to
the background of sort of an off-white
to slmost gray in color for the stratus
which was slightly Imderneath it. What
lighting effect would you give I 'm not
sure. I don't think it was the differences
in the densities of the two, although it
may - could possibly be - or the Sun angle
was relatively high. Right now I'm - I
don't have an answer ... reflecting in the
density properties of the various clouds
but I have not - it was not obvious to me
at the time when I looked at it what it
could be.

349 16 20 41 SPT Again, one ... prompted me to think it

was exceptionally bright, characteristic
of this one patch of clouds relative to
all the others ° SPT out.

SPT Oh, this is last - the patch of clouds

was probably 5, l0 miles or so across.

349 16 21 03 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 349-06
Time: 349:17:52 to 3_9:18:03 GMT
12/05/73
Page i of 3

349 17 52 17 SPT SPT and at 17:52. ATM ops .... began

at 16:57. Started off with the
building block 32 sun center. Looked
at the coronas and did not see any
real appreciable change from yesterday,
except that the streamers which were
prominent at 8 and l0 on the outside
of all the streamer activities have
become, again, a little bit more prominent
than they were yesterday. They w -
were prominent and they faded into the
background again and now to me appear
a little bit more prominent again. No
other real changes I could note. Although
certainly we do have a lot of ... dense
streamer structure there at between
8 o'clock and l0 o'clock. It's inpossible
to put ... the details for the TV display.
It all appears of too much of a uniform
brightness. But I'm sure we've got a lot
of activity coming up around the corner.
Okay, then I went over and looked at our
emerging flux region and was kind of
disappointed. First the brightness in
the XUV had decreased. In oxygen VI,
the brightest point only yielded something
on the order of 400 - 500 actually,
occasionally three or four. Chromospheric
network brightening was not as pronounced
and not as extensive as I thought it
would be, only two or three cells were
involved. And not really a - a real
brightening there. And there were no
arched filaments that I could detect. And
no spots evident in the white light display.
So I did a shopping list item 2 here,
Just for more of a synoptic observation.
Then moved on to prominence 55 and
automated by going over there to try
to catch some surges. And also it Just
seems to be where most of the activity
was occurring which was worth watching.
Went over to P-55. Rolled 82B SLIT
tangent to the limb. Did essentially
a shopping list ll - except for a small
modification which I'll mention here.
Dump Tape 349-06
Page 2 of 3

349 17 54 56 SPT I maximized - - well, first of all I

... around 7 arc seconds off the limb,
then rolled about sun center to
maximize Lyman Theta. And it was not
a very pronounced maximum. 82B ...
With the LIMB POINTING 700 seconds off
the limb, got a long exposure - long
wave length exposure for 40 seconds
and then a sequence of short wavelengths
times 4. 55 received 2 GRATING AUTO
SCANs at that position and then 2 MIRROR
AUTO RASTERs, truncated down around
40 or - the first one all the way down,
the second one was truncated around
50. And these MIRROR AUTO RASTERs were
on a GRATING position of 595 - 594,
excuse me. Got a look at a lot of -
of free hydrogen ... the hydrogen
continuum. 2 locations neon 8 line in
the helium continuum of magnesium 8.
Hydrogenwouldbe more usefulthere.
Bad 56 received a single frame filter -
25 minutes, single frame _ for 8 minutes.
I then rolled 82B away from the prominence
hoping to get some background spectrum.
Rolled 1 are minute to the south -
approximately 1 arc minute to the south.
7 arc seconds OFFSET. qhen I went to
WAVELENGTH SHORT times 4. And while that
was in progress, I noticed the surge right
in front of me, right on the SLIT about
one third of an are minute away from SLIT
center, So I let the auxiliary timer
time the 82B out to the conclusion of the
2_0 - 2 minutes, _0 second exposure and
then reinitiated that sequence.

349 17 57 26 SPT So we would have got two sequences at

WAVELENGTH like SHORT of 20 seconds and
240 seconds. Just hoping to catch some
time - time rate of change in that.
That same surge which I saw also was -
I thought I saw a hint of it while we
were up doing the observations above.
I chose to roll in this direction,
however, because the XUV MONITOR showed
thatwe were relatively clearof - in
that area, or much more so than had I
 Dump Tape 349-0["
F-_ Page 3 of 3

rolled north. And it looked clear

•.. at the time I started the observations.
However, I did notice that that surge
in the first set of observations, on
P-55 and I think 55 should have seen
something down around line 27. Okay
now, the second set here where I was
rolled one arc minute south again,
picking up there. 82B I Just described
was 4 exposures. And - 55 received 3
MIRROR AUTO RASTERs, truncated in order
to give you some time resolution. They
were done at line 772, GRATING 772.
And that again gave me some hydrogen
continuum, carbon III and the neon VII
which is apparently an interesting line
for looking at ltunin activity.

349 17 59 35 SPT 56 ... SINGLE FRAME, FILTER 5 for 8 minutes.

That location. The surge located at an
UP/DOWN of zero, and a ROLL of minus 1200.
Which would put it then at - 250 degrees
at i solar radius. And again I appreciate
the observing time. It's an interesting
way for me to operate. I find it challenging
and stimulating. Kind of brightens up the
whole day. And I hope you're getting
some - good data in the process. Feel
free to critique what I'm doing. I'm sure
each one of you has thought in much more
detail about the observations which you
would like to have and could get with
your instruments. And the more I learn
from you, on - on that, I think, the
better data I can get for you.

349 18 01 03 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE
 D_p Tape 3_9-07
F-_ Time: 3h9:19:27 to 349:20:31 GMT
12115173
Page 1 of 2

3h9 19 26 25 SPT SPT at 19:26. ATM pass which began

at 18:31. They're all carried out with
no problem, that is the 26 building
block l0 - second building block l0
and building block 28. A couple
of - well there was two - two diffi-
culties. One is the extended standards
when that timed out was inadvertently
reinitiated again and after the first
frame was taken as evidenced by the
frames decrementing off switch. The
STOP switch was hit. However, I
saw it decrement a second time so I
don't think I was able to catch it
before we lost one more. And in 56
we got the 8-minute in filter 4,
but then only a LONG EXPOSURE in
filter 1. At conclusion of the
planned observations, I moved off
to the limb on the east side and
rolled so that 82 - I rolled so that
55 MIRROR LINE SCAN was tangent to
the limb. Actually the H-alfa 1
horizontal crosshair was slightly
below the limb. And Just started
the - a MIRROR AUTO RASTERs at a
grating of zero. And was part way
through the first one when I
noticed a transient, that is a surge
in H-ALPHA. We did not have much
time left and rather than repoint, I
gave it - I let the MIRROR AUTO RASTER
continue on down to around line 13
and then reinitiated.

349 19 28 41 SPT By the time we got scanned the second

time, we were below 400 L. The
interesting surges, there are two
large masses of material ejected with
no material reaching up from below
that was evident. And it appeared
to be moving at a fairly high rate
of around 1 arc minute - or a half
an arc minute per minute.
.L

Dump Tape 349-07

Page 2 of 2

349 19 30 i0 SPT Which I guess would be like 350

Kilometers a second or so. It sure
was impressive to watch it moving H-ALPHA.
349 19 30 30 SPT The size in H-SLPHA was about a third
of an arc minute for each one of them.
Appears as though the second one
caught up with the first one and got
off toward the edge of the screen.
And I could follow it out to around,
oh, not quite 2 arc minutes. It's
actually out to the edge of the field
of view of the scope. Sure was
interesting to followed it.

349 19 31 91 SPT SPT out.

349 19 40 38 PLT *** PLT. Time is 19:h01 Reporting

the rate gyro package temperature.
X-5 is 108 degrees, X-6 is 105 degrees,
Y-5 is 105 degrees, Y-6 is 96 degrees,
that's 96, Zulu 5 is 108, Zulu 6 is 105.

3h9 19 _I i0 OLT PLT out.

349 20 25 33 PLT PLT. Time is 20:21 Zulu. Calf

run. Left

349 20 25 50 PLT

HND OF TAPE
Dump Tape 349-08
Time: 3_9:20:59 to 3h9:22:27 GMT
12/15/73
Page 1 of 9

3h9 21 00 51 CDR This is the CDR at 21:00 Zulu,

debreifing the 20:0h Zulu ATM pass.
The - because of the surge that
Ed Gibson saw on a previous pass,
we elected to do the building
block 32 prior to starting this
ATM pass. We did it; we also
took a look at the WHITE LI_{T
CORONAGEAPH and sow no transients
or any signs of any. Went ahead
and did the building block 32,
watched a little while and then
finally decided we'd better get
with it on the JOP 25A, building
block lO. Jumped into those
and really whistled through there's -
those rather rapidly. At 26,
I noticed that it - it was Just
a repeat of 35 to go, down 26 to
go, so I just left the MAR going.
I let it go for 2 - 2 RASTERcounts
mud restrated the PATROL SHORT after
the first RASTER SCAN there. I
guess it's RASTER JOP. And did the
same thing at 08 to go as well.
Finished up about lO or something
like that, and went back and did
another building block 32 Just to
follow up. Looked at the WHITE
LI(E4T CORONAGRAPH for a while and
saw nothing. I decided to go on
up and take a look at that limb
which I had up at 12 o'clock on my
scope with a ROLL of mlnus 5h00.
Went up and looked it over. The
particular surge that we had seen
at the beginning of the period
was gone, there was another one to
the right of it and over considerably
to the right, another - oh, lO0
arc-minutes was another - surge
coming up off the limb. During
this period, I took a couple of
looks at the XUVMONITOR, and this
particular limb is now getting so
Dump Tape 349-08
Page 2 of 9

bright with activity that it

does not need integration. So it
looks like we got a boomer coming
around the horn and we're looking
forward to seeing it. All of the
JOP 25, building block 10's were
done. There were no problems ;
everything went as scheduled, in
fact, a little bit early and so
I ended up with a little bit of
observing time at the end of the
period. So, that's it for the ATM
debreifing.

349 21 OB _5 CDR The CDR out.

349 21 04 05 CDR This is the CDR at 21:04 with a

message for the food people and
the FAO. Has to do iith providing
time for the food and the inventory.
First of all, we have so far completed
one locker, front and rear, which
is 61 - 561 I believe it is - yes,
and we have Just about completed the
front - the front pallet in locker
562. I think that we're wasting
a lot of time messing around with
the food canisters in these pallets
because we know that the SL-III crew,
or at least we have their assurance,
that they did not get any of the
food; they were only into the
beverages. Most of the beverage
cans that have been gotten into by
the previous crew were either _arked
or it was obvious from way the tape
or lack of tape was arranged on
the can that it had been gotten into.
I would suggest that we could cut
down our workload by about half,
by not inventorying any further any
of the food cans in lockers 562
and 563. Further, all - I wanted
to point out to the food poeple
that all - of the overage food has
now been gathered by food type and
put into our pantry, which consist
of locker 550, 51, 52, and 53, I
Dump Tape 349-08
Page B of 9

believe it is. We have all of our

food - all the s_m_ kind of food
in one can and that work has been
completed, so that when we get to
the inventory of the overage it
should be fairly easy. This
inventory of the food particles -
food pallet is extremely time
consuming and i think, for the
most part, taking twice as much
time as it should. Ed and I have
devoted all the time assigned
today to that Job and only gotten
through one locker and a half, which
I think is a rather unproductive
way to spend our time. I've already
mentioned how I think we can cut that
time down by skipping the food
cans. That Just about covers the
- the food thing. I think we're
goingto need somemoretime for
that. The checklist pages,I got
about half of them done. I think
your going to have to schedule -
this is for the FAO, your going to
have to schedule me another
period of time, I should think that
at least a half hour to three-quaters
of an hour, for more checklist
changes. You folks seem to send
those doggone things up in - -n
spurts, and I get snowed under and
there doesn't seem to be any way
i can catch up. And I think you
Just - when you start sending up
a spurt of checklist changes, you
better Just go ahead and orbitrarily
assign me a period of time to make
the changes because it does take
time. Particularly the ones that
we got this time that had to do
with RCS reconfiguration and things
like that, there was about four
checklists I had to go to and about
five entries in each checklist. So
one little piece of paper, three or
Dump Tape 349-08
Page 2 of 9

four inches long represented about

30 minutes of work.

329 21 O? 32 CDR This is the CDH out.

349 21 19 03 PLT PLT reporting completion of

M092 run on the SI_T the subject
at 21:00 hours even. And complete
with the M093 at 21:20 hours. I
took a look at the right legband
when I took it off the subject at
the completion of M0 - }4092 and I
could not tell or dectect anything
,m_ ss with the legband.

349 21 19 30 PLT PLT out.

329 21 19 58 SPT SPT at 21:20, trouble work on the

M093. Time, 2 - 292.

329 21 20 I0 SPT SPT out.

349 21 31 01 PLT PLT debriefing ATM pass which was

executed earlier today I forget the
exact time. I want to make a few
comments on the way that the
shopping list items - items ii and
12 were completed because I didn't
get around to finishing 13. The
shopping list item 1 was completed -
contructed early so, what I - I did
a second PATROL SHORT. Item ii -
shopping list item ii - was done as
Ed requested.

329 21 31 50 PLT Let's see; I used SHORT on 82B;

the GRATING AUTO SCAN was done on
line 20. I was getting counts in
the 100 units for in - the - the
i00 slate - so I used line 20 and
position S0. And now on the second
SCAN I got my maximum reading at
21. And - let's see, instead of
doing another PATROL NORMAL, PATROL
SHORT, I did a SINGLE FRAME 2 LONG and
a SINGLE FRAME 2 LONG; SINGLE FRAME
2, 5 minutes; SINGLE FRAME 4,
 Dump Tape 349-08
page 5 of R

3-1/2 mintues. Then on the

third ... position, on the
OFFSET position, the GRATING
AUTO SCAN was down on line 23,
which was a much weaker indication
on GRATING - on DETECTOR 3. I
did an 82B SHORT, 2 minutes and
40 seconds. Did not have enough
time between then and ... to do
another SHORT 5, so - 520,
so I did a LONG, 2 minutes. And I
did a 65 NORMAL and SHORT again on
that third SCAN position. The
little prominence that I was
looking at, it appeared as
though I put the first 0FFS_f porition -
•.. position in the hottest part of it a
and I got a position to the left of
it, 2 arc-seconds to the left; 2 arc-
seconds to the right with the 55
j_ GRATINGpositionin what was
the hottest position for that clip
- for the line - from position B0.
And that's about the size of it; it
didn't do anything while I was
watching it. Didn't do - see any
unusual activity there, but it was
obviously a definite structure of
the limb and I think that ought to
be pretty good.

349 21 33 54 PLT PLT, out.

349 22 i0 25 SPT SPT at 20:10, handheld photos. H-30

plankton bloom off the coast of
New Zealand.

349 22 iB 37 SPT Okay, SPT again on H-B0 plankton

bloom off the coast of New Zealand.
First of all, let me say there was
a small amount of evidence of plankton
bloom fairly close to the coastline.
I could see on the each side of North
Island what appeared to be a very
small ... pretty much ran along the
shoreline. I suspect that discoloration
 Dump Tape 3h9-08
Page 6 of 9

there was due to something else.

However, I will describe it if - it
was Just a very thin line m_ybe 1/20
or so of the width of the island.
It ran along the coastline. The
Forel scale again was around 8 or
so on that. It was not very - very
bright ... but it certainly was
detectable. There was one other pro-
minent location where I saw a little
coming off, and it was over on the
opposite side of North Island.

349 22 lh 55 SPT Somewhere around New Plymouth.

349 22 15 05 SPT On the opposite side from as far -

further out of the east side of the
island is where I saw the most exten-
sive blooming. It was not the - this
•.. blooming was not a very sharp
_- contrastto the others aroundit. The
water basically was about a similar
•.. or so, although it didn't have
the bright blue that the Forel color -
color shows in the book here. It
was Just a darker - It was obviously
blue but not as - with a bright,
rich blue in it that this number 8
shows in slide number 2. The Forel
scale for the - for the upwelling was
about a 7 or a 8. Again, it was a
dark, bright green as opposed to a
white, lime green. This contrast is
not very great. Both in the blue
and the green were both dark, dirty
colors, if you will, as opposed to
the bright ... seen off the coastline
in South America with ... And the
blooming was - the color anyway was
very much like the vivid contrast,
much lower• The current lines them-
selves are given a very strong impression.
There was a flow line or streamline
of water which ran between the north
of the South Island and went out east.
• • ___ m

Dump Tape 349-08

Page 7 of 9

3_9 22 17 09 SPT The blooming seemed to reflect it -

the line which ran out, I would say
about thylength of the North Island,
and then there was some eddies ...
wind and motlon. And then I could
see ... coming in - evidence coming
in from, especially from the north
and a little bit from the south a
flow line which would Join that
major flow. It looked like we had
a - a stagnation flowing into
where - where two flow came in from
the north to the south. Opposed to
one another, and moved further out.
And we had lines moving away from
the coastline, between the North and
South Island to be a period of -
location of stagnation_ with lines
coming in from either sides, and then
the same line moving further out
r again to the east. So I took - I could
see it further southward but actually
out to the cloud line which was about
to about the distance of the length
of South Island. I could actually see
it out to the island out there which
is Chatham Island. And then the cloud
lines picked up. I think if we'd had
a clear open sea - if there was no -
no clouds we might see a much larger
overall pattern to it all. I was very
impressed by how extensive it was.
When I looked back into the map
showing the major currents of the
world, I see that there is no flow
going through between the North and
the South, which does fir. However,
my description was ready made and
drawn up before I knew that. So I
, don't think there's any subconsious
imagination there. I'll give you
the handheld photos number on those.

3h9 22 19 36 SPT CXl7, day 3h9. Taken at - at

approximately 21:58 to 21: - 21:58
to around 22"05. Frame numbers 86
 °4

Dump Tape 349-08

Page 8 of 9

to 99. Buried in there are also some

pictures which I thought showed the
panel lines in the South Island very
well. I looked for them at North
Island; I think I was able to see
them also, but I was more looking
for plankton bloom at the time and I
really didn't have time to focus on
that. I gave you a little more des-
cription of m_ post photos in a
moment, but their all ... in there
together. Up to photo number 91, taken
at F/16 is with the cloud cover, but
then I realized that we're looking
at pretty _ach of a cloud-free area,
and I went down to f/ll.

349 22 21 42 SPT One thing I had not had a chance to

do is to look at it through a haze
filter or a Polaroid, filter I do entend
z-
to do that when I get the next oppor-
tunity. As far as finding the whole
upwelling area, looking for darker ocean,
that's a very difficult thing to do
unless the sky is wide open. You can
see little bits of it. We only got
a PCL view of it; it's kind of tough
to tell which is the - the matrix aud
which is upwelling material. And I
will try ... to keep that in mind.

SC ...

349 22 22 24 SPT I think obviously though, we have a

very prominent upwelling area there
not with a color contrast - as plank-
ton blooms as we've seen off the
Falkland Current, but certainly very
extensive.

349 22 24 00 SPT Okay, Jim. Now buried in those photos

are some photos of North Island which
I have felt Jerry had extensively
been covered all ready. Of course,
I did not no that, and I buried quite

F
"a

r-_ Dump Tape 349-08

Page 9 of 9

a few photographs in there of North

Island. I also had some of the
one fairly oblique of the South Island,
bit it was looking straight down the
Alpine Fault. That's A-L-P-I-N-E.
And I thought it was a very good pic-
ture showing that fault ; I did not
have time to notice ... of one side
relative to another and try to deter-
mine exactly what type of Fault it
was or fault coming in from the side.

B49 22 24 56 SPT I was pretty busy looking at the

plankton bloom at the time. However,
I think we're getting better now
that we know what we're looking for
up here and we've had a couple of
shots at it. I think we could con-
tinue to improve. I'm very encouraged
by the visual observations. Rather
than saying that we filled some many
squares which we done it a few times,
I think you actually get better at
it; and you learn what subtlities
you're looking for. And I'm not at
all concerned about having a parti-
cular picture called out over again
to improve. I think the more your
exposures ... the whole multitude of
things that you're looking for, and
we get a change to use the book and
look at the Earth below and fairly
become competent observers. The better
we're going to get at it, the better
the data's going to become. So,
because we've done something early in
the mission, no reason we shouldn't
continue because the data certainly
should be getting better all the time.
And we certainly enjoyed doing, so
deep the information coming.

SPT SPT out.

 Time: 349:23:29 to 349:00:50 GMT
12/15/73 ......
Page 1 of 12

3_9 23 29 45 PLT Okay, undocking checkout has been

completed. Rolling left 180 degrees.
Very smooth.

349 23 30 42 PLT Picks up 90 degrees roll left. Okay,

a lot of the data here of my voice
comment was lost because of coordi-
nation with the ground and also - a
little bit of a problem kicking up
with the TP. If I could Just - see
if I could Just finish single _v_s CAL.
CMG. Okay, that was completion of
single axis CAL. Now I'll try to
give you a little better voice. Now
coming up with single axis CAL RATE
GYRO MODE. He's getting a little -
minus z translation with the - the
roll. Possibility he's translating
plus Y. Really raising a lot of dust
in here.

3h9 23 33 20 PLT DATA MARK. Yawing left 180. Very

little coupling. Here, he's stopping
the roll left. Got Just a little - yaw
left - Got Just a little roll left to
be - started to kill the yaw. Pitrh4ug
up 90 .... Developed Just a little
left yaw. Ys_ right 90 coming up. He's
gettingup to a ... now. There he
goes. He had to put on a little minus Z
there. Okay, he had to put it in
minus Z to move himself out. He's been
drifting slowly over toward higher
sensor control panel. Roll left 90.

349 23 34 54 PLT DATA MARK.

Okay, he's still on the roll.

349 23 35 i0 PLT Okay, that was a fairly clean maneuver.

3h9 23 35 13 PLT DATA MARK. He's got a little trans-

lation but it's left over from what he
put in prior to this maneuver.., think
he can ... dome lockers. Okay, DIRECT
F coming up now.
 Dump Tape 3h9-09
Page 2 of 12

3h9 23 36 44 PLT Okay, he picked up 90 degrees and I

thought the ... maneuvers all seemed
pretty clemu. No coup - very little
coupling. There appears to be a little
at first but it didn't seem to effect
it. It's got a little bit of left
yaw in that one. It was a ... 90 degrees.
Yaw left 180 .... yaw left 180.

349 23 37 42 PLT DATA MARK and that was pretty clean

maneuvering. Re's ended up with a
slight plus x translation. Yawing
right 180 degrees. He developed a
little left ROLL when he took to
yawing off on his right yaw.
i
349 23 38 18 PLT DATA MARK. And he had to ... off ...
a little plus X at the end there.
Translation. Roll left 90 degrees.
Moving up. Moving out to the center
F of the workshop• Rolling right 90.

349 23 39 06 PLT DATA MARK. Going left ... degrees. -- L.

Here's a minus X. Translation. Stopping
it. Got a little left roll with the
stopping. Okay. Stable now. Plus X
coming up.

349 23 40 23 PLT DATA MARK .... Killing off that

closed X looked pretty clean. Minus Y
coming up• Minus Y. Okay, when he
killed off that minus Y he got - he got
a little roll in the ...

349 23 41 17 PLT Okay, he got a little left roll when

he started killing off the plus Y.
Plus Z now. Got a little left roll when
he killed off the plus Z. I told you
it was plus; it's minus Z. Minus Z now.
•.. it was a pretty clean maneuver
killing off the minus Z. The completion
of single action CAL.

349 23 42 58 PLT Okay he's now at the banjo. He's

yawing back around. He'll be flying
_ to the donning station shortly. And
that was in a RATE GYRO MODE. Now
he's getting ready to fly to the donning
 Dump Tape 3h9-09
Page3 of 12

station. No, he's going to MODE

DIRECT now. There's a good one ...
thruster toward the donning station.
I forgot to give a data mark before
he's rested. He'll be giving a data mark
midway here.

349 23 44 07 PLT DATA MARK, midway. Make it from

mideourse correction. Okay, he was
pitched down a little bit too much
when he initial - originally translated
there, and I think that was his co_nent
on midcourse correction. And it looks
pretty good there .... ID 2 now. Get
ready for the ... Mode CMG. 800. Got
about 900 pounds.

349 23 45 53 PLT DATA MAR now.

Return to base line.

349 23 47 04 PLT DATA MARK.

Okay.

To the banjo at point i. Looked like

he - pretty good accuracy on that. He
made several mid course corrections
there on the way.

349 23 h7 17 PLT Didn't look like he put in initially

enough thrust on the back. So when he
was yawed around about 90 degrees he
put in some plus Y in. He was ... on
his way. Seemed to work out pretty well.
Now on his way to position 4. Now on
his way to position 2. Correct that.
He's on his way to position 2. Man,
S063 looks reasonably safe.

349 23 h8 40 PLT Okay, DATA MARK at position 2. Okay,

is X axis is not quite parallel to
grid floor but he's not - not far off
in his eye - he's got correct eye
position. On his way to position - to
position 3 now.

F
 Dump Tape 349-09
Page 4 of 12

349 23 49 49 PLT DATA MARK.

He's at position 3. Now he's started

around the d_e lockers. Arm rest about
i0 inches out from the dome lockers...
to left arm rest. Okay, ... left, left
arm rest. He went into about 4 inches.
Now he's holding it out. Looks llke
he's doing a pretty good Job maneuvering
it around there. The knees are about
even with the center of the water tank. !
•.. the fire hose is coming up. It
looks like it may snag his feet. No, :
he's going to clear it. He Just barely
cleared it. Water tank .... storage
tank. Coming up on c_e of the DAC ...
And it's 4 ... He's at position 4 now.

349 23 51 14 PLT DATA MARK. And it looks like he's

stabilized fairly well. Getting ready
to come back to donning station. Okay.

349 23 52 20 PLT DATA MARK. He's back at the donning

station. Looks llke a pretty clean
run. Okay, I'm going to have to change
a bottle out. Stand by.

350 00 00 04 PLT He's got a little roll left coupled

with a right yaw. Returning second
base line in DIRECT. Okay, he's up
to banjo. The thrusters are doing a
little more thrusting this time and
I'm sure it's because he's ... attitude
thruster ... attitude as opposed to
CMG on the last one.

350 00 01 21 PLT DATA MARK at the banjo. Doesn't seem

to have any trouble at all going where
he wants to. I think he got over a
little bit close - too close to minus -
minus Z SAL coming down. But, it's
no big deal. He's going to kill that
translation out good. I'm not noticing
a lot of coupling on this one because
he's not using very long duration ...
f_ ...endedup withhis head a little
high relative to the grid floor. To
 Dump Tape 349-09
f-_ Page 5 of 12

me that's the position he likes. Heacl

and eye positions turn out good. Getting
considerable coupling now as he ...
stabilizes the translation.

350 00 03 06 PLT DATA MARK .... Now headed for position 3.

Really a lot of aerosol.

350 00 04 01 PLT Cc_ing up on position 3.

PLT Okay, he's using quite a bit of bit

of attitude and translational ...
started to settle down since he started
around the dome ring lockers.

350 00 04 25 PLT DATA MARK. About a foot out. You

have to start right YAW here very
shortly. There it comes, a little bit
close now, a little bit close to the
lockers. It's a minus X now. The
bottom of the ... and hand controller
is Just about even with the dome ring
F lockers.... are Justbelowthe blue
rail and about 4 to 5 inches out ....
to get a cord out of the way.

350 O0 05 56 PLT DATA MARK. Okay, it was smooth. He

gained a little height as he went around <
and took it out near the end. That U
wasn't over about 2 or 3 inches. Okay,
he's moving back around and starts to
the donning station.

PLT Okay, he's showing minus X. He's getting

minus PITCH.

350 00 07 09 PLT DATA MARK at the donning station. He's

going to repeat the baseline.

350 00 07 22 PLT DATA MARK. It'll be RATE GYRO.

TIME SKIP

350 00 21 59 PLT The time is 00:21. The ASMU is

docked. The power is down and I'm
._ Dump Tape 349-09
Page 6 of 12

getting ready - I Just turned the

telemetry power off. We have completed
the first run and we did not get a
HHMU FAM in complying with your
instructions to make sure we're -
started the button-up by 00:15.

350 00 22 25 PLT PLT out.

TIME SKIP

350 00 35 24 CDR This is the CDR at 00:35 Zulu,

debriefing the M509 run. First of
all, let me give you a - a quick
agenda or scenario of what went on
to give you an idea of what happened
to the time line. The preps all went
without incident; a little slow, but
they all went well. We were moving
along very nicely and had the ASMU
F runningand in good shape. And it got
time to do the undocking and checkout -
correction. Let me locate the first
one here. Okay, we were on page 7-10,
mode HHMU. We Just transferred to
iner - internal power and Bill said,
check your bus ; buses are greater than
26 volts. Well, I misread the meter
and we decided we had a low battery.
I read it at 22. What I was doing
really was reading the nitrogen
pressure. So we quickly change -
changed batteries. We went to the
battery change procedure to change
batteries to see if that would help
us. And I hadn't gotten smart yet. I
still looked at the wrong needle and
said, No, we're still only at 22. And
by that time, the CMGs had run down
some. By the time we figured out
what was going on and I was really
reading the wrong - wrong meter and
that everything was okay, we went back
to external power and had to wait until
 I , i

Dump Tape 349-09

Page 7 of 12

the CMGs wound up again. Okay,

once we got the CMGs wound up again,
we went back on the battery and then
we went through the rest of the pro-
cedure without too much problem. We
tmdocked, did the checkout, single-axis
cals, transfers, baselines, and by
that time we were running out of time.
We - we changed the PSS. After the
transfer maneuver and after the CMG
maneuver we were supposed to have
changed the battery out but we still
had ample voltage left and so I elected
not to have that done. Went ahead and
flew DIRECT baseline and then planned
on changing both the PSS and the
battery at that time - Correction,
we changed the PSS after the DIRECT
and the battery we decided to hold
off untilafterthe RATE GYRO. And
after the RATE GYRO baseline is when
we would have changed out the battery;
however, it became time - it came time
to quit at that time, so we stopped.
So let me get into the meat of the
maneuver here.

350 00 38 46 CDR At any rate, we changed the PSS at the

time specified. We elected to let the
battery go one more time. We shut down
on the battery Just slightly above
26 volts; so it was in good shape.
All right, now let me find the debriefing
page s.

CDR Okay, run number l, debriefing guide.

Could you fly the baseline maneuver
satisfactory in all modes? Yes. Any
modes deficient? No, the - of course,
the DIRECT MODE requires quite a bit
more attention. But I wouldn't say
it was any more deficient. It's Just
a different way of flying the machine.
I was real pleased and surprised to
find out that the - that the actual
AS_JJfliesvery much like the simulator
that we worked at Denver, except that
Dump Tape 349-09
Page 8 of 12

you're zero g all the time and - and

without having that Og vector pulling
you around, particularly when you're
upside down or on your head, I - I
found - or on your side - I found that
when I was moving from position 1 to
position 2 in the baseline maneuver,
that it didn't bother me as much as it
did in Denver when the g factor came
into play.

CDR Was precision - precision stationkeeplng

easier in some modes? Which ones and
why? Well, of course, in the CMG and
in the RATE GYRO mode, it was much easier
because it doesn't require as much
attention. I - I found in the DIRECT
MODE, particularly in ROLL, that small
corrections were difficult to get.
Maybe I'll try banging the hand controller
next time. I tried using the hand
controller in - with strictly wrist
motion and not any banging to get
very small attitude corrections or
very small thrust. I did not at this
time try squeezing - squeezing off
any thrust either to see if that was
possible in the DIRECT MODE.

350 00 41 44 CDR Question 3. Did some modes take

more attention to flying than others?
Yes. In order of - of increasing
attention to flying, CMG was the least,
RATE GYRO was the next, and then of
course, DIRECT took - required the
most attention. Were you able to
satisfactory aim at the target for
the transfer maneuver and the baseline
maneuver? Yeah, once you get the hang
of it. The first transfer maneuver I
did, I was essentially pitched down
too much and I really didn't point my
X vector at the target. I kind of
pointed my X vector at the floor in front
of it, and that's exactly where I
went. But I wouldsay,yes,I was
If

Dump Tape 3_9-09

Page 9 of 12

able to satisfactorily a_m at the

target again, to try it a couple of
times and once you get the picture,
it's very easy to do.

CDR Should any maneuver be changed for the

next M509 run? Negative, I don't
think so. I think all the maneuvers
we have scheduled are good maneuvers
and they cover the waterfront real
well.

CDR Nt_nber 6. During the single-axis cal,

did you notice any attitude disturbances
when c_,manding translations? Yes, not
so much in the single axis as when I
was starting one of the baseline maneuvers
from down at the docking station. I -
I start - I - I did a minus X translation,
r and a minus Z translation and I got in
a little bit of roll, along with same
yaw. Now I don't think that - I don't
think that roll got in as a result of
a translation. I think it came in as
a result of the yaw. That's - anyway
that's when I first noticed it. I called
it out for Bill and Bill noted it
the other tape. For the most part
though, I think in the translations,
the cross-coupling or the attitude
disturbances caused by translation
were minimal. I did not - did not
feel like they were very much. On
my next - my next one, I'll give it
a lot more attention in the DIRECT MODE.

350 00 4_ 09 CDR In the single axis cal DIRECT mode, did

you notice attitude rates increase, or
attitude change about an axis other
than the axis cow,handed. Well, I'll
Just refer back to the last question.
They were minimal. However, this is
the first time out of the bag. I
suspect I'll be much more sensitive
to that next time.

CDR Were attitude disturbances due to

Dump Tape 349-09
Page I0 of 12

normal limb motions in the DIRECT MODE

bothersome? They were not bothersome,
but I did notice them because I made
a few limb motions.

CDR And question 9, did you notice any

leg lag? That is affirmative. I did
notice late lag during rotation and
translation co-,,and. I kind of wished
I'd had a - a thing to put my feet
in because I felt like the leg lag was
causing or had the potential anyway
of causing problems with the purity
of translation co_nand.

CDR Did you inadvertently contact the OWS?

If so, how often? Yes, I did once
while coming down from - from the
432 area; that's position n_nber h,
going to position 5 - Correction,
going to po - Let me think about this.
I did it - yeah. Going from position 4
to position 5. I taped the food locker
550 with my toe but it was a very
gentle tap. That wasn't too - too
much. It was in the DIRECT MODE
when I hit it.

350 00 45 48 CDR Did you sometimes use your legs or

hands to stop or push off? No, I
did not.

CDR Did the ASMU tend to slip during roll

command? I did notice that. We had
the straps pretty tight. And I really
didn't - I really felt like I was part
of the AFMU or it was part of the me
or vice versa and I did not feel any
of the slop that - Bean and his crew
noticed and I'll keep an eye out for
that next time too. But the slop was
not such that I really noticed it.

CDR Did shadows provide useful motion

cues? No, I forgot number 13. Did
you notice the OWS air velocity per-
turbating your translation. No, I
 Dump Tape 349-09
Page ii of 12

did not; nor did I feel it on

stationkeeping. Did the shadows
provide useful motion cues? Not -
not so I could notice. I found most
of my motion cues by Just moving my
head and looking where I was going
and and taking a couple of cross
checks.

350 00 46 49 CDR Did the high-intensity photo lights

bother you? No, they did not; other
than that they make things pretty hot
in here and both Bill and I were
complaining about the heat by the
end of the mission. If M509 had
flown on the first day of the mission,
do you think you would have had a
greater tendency to become disoriented?
If so, why? Well, I don't know if I
f couldtell you why, otherthan the fact
I could get disoriented without the
ASMU Just would have Just made it all
the worse because I had a - what would
be sort of an abnormal control situation.
On day i, I used my arms and legs to
push off and all that for control and
then that when you're flying something.
And yes I do; I feel I would have hszl
a little greater tendency to become
disoriented. And I think it was best
that we did not rush in to M509

CDR HH_U. I'ii have to skip that because

I didn't get to do any HHMU because we
were so doggone late getting going because
of that booboo. But in general I
found the HHMU - the ASMU a very
pleasant piece of machinery to fly.
I found that the DIRECT was controllable.
I deliberately took it fairly slow
today. I used about the rates they
used in the 6-degrees-of-freedom
simulator. They felt comfortable
today. I am not sure if I'll be tempted
to speed them up or not. I think I
f will. And if I do decideto speed
them up, I will so debrief so that
 Dump Tape 349-09
Page 12 of 12

your data will - will reflect it.

The DIRECT MODE is a little snappier
than I expected. I think it might
be a little bit snappier than
6-degree-of-freedom simulator. As
I said before, I am going to try to
slapping the hand controller the next
time and see if I can get smaller
impulses in DIRECT and see what that
does in the way of control and - and
the conservation of gas. The only
other cc_ent I had is the one I
gave Bruce at the last minute on
the air ground; and that is that we
have not been able to find the
bracelet for the - the wrist checklist -
the Cuff Checklist. We looked in
the - the protection kit, in the
protection helmet, in the white bag
up there. We looked- we pawed
through all the data cards kit,
down in the wardroom, and could not
find the bracelet. And have really
run out of ideas as to where that
thing might be. So if anybody down
there might possibly know, we'd
appreciate finding out.

350 O0 49 35 CDR CDR out.

_D OF TAPE

f
 Tape
B49-I0 O
Time: 349:22:11 to 349:00:07 _T
L9116173
Page 1 of 5

SPT SPT at 20:10. Handheld photos. H-30

plankton blooms view off the coast of
New Zealand.

349 22 13 37 SPT Okay, SI_ again on H-30 ... plankton blooms

•.. off the coast of New Zealand. First
of all, let ms say, there was a small •
_unt of evidence of plankton bloom
fairly close to the coastline. I could
see on the side of North Island what
appeared to be a very small bloom, al-
though they pretty much ran along the
shoreline. I expect that the dis-
coloration there was due to something else.
However, I will describe it. It's -
was Just a very thin line, maybe 1/20 or
so of the width of the island.

349 22 14 20 SPT It ran along the coastline.

341 22 14 27 SPT The Forel scale again, was round 8 or so

on that. It was not very - very bright
green. But it certainly was detectable.
There was one other prominent location
where I saw a little ... coming off, and
that was over on the opposite side of
North Island.

349 22 14 54 SPT Somewhere around New Plymouth.

CDR Time's always one and ...

SPT On the opposite side, maybe far - further

out on the east side of the island is
where I saw the most extensive blooming.
It was not a - the color was not a very
sharp contrast to the Waters around it.
The water basically - Ms about a 2 or -
about roughly a 2 or so, although it didn't
have the bright blue that the Farel color -
color shows in the book here.

349 22 15 42 SPT It was Just a - a darker - it was obviously

a blue, but not as - not with a bright -
rich blue in it that this number 8 shows,
" signnumber 2.
Dump Tape 349-10
Page 2 of 5

SPT The Forel scale for the - for the up welling

was about a 7 or an 8. Again, it was a
dark, dirty green, as opposed to a light
lime green. This contrast was not very
great. Both the blue and the green were
both dark dirty colors, if you will, as
opposed to the bright contrast we've seen
off the coastline in South America with
the current. Here the blooming - the color
anyway, was very much more subdued;
contrast much lower.

349 22 16 48 SPT The current lines themselves have given

a very strong impresssion that there was a -
a flow line or stream lines of water which
ran between the North and the South island,
and went out east. The blooming seemed
to reflect the - the lines which lay -
ran out, I would say, about the length
of the North island, and then there was
some eddies, and pretty much of a random
motion. And then I could see, coming in -
evidence coming in from - especially from
the north, and a little bit from the south,
a flow line, which was Joining that major
flow.

349 22 17 24 SPY It looked like we had a - a stagnation

point, if you will, where two flows came
in from the north and the south - -

349 22 17 31 CC Skylab, this is Houston through the Vanguard

for 6-1/2 minutes. Out.

SPY - - although not directly opposed to one another.

SPT And - then bulged out further out. So we

had lines moving away from the coastline
between the North and the South island to
the east. A period of - or location
of stagnation with lines coming in from
either side, and then stream lines moving
further out again to the east. I could
get further south with, especially out to
the cloud line, which was out to about the
distanceof the lengthof Southisland.
 Dump Tape 3159-10
Page 3 of 5

349 22 18 22 SPT I could actnaISy see it out to the island

out there, which is . .. Island. And
then the cloud line picked up. I think
it began to clear over seas, There was
no - no clouds that might be a much larger
overulll pattern to it all. I was
very impressed by how extensive it was.

349 22 18 52 SPT When I looked back into the map showing

the major currents of the world, I see that
there is no flow going through between the
north and the south which does fit.

CDR What ahppened to that?

SPT However, m_ description was ready-made and

drawn up - -

SPT - - before I seen that, so I don't think

r there's any subconscious imagination there.

349 22 19 17 SPT Like in these handhel_photos I'll ...

on those.

SPT CXIT, day 3h9, taken at approximately - -

CDR Bill, it's Just ...

SPT - - 21:58 to 21 - -

SPT - - 21:58 to around 22:05. Frame ntnnber 86

to 99.

349 22 20 13 SPT Buried in there, also, are some pictures

which I thought show fault line in the - -

PLT Here it comes - - South island very well.

I looked for them in the North island; I
think I was able to see them also, but
I was more looking for plankton blooms
at the time, and I really didn't have time
to focus on that. I'll give you a little
more description on that - those photos
in a moment. But there'll all blended
in there together. Up to photo ntunber
f" 90 was, taken at X-15, as therewas no
a cloud cover. But then I realized we
were looking at pretty much of a cloud-
free area, then I went down to f/ll.
I-_ Dump Tape 3h9-i0
Page h of 5

349 22 21 38 SPT One thing I had not had the chance to do

is to look at it through a haze filter and
Polaroid filter, and I Just have to do
that when - the next opportunity.

SPT Now as far as finding the whole upwelling

area, looking for darker ocean - that's
a very difficult thing to do unless the sky
is wide open because when you see little
bits of it, well you've only got a piece-
meal view of it. It's kind of tough to
tell which is the - the matrix, and which
is the upwelling material. We'll try to
see that in the future and keep that
n mind.

CC ...

Sl°T I think, obviously though, we have a very

prominent upwelling area there. Not for
the color contrast - the points of blue
that we've seen off the ... Current, but
certainly very extensive.

3h9 22 2_ 00 SPT Okay, again now, buried in those photos are

some photos of North island, which I have
found fromJerryhave been extensively
covered already.

SPT Unfortunately, I did not know that, and

there may be quite a few photographs of
the North island. I also had some of the -
one fairly oblique of the South island, but
it was looking straight down the Alpine
Fault. That's A-L-P-I-N-E. And I
thought it was very beautiful picture
showing that fault. I did not have time
to notice the slippage - of one side
relative to another, and try to determine
exactly what type of fault it was or - or
fault coming in from the side.

349 22 24 55 SPT I was pretty busy looking at plankton

blooms at the time. However, I think
we're getting better, now that we know what
we're looking for up here in a couple of
shots at it. I think we'll Just continue
to improve. I'm very encouraged by this
visual ... observation. Rather than
saying we've filled so many squares, once
 Dump Tape 349-10
Page 5 of 5

you've done it a few times, I think you

actually get better at it, and you learn
what subtle features you're looking for.
And I 'm not at all concerned about having
particular pictures called out over
again to improve.

CDR It's left over here and that's Y.

349 22 25 37 SPT I think the more you're exposure us to -

the whole multitude of things that you're
looking for, and we get a chance to use the
book and look at the Earth below and try
to become competent observers, the better
we're going to get at it; the better the
data's going to become. So, because we've
done something early in the mission -
no reason we sh - you shouldn't continue
because the da - data certainly should
f be gettingbetterall the time. It's
something we certainly enjoy doing, Phil.
Keep the information coming.

349 22 26 06 SPT SPT out.

349 23 29 45 This segment is duplicated verbatim within

to dump tape 349-09. Portions have erratic
350 O0 xx xx times.

END OF TAPE

,f
.... , L. _,

f" Dump Tape 350-01

Time: 350:01:28 to 350:01:3h GMT
12115173
Page 1 of 3

350 01 28 48 SPT SPT, this is 01:29, information on

the handheld photos, mag CXI7,
frame number 100 - 101 and 102.
First one, lO0, was taken at 01:ll;
next one, 01:12; and the next one,
01:13; ... 16 on the f-stop; 100 milli-
meter lens, 1/250. Okay, the first
one of ... over the ocean where we
have stable air. It looks very much
like cloud rows, if you will. It
-Imost looks like cloud streets, except
these are much more closely packed
together. They go in very narrow - a
line between them Just to show that
there actually is some - some division.
They remind me very much Just of an
open cloud field. The distance between -
the line separating each cloud is
about - I'd estimate on the order of
a halfmile. So thatyou can - over a
large field, you could see very easily
lO0 to 200 wavelengths. I noticed that
over the ocean ... quite a bit and
they - whenever they the stratus were,
you could see - find them embedded
in there somewhere. This particular
field was very uniform of both 101
and 102. There's one other particular
feature on 100 which put - prompted
me to take it, but in subsequent photos
which came up, I have - caused me to
forget that particular picture. I'm
sure when I look at that picture
again, I'll be able to recall it. 101
was taken with the same type of cloud
only with a much larger wave pattern
superimposed on it. The wave pattern
here was maybe a factor of lO to 20
larger than the sub - than the other
one; that is, of the plowed - the
plowed clouds, I'll call them.
_. Dump Tape 350-01
Page 2 of 3

350 01 31 30 SPT The wave pattern was Just a series

of crest - crest of troughs in
the plowed clouds which in some loca-
tions were perpindicular to the
linear elements ; in some cases, at
an angle to them -

SPT ... same location I thought was

interesting, one superimposed on
top of the other. The last photo I
took was CXIT, taken at 01:13, frame
number 103, at f/ll, i00, 1/250.
They were taken of an island wake
to island Just to the south of New
Zealand. l'm not sure exactly which
one it was. But in the water they
were ... bow wake, if you will. You
could certainly see the direction
of the water flow and the effect
that the island had on it. It looks
pretty much Just like a ship moving
through water with sew - several bow
waves moving off of it. l;m sure
you could calculate the speed of the
water flow very easily knowing the
size of the wave or the velocity and
the angle which we can get from the
picture. The angle was essentially -
oh, maybe 6 degrees from the - a line
running straight back, or 30 from a
line perpendicular to the flow. There
was a course of bow waves or wakes,

if you will, pretty much emenating from

the front part of the island and
tending to run out and spread out . ..
one another as they move further
away from the island very smut1 angle
between the two. There were no
clouds in that particular area, Just
a break in the clouds from the other
•.. looking at. And there it was.
I think it was an excellent illustration
of a bow wave. I did not see any
vortices at all.
/-

Dump Tape 350-01

Page 3 of 3

350 01 34 03 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE
 Dump Tape 350-02
Page 1 of 1

350 03 28 00 SPT SPT at 03:28. The results of the

h-limb alignment. Day 350. Inves-
tigated at 02:55. Upper, H-alpha i:
plus 1006. 82B, plus 1006. 55, plus
1010. Lower limb, 82B: minus 94h.
55, minus 94_. The left limb:
H-alpha l, minus 915. 82B, minus 9.7.
55, minus 922. The right limb: 82B,
minus 1052. 55, minus 1051. The
mirror position: lOBS ... change in
the left ... lOB3.

350 03 29 02 SPT SPT out.

END OF TAPE

f
Dump Tape 350-03
Page 1 of 2

350 0_ B0 _i CDR This is the CDR at Zulu reporting

earth observations. The target was
New Zealand, South Island. This
particular pass we flew right up
the west coast of New Zealand. The
sun angle was fairly high. I would
esmate it was probably around 60
to 70 degrees. And the island itself,
with exception of a few scattered
clouds at the southern-most end, was
clear all the way. I'ii be darned if
I could see the fault lines that
are - are shown on the map. I Just
can't see them. I see - about one third
of the way north from the south end
of the island. I see -l've mentioned
this before - a very straight river.
It plunges right down out of the moun-
tains, and right down to the sea. And
when it gets part way up the slope
of the mountain, it makes a sharp turn
to the north and then kind of meanders
off. But on above the river is a long
lake that's aligned with the river.
And the straightness of the river and
the fact that the lake is in the same
direction makes me very suspicious of
cross-faulting. I don't see any of the
dunite that is mentioned in the text.
I did however, finally see some evidence
of a fault line once we got to North
Island.

350 04 32 21 CDR And it was right at the southern end

of North Island -there's a little
hook, and a little bay, and coming up
from that hook and bay is quite obviously
a fault line. This is the western -
most of the two fault lines that are
drawn in our - our chart.

350 04 32 39 CDR I don't feel I can give you much more

of an intelligent cogent about it.
The mountains are dark and there is
lots of vegetation all over the island.
,f

Dump Tape 350-03

Page 2 of 2

The low - the lowland is well cul-

tivated. From a geologic standpoint
it's very difficult for me to pick
out anything that really - really
grabs you. That's Just about all I
can say. CDR out.

350 04 34 07 CDR This is the CDR again, continuing

on with the New Zealand discussion.
The target is HHI07. I guess the
reason why I couldn't see the dunite
zone or anything like that are the
fact that they're looking for the
low sun angle for the fault line
and the high sun angle for the
dunite zone. But I'm afraid I
Just couldn't see the dunite zones
at all. I took three photos with
a Hasselblad lO0. I couldn't resist
that because this is probably the
most cloudfree that I've ever seen
New Zealand. The exposures I took
are number 104 through 106 on
Charlie X-ray 17. And the f-stop
was ll, and shutter speed was 1/250.

350 04 34 56 CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE

f
 I

Dump Tape 350-0k

f-. Time: 350:12:02 to 350:13:0h GMT -
12/16/73
Page 1 of 1

350 12 02 03 SPT pR$@,i_

TIME SKIP

350 12 59 09 SPT SPT at 12:59. Subject: light flashes.

These should go to Bob Parker in the _-
Astronaut office. Last night I was

sleeping rather lightly and woke up at L It'l_'f

around 8:h5. I was observing a whole
chain of
light flashes for around 2 or : _A__*_
3 minutes. They all appeared to be coming
from the right-hand side as I lay on
the bunk, which, close as I can figure, is
the plus-Z direction. Most all of
them were long with two segments to them;
appearedhigh energy.

350 12 59 56 CC Skylab, Houston. We're AOS stateside for

iS minutes and,Ed,if you ... ?

350 13 00 01 SPT I'll pick this up later. SPT out. __

END OF TAPE

5 -7
l
Dump Tape 350-05
Time: 35C:13:37 to 350:14:55 GMT
12/16/73
Page i of 14

350 13 37 15 CDR This is the CDR at 13:37 Zulu

with observations of the Falkland
current. This is for the Earth
observation people.

CDR About i0 minutes ago, we had a pass which

crossed the southern part of
Argentina-Chile and paralleled
the coast of South America in a
north-easterly direction. Bill and
I got a good look at the Falkland
Current and the gree, the LIGHT green
upwelling, the blooming that's
associated with that. We again verified
that the Current is extremely straight
along the coast, along the east coast
of Argentina, and today we noticed
that the fork or the - the blending
of of - currents appears to be off -
Let's see now, if I can give you the
name of a inlet here - off the Gulfo
San Matias.

350 13 38 32 CDR Stand by Just a second; I'm going

to get out that current chart and try
to be a little more specific.

350 13 39 i0 CDR Okay, this is the CDR again. Discussion

again on the Falkland current. Bill
and I have, I think, both been thinking
that the current was stronger, was not
just a westwind drift that we see
here in our little chart of currents.
But at any rate, this - this Falkland
Current that is traveling from south
up to the north, it appears to me now -
what I described yesterday Just north
and west of the Falkland Islands must
be sort of an eddy pattern in the lee,
if you can call the do_mstream side of a
water situation a lee side. The lee
side of the island from a current
r.

Dump Tape 350-05

Page 2 of lh

standpoint must have caused the

eddies there. Now as I stand here
looking at the cha_t, example h-l,
we see that the Brazil Current and
the Falkland Current come together off
of Montevideo and head southeasterly.
Today it looks like that Joining of the
currents has shifted south from Montevideo
and the rio de la plata mouth harber
there. It shifted south to where it's
more opposite the Gulfo de San Matias.
From the Gulfo de San Matias on down
to G_ulfo - Gulfo San George, the - the
current is very, very straight as we
have indicated before.

350 03 40 53 CDR We were sorely tempted today to take

another picture of it but we decided
that - well, for one thing it went by
too fast and then the other thing was
that we decided we pretty well documented
this current and the straightness
photographically already. But again,
at the point where these two current
join together, and again this morning
it was off of Gulfo de San Mateas,
there - there is considerable mixing going
on. And again I got the distinct impression
that I saw the - the reddish, bluish,
hint that you get when you see petroleum
on the water. Now I don't know whether this
might be oil spills or something that are
being caught by these currents and - and
carried and the mixing of these currents
has caused this - this slick or so,
but I very definetely get the very same
pink red, you know, the - the iridescent
look that you see when you see gasoline
floating on water.

350 13 _0 00 CDR But at any rate, the main point here is

that the - that the Joining of these
two currents apparently has shifted
south from Montevideo several hundred miles.
And it's - I'm wondering Just how rapidly
Dump Tape 350-05
Page 3 of lh

this shifting can occur or whether

that - we're - all we're seeing is
just a manifestation of some - some
eddies that - that occur because
of this - the drifting of these two -
the merging of these two currents.
And that these eddies could pop up
plus or minus a couple of hundred miles
from the - the area that's sketched
in our current drawing here.

350 13 42 39 CDR At any rate, the - the blooming and the

upwelling and the currents are extremely
easy to see. This appears to be the
easiest place that we have seen anywhere
in the world to see where upwelling
and - or upblooming [sic] of the - of
the chlorophyll and all that and the
plankton and the green - the light
green, this is the most prominent area
right here.

350 13 43 09 CDR CDR out.

350 14 02 20 PLT Okay, this is the PLT. Time is 14:02:30

on my mark.

350 lh 02 30 PLT MARK. Stand by. I have ROTATION, 2150;

I have TILT, 30, I have the timer set.
I still do not have a reticle. I will
do the best I can. I checked the
timer yesterday after changing the battery;
apparently that was the problem. Let's
see. I wasted one frame of IR checking
it. Mistakingly installed the film
first. So I figured I had better go
ahead and make sure the thing was
working. And I hope it works today.
Okay, I'm looking - I do have somewhat
of a horizon. By the way, note for
future design this - operation of this
equipment is difficult because of
the hardware - I guess Just the
design of it; it's all a bunch of little
bits and pieces put together and it
 F

Dump Tape 350-05

Page 4 of 14

doesn't fit too well and the track drive

is rough and Jittery and a lot of other
things that I won't go into right now.

350 14 03 37 PLT But one of the things that really bothers

you is that you have to reamin in a crouched
position in order to take these obser-
vations. This requires continual muscle
tension in the abdomen. So what we've
got here is a problem that not only
is the hardware not - not optimally
designed, or - actually it's sort
of poorly designed. I don't mean to be
critical; I Just think it doesn't work
right. Is doesn't work smoothly, it's
not easy to see what's going on, this
ring track is lousy, but that's beside
the point. It does require an awful
muscle tension to reach up in position.
We're coming up on time. Okay, we got
1 minute to go. Let me make sure I've
got everything working here. Here's the
ring, tighten that Just a little bit.
There, that's good. All of a sudden
I've lost everything. Okay, 15 seconds.
There's the horizon stand by - Okay,
64.

350 lh 05 03 PLT MARK. There's the start of the first

exposure. Also because of the conditions
you give us to work, I have to use a
flashlight and then maybe spurious light
off of the window. Okay, I do not have
a reticle, so it's difficult for me to
track the horizon. Okay, completion
of that one, except - Okay, I'm sorry,
that was on 64, 32 and you got a
32-second exposure. Okay, starting up at
second exposure, 14:07. You have to leave
that off. This is a problem. You have
to leave the timer off so you don't run
the battery down. I had to select this
in semidarkness so I went to 32 instead of

f-
Dump Tape Z50-05
Page 5 of 14

64. 64's set. Now I can give you a good

one next time. Okay, I will do that at i14:07
right on the money. And that's 1 - 40 secads
from now. Let's see if I can do any better
on your horizon. Also, I have to lose
my eye - night adaption, you see, in order to
make these changes. Everything is against
the operator in this experiment. It's
not optimally designed for a human to
operate. Okay, coming up on 14:07. We
want to Just - I'll try to get myself
organized here and give you the best Job.
Stand by -

350 14 07 00 PLT Starting a 64-second exposure. Once

again I got the horizon in there the best
I can. Okay, trying to leave that star
on the view tracker. Just a minute.
I Just don't know how to get this thing in
the right position. Ring track's on
zero. Of course, the ring track is
designed - it looks great when it's
out laying flat on the table all by
itself, but when you put the hardware
together, you conceal everything; also,
the marks are very poorly laid out.
Just no intelligence at all given to the
scheme of putting the marks on the ring.
Here we go. All right. This is a sorry
job all the way around as far as I can
see as far as - if you wanted an
operator to work it right. If you wanted
him to screw it up, then it's great.
Okay, 14:09 coming up in about 35 seconds.
And let me check my horizon. And I'm
getting in an awful lot of trouble getting
the horizon in here. Here is part of
it. Stand by - 14:09 coming up.

350 lh 09 01 PLT MARK. I can't even find the dang button

to start the timer; it's black on black.
There's Just nothing here to help the
operator. In- in fact, it looks like
somebody went out of their way to m,_e it
hard. And really can't be too cricical of
hardwarelike this becauseif you really
want good data, you got make it so an
idiot could work it and then maybe we
 Dump Tape 350-05
Page 6 of 14

we could do it. But I think I'm getting

the data you want. There's the old
horizon in there. There should be closing.
Come on there. There we go. Okay,
we got about a minute; let me check the
focus here. There we go, looks good.
Okay, we're standing by now for 14:ll.
Ah, I keeps losing my night adaptation
to - in order to get the ... Okay.
Okay, let's see if we can't - there's
ll, 13, 15. Here we go.

350 lh ll 00 PLT MARK, 14:ll. Starting another

64-second one. Okay 14:ll 13, 15,
and then we change to 32 seconds.

PLT Okay, coming up. There we go. Okay.

Fits right in there. 13 is next. I
got about 45 seconds; let me check.
And I think that's the airglow. Well,
I hope that's right. 13. Stand by -

350 14 13 00 PLT MARK. Okay, starting another 64. One

more 64-second exposure. Stand by -
Come on - there we go. Okay, now it's
coming up on 15. We want one more
64-second exposure. Okay, I hope your
angles are right. The trouble is that
part of the view has blocked our site
[?] That's what's confusing me here
and I - I think I'm getting what you
want.

350 14 15 07 PLT MARK. That's 5 seconds late on that

one. Trying to make sure I had view -
correct view there. Okay, now 15, 16,
at 18 you want 30 seconds. 32. Looks
to me like I'm getting - beautiful star
field up there. Okay, now we're chang-
ing to 32, 32-second exposure starting
at 18, 14:18. Okay, I've got a few
minutes here. Let's see. 14:18 is
coming up on 14:17; let me check the
view in here. Hm, it's changing. Oh,
I'm off my night adaptation: that's
--- what it was. Okay, ROTATIONhas changed.
Stand by -
 Dump Tape 350-05
Page 7 of 14

350 14 18 00 PLT MARK. Starting a 32-second exposure.

There's a city on the horizon. City's
going over the horizon. Okay, here we
go. Okay that was one at 18, now we
want one at 20. C_ning up at 20. 20,
22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32. Okay, even
minute. Okay, I can get along without
the flashlight now. Stand by -

350 14 20 DO PLT MARK. Okay, the track is stuck.

350 14 20 33 PLT The only way I can keep this thing -

here we go. All right I'm gonna
fiddle with rotation and see if I
can get a little bit better picture
here. Well, that's at a different
part of the horizon. So I'll leave
that and try the tilt. Okay, there
was our problem: our tilt was way off.
_- Okay,maybe this will be all right,
too. Okay, 21; I've got 1 more minute.
Seems to me we're 90 degrees out of
phase for using the tracking mechanism.
And I've been trying my best to keep
this thing on the horizon. And it
looks like to me that the horizon is
oriented 90 degrees to the crank track.
Maybe I understand - incorrect to under-
stand the operation of this. Stand by.

350 14 22 O1 PLT MARK. Oh, thunderstorm. Okay, stand

by for 24. Okay, guess another comment
that's sort of significant; probably too
late to do any good here, but - -

CDR ...

PLT Yes, I do. And - however, I don't need

it. I'm Just looking at the pad here.
Let me Just make a - make sure here.
When do you need it, Jer?

CDR In a while.

PLT Okay. Well, I - I looked at the pad

here. I don'tsee any - 36 - 32-secc_ds.
No, I don't see that I need it.
Dump Tape 350-05
Page 8 of 14

Stand by Just a second; let me get this

to Story. Okay. ! can't wait this ex-
posure is over and I won't touch this
camera. Okay, I think that we're finally
getting some decent pictures here.

CDR The timer's not working ...

PLT The ti - the timer's working now.

CDR Oh, it is?

PLT Yeah. With the battery. I think these

batteries are going down Just sitting
in there in the case cause we - the ...
switch was off. So I want to take the
batteries out and tape them on the side
of the timer. Okay.

SPT How's the reticle ...?

PLT Oh, the reticle's out to lunch. It's

just not there. I changed the battery,
too.

CDR ...

PLT Uh huh. Okay let's see we can get a

better - Okay, there we go. Beautiful,
right in the middle of the picture.
Right across the middle. Okay, next
one is at 26. It is now 25.

PLT l0 seconds.

350 14 26 00 PLT MARK. 26; starting the 32-second

exposure. Okay. These are much better
than the first ones. Get the thing
right across the middle of the frame
or at least in sight here. The first -
I wasn't sure if I was on the edge or
what. The horizon, that is. Okay.
This was at 28. Check my rotation
again. Hey, real good we're - we're
doing great, Just great. Beautiful.
Okay,it Just takestraining. If you
don't have a simulator on something
 Dump Tape 3p0-05
Page 9 of lh

that requires this kind of action, it's

j_st - first couple of times is a train-
ing session. That's Just what it amounts
to. I feel a lot better about these ex-
posures; those yesterday were terrible.
Even the first of this sequence aren't
too good. 2-H coming up here shortly.
Yep. I guess we're getting them better
this - the last half of these should be
excellent pictures. First half looks
crappy. Stand by.

350 14 28 00 PLT MARK. 32 seconds. Great, beautiful ....

right on the ... thing. Come on, there.

350 14 28 31 PLT MARK. There we go. Okay.

350 14 28 42 PLT Okay. That was 28; need another one

at 30. Okay, I think that probably
could still get reasonable photographs.
'_ I'm gonna site somethingelse. Okay.
There we go. I Just noticed that I wasn't
horizontal ... across the frame ... It
still has good airglow, but it's going
diagonal. And now I have got it rotated
around. It is Just not obvious you know,
when you are looking in here, because I
don't have a reticle. The thing was
changing. I just line - Just lining it
up like I ... looking at the camera
case.

350 14 29 39 PLT Watch my time. Okay, coming upon 30.

A couple more times, and I think I'll
be pretty good at it. Stand by.

350 14 30 00 PLT MARK. Sorry about that. Boy, I tell

you when you Just don't train on some-
thing like, this, all do is go and look
at this you ... when you hardware on a
bench, why first time ... through, it's
Just different. Not different, Just
foreign, never done it before. Stand
by .... came through the

350 14 30 34 PLT MARK. Okay. Everything's working great

now. Took two; I need two more exposures.
 Dump Tape 1350-05
Page i0 of 14

Terminate at Sunrise, ih:38. Okay. Get

that window in. Karl's mirror stowed. - -
(Pause and noise) ... 32 I feel a lot
better about these lighter exposures.
They're ... ones, okay. Stand by, about
l0 seconds. Stand by.

350 14 32 01 PLT MARK. Okay. Termination.

PLT One more exposure to go.

350 14 33 127 PLT l'll tell you one thing that you did
here that really helps. And that's to
put everything on an even minute and
spacing it like you did. Boy, I tell
you, you can't - you can't overemphasize
how much help that is. Like you started
down, and you would go on odd minutes
there for a while, and then at the ex-
posure duration change, make sure that . ..
everything - okay,got anotherone
coming ... in lO seconds here. I'll make
my comment then. Stand by.

350 14 33 59 PLT MARK. Starting last exposure. Anyway,

it sure does help. Every little crutch
like that helps, because this is a
fairly easy sequence to do here, because
I don't have to change filters. But
hay - having the major events, the ex-
posures, start occurring on an even
minute like that, boy, I'm telling you,
it really - it really makes it easy
for you to catch everything and do
everything properly. Okay. That is
the end of the last exposure. I'm
getting ready to secure. Okay. TILT,
zero.

PLT Okay, locked. And they're coming in.

Come on, ... Okay. Come on there.
Locked.

350 14 35 48 PLT RECORD switch, OFF.

/_ 350 14 39 04 PLT Okay. This is the PLT with completion

of S063. Camera used was Nikon 02,
Dump Tape _,-0._
Page ii of 14

magazine IRI4. The last exposure was

number 26. The indicator, - perhaps
it' s 25. Thinking that' s not quite
right. That's a 5 or 26.

350 14 39 2!8 PLT PLT out. Difficult to read the little

indicator.

350 lh 41 2!6 CDR This is the CDR at lh:40 Zulu debriefing

the $233 camera operations this morning.
The first frame that was taken was
snapped on time; however, the shutter
closed again immediately. I suspect
that maybe I did not push the button
hard enough on the remote cable. I
verified the setting was bulb and re-
cocked the camera and started another
exposure at 17:40 - 14:32:17. Got
that exposure complete and refocused
and cocked the camera and got the flare -
correction, the comet rise at 1h:33:56.

350 14 42 17 CDR And the third exposure was started at -

let's see, it'd be 14 - 1h:36:15,
terminated at 14:37:15. And sunrise
came 45 seconds later; that is, the
Sun edge peaked over the horizon, the
inner horizon, at that instant. For
30 seconds before the Sun peaked over
the horizon, the light coming through
the STS window number 3 was bright
enough to read a wristwatch without
any aid from the flo - phosphorescence
of the dial or anything like that.
So it looks like our exposures now are
finishing well enough before sunrise.
And your first exposure, of course, is
getting the comet completely in - in
the airglow.

350 14 43 2!1 CDR The comet today is very easily seen with--_
the naked eye and the tail itself can be%
seen with the naked eye. Looking through
the binoculars, the comet from head to
tail takes up 3/4 of the field of view |
of the binoculars. The binocularsare -_

/
 Dump Tape 350-05
Page 12 of 14

i don't know if you heard all that; the

mike was kind of away from m_ mouth. I
said the - the comet takes up the full -
3/4 of the full field of view of the
binoculars. That is, I put the head of
the comet on one edge of the field of
view, and the end of the tail, as far as
I could see, was about 3/4 of the way
across the diameter of the binoculars.
I'm not sure that any other method of -
of measuring the distances is valuable
at all. I'm looking here to see if I
can figure out what the power is of these J
binoculars. I guess the best thing to /
do would be to get a set down there and f
Just check them out and see what the I
field of view is. /

350 14 44 38 CDR At any rate the comet is definitely

g_ttin6brighter. I'm afraidthat in
another couple or three days, the comet
is going to be hidden from view by a
strut. We have a strut that is Just
parallel to the tail of the comet, and
the comet gets closer that strut every
day. And I'm afraid in another 2 or
3 days that we're going to find that
the comet rises and sets essentially,
and rises and is lost in sunlight while
it's entirely behind that strut. And
we'll Just keep you posted as we get
closer and closer to the strut.

350 14 45 19 CDR CDR out.

350 14 46 40 PLT This is the PLT with further comment

on S063 ops, AO - Alfa Oscar Papa. In
reflection back over that, I think I
really came up on a training curve on
the experiment on this part - particular
observational sequence. However, I
still have a couple of questions. First,
to reassure anyone that's wondering, I
did remove the batteries from the timer
and taped it to the cable. I told Ed
f about it. So we will be removing the
batteries from the timer each - at the
Dump Tape [%50-05
Page 13 of 14

end of each sequence to preserve the

timer batteries. A question for the PI,
and that is this. The field of view
we have through the sight is by, I think,
the SAL case, or the configuration of
the S019 mirror. In other words, I
assumed, perhaps improperly, that my
field of view was truncated, but that
the camera's was not. In other words,
the camera was looking straight on to
Karl's mirror, but I was not seeing
all - I was not looking down the optical
axis of the mirror, so I was seeing a
truncated view.

350 14 47 52 PLT What I tried to do - I assumed that my

sight was getting a truncated view but
the camera was getting the full view.
So when I centered the airglow in my
field of view - in the sight's field of
view, I centered it in the circle, not
the truncated portion of the field of
view. So in other words the - I - part
of the field of view was cut out because
it wasn't seen - it was not looking at
the mirror - it was looking on the edge
of the mirror. And I would - I want to
know if this is right, because if not
then I'm - I'm not centering the airglow
in the camera's field of view. _he question
is this. Do I extra - do I use what would
be the full field of view in the sight.
That is, if it were getting the - to look
at the mirror fully. Do I use that full
circle for centering the airglow band, or
do I use my truncated field of view ne-
glecting what would be the completion of
the circle of the field of view of the
sight? And I - I realize that I had not
worded that quite well, but I think you
understand the problem well enough, having
used the - looked through the equipment,
to understand what the question is. And
do we - do we center the airglow in what
would be the entire circle field of view
/-_ Dump Tape 350-05
Page lh of lh

of the sight if it were seeing a full field

of view of airglow horizon in the night
sky?

350 14 h9 17 PLT PLT out.

END OF TAPE

F
Dump Tape 350-06
Time: 350:15:20 to 350:16:23 GMT
12/16/73
Page 1 of 3

350 15 21 05 PLT PL - PLT reporting on M092-93 run.

CDR, left calf is 13 inches even right
calf 13 and 3/16. The - start at
15:05 and the legband number - ID are
Charlie Juliett and Alfa Quebec, left
and right respectively.

350 15 56 03 SPT SPT at 15:58. Subject: light flashes

and this should go to Bob Parker over
in the Astronaut office. Okay Bob,
I got sidetracked in Swing you the
details on this last one; we had the ATM
conference come up Just at that moment.

350 15 57 22 SPT I can Just go through it rather quickly

again and finish off. Okay last night,
I was sleeping rather lishtly; I think it
was around 3:45 and I saw - a fair number
of light flashes.

350 15 57 42 SPT These all came in from - well on my right

... laying there in the rack on my right
side which turned out to be the plus 2
direction. That is they were all aligned
in that direction, along the Z axis, maybe
plus or minus 20 degrees, and I thought
I could detect that they were Just going
in one direction, certainly I could not
see the speed at which particles moved
but the illusion was that they were moving
from right to left, and it was the shape
of the trajectory itself which gave that
illusion.

350 15 40 37 SPT There were usually two parts to the

tragectory, major parts, off a thin line
which branched out into a - a width of
maybe 4 or 5 times the original line
and they abruptly stopped. Picking up on
another thin trace, it essentially did the
same thing. That's Just a general impression,
they're not all that way. This occurred
at 3:45 and I looked at the map when we
Dump Tape 350-06
Page 2 of 3

got up and turnet out that's exactly

when we were in the South Atlantic am_m_lyor
pretty much right in the hart of it.

350 15 59 08 SPT At 10:45 I saw, excuse me, at lO:lS,

which is exactly 1 hour later again in
the South Atlantic Anomsly. I did not
see the the same type of light flashes but
I saw many more of them, at much lower
energy, by appearancey, Just a lot of
what looked like polly wogg shaped light
flashes going off in a random directions,
large number of them low intensity, _,_11er
in scale.

350 15 59 45 SPT At one point - at the earlier occurauee,

I saw what appeared to be a green flash
which is the first time I have ever heard
of it, a green lightflashwhich was Just
as green as there cord light on one
of these SIAs. S- the first
and last one that I've ever seen,
but it eas very definitely green.
I've looked up the - times at
in which flares have occurred this past
night, and we've had a fair n_her
of them in that time frame. The
largest one did not occur tmtil quiate
a bit later than that. According
to Noah -

350 16 O1 23 SPT Active region 00 produced energetic

lfares at 4:25 ... on the one
end of 30596B of the sub normal
T7, 07 were 70 .... one normal M1
and a large number of ll08B, and a
aurge, and a 1M-3. Whether there is
any cause and effect relation or
strictly fortuitous, I 'm not about
to guess.

350 16 02 09 SPT We did have the 3 flares, a C3, a

C7 and M1 before those falshes were
visible. I've not seen flashes for
a long time now, and they all of
a sudden appeared quite - quite
vividily, so maybe there is scQe
D_np Tape 350-06
Page 3 of 3

cause and effect there, but until

we - until I tmderstand that
mechanism better, I'm not about to
guess.

350 16 02 35 SPT SPT out.

350 16 19 25 CDR This is the CDR at 16:19. The

subject is M093; subject CDR, total
work was 300 watt/minutes.

350 16 19 33 CDR CDR out.

END OF TAPE
Dump Tape 350-07
Time: 350:16:48 to 350:17:53 GMT
12/16/73
Page i of 5

350 16 49 12 PLT And I also see a very small, what I

think is an iceberg, directly below
me. I'm trying to locate my position.

PLT Okay, PLT. I see numerous icebergs.

Small icebergs there must be, oh,
goodness, 50 to 100 of them. And
the time is 16:49.

PLT Okay, it's the PLT. I Just took a

Hasselblad frame of those icebergs.
I've never seen that many together
before in such a small space. And
it was frame number 108. Make that
107. PLT, out.

350 16 53 18 PLT Okay, PLT. I've checked my maps,

and that position was approximately
40 degrees west longitude and about
48 degrees south latitude. And - oh,
about 700 miles to the east of Falk-
landIslands.

350 16 59 44 PLT PLT reporting on frames 108, 109

Hasselblad, Charlie X-ray 17 taken
over Angola and Southwest Africa
approaching the coast. There were three
items of interest. First there was a -
g - there was low Sun angle; there were
some very interesting geology in Angola,
and down south ... - correction - Part
of Southwest Africa there were some sand
dunes, and there were also several massive
thunderstorms. I took a - pictures be-
cause it seemed to be a reasonable com-
bination of the three items of interest.
PLT, out.

350 17 33 56 PLT PLT. Time is on my mark.

350 17 34 O0 PLT MARK. Time is 17:34. ROTATION is 136.8,

TILE is ll.B. There is EXTENDED DOORS
OPEN. Waiting for 17:37:00 for POWER
switch ON.
Dump Tape 350-07
Page 2 of 5

PLT ...

PLT Okay, Ed. Thank you. Just thought of a

design change. In the future, a piece of
equipment like this could avoid little
problem. And that would be a power test
light or switch - or switch and light.
What we are doing, we had to change ca-
bles all around so far. When we get to
the shuttle, there's going to be real
shuffle. You change pieces of equipment
around, and it's very easy to get a
piece to do all the hard work, like put-
ting a piece of equipment into position
and everything, and forgetting to hook
up a power cable ... which is what hap-
pened a moment ago, here. I Just hap-
pened to notice that the power cables
had been left off. And which will be
real nice on this - on these pieces of
equipment in the future when we have
big doubleshufflestakingplace because
of limited viewing time. It will be
nice to have a switch and a power test
switch - light and a power test light.
Yeah, go ahead, Ed.

SPT ...

350 17 36 07 PLT Thank you. gay that again. A power test

switch and indicator, like a light, or
a talkback, or something like that. So
that in - early in the procedures you
could have them hit that switch and see
if the light lights, or if the talkback
goes gray, or something like that. You
wouldknow that you have everything
hooked up. Ithought you might incor-
porate logic somehow, too, and know that -
make sure the equipment is operating
properly, which is apparently a question
that you had - one of the questions that
you had earlier, but that's Just a note
for future design. Coming up on 37.
Stand by. Ten seconds. Stand by -
POWER switch ON.
F
Du_ Tape 350--07
Page 3 of 5

350 17 37 00 PLT MARK. Reset START.

350 17 37 02 PLT MARK. Okay, we got the flashing, and

everythings looks - Yeah, Okay. Stuffs
moving in there. I hear the bloop or
that hoot. Okay, waiting for 17:39:10.
And the - Going back to that suggestion
on the - the power test switch, that
could be a push button place to have the
indicator and the switch located on Just
one element. You'd push the button to
make sure that you had everything hooked
up right in there - maybe, and ending in
check on your power and logic. Okay,
coming up on 39, shortly. And now 38:30
on my mark.

350 17 38 30 PLT MARK. Okay, 39:10, electrical POWER

switch OFF. Coming up on 39. Stand by
on my mark. Okay - -

350 17 39 00 PLT MARK. 39, waiting for 39:10. 39:10 on

my mark.

350 17 39 l0 PLT MARK. POWER switch OFF. Now, that's a

GO for ROTATION 2 over 3.1. And I'm
doing of eight, field numbers. 2031 is
LOCKED. TILT of 24.9 and LOCKED, and
I'm looking for 17:40 - excuse me, for
40:30. Coming up on 40 now. Checking
once more the flashlight. Man, it's hard
to see that one digit .... E out, 23.1,
24.9. We Just passed 40, waiting for
40:30. 40:30 POWER switch ON 340, 31 RESET
switch to START. Stand by on my mark
4 - 4 0:30. All right switch on the mark.

350 17 40 30 PLT MARK. START. Okay. Here we go. Okay,

moving film. Okay, we're waiting for
46:56.

350 17 41 41 PLT I'm going to turn the recorder OFF.

350 17 42 05 SPT SPT at 16:42 - 17:42. ATM pass which

began at 16:15. JOP 5D, step 4 building
block 39 went off as scheduled. The
only thingI did not do is truncateat
Dump Tape 350-07
Page 4 of 5

exactly at i0 minutes remaining because

I wanted to make sure I got enough of
GRATING AUTO SCAN in 55. And as long as
possible, I got exposure first which we
need. So I went a little bit beyond that.
... the exposure Job are 14 minutes,
30 seconds. And 55 got over three GRATING
AUTO SCANs that last part of - I'm not
sure how much or - I started off the orbit
with a shopping list item 1 at Sun center
to get a look at the corona. That's gone
to the active region, a roll from the SLIT,
with tangent to the limb and looked at
oxygen 6 on the DETECTORS mode UP and DOWN
until I got a MAXIMUM, LEFT/RIGHT. That
was about the 20000 on the INTENSITY count.
The SLIT there was still tangent to the
limb on had moved out the limb, and per-
formed the building block as specified ....
right up above the hottest part in the
active region.

PLT Say, Ed. Can you read?

SPT Yes, what?

PLT Hey I got to have the recorder about 46,

so if you could open it or discontinue
for Just a moment, so I can get the last
exposures co_mment on - -

SPT Okay.

PLT ... before then.

SPT Great, that' s be fine.

350 17 4_ 45 PLT Okay, during the first 82B exposures we

had a surge on the limb, which was right
at the location the SLIT. I suspected
you were looking at surge that moment.
It was not a very large surge, but cer-
tainly a of maybe, oh 1/4 of an are minute
or so to 1/3 of an arc minute off the
limb. It lasted for about 5 minutes and
did away. The active region brightened up
f

Dump Tape 350-07

Page 5 of 5

at that time will also. However, we

could not get an increase like getting an
increase in the PMEC or aperture - or no
aperture ch - position changes on 56.
SPT, out.

PLT Okay PLT completion of S201. Coming up

on the 17.46 now. Stand by for mark.

350 17 46 00 PLT MARK 17;46 Okay, ... for 17:46:50.

Okay, stand by on mark 17:46:56 RESET switah
to START followed by POWER switch OFF.

PLT Stand by

350 17 46 56 PLT MARK. And OFF. Okay, lets see. We want _ to

Zero first and ROTATION to sero, and both
of them are locked and here we now. RETRACT.

Think before I CLOSE the dooor. Okat termim_ed

recording
at 201 PLT, out.
 Dump Tape 350-08/D-311
Time: 350:20:17 to 350:20:29 GNff
12116173
Page i of 4

350 20 18 01 CDR This is the CDR at 20:18 Zulu

debriefing the ATM pass that started
at 19:24 Zulu. It started out with
a JOP 26, building block 10, at
limb offsets of minus 2, zero 2, and
4, and ended up with a J0P 6 ...
two. On the building block 10's,
I had no big problem with that I
started up - I found the - the
GRATING REFERENCE switch in OPTICS
and the GRATING sitting at zero, and
I looked bacm and Ed had been during
some limb work and so I took the
000 that I had. I put the GRATING
in MECHANICAL and figured that what
I would do would be subtract 102
from every reading. And that would be
the right grating position. And,
let's see, did I do that right? Yes!
So the first grating - the first
MIRROR AUTO RASTER at the step of -
off - limb offset of minus 2 was done
with a GRATINGreadingzero,but I
had it in mechanical and I knew it
was suppose to be reading 102.

350 20 19 31 CDR And then the next - the next one at

a offset of zero, I had it a GRATING
of 1042. And then I got ahead of
schedule. I also got to feeling
uneasy about the grating and I
said, "Well I got the time so I'm
going to read re-sync the grating
around the mechanical reference
to make sure I'm not messing thing up.
So, for the third building block 10,
at an offset of plus 2, I had gone ahead
and synced it - run it clear to the
end in mechanical ref and then up to
1761. I'm pretty sure the data's
good, but I Just had that uneasy feeling
and I had little time to spare so I
decided to go ahead and do it.

350 20 20 l0 CDR The last building block l0 was at no

problem. That was a limb offset of 4.
All the time I was doing these I was
F-
Dump Tape 350-08
Page 2 of h

carrying the XUV in the other monitor

and watching the region zero zero
for brightening. We went into the
South Atlantic anomaly, at, oh, golly,
I think it was about 50, or there
abouts. Good old PMEC went galloping
up. Master flare alarm went off. So
I turned it off, but I continued moni-
toring XUV because I figured that was
my best possible hit between that
brightening and H-alpha 1. I started
JOP number 6, step 2, building block 2
and about 4 minutes into the J0P I
noticed a bright spot appear on XUV
very suddenly.

350 20 21 ii CDR I looked at H-alpha and H-alpha was

brightening very suddenly right in
the middle of - of active region 00
and I looked up Just in time to see
the berylium aperture position drop
from4 to 3- The photomultiplier,
PMEC had been clanking around between
5 and 700 all through the South Atlantic
anomaly. And I did not have the
master flode - master flare mode on,
so I Just can't tell you at all what
the exposure count was.

350 20 21 42 CDR I don't know how much the PMEC was

South Atlantic anomaly and how much
of it was the flare. I looked at the
flare cue card. We were set up for
a slew to flare, so I high-tailed it
off in that direction. I bungled in
that I did not get 54 going, nor 82A.
And the reason why is 54 was running
in 256. Now it says at the beginning
of this activity period you can
figure 5h for SL31. But down here in
JOP 6, step 2 there is no mention of
omitting 54, so I had the doggone thing
set up in SINGLE 256 instead of high 6h,
so I figured at the time I'd already
had it anyway so I might as well slew
to the flare.
Dump Tape 350-08
Page 3 of 4

350 20 22 43 CDR Stand by - - Okay, I'll continue on.

Air-to-ground started talking and
then quit. I went ahead and slewed
to the flare and I managed to bungle
that too by slewing to it in H-alpha 2,
instead of H-alpha 1. And the MAR
was in the line 25 when I got there
and I had already started - switched
over 56 - correction, 54 to high 64
and started 82A. And I decided well
the worst - best thing I can do now
is leave it where it is and luckily
we're in line 25, for the flare, for
S055 so all and all I kind of bungled
it. On the other hand - stand by - -

350 20 25 0h CDR Okay, this is the CDR, again, getting

back to by debriefing on the flare.
Essentially what happened, and I'll
review it very briefly, and that is
that I did not fire up 54 and 82
and the reasonI didn'tfirethose-
fire 54 was a good reason because it
wasn't set up properly. And I thought,
since I only had 8 minutes left, the
best thing I could do would be to slew
to the flare quickly. And I bungled
that by slewing to it with H-ALPHA 2,
partially recovered because S055 was
on line 25. I got 82A going, 56 going
and 5h late. And it already - the
flare had already started pooping out
by then. We got out of the South
Atlantic anomaly and the PMEC was start-
ing to fall fast and we were down below
the flare threshold in no time at all.
The whole thing was very quick.

350 20 26 ll CDR It might of been - sort of a pre flare

sort of thing, I don't know. About
l0 minutes before the flare went off,
I noticed around 00, a brightening in
H-ALPHA 1. This - this occurred during
the last building block l0 up from the
Stm spot that's there in 00 at the - about
the 2 o'clock position from the Sun
 f Dump Tape 350-08
Page h of h

spot. And I think it was probably

about l0 arc seconds, l0 or 12 arc seconds
long,and abouth arc secondswide,
i:_ a - an area brightened up and became
_._ the same - same brightness as the plage
_ that'sto the southand east of the

_! makes
Sun spot
up active
- the bright
region plagethat
00. really

350 20 27 l0 CDR That, mainly, was what prompted me

to continue watching XUV while I was
trying to do JOP 6, because I saw
that bright area increase in brightness
in H-ALPHA 1, but saw nothing in the
XUV. So that's a little bit of pre-
amble information that got me looking
at XUV. I was awfully suprised to see
how fast the flare went up and how
fast it died out. And, of course, the
whole thing was - was fogged by the
PMEC. We were still in the South Atlantic
anomaly.

350 20 27 55 CDR I'm trying to think. I guess probably

i and stayedSun
what I shouldofcenterand firedup
donewas gone all
ahead
_ the - the - the experimentsfirst,before
I moved. Eventhough5h was - was con-

_i_ figured
there wrong,I
and shouldof
configured it andJust
thenstayed
moved
off to locate the flare. I think if I'd
taken it a little more slowly I would
_:i of gone with with the H-alpha 2, but
things were happening so fast that I -
aud - there was so little time left I
felt obligated to slew and ended up
pointing the wrong doggone H-alpha at
the flare.

350 20 28 37 CDR This is CDR out.

END OF TAPE
Dump Ts_e 350-09/D-312
Time: 350:22:10 to 350:23:22
12/16/73
Page 1 of 6

350 22 ii 28 CDR This is the CDR at 22:11 Zulu with

S019 operations. The first exposure
will start at 22:16. The SAL is open,
the mirror is extended. I have
ROTATION set in of _4.6, a TILT of 10.2,
for star field number 004 and this
exposure will be 180 degree widened - -

350 22 12 50 CDR Alright, the nu Z is - I don't see a nu Z

called out in the pad. Okay,
apparently there is no nu Z update
desired. Okay, the brightest star
in the field - Alright, l'm reverifying
a TILT of 44.6 - a ROTATION of 44.6,
aTILT of i0.0 and there is no single
star that stands out as being consider-
ably brighter than =11 the rest. And
I would have expected Betelguese to
be considerably brighter. I have one
star at the edge of the field of view
at 3 o'clock. It's rotated Just past
from view. The maneuver is still going
on; that's our problem.

350 22 14 30 CDR How much longer on the maneuver, Ed?

CDR Okay, and say again the nu z. I forgot

to write it down.

CDR Okay, thanks.

CDR The nu z from the ATMDC is minus 3.8.

350 22 15 13 CDR Okay, here we are. We're not even

at the attitude yet.

350 22 15 20 CDR And we're up on - we're coming up on

16. We're 30 seconds away. I Just
don't have time to make a - a TILT
and ROTATION correction. I'm in the
SLIDE RETRACT position now. I'm
going to start this exposure on time,
with no correction in TILT and ROTA-

TION. Coming up on 22:16. Standby.

350 22 16 00 CDR MARK it.

 Dtmrp Tape 350-09
Page 2 of 6

CDR The first exposure is number 21.

Frame ntunber 21.

CDR Are we damped out, Ed?

SPT .•.

CDR Okay. They sure cut it close this

time.

CDR Okay, the lines are damped out. I'm

afraid we Just cut that maneuver much
too close. Now this exposure is
180 seconds unwidened. We have about -
_Smost 40 seconds complete on it so
far. 1 second gone. Correction,
i minute gone. I Just don't recognize
Betelgeuse in the - in the stars here.
There is one fairly bright star down

at - it's about 7 o'clock looking at

the clock, _ud it's out - Okay it's in -
it's in the corner is where it is, of
your reticle - lower left corner of
the square.

350 22 18 07 CDR 2 minutes and 5 seconds are gone.

CDR But I'll tell you I'm Just not

positive that's Betalgeuse because
m_ inpression of Betalgeuse is it's
much brighter than that. And I don't
see enough of the other stars here
to be able to recognize Betelgeuse.

350 22 18 22 CDR I know Betelgeuse is in - right near

Orion but I don't see enough of the
star field to positively identify
Betelgeuse. We have 2 minutes and
B8 seconds now.

CDR Okay, cc_ing up on a 18 - 180 seconds.

CDR Stand by.

350 22 19 00 CDR MARK.

f
 Dump Tape 350-09
Page 3 of 6

CDR The exposure is completed. Going to

a ROTATION of 204°2. That's set.
Going to a TILT of 22.8. 204.2
ROTATION. 22.8 - Alright, the
exposure start time is 22:20:09. It
is now 22:20 even at my m_k.

350 22 20 00 CDR MARK.

CDR 9 seconds to go. Looks like we're

coming up through the airglow.

CDR Stand by.

350 22 20 i0 CDR MARK.

CDR The shutter is open. We're looking

at frame 22. Reverifying 204.2 at
22.8. Okay, I have the comet in
sight and it looks like it's placed
properly. Negative. It's placed
halfway between the center vertical
reticle, and the left hand vertical
reticle. And I can't quite read
the hash marks. There's l, 2, 3-1/2
hash marks out. Almost in the exact
center between the two verticals on
i theleft.

CDR 1 minute has gone by. Oh, Lord.

This is supposed to be widened.
Okay, I can't do anything now but
leave it unwidened and give you a
270 unwidened.

350 22 22 53 CDR We're coming up on 22:23.

CDR Okay, I'ii be finished.

CDR Okay, we're coming up on 22:24. The

sky is beginning to lighten up.

350 22 23 52 CDR l'm going to terminate it 5 seconds

early.
.d

D_ Tape 350-09
Page _ of 6

350 22 23 55 CDR MARK.

CDR And closing the film hatch. The

film hatch was closed 2 seconds
before sunrise. We're now in stow-
age. Frame 22 was Kohoutek. And
l'm sorry about that - not widening
that doggone thing. I Just got too
busy looking to check the cross-hairs
for you. 0kay, l'm going to set
the ROTATION and TILT to zero and
get the mirror in.

PLT Through with the ... yet?

CDR Yes, I 'm through.

350 22 25 ii CDR Okay, this is the CDR terminating the

recordings on S019. CDR out.

350 23 02 14 SPT SPT ... began at 20:57. Operations,

solar winds, all went - al] went
fairly straight forward. I got about
7 sequences of single frame filter 2
or filter 4 for 56, and the other
exposures as called out for ... had
the very tail end of 54 ... as I
was powering down to do the maneuver
away from solar inertial. We got
ourselves at in flare, and I had no
alternative because were running out
of daytime. We had about 5 minutes
left in day. And we had the maneuver
coming up. I have about 2 or 3 minutes ...
If I had known it was the M flare, I
might have dallied a little bit longer
trying to get something, but ... complete
data on it. So I ... unfortunately ...
that whole orbit for flares, and ... come
around 4 minutes late, when the sun
is in this state, I think ... about
getting a rise from a flare ... consider-
able amount of time, either in a
flare rise or a building block 24,
or a building block 24 with a couple
of otherexperimentoperations thrownin.
 Dump Tape 350-09
PAge 5 of 6

350 23 0h 25 SPT Let me know the name of the game

though. If you got the X-ray
instruments going and the - 82A
going as fast as we possibly can
that - I think that we can - can
do rather quickly if we're spring
loaded for doing it. I think if
we could be running some operations
centered in the flare, recentered
on active region 00 we'd - certainly
S054 in the flare mode ready to go.
And 56 can be Intoning, but ......
putting i% in PATROL SHORT. Camera
OUT. Have 82A set up the way I had
advance orbit ... for PATROL SHORT,
have 15 seconds set up on the advance
hour ... ENABLE. And 55 set up with
a - some sort of a zero mode MIRROR
AUTO RAST,:S/MIRROR LINE SCAN so that

they're in a ...position.
350 23 05 43 SPT And maybe it can be ... something ...
on a - some sort of a PATROL, or
nothing at all, if desired, on the
flare. The time we have we stand
a very good chance of getting a
rise if that was the announced intent•

350 23 06 l0 SPT But I think as soon as we got our-

selves a flare aiert, ... tolerate
the PMEC moving the tolerances up
and down,.., out of the anomaly.
And watching a brilliant s@erture,
and we bumped up to 3 on that last
run, at the very start. We watched
that in H-alpha .... - it showed
up quite well. And also, the XUV
MON, which - this last one I pushed -
had Just taken and put the XUV M0N
s_ay. The - not the monitor but the
350 ..., so I could not verify the
•.. brightening gave me.

350 23 06 53 SPT Well I think if we're ... all those

displays ..., we have the experiments
F
 Dump Tape 350-09
Page 6 of 6

and the modes which are going to

make his amenable to a rapid turnon of
the flare mode. I think we got a
good chance for it.

SPT SPT out.

TIME SKIP

350 23 20 02 PLT This is now PLT debriefing the ATM

pass, started at 22:43 approximately.
This is the update performed as
scheduled. Did J0P 19, step i,
building block 35, substituting for
34. Everything went reasonably well.
I misunderstood one line - front ...
had 2-TR at the bottom. I thought it
,_ meant two rasters. I only gave
55 rasters and 2 GRATING positions. I
don't know what that means but I'm
pretty sure it did not apply to 55.
Next time I won't do that. Everything
else was performed. I got the
1-minute exposure WAVE, LONG, 82A.
52 MODE CONTINUOUS. No problem . I
did - I think - B sequences of 54 and
I got a total of 20 exposures - 56 -
5 through 6 - no, not 20. Eleven.
Six single frame 2 long and 5 single
frame _ long. I watched the 99 - the
active region that opped on last
orbit and in - in fact, it sort of
died down. The activity is less now
than it was when I first came on
console. And it is - is not a ...
bright in XUV. In fact, it's
disappeared ...... from the ...
scope, now, though it still shows up
in H-alpha 2.

350 23 21 26 PLT PLT out.

/_ _D OF TAPE